NOVEMBER 22, 2016 MCLEOD COUNTY BOARD MEETING WILL BE HELD AT THE GLENCOE CITY CENTER TH 1107 11 SREET E GLENCOE, MN Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx Page 1 * Board Action Requested McLEOD COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS PROPOSED MEETING AGENDA NOVEMBER 22, 2016 1 9:00 CALL TO ORDER PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE Recognition of Ray Bandas’ retirement and presentation of a plaque in appreciation for his thirty-seven years of service to the McLeod County Highway Department from June 18, 1979 through December 16, 2016. 2 9:01 CONSIDERATION OF AGENDA ITEMS* 3 9:02 CONSENT AGENDA* A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. November 1, 2016 Meeting Minutes and Synopsis. November 8, 2016 Meeting Minutes and Synopsis. November 4, 2016 Auditor's Warrants. November 10, 2016 Auditor's Warrants. Authorize the purchase of gift basket for annual Association of Minnesota Counties conference from Crow River Winery. Appoint Emily Ward to the McLeod County Extension Committee as a youth member. Set a bid closing date for the 2017 Official McLeod County Newspaper and Second Publication for January 3, 2017 by 4:30 PM with the award scheduled for Friday, January 6, 2017. Approve printing of the 2015 Financial Statement to McLeod Publishing Inc. for the amount of $730. Adopt Resolution 16-CB-36 FY2017 Grant Program Authorization. Adopt Resolution 16-CB-37 CAP Grant Authorization. Approve payment to McLeod County Dare and Hunger Free McLeod’s Backpack program in an amount not to exceed $5,000 for the final reimbursement of the Penny per Pound program for PET plastic collected from March 2016 to December 2016. Approve 30 day notice to Adult Training & Habilitation Center (Watertown, MN) to discontinue recycling management oversight of the Douglas Kugler Eco-Site effective January 1, 2017. 4 PAYMENT OF BILLS - COMMISSIONER WARRANT LIST* 5 PAYMENT OF BILLS - ADDITIONAL MISCELLANEOUS BILLS TO BE PAID BY AUDITORS WARRANTS* 6 9:05 SOCIAL SERVICES – Social Worker Brenda Sandquist Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx Page 2 * Board Action Requested A. Congratulate Region 6 Minnesota Social Service Association’s Child Foster Parents of the Year – Todd and Sarah Randall. 7 9:10 CENTRAL MN JOBS AND TRAINING - Workforce Development Coordinator Cathy Baumgartner, Placement Specialist Jodi Grams, Regional Supervisor Colleen McNab and Regional Manager Eric Day A. Annual Update. 8 9:25 HUMAN RESOURCES – Director Mary Jo Wieseler A. Consider recommendations from the November 15, 2016 Personnel Committee.* 9 9:30 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY – Director Vince Traver A. Consider approval to renew our Enterprise Licensing Agreement with Microsoft (MS) for a term of three years quote from SHI quote #12456593 for the cost of $45,234 annually.* McLeod County completed a six year agreement with Microsoft and has to renew the licensing agreement with them. This allows McLeod County to use MS outlook for mail, SQL server databases, MS Server Operating Systems, allow people to connect to our environment, etc. MS no longer does six year agreements so this is a three year agreement with an annual cost. The numbers have been looked several times to get the best cost for what is needed to be in compliance for the licenses that are used at McLeod County and to remain allowing end users access to the software needed. B. Consider approval to accept proposal from UHL (Maple Grove, MN) for security and surveillance project base option for a cost of $172,369.* Meeting has been held with UHL and McLeod County is satisfied with the product UHL will use for the door security and for the camera surveillance. Information Technology and Building Maintenance have met with the Budget Committee and believe the money for this proposal would be coming from some left over funds that were allocated to the HHS building after all the items have been completed there. Additional proposals received: NAC (Vadnais Heights, MN) $399,500 and Honeywell (Golden Valley, MN) $421,354. 10 9:45 JAIL – Administrator Kate Jones A. Consider approval to purchase a new copier from Metro Sales Inc. (Mankato, MN) at a cost of $9,201 with funding coming from the 2016 Jail budget.* 11 9:50 SHERIFF DEPARTMENT – Deputy Sheriff Tim Langenfeld Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx Page 3 * Board Action Requested A. Approval to enter into a contract with the City of Stewart for police services for 2017 for a total of $107,174.10.* Due to ongoing negotiations, a one year contract was agreed to instead of the normal 2 year agreement. 12 9:55 PARKS – Director Al Koglin A. Consider approval to award bid to install 4 inch plastic tile around inner circle of fairgrounds and along 4H building to Luedke Contracting (Hutchinson, MN) at a cost of $13,973.* Pools of water are currently forming by building entrances after heavy rains and during snow thawing causing a safety concern when the public has to cross these areas to enter a building. Additional bid received: Hjerpe Contracting (Hutchinson, MN) $19,957. 13 COUNTY ADMINISTRATION • • Review of Commissioners Calendar Commissioner reports of committee meetings attended since November 8, 2016. A. Consider approval for fee schedule Public Hearing on 12/20 at 9:30 a.m.* B. Consider authorizing the Auditor/Treasurer to create a dedicated fund for Fairgrounds capital repair projects and allocate $100,000 from reserves in 2016. Thereafter schedule annual review of the Fairgrounds fund to determine if additional money should be set aside for this account.* C. Consider approval to set next Solid Waste Advisory Committee (SWAC) meeting for December 21st, 2016 at 9:30 am in the Solid Waste Large Conference Room. 14 CLOSED MEETING Discuss negotiations with City West Holdings for tax petitions filed for the payable years 2014, 2015 and 2016. 15 CLOSED MEETING Continuation of County Administrator Pat Melvin’s performance evaluation. OTHER Open Forum Press Relations RECESS Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx Page 4 * Board Action Requested Next board meeting December 1, 2016 at 4:30 p.m. at the Glencoe City Center. Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx Page 5 * Board Action Requested McLEOD COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS PROPOSED MEETING MINUTES – November 1, 2016 CALL TO ORDER The regular meeting of the McLeod County Board of Commissioners was called to order at 9:00 a.m. by Chair Paul Wright at the Glencoe City Center. Commissioners Nies, Shimanski, Nagel and Krueger were present. County Administrator Patrick Melvin, Administrative Assistant Donna Rickeman and County Attorney Michael Junge were also present. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE At the request of the Board Chair, all present recited the Pledge of Allegiance. CONSIDERATION OF AGENDA ITEMS A) Add under Administration Item B: Consider setting closed session to discuss 2017 negotiations for November 8th following the board meeting. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the agenda as revised. CONSENT AGENDA A) B) C) D) E) F) October 18, 2016 Meeting Minutes and Synopsis. October 14, 2016 Auditor's Warrants. October 14, 2016a Auditor's Warrants. October 18, 2016 Auditor's Warrants. October 21, 2016 Auditor's Warrants. Approve renewal of the Annual Support Plan between AWS (Chippewa Falls, WI) and McLeod County Solid Waste for the maintenance and product support of the scale software used to collect recycling and HHW data for the annual cost of $2,500. G) Approve reinstatement of the Household Hazardous Waste Facility hours to Monday through Friday 8am to 4pm. H) Approve setting Solid Waste Advisory Committee (SWAC) meeting for November 14th @ 9:30 am at the Solid Waste Facility. Krueger/Nies motion carried unanimously to approve the consent agenda. November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting PAYMENT OF BILLS – COMMISSIONER WARRANT LIST General Revenue Fund Road & Bridge Fund Solid Waste Fund $49,867.06 $4,171.81 $59,957.65 Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve payment of bills totaling $113,996.52 from the aforementioned funds. ROAD AND BRIDGE –Highway Engineer John Brunkhorst A) John Brunkhorst gave an update on State Aid Projects 43-603-30, 43-60331, and 43-615-14 which are 2017 reconstruction projects on County State Aid Highway 3 (between County Road 1 and the Carver County line) and County State Aid Highway15 (from County Road 22 to Highway 7). Work has begun on acquiring right-of-way for the projects. There are 64 parcels of property involved and negotiations have begun on behalf of the county with property owners along the two roads. Acquisition of the rightof-way will cost about $67,000 per mile, about 6.5 percent of the total project cost which is anticipated to be $6,000,000. The goal is to get the projects out for bid in April or May of 2017, with construction beginning that summer and running into 2018. This timeline may be impacted if the county has to go to condemnation (eminent domain) to acquire right-of way. ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES – Environmental Technician Emily Gable A) Emily Gable requested adoption of Resolution 16-CB-35 relating to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Clean Water Partnership; Authorizing the County to borrow up to $300,000 from the MPCA and to lend money to eligible participants to fund projects for the control and abatement of water pollution (through the upgrade of failing septic systems). Previous loans for septic upgrades within this watershed have been very successful; McLeod County has a need for this money to help homeowners with low-interest loan money for the replacement or upgrade of existing failing systems in the Crow River Watershed. Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to adopt 16-CB-35 relating to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Clean Water Partnership; Authorizing the County to borrow up to $300,000 from the MPCA and to lend money to eligible November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting participants to fund projects for the control and abatement of water pollution (through the upgrade of failing septic systems). B) Emily Gable requested approval of general obligation note for the lowinterest loan project (SRF 0306). Nies/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve general obligation note for the low-interest loan project (SRF 0306). HUMAN RESOURCES – Director Mary Jo Wieseler A) Mary Jo Wieseler requested approval to hire a full-time Correctional Officer (grade 15) due to resignation. Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to hire full-time Correctional Officer (grade 15) due to resignation. PIONEERLAND LIBRARY – Head Librarians Jackie Fountain and Katy Hilner A) Jackee Fountain, head librarian for Glencoe and Brownton, and Katy Hilner, head librarian for Hutchinson and Winsted appeared before the board to give an update on McLeod County libraries. In the past year the following have been improvements made to the libraries: new display cases, new shelving, additional audio books, large print books, additional teen books, upgraded computers, additional tablets and installed wireless. Brownton Library includes: open 20 hours a week, 5 public computers, 57 children’s programs, 13 young adult programs and 12 adult programs. Glencoe Library includes: open 48 hours a week, 19 public computers, 227 children’s programs, 19 young adult programs and 57 adult programs. Hutchinson Library includes: open 58 hours a week, 13 public computers, 93 children’s programs, 17 young adult programs and 45 adult programs. Winsted Library includes: open 21 hours a week, 3 public computers, 55 children’s programs and 4 adult programs. JAIL – Administrator Kate Jones A) Kate Jones requested approval to implement an Upgrade to Jail portion of the Sheriff’s Office Records System. There is no cost for the upgrade itself; however Law Enforcement Technology Group (LETG) does have a cost for November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting configuration and training up to $5000.00 with funding coming from the 2016 Jail budget. LETG has been implementing their new jail module which is a much more robust and user friendly format throughout their customer base. McLeod County has been on the waiting list for this for over a year. This additional functionality will be covered under the same comprehensive maintenance and support plan which applies to the rest of the currently installed LETG solution. There are no additional maintenance costs with the upgrade. Shimanski/Nies motion carried unanimously to approve an upgrade to Jail portion of the Sheriff’s Office Records System at a cost of $5,000 with funding coming from the 2016 Jail budget. PARKS – Director Al Koglin A) Al Koglin requested approval to purchase a new Ferris 72 inch zero turn mower including trade in from L&P Supply (Hutchinson, MN) for $5,500 with funding coming from the 2016 Parks budget. Additional quote: Midwest Machinery Company (Glencoe, MN) including trade in of $5,700. Krueger/Nagel motion carried unanimously to approve the purchase a new Ferris 72 inch zero turn mower including trade in from L&P Supply (Hutchinson, MN) for $5,500 with funding coming from the 2016 Parks budget. COUNTY ADMINISTRATION A) Pat Melvin requested approval to add Joe Nagel to the voting delegates for Association of Minnesota Counties (AMC). Krueger/Nies motion carried unanimously to add Joe Nagel to the voting delegates for Association of Minnesota Counties (AMC). B) Pat Melvin requested approval to set closed session to discuss 2017 negotiations for November 8th following the board meeting. Nies/Nagel motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session to discuss 2017 negotiations for November 8th following the board meeting. November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting CLOSED SESSION Krueger/Nagel motion carried unanimously to close the meeting at 11:31 a.m. to conduct County Administrator Pat Melvin’s performance evaluation. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to open the meeting at 12:49 p.m. Nies/Nagel motion carried unanimously to adjourn at 12:50 p.m. until 9:00 a.m. November 8, 2016 at the Trailblazer Transit Building. ATTEST: _____________________________ Paul Wright, Board Chair November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting ___________________________________ Patrick Melvin, County Administrator McLEOD COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS SYNOPSIS – November 1, 2016 1. Commissioners Wright, Shimanski, Krueger, Nies and Nagel were present. 2. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the agenda as revised. 3. Krueger/Nies motion carried unanimously to approve the consent agenda including October 18, 2016 Meeting Minutes and Synopsis; October 14, 2016 Auditor's Warrants; October 14, 2016a Auditor's Warrants; October 18, 2016 Auditor's Warrants; October 21, 2016 Auditor's Warrants; Approve renewal of the Annual Support Plan between AWS (Chippewa Falls, WI) and McLeod County Solid Waste for the maintenance and product support of the scale software used to collect recycling and HHW data for the annual cost of $2,500; Approve reinstatement of the Household Hazardous Waste Facility hours to Monday through Friday 8am to 4pm; Approve setting Solid Waste Advisory Committee (SWAC) meeting for November 14th @ 9:30 am at the Solid Waste Facility. 4. Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve payment of bills totaling $113,996.52 from the aforementioned funds. 5. Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to adopt 16-CB-35 relating to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Clean Water Partnership; Authorizing the County to borrow up to $300,000 from the MPCA and to lend money to eligible participants to fund projects for the control and abatement of water pollution (through the upgrade of failing septic systems). 6. Nies/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve general obligation note for the low-interest loan project (SRF 0306). 7. Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to hire full-time Correctional Officer (grade 15) due to resignation. 8. Shimanski/Nies motion carried unanimously to approve an upgrade to Jail portion of the Sheriff’s Office Records System at a cost of $5,000 with funding coming from the 2016 Jail budget. 9. Krueger/Nagel motion carried unanimously to approve the purchase a new Ferris 72 inch zero turn mower including trade in from L&P Supply (Hutchinson, MN) for $5,500 with funding coming from the 2016 Parks budget. 10. Krueger/Nies motion carried unanimously to add Joe Nagel to the voting delegates for Association of Minnesota Counties (AMC). 11. Nies/Nagel motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session to discuss 2017 negotiations for November 8th following the board meeting. 12. Krueger/Nagel motion carried unanimously to close the meeting at 11:31 a.m. to conduct County Administrator Pat Melvin’s performance evaluation. 13. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to open the meeting at 12:49 p.m. Complete minutes are on file in the County Administrator’s Office. The meeting adjourned at 12:50 p.m. until November 8, 2016. Attest: Paul Wright, Board Chair Patrick Melvin, County Administrator McLEOD COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS PROPOSED MEETING MINUTES – November 8, 2016 CALL TO ORDER The regular meeting of the McLeod County Board of Commissioners was called to order at 9:00 a.m. by Chair Paul Wright at the Glencoe City Center. Commissioners Shimanski, Nagel and Krueger were present. Commissioner Nies had an excused absence. County Administrator Patrick Melvin, Administrative Assistant Donna Rickeman and County Attorney Michael Junge were also present. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE At the request of the Board Chair, all present recited the Pledge of Allegiance. CONSIDERATION OF AGENDA ITEMS Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the agenda. CONSENT AGENDA A) October 28, 2016 Auditor's Warrants. B) Approve out of state travel for Highway Engineer to attend the National Association of County Engineers (NACE) annual conference April 9-13, 2017 in Cincinnati (OH). Approximate cost including early bird registration, hotel, and airfare is $1,700. C) Approve increasing the guardian/conservator compensation from the current $15/hr with a monthly cap of $100 and after 3 months a monthly cap of $60 with no mileage reimbursement to $150 per month effective January 1, 2017 and re-evaluate the situation in 12 months. This increase is estimated to result in an additional $25,000 expense. D) Approve renewal of shared services agreement between McLeod County Public Health and Southwestern Minnesota Adult Mental Health Consortium for the contract period of November 1, 2016 – August 28, 2017. McLeod County Public Health provides medication education to meet Adult Rehabilitation Mental Health Services (ARMHS) criteria. E) Approve 2017 contract for Registered Nursing Services between McLeod County Public Health and McLeod Treatment Programs at a contracted hourly rate of $61.46. This is a continuation of the current contract. Contract renewal and rate was approved by MTP Board of Directors on October 17, 2016. 2017 contracted hourly rate of $61.46 is an increase from November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting the current rate of $44.00, which has been in place and unchanged for many years. This increased rate was recommended and approved by the McLeod County Public Health Advisory Committee when Public Health fees were reviewed early this year. The following items were revised or removed from the Consent Agenda prior to approval: 1. Revise item D to: Approve increasing the guardian/conservator compensation from the current Tier 1 monthly cap of $60 for less intensive and less detailed services and Tier 2 monthly cap of $100 for more intensive and more detailed services to $150 per month for both Tiers effective January 1, 2017 and re-evaluate the situation in 12 months. This increase is estimated to result in an additional $25,000 expense. 2. Remove and move to Item E under Administration: Approve 2017 contract for Registered Nursing Services between McLeod County Public Health and McLeod Treatment Programs at a contracted hourly rate of $61.46. This is a continuation of the current contract. Contract renewal and rate was approved by MTP Board of Directors on October 17, 2016. 2017 contracted hourly rate of $61.46 is an increase from the current rate of $44.00, which has been in place and unchanged for many years. This increased rate was recommended and approved by the McLeod County Public Health Advisory Committee when Public Health fees were reviewed early this year. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the consent agenda. PAYMENT OF BILLS – COMMISSIONER WARRANT LIST General Revenue Fund Road & Bridge Fund Solid Waste Fund $36,356.09 $111,931.48 $35,505.94 Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve payment of bills totaling $183,793.51 from the aforementioned funds. CONTEGRITY GROUP – Construction Manager Sam Lauer A) Sam Lauer with Contegrity informed the Board due to nice stretch of weather rapid progress is being made. Load-bearing walls for the first floor of the jail addition are done, the lower level floors have been poured, and the topping is ready for the first floor. November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting Sam also reported that the contractors will be able to use natural gas from the permanent service line to heat the addition during the remaining construction, rather than having to use liquid propane which will save significantly on heating costs over the winter. Judd Avenue between 10th and 11th streets, located east of the Courthouse parking lot, is close to being opened. The first two lifts have been paved and the third will be paved in the spring. New road should be ready for traffic once appropriate signage is put in place. ASSESSORS OFFICE – Assessor Sue Schulz A) Sue Schulz requested approval to hire Michael Bownik Appraisals Inc. (White Bear Lake, MN) to conduct an appraisal for Menards Tax Court at a cost of $12,850 with funding coming from general reserves. Assessor currently is recommending $40 a square foot for payable years 2014, 2015 and 2016. Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve hiring Michael Bownik Appraisals Inc. (White Bear Lake, MN) to conduct an appraisal for Menards Tax Court at a cost of $12,850 with funding coming from general reserves. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session following the November 22nd board meeting to discuss negotiations with City West Holdings for tax petitions filed for the payable years 2014, 2015 and 2016. DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES – Area Wildlife Supervisor Joe Stangel A) Joe Stangel notified the board that McLeod County Chapter of Pheasants Forever has recently donated 45 acres of land in Section 29, Lynn Township to the Minnesota DNR, Division of Wildlife to become a state wildlife management area (WMA). Payment in Lieu of Property Taxes (PILT) will be $386.26 per year. This area has many diverse habitat features that will enhance wildlife populations. The Ras-Lynn WMA and corresponding private habitat is the counties premiere pheasant and white-tailed deer hunting destination. The area will be open to public hunting with restrictions worked out with property owners only for firearms, trapping, and nature observation. SHORT ELLIOT HENDRICKSON (SEH) – Project Manager Chuck Vermeersch November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting A) Chuck Vermeersch gave an update to the board on County Ditch 20 and County Ditch 22. County Ditch 22 tile flows into the recently replaced County Ditch 20 tile. Hutton Drainage, the contractor, began the project back in mid-August by boring and jacking a new 12” tile crossing Highway 15. That work was completed, however; since that time 10 to 12 inches of rain has been received which has prevented further work on the tile replacement. From May 2016 to November 1, 2016 the project area has received 28 inches of precipitation. Due to the large watershed being drained, the undersized pipe and shallow pipe grades, the system is very slow to drain. County Ditch 20 and County Ditch 22 pipes were not upsized because of wetland and permitting issues. The petitioners opted to go with replacement of the existing system as this would at least provide a more reliable tile that would not require frequent repair as the old tile did. At this time, the system will continue to be monitored to verify it is still draining. Once the water has receded enough, the replacement of County Ditch 22 tile will be completed. However, with the amount of water there is to pass, it will take some time for the project to dry out enough to complete the replacement. It is likely the project will not be completed this year. A letter with the above information and more details will be sent out to property owners. COUNTY ADMINISTRATION A) Pat Melvin requested approval to hire a Household Hazardous Waste Technician (grade 17) to fill vacancy in Solid Waste Department due to promotion. Wright/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to hire a Household Hazardous Waste Technician (grade 17) to fill vacancy in Solid Waste Department due to promotion. B) Pat Melvin requested approval to set closed session for continuation of Pat Melvin’s performance review for November 22nd following the board meeting. Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session to have continuation of Pat Melvin’s performance review for November 22nd following the board meeting. C) Pat Melvin led discussion on future consent agenda items. It was discussed and agreed upon to allow Pat Melvin as County Administrator to use more discretion when putting things on the agenda. November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting D) Pat Melvin notified the board of the upcoming Legislative Round Table Discussion, Thursday, November 17th 8:00 am to Noon at University of Minnesota, Morris. E) Commissioner Shimanski requested approval of 2017 contract for Registered Nursing Services between McLeod County Public Health and McLeod Treatment Programs at a contracted hourly rate of $61.46 with the noted change to Section B Item 13 to state “Monitor and evaluate RN Contract budget, not to exceed $10,509.66 for 2017”. This is a continuation of the current contract. Contract renewal and rate was approved by MTP Board of Directors on October 17, 2016. 2017 contracted hourly rate of $61.46 is an increase from the current rate of $44.00, which has been in place and unchanged for many years. This increased rate was recommended and approved by the McLeod County Public Health Advisory Committee when Public Health fees were reviewed early this year. Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve the 2017 contract for Registered Nursing Services between McLeod County Public Health and McLeod Treatment Programs at a contracted hourly rate of $61.46. CLOSED SESSION Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to close the meeting at 10:22 a.m. to discuss 2017 labor negotiations. Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to open the meeting at 11:25 a.m. Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to recess at 11:26 a.m. until 9:00 a.m. November 22, 2016 at the Glencoe City Center. ATTEST: _____________________________ Paul Wright, Board Chair November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting ___________________________________ Patrick Melvin, County Administrator McLEOD COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS SYNOPSIS – November 8, 2016 1. Commissioners Wright, Shimanski, Krueger, Nies and Nagel were present. 2. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the agenda. 3. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the consent agenda including October 28, 2016 Auditor's Warrants; Approve out of state travel for Highway Engineer to attend the National Association of County Engineers (NACE) annual conference April 9-13, 2017 in Cincinnati (OH); Approve increasing the guardian/conservator compensation from the current Tier 1 monthly cap of $60 for less intensive and less detailed services and Tier 2 monthly cap of $100 for more intensive and more detailed services to $150 per month for both Tiers effective January 1, 2017 and re-evaluate the situation in 12 months; Approve renewal of shared services agreement between McLeod County Public Health and Southwestern Minnesota Adult Mental Health Consortium for the contract period of November 1, 2016 – August 28, 2017. 4. Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve payment of bills totaling $183,793.51 from the aforementioned funds. 5. Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve hiring Michael Bownik Appraisals Inc. (White Bear Lake, MN) to conduct an appraisal for Menards Tax Court at a cost of $12,850 with funding coming from general reserves. 6. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session following the November 22nd board meeting to discuss negotiations with City West Holdings for tax petitions filed for the payable years 2014, 2015 and 2016. 7. Wright/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to hire a Household Hazardous Waste Technician (grade 17) to fill vacancy in Solid Waste Department due to promotion. 8. Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session to have continuation of Pat Melvin’s performance review for November 22nd following the board meeting. 9. Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve the 2017 contract for Registered Nursing Services between McLeod County Public Health and McLeod Treatment Programs at a contracted hourly rate of $61.46. 10. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to close the meeting at 10:22 a.m. to discuss 2017 labor negotiations. 11. Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to open the meeting at 11:25 a.m. Complete minutes are on file in the County Administrator’s Office. The meeting recessed at 11:26 a.m. until November 22, 2016. Attest: Paul Wright, Board Chair Patrick Melvin, County Administrator POOL 11/4/16 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* 11:24AM Print List in Order By: Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES 2 1 2 3 4 - Fund (Page Break by Fund) Department (Totals by Dept) Vendor Number Vendor Name Explode Dist. Formulas?:Y Paid on Behalf Of Name on Audit List?: N Type of Audit List: D Save Report Options?: N D - Detailed Audit List S - Condensed Audit List Page Break By: 1 1 - Page Break by Fund 2 - Page Break by Dept Page 1 POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 1 GENERAL REVENUE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 0 DEPT 2811 132 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount Warrant Description Service Dates Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name ... CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 01-000-000-0000-2048 535.18 LONG TERM CARE GENERAL FUND 11/01/2016 2811 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Page 2 CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 690 28 UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA 01-000-000-0000-2010 690 UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA 535.18 Long Term Care Payable 11/30/2016 1 Transactions 0 DEPT Total: 31 DEPT 1886 30 BMO 01-031-000-0000-6241 1886 BMO 31 DEPT Total: 75 DEPT 1886 49 50 BMO 01-075-000-0000-6338 01-075-000-0000-6338 1886 BMO 75 DEPT Total: 76 DEPT 1886 51 52 BMO 01-076-000-0000-6205 01-076-000-0000-6205 1886 BMO SUMMER INSTITUTE RS & LS 785.18 ... Unclaimed Property 1 Transactions 2 Vendors 2 Transactions COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR'S 360.00 360.00 STAR TRIBUNE 1627 360.00 COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR'S Printing And Publishing 1 Transactions 1 Vendors 1 Transactions CENTRAL SERVICES-CHARGE BACKS 5.88 9.00 14.88 MENARDS KWIK TRIP 1650 1650 14.88 CENTRAL SERVICES-CHARGE BACKS Motor Pool Expenses Motor Pool Expenses 2 Transactions 1 Vendors 2 Transactions CENTRAL SERVICES-COUNTY WIDE 6.80 174.05 180.85 USPS USPS 1650 9909 Postage And Postal Box Rental Postage And Postal Box Rental 2 Transactions 5906 5 4 CENTURYLINK 01-076-000-0000-6203 01-076-000-0000-6203 5906 CENTURYLINK 250.00 250.00 307.47 2,455.62 2,763.09 LOCAL SVC LOCAL SVC 313623769 314019358 2 Transactions Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems Communications Communications POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 1 GENERAL REVENUE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 11580 8 CENTURYLINK 01-076-000-0000-6203 01-076-000-0000-6203 9 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Warrant Description Service Dates Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 640.67 LONG DISTANCE 320439462 Communications 38.65 10/21/2016 LONG DISTANCE 320439462 Communications Amount 10/21/2016 11580 CENTURYLINK 679.32 11/20/2016 11/20/2016 2 Transactions 5771 24 NU-TELECOM 01-076-000-0000-6203 5771 NU-TELECOM Page 3 76 DEPT Total: 91 DEPT 1886 29 DEPT Total: 103 DEPT 1886 81854811 5,106.91 CENTRAL SERVICES-COUNTY WIDE Communications 1 Transactions 4 Vendors 7 Transactions 790.00 790.00 AMAZON.COM 790.00 COUNTY ATTORNEY'S 1643 Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory) 1 Transactions 1 Vendors 1 Transactions COUNTY ASSESSOR'S BMO 01-103-000-0000-6402 01-103-000-0000-6450 01-103-000-0000-6612 01-103-000-0000-6612 1886 BMO 103 DEPT Total: 117 DEPT 1886 31 32 33 34 35 EXT PRI SW B1 COUNTY ATTORNEY'S BMO 01-091-000-0000-6612 1886 BMO 91 72 71 73 74 1,483.65 1,483.65 80.68 22.86 990.00 495.00 1,588.54 AMAZON.COM BEEN VERIFIED AMAZON.COM AMAZON.COM 1,588.54 COUNTY ASSESSOR'S 9891 9891 9891 9891 Office Supplies Subscriptions Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory) Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory) 4 Transactions 1 Vendors 4 Transactions FAIRGROUNDS BMO 01-117-000-0000-6402 01-117-000-0000-6402 01-117-000-0000-6402 01-117-000-0000-6402 01-117-000-0000-6425 34.93 32.19 9.62 254.23 5.36 EXPRESSION VINYL JO-ANN WALMART WALMART SEARS 1700 1700 1700 1700 1700 Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems Office Supplies Office Supplies Office Supplies Office Supplies Repair And Maintenance Supplies POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 1 GENERAL REVENUE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 1886 BMO 117 DEPT Total: 201 DEPT 1886 40 41 42 43 44 11580 Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount Warrant Description Service Dates FAIRGROUNDS CENTURYLINK 01-201-000-0000-6203 145.82 150.00 75.00 250.00 250.00 870.82 5771 27 CENTURYLINK NU-TELECOM 01-201-000-0000-6203 NU-TELECOM 201 DEPT Total: 251 DEPT 1886 38 36 37 70.82 LONG DISTANCE 70.82 143.68 Shooting Supplies For Firearms Program Training - Patrol Training - Patrol Training - Patrol Training - Patrol 320439462 Communications 11/20/2016 1 Transactions 111-2290 SPEC ACC VOICE 143.68 1,085.32 1585 1585 1585 1585 1585 81877739 Communications 11/30/2016 1 Transactions COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE 3 Vendors 7 Transactions COUNTY JAIL BMO 01-251-000-0000-6327 01-251-000-0000-6461 01-251-000-0000-6461 1886 BMO 251 DEPT Total: 485 DEPT 1886 75 77 5 Transactions 5 Transactions 11/01/2016 5771 1 Vendors AMAZON.COM MN BCA MN BCA MN BCA MN BCA 10/21/2016 11580 Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 5 Transactions 336.33 336.33 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Page 4 COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE BMO 01-201-000-0000-6456 01-201-206-0000-6360 01-201-206-0000-6360 01-201-206-0000-6360 01-201-206-0000-6360 1886 BMO 10 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* 50.98 41.16 64.48 156.62 MILLS FLEET FARM AMAZON.COM AMAZON.COM 156.62 COUNTY JAIL 1528 1528 1528 General Auto Maintenance Inmate Supplies Inmate Supplies 3 Transactions 1 Vendors 3 Transactions COUNTY PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING BMO 01-485-000-0000-6810 01-485-000-0000-6350 114.84 5.92 FITBIT INC WALMART 9549 9556 Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems Refunds And Reimbursements Other Services & Charges POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 1 GENERAL REVENUE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 76 78 79 81 80 01-485-000-0000-6402 01-485-000-0000-6402 01-485-000-0000-6402 01-485-000-0000-6402 01-485-000-0000-6451 1886 BMO 11580 11 CENTURYLINK 01-485-000-0000-6203 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount 21.11 260.72 35.44 14.00 108.94 560.97 67.51 Warrant Description Service Dates Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name AMAZON.COM MENARDS AMAZON.COM AMAZON.COM AMAZON.COM 9556 9556 9556 9556 9556 Office Office Office Office Books CENTURYLINK 485 DEPT Total: LONG DISTANCE 520 DEPT 5906 7 6 CENTURYLINK 01-520-000-0000-6203 01-520-000-0000-6203 5906 CENTURYLINK 320439462 Communications 11/20/2016 1 Transactions COUNTY PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING 2 Vendors 8 Transactions COUNTY PARK'S 65.86 89.31 155.17 525 CARETAKER OFFICE PHONE 525 SHOP 313540758 314102204 Communications Communications 2 Transactions 5771 25 NU-TELECOM 01-520-000-0000-6203 5771 NU-TELECOM 67.51 628.48 Supplies Supplies Supplies Supplies 7 Transactions 10/21/2016 11580 Page 5 520 DEPT Total: 603 DEPT 1886 39 BMO 01-603-000-0000-6351 1886 BMO 41.23 41.23 196.40 PIEPENBURG 587-2082 81854811 Communications 1 Transactions COUNTY PARK'S 2 Vendors 3 Transactions COUNTY EXTENSION 257.95 257.95 NATIONAL 4-H COUNCIL COUNTY EXTENSION 603 DEPT Total: 257.95 1 Fund Total: 11,306.61 1668 After School Program 1 Transactions 1 Vendors GENERAL REVENUE FUND Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 1 Transactions 44 Transactions POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 3 ROAD & BRIDGE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 0 DEPT 2811 133 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount Warrant Description Service Dates CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 0 DEPT Total: 105 DEPT 1886 57 58 59 BMO 03-105-000-0000-6336 03-105-000-0000-6336 03-105-000-0000-6336 1886 BMO 105 DEPT Total: 330 DEPT 1886 60 56 53 54 55 BMO 03-330-000-0000-6245 03-330-000-0000-6205 03-330-000-0000-6245 03-330-000-0000-6245 03-330-000-0000-6245 1886 BMO 330 DEPT Total: 340 DEPT 1083 93 95 94 340 Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name ... CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 03-000-000-0000-2048 131.01 LONG TERM CARE HIGHWAY FUND 11/01/2016 2811 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Page 6 WEX BANK 03-340-000-0000-6455 03-340-000-0000-6455 03-340-000-0000-6567 1083 WEX BANK DEPT Total: 131.01 131.01 Long Term Care Payable 11/30/2016 1 Transactions ... 1 Vendors 1 Transactions COUNTY SURVEYING & GIS 427.02 284.68 142.34 854.04 INN ON LAKE SUPERIOR INN ON LAKE SUPERIOR INN ON LAKE SUPERIOR 9937 9937 9937 854.04 COUNTY SURVEYING & GIS Meals, Lodging, Parking & Miscellaneous Meals, Lodging, Parking & Miscellaneous Meals, Lodging, Parking & Miscellaneous 3 Transactions 1 Vendors 3 Transactions HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION 110.00 54.35 215.00 600.00 1,150.00 2,129.35 VP MINNESOTA TRANSPORT USPS U OF M CONT LEARNING MINNESOTA STATE COLLEGE MINNESOTA STATE COLLEGE 2,129.35 HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION 9929 9937 9937 9937 9937 Dues And Registration Fees Postage And Postal Box Rental Dues And Registration Fees Dues And Registration Fees Dues And Registration Fees 5 Transactions 1 Vendors 5 Transactions HIGHWAY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 477.20 18.061,727.53 2,186.67 UNLEADED FUEL-OCTOBER MISC PREV PER REBATE DIESEL FUEL OCTOBER 2,186.67 HIGHWAY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 47423474 47423474 47423474 Motor Fuels And Lubrication Motor Fuels And Lubrication Diesel Fuel & Tax 3 Transactions 1 Vendors Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 3 Transactions POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 3 ROAD & BRIDGE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 3 Fund Total: ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount 5,301.07 Warrant Description Service Dates Invoice # Paid On Bhf # ROAD & BRIDGE FUND Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems Page 7 Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 12 Transactions POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 5 SOLID WASTE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 391 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount DEPT 1886 12 CENTURYLINK 05-391-000-0000-6203 234.98 56.35 39.51 409.83 740.67 6.21 ARAMARK ARAMARK ARAMARK ARAMARK CENTURYLINK 391 DEPT Total: 393 DEPT 1886 97 11580 LONG DISTANCE 6.21 746.88 Uniform Allowance Uniform Allowance Uniform Allowance Public Education 320439462 Communications 11/20/2016 1 Transactions SOLID WASTE TIP FEE CENTURYLINK 05-393-000-0000-6203 587.22 587.22 2 Vendors 8.90 ARAMARK 5 Transactions CENTURYLINK Uniform Allowance LONG DISTANCE 8.90 320439462 Communications 11/20/2016 1 Transactions 664 130 131 LENTSCH TRUCKING 05-393-000-0000-6269 05-393-000-0000-6269 664 LENTSCH TRUCKING 1550 1 Transactions 10/21/2016 11580 1550 1550 1550 1550 MATERIALS RECOVERY FACILITY BMO 05-393-000-0000-6145 1886 BMO 13 Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 4 Transactions 10/21/2016 11580 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # SOLID WASTE TIP FEE BMO 05-391-000-0000-6145 96 05-391-000-0000-6145 99 05-391-000-0000-6145 100 05-391-000-0000-6243 102 1886 BMO 11580 Warrant Description Service Dates Page 8 393 DEPT Total: 397 DEPT 1886 BMO 05-397-000-0000-6145 98 05-397-000-0000-6145 101 1886 BMO 790.00 4,030.00 4,820.00 RECYCLABLES PICKED UP RECYCLED MATL SHIPPING 5,416.12 MATERIALS RECOVERY FACILITY Contracts Contracts 2 Transactions 3 Vendors 4 Transactions HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE 86.14 39.51 125.65 ARAMARK ARAMARK 1550 1550 2 Transactions Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems Uniform Allowance Uniform Allowance POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 5 SOLID WASTE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 11580 14 CENTURYLINK 05-397-000-0000-6203 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount 0.06 Warrant Description Service Dates Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name LONG DISTANCE 320439462 Communications 10/21/2016 11580 CENTURYLINK 0.06 397 DEPT Total: 125.71 5 Fund Total: 6,288.71 Page 9 11/20/2016 1 Transactions HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE 2 Vendors SOLID WASTE FUND Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 3 Transactions 12 Transactions POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 11 HUMAN SERVICE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 420 47 46 45 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount DEPT 1886 15 CENTURYLINK 11-420-600-0010-6203 67.81 481.22 200.02 749.05 GRANDVIEW LODGE ARROWWOOD BEST WESTERN PLUS 2811 134 289.35 LONG DISTANCE CENTURYLINK 289.35 CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 11-420-000-0000-2048 210.41 CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 420 DEPT Total: 430 DEPT 1886 104 105 110 113 121 123 124 126 128 106 103 107 108 111 112 114 115 116 9531 9531 9531 Meals Lodging & Parking - Director 210.41 1,248.81 Meals Lodging & Parking-Financial Workrs Meals Lodging & Parking Expense 320439462 Communications/Postage 11/20/2016 1 Transactions LONG TERM CARE WELFARE FUND 11/01/2016 2811 Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 3 Transactions 10/21/2016 11580 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # INCOME MAINTENANCE BMO 11-420-600-0002-6336 11-420-600-0007-6336 11-420-640-0010-6336 1886 BMO 11580 Warrant Description Service Dates Page 10 Long Term Care Payable 11/30/2016 1 Transactions INCOME MAINTENANCE 3 Vendors 5 Transactions INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES BMO 11-430-709-0000-6033 11-430-709-0000-6033 11-430-709-0000-6033 11-430-709-0000-6033 11-430-709-0000-6033 11-430-709-0000-6033 11-430-709-0000-6033 11-430-709-0000-6033 11-430-709-0000-6033 11-430-709-0008-6245 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 172.15 5.60 73.06 37.67 16.09 143.55 7.52 59.50 40.53 424.00 68.00 50.37 9.27 31.61 133.13 5.21 26.18 8.00 TARGET TARGET WALMART DOLLAR GENERAL JOANN FABRIC WALMART WALMART WALMART MENARDS MARRCH DEER LAKE ORCHARD WALMART CASHWISE WALMART BUFFALO WILD WINGS STANDARD PRINTING DOLLAR GENERAL FALL HARVEST ORCHARD 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary Dues and Registration Fees - MH Unit Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 11 HUMAN SERVICE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 117 118 119 120 122 125 127 129 109 82 89 83 84 88 85 86 87 48 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-741-4030-6071 11-430-763-6410-6078 11-430-709-0008-6359 11-430-709-0008-6359 11-430-710-1160-6040 11-430-710-1160-6040 11-430-710-1160-6040 11-430-710-1980-6062 11-430-710-1980-6062 11-430-710-1980-6062 11-430-700-0002-6336 1886 BMO 11580 16 CENTURYLINK 11-430-700-0010-6203 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount 37.86 24.70 192.80 103.21 6.44 124.71 16.52 17.15 495.00 245.00 500.00 200.00 25.00 50.00 14.38 32.71 111.46 158.20 3,666.58 124.00 Warrant Description Service Dates Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name CARLSON ORCHARD DAIRY QUEEN ART AS YOU LIKE IT PERKINS JOANN FABRIC WALMART MENARDS SHOPKO AMAZON.COM U OF M CONT LEARNING WALMART SA SA SA WALMART WALMART SUBWAY GRANDVIEW LODGE 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 0940 3758 3758 3758 3758 3758 3758 3758 3758 9531 Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP Client Outreach - CSP CADI Waiver - Adult Supplies and Equip CWTCM Dedicated CWTCM Dedicated Social Service Transportation Social Service Transportation Social Service Transportation Foster Care Licensing & Resource Develop Foster Care Licensing & Resource Develop Foster Care Licensing & Resource Develop Meals Lodging & Parking - Director 36 Transactions LONG DISTANCE 10/21/2016 11580 2811 135 CENTURYLINK 124.00 CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 11-430-000-0000-2048 103.02 CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 320439462 103.02 Communications/Postage 11/20/2016 1 Transactions LONG TERM CARE INC MAINT FUND 11/01/2016 2811 Page 11 Long Term Care Payable 11/30/2016 1 Transactions 430 DEPT Total: 3,893.60 INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES 3 Vendors 38 Transactions 11 Fund Total: 5,142.41 HUMAN SERVICE FUND 43 Transactions Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 25 SPECIAL REVENUE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 15 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount DEPT 6 90 DEPT Total: 121 DEPT 319 121 DEPT Total: 285 DEPT 5771 149.43 149.43 MN FAMILY LAW PRACTICE NU-TELECOM DEPT Total: 618 DEPT 1220 KUBASCH EXCAVATING INC 25-618-000-0000-6350 1220 KUBASCH EXCAVATING INC 618 DEPT Total: 619 DEPT 3856 2 Books 149.43 LAW LIBRARY 1 Vendors 1 Transactions 9.54 9.54 DEPOSIT SLIPS ACCT#4117054 9.54 VETERAN SERVICES Printed Paper Supplies 1 Transactions 1 Vendors 1 Transactions E-911 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE - GRANT NU-TELECOM 25-285-000-0000-6203 285 21 86191322 1 Transactions 588.30 587-0405 E-911 11/01/2016 5771 Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name VETERAN SERVICES FIRST MINNESOTA BANK NA 25-121-000-0000-6403 319 FIRST MINNESOTA BANK NA 26 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # LAW LIBRARY MATTHEW BENDER & CO INC 25-015-000-0000-6451 6 MATTHEW BENDER & CO INC 15 19 Warrant Description Service Dates Page 12 BORKA EXCAVATING 25-619-000-0000-6350 3856 BORKA EXCAVATING 619 DEPT Total: 694 DEPT 81878133 588.30 11/30/2016 1 Transactions 588.30 E-911 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE - GRANT 1 Vendors Communications - Telephone Equipment 1 Transactions SSTS GRANT 13,858.35 13,858.35 SEPTIC SYSTEM G BESTUL 13,858.35 SSTS GRANT Other Services & Charges 1 Transactions 1 Vendors 1 Transactions CROW RIVER SEPTIC SYSTEM LOANS-7 11,700.00 11,700.00 SEPTIC SYSTEM A OTTO 09_13_16-2 11,700.00 CROW RIVER SEPTIC SYSTEM LOANS-7 Other Services & Charges 1 Transactions 1 Vendors AQUATIC INVASIVE SPECIES Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 1 Transactions POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 25 SPECIAL REVENUE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 2742 1 ALLOVER MEDIA LLC 25-694-000-0000-6241 2742 ALLOVER MEDIA LLC Warrant Description Service Dates Page 13 694 DEPT Total: 886 DEPT 1457 91 1457 1,050.00 1,050.00 INDOOR ADVERTISING &PRODUCTION 1,050.00 AQUATIC INVASIVE SPECIES PRINTING AND PUBLISHING 1 Transactions 1 Vendors 1 Transactions COUNTY FEEDLOT PROGRAM PRO AUTO & TRANSMISSION REPAIR INC 25-886-000-0000-6338 PRO AUTO & TRANSMISSION REPAIR INC 606.66 606.66 2006 CHEV SILVERADO COUNTY FEEDLOT PROGRAM 886 DEPT Total: 606.66 25 Fund Total: 27,962.28 3061714 Motor Pool Expenses 1 Transactions 1 Vendors SPECIAL REVENUE FUND Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 1 Transactions 7 Transactions ********* McLeod County IFS ********* POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 82 COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 852 67 65 Rpt Accr Amount DEPT 1886 DEPT Total: 853 DEPT 1886 2811 65.00 6.45 71.45 CONSTANT CONTACT USPS CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 82-853-000-0000-2048 CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE 853 DEPT Total: 856 DEPT 41 3 Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 0955 0955 Communications Postage And Postal Box Rental 71.45 PROJECT HARMONY GRANT 2 Transactions 659.95 587.79 12.56 2.50 46.36 12.93 2.50 87.00 1,411.59 10.54 NATIONAL CNCL LITTLE AMERICA LITTLE AMERICA UTA TEXAS STEAKHOUSE SQUATTERS UTA MSP AIRPORT 1 Vendors 2 Transactions LONG TERM CARE CHS FUND 10.54 1,422.13 0955 0955 0955 0955 0955 0955 0955 0955 Printing And Publishing Meals, Lodging, Parking & Meals, Lodging, Parking & Meals, Lodging, Parking & Meals, Lodging, Parking & Meals, Lodging, Parking & Meals, Lodging, Parking & Meals, Lodging, Parking & LONG TERM CARE PAYABLE 11/30/2016 1 Transactions LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH GRANT 2 Vendors 9 Transactions FPSP CASH WISE PHARMACY 82-856-000-0000-6439 41 CASH WISE PHARMACY PRESCRIPTION MMS CHS RX# Prescriptions 1 Transactions 4006 17 18 FAMILY REXALL DRUG 82-856-000-0000-6439 82-856-000-0000-6439 4006 FAMILY REXALL DRUG 117.95 117.95 2412 22.48 18.48 40.96 Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous 8 Transactions 11/01/2016 2811 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH GRANT BMO 82-853-000-0000-6241 82-853-000-0000-6336 82-853-000-0000-6336 82-853-000-0000-6336 82-853-000-0000-6336 82-853-000-0000-6336 82-853-000-0000-6336 82-853-000-0000-6336 1886 BMO 136 Warrant Description Service Dates Page 14 PROJECT HARMONY GRANT BMO 82-852-000-0000-6203 82-852-000-0000-6205 1886 BMO 852 66 64 68 69 70 61 62 63 Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES PRESCRIPTION MMS CHS PRESCRIPTION MMS CHS RX 16130556 RX 16130556 2 Transactions GLENCOE REGIONAL HEALTH SERVICES Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems Prescriptions Prescriptions ********* McLeod County IFS ********* POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 82 COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 20 Rpt Accr 82-856-000-0000-6261 2412 GLENCOE REGIONAL HEALTH SERVICES 856 DEPT Total: 862 DEPT 1420 92 Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES ST PAULS LUTHERAN SCHOOL 82-862-000-0000-6350 1420 ST PAULS LUTHERAN SCHOOL Page 15 Warrant Description Service Dates Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 169.38 169.38 EXAMS MMS CHS ACCT #42806 Physical Examinations 328.29 FPSP Amount 1 Transactions 3 Vendors 4 Transactions SHIP 849.99 849.99 SHIP PARTNER EXPENSE-SCHOOLS SHIP 862 DEPT Total: 849.99 82 Fund Total: 2,671.86 Other Services & Charges 1 Transactions 1 Vendors COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICE FUND Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 1 Transactions 16 Transactions POOL 11/4/16 11:24AM 86 TRUST & AGENCY FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 975 DEPT 509 23 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount Warrant Description Service Dates MINNESOTA DNR 975 DEPT Total: 976 DEPT 509 22 295.50 DNR Collections For Other Agencies 295.50 295.50 10/31/2016 1 Transactions DNR CLEARING ACCOUNT 1 Vendors 1 Transactions GAME & FISH CLEARING ACCOUNT MINNESOTA DNR 86-976-000-0000-6850 152.50 G&F Collections For Other Agencies 10/25/2016 509 Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name DNR CLEARING ACCOUNT MINNESOTA DNR 86-975-000-0000-6850 10/25/2016 509 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Page 16 MINNESOTA DNR 152.50 10/31/2016 1 Transactions 976 DEPT Total: 152.50 GAME & FISH CLEARING ACCOUNT 86 Fund Total: 448.00 TRUST & AGENCY FUND Final Total: 59,120.94 53 Vendors 1 Vendors 1 Transactions 2 Transactions 136 Transactions Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems POOL 11/4/16 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* 11:24AM Recap by Fund Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Fund AMOUNT Page 17 Name GENERAL REVENUE FUND 1 11,306.61 3 5,301.07 ROAD & BRIDGE FUND 5 6,288.71 SOLID WASTE FUND 11 5,142.41 HUMAN SERVICE FUND 25 27,962.28 82 2,671.86 86 448.00 All Funds 59,120.94 SPECIAL REVENUE FUND COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICE FUND TRUST & AGENCY FUND Total Approved by, ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems POOL 11/10/16 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* 9:26AM Print List in Order By: Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES 2 1 2 3 4 - Fund (Page Break by Fund) Department (Totals by Dept) Vendor Number Vendor Name Explode Dist. Formulas?:Y Paid on Behalf Of Name on Audit List?: N Type of Audit List: D Save Report Options?: N D - Detailed Audit List S - Condensed Audit List Page Break By: 1 1 - Page Break by Fund 2 - Page Break by Dept Page 1 POOL 11/10/16 9:26AM 1 GENERAL REVENUE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 0 DEPT 3028 8 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount 01-000-000-0000-2056 7 01-000-000-0000-2056 9 01-000-000-0000-2056 11 01-000-000-0000-2056 12 317.48 CHILD SUPPORT 10/29/2016 117.67 10/16/2016 CHILD SUPPORT 10/29/2016 257.96 10/16/2016 CHILD SUPPORT 10/29/2016 130.13 10/16/2016 CHILD SUPPORT 10/29/2016 148.59 10/16/2016 CHILD SUPPORT 10/29/2016 327.64 10/16/2016 CHILD SUPPORT 10/16/2016 3028 MINNESOTA CHILD SUPPORT PAYMENT CNT 0 DEPT Total: 75 DEPT 1160 6 1160 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 001124208702 Child Support Garnishment Payable 001436294701 Child Support Garnishment Payable 001447664801 Child Support Garnishment Payable 001499730601 Child Support Garnishment Payable 001527027301 Child Support Garnishment Payable 001530953002 Child Support Garnishment Payable ... MINNESOTA CHILD SUPPORT PAYMENT CNT 01-000-000-0000-2056 01-000-000-0000-2056 10 Warrant Description Service Dates Page 2 1,299.47 1,299.47 10/29/2016 6 Transactions ... 1 Vendors 6 Transactions CENTRAL SERVICES-CHARGE BACKS MCLEOD COUNTY AUDITOR TREASURER 01-075-000-0000-6338 MCLEOD COUNTY AUDITOR TREASURER DUP STICKERS 2008 IMPALA 1,405.29 1,405.29 FUEL OCTOBER MOTOR POOL 1,416.29 CENTRAL SERVICES-CHARGE BACKS Motor Pool Expenses 1 Transactions 1083 19 WEX BANK 01-075-000-0000-6338 1083 WEX BANK 11.00 11.00 75 DEPT Total: 112 DEPT 4147 18 Motor Pool Expenses 2 Vendors 2 Transactions NORTH COMPLEX BUILDING WEST CENTRAL SANITATION INC 01-112-000-0000-6257 85.83 GARBAGE REMOVAL 10/01/2016 4147 47424037 1 Transactions WEST CENTRAL SANITATION INC 112 DEPT Total: 117 DEPT 85.83 85.83 10732025 Sewer, Water And Garbage 10/31/2016 1 Transactions NORTH COMPLEX BUILDING 1 Vendors FAIRGROUNDS Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 1 Transactions POOL 11/10/16 9:26AM 1 GENERAL REVENUE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 5771 16 NU-TELECOM 01-117-000-0000-6203 01-117-000-0000-6203 17 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Warrant Description Service Dates Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 92.40 PHONE FOR OCT 81855031 Communications 92.40 10/01/2016 PHONE FOR NOV 81878137 Communications Amount 11/01/2016 5771 NU-TELECOM Page 3 184.80 117 DEPT Total: 184.80 1 Fund Total: 2,986.39 10/31/2016 11/30/2016 2 Transactions FAIRGROUNDS 1 Vendors GENERAL REVENUE FUND Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 2 Transactions 11 Transactions POOL 11/10/16 9:26AM 3 ROAD & BRIDGE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 0 DEPT 3328 4 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount Warrant Description Service Dates Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 683730 Garnishments Payable ... GURSTEL CHARGO PA 03-000-000-0000-2055 277.00 GARNISHMENT 10/16/2016 3328 Page 4 GURSTEL CHARGO PA 277.00 0 DEPT Total: 277.00 ... 3 Fund Total: 277.00 ROAD & BRIDGE FUND 10/29/2016 1 Transactions 1 Vendors Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 1 Transactions 1 Transactions POOL 11/10/16 9:26AM 11 HUMAN SERVICE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 430 DEPT 3028 13 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount Warrant Description Service Dates Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES MINNESOTA CHILD SUPPORT PAYMENT CNT 11-430-000-0000-2056 276.88 CHILD SUPPORT 10/16/2016 3028 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Page 5 MINNESOTA CHILD SUPPORT PAYMENT CNT 276.88 001486828601 Child Support Garnishment Payable 10/29/2016 1 Transactions 430 DEPT Total: 276.88 1 Vendors INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES 1 Transactions 11 Fund Total: 276.88 HUMAN SERVICE FUND 1 Transactions Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems POOL 11/10/16 9:26AM 25 SPECIAL REVENUE FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 224 1 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount DEPT 92 ARROW BUILDING CENTER 25-224-000-0000-6612 92 ARROW BUILDING CENTER Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name 4069630 Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory) NEW CANINE ACCOUNT 1,149.78 1,149.78 TRAINING COURE MATERIAL 1 Transactions 5967 3 GLENCOE FLEET SUPPLY INC 25-224-000-0000-6612 5967 GLENCOE FLEET SUPPLY INC Warrant Description Service Dates Page 6 224 DEPT Total: 613 DEPT 6009 5 INNOVATIVE OFFICE SOLUTIONS LLC 25-613-000-0000-6402 6009 INNOVATIVE OFFICE SOLUTIONS LLC 613 DEPT Total: 807 DEPT 6906 2 GLENCOE CO OP ASSN 25-807-000-0000-6610 6906 GLENCOE CO OP ASSN 1,387.71 TRAINING EQUIP MATERIAL 641492 Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory) 1 Transactions NEW CANINE ACCOUNT 2 Vendors 2 Transactions WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT-GRANT 203.91 203.91 OFFICE SUPPLIES IN1376478 203.91 WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT-GRANT1 Vendors Office Supplies 1 Transactions 1 Transactions DESIGNATED FOR CAPITAL ASSETS 1,568.70 1,568.70 DIESEL FOR NEW GENERATOR 5,315.72 5,315.72 SECURITY IMPROVEMENT PLANNING 137000 Capital - Over $5,000 (Fixed Assets) 1 Transactions 1116 20 WOLD ARCHITECTS & ENGINEERS INC 25-807-000-0000-6610 1116 WOLD ARCHITECTS & ENGINEERS INC 237.93 237.93 51347 Capital - Over $5,000 (Fixed Assets) 1 Transactions 807 DEPT Total: 6,884.42 DESIGNATED FOR CAPITAL ASSETS 25 Fund Total: 8,476.04 SPECIAL REVENUE FUND 2 Vendors Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems 2 Transactions 5 Transactions POOL 11/10/16 9:26AM 86 TRUST & AGENCY FUND Vendor Name No. Account/Formula 975 DEPT 509 15 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Rpt Accr Amount Warrant Description Service Dates MINNESOTA DNR 975 DEPT Total: 976 DEPT 509 14 406.50 DNR Collections For Other Agencies 406.50 406.50 11/07/2016 1 Transactions DNR CLEARING ACCOUNT 1 Vendors 1 Transactions GAME & FISH CLEARING ACCOUNT MINNESOTA DNR 86-976-000-0000-6850 220.00 G&F Collections For Other Agencies 10/31/2016 509 Account/Formula Description On Behalf of Name DNR CLEARING ACCOUNT MINNESOTA DNR 86-975-000-0000-6850 10/31/2016 509 Invoice # Paid On Bhf # Page 7 MINNESOTA DNR 220.00 11/07/2016 1 Transactions 976 DEPT Total: 220.00 GAME & FISH CLEARING ACCOUNT 86 Fund Total: 626.50 TRUST & AGENCY FUND Final Total: 12,642.81 14 Vendors 1 Vendors 1 Transactions 2 Transactions 20 Transactions Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems POOL 11/10/16 ********* McLeod County IFS ********* 9:26AM Recap by Fund Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES Fund AMOUNT Name GENERAL REVENUE FUND 1 2,986.39 3 277.00 ROAD & BRIDGE FUND 11 276.88 HUMAN SERVICE FUND 25 8,476.04 SPECIAL REVENUE FUND 86 626.50 TRUST & AGENCY FUND All Funds 12,642.81 Total Approved by, ...................................... ...................................... ...................................... Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems Page 8 County of McLeod 830 11th Street East Glencoe, Minnesota 55336 FAX (320) 864-1809 ___________________________________________________________________________________________ COMMISSIONER RON SHIMANSKI 1st District Phone (320) 327-0112 23808 Jet Avenue Silver Lake, MN 55381 [email protected] COMMISSIONER DOUG KRUEGER 2nd District Phone (320) 864-5944 9525 County Road 2 Glencoe, MN 55336 [email protected] COMMISSIONER PAUL WRIGHT 3rd District Phone (320) 587-7332 15215 County Road 7 Hutchinson, MN 55350 [email protected] COMMISSIONER SHELDON NIES 4th District Phone (320) 587-5117 1118 Jefferson Street South Hutchinson, MN 55350 [email protected] COMMISSIONER JOE NAGEL 5th District Phone (320) 587-8693 20849 196th Road Hutchinson, MN 55350 [email protected] COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR PATRICK MELVIN Phone (320) 864-1363 830 11th Street East, Suite 110 Glencoe, MN 55336 [email protected] Resolution 16-CB-36 FY2017 Environmental Assistance Grant Program WHEREAS, McLeod County Solid Waste has applied for a grant from the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA), under its FY2017 Environmental Assistance Grant Program; and WHEREAS, if MPCA funding is received, McLeod County Solid Waste is committed to implementing the proposed project as described in the grand application; and WHEREAS, MPCA requires that McLeod County Solid Waste provide a 25% financial, or “inkind” match to the requested $250,000. BE IT RESOLVED THAT the McLeod County Board of Commissioners hereby support the application requesting financial assistance to the McLeod County Solid Waste Department for the purpose of processing and recycling agricultural wrap. Dated this 22nd day of November, 2016. Board Chair, Paul Wright Pat Melvin, County Administrator 1 | Page County of McLeod 830 11th Street East Glencoe, Minnesota 55336 FAX (320) 864-1809 ___________________________________________________________________________________________ COMMISSIONER RON SHIMANSKI 1st District Phone (320) 327-0112 23808 Jet Avenue Silver Lake, MN 55381 [email protected] COMMISSIONER DOUG KRUEGER 2nd District Phone (320) 864-5944 9525 County Road 2 Glencoe, MN 55336 [email protected] COMMISSIONER PAUL WRIGHT 3rd District Phone (320) 587-7332 15215 County Road 7 Hutchinson, MN 55350 [email protected] COMMISSIONER SHELDON NIES 4th District Phone (320) 587-5117 1118 Jefferson Street South Hutchinson, MN 55350 [email protected] COMMISSIONER JOE NAGEL 5th District Phone (320) 587-8693 20849 196th Road Hutchinson, MN 55350 [email protected] COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR PATRICK MELVIN Phone (320) 864-1363 830 11th Street East, Suite 110 Glencoe, MN 55336 [email protected] Resolution 16-CB-37 Capital Assistance Program Grant WHEREAS, McLeod County Solid Waste plans to submit an application for a Capital Assistance Program (CAP) grant from the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA), and WHEREAS, if CAP funding is received, McLeod County Solid Waste is committed to implementing the proposed project as described in the grand application; and WHEREAS, MPCA requires that McLeod County Solid Waste financially support 50% of the total project cost, therefore BE IT RESOLVED THAT the McLeod County Board of Commissioners hereby support submission of an application requesting financial assistance to the McLeod County Solid Waste Department for the purpose of program expansion and waste diversion. Dated this 22nd day of November, 2016. Board Chair, Paul Wright Pat Melvin, County Administrator 1 | Page Personnel Committee Tuesday, November 15, 2016 AGENDA A. Discuss full-time Technical Clerk vacancy at Public Health. Recommendation: Hire 2 full-time Technical Clerks (grade 12) in Public Health due to resignations. B. Discuss Mental Health Professional vacancy for Tri-Star ACT Team. Recommendation: Hire Mental Health Professional (grade 28) for Tri-Star ACT Team for up to 28 hours per week due to resignation. Position is dependent on reimbursement of all expenses from SW Mental Health Consortium of at least 105%. C. Discuss reduction in hours for employee at Tri-Star ACT Team Recommendation: Approve reduction in hours for Tri-Star ACT Team Community Support Technician (grade 16) from 40 hours per week to 32 hours per week. (Position is reimbursed at 105% from SW Mental Health Consortium). D. Discuss hours for Child Support Officers. Recommendation: Increase hours for part-time Child Support Officer (grade 17) from 20 to 28 hours per week and hire parttime Child Support Officer at 20 hours per week. These hours are to replace the hours vacated by the resignation of a 40 hour per week Child Support Officer. This will result in reduction of 12 hours per week. E. Discuss Social Worker vacancy. Recommendation: Hire full-time Social Worker, Chemical Dependency Rule 25 Assessor, (grade 22) to fill vacancy due to resignation. F. Discuss HHW Tech vacancy. Recommendation: Hire full-time Household Hazardous Waste Technician (grade 17) due to promotion of Household Hazardous Waste Technician to Household Hazardous Waste Lead (grade 20). Please note that the Committee Chairperson has responsibility to invite staff not copied on this Agenda and expected to attend the meeting. CC: All Commissioners All Department Heads Mary Jo Wieseler Pat Melvin Pricing Proposal Quotation #: 12456593 Created On: 10/31/2016 Valid Until: 11/30/2016 MN MCLEOD COUNTY Account Executive Vincent Traver Greg Rohleder 830 11th Street East, Suite 111 Glencoe, MN 55336 UNITED STATES Phone: 320-864-1204 Fax: 320-864-3410 Email: [email protected] MN State Contract #436392 Phone: (888) 455-0510 Fax: (651) 455-0977 Email: [email protected] All Prices are in US Dollar (USD) Product Qty Your Price Total 1 CoreCAL ALNG SA MVL UsrCAL Microsoft - Part#: W06-00446 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 332 $45.00 $14,940.00 2 ExchgEntCAL ALNG SA MVL UsrCAL wSrvcs Microsoft - Part#: PGI-00270 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 332 $23.00 $7,636.00 3 ExchgSvrEnt ALNG SA MVL Microsoft - Part#: 395-02504 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 1 $661.00 $661.00 4 ExchgSvrStd ALNG SA MVL Microsoft - Part#: 312-02257 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 1 $116.00 $116.00 5 SharePointSvr ALNG SA MVL Microsoft - Part#: H04-00268 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 1 $1,109.00 $1,109.00 6 SQLSvrEntCore ALNG SA MVL 2Lic CoreLic Microsoft - Part#: 7JQ-00343 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 4 $2,243.00 $8,972.00 7 SQLSvrStdCore ALNG SA MVL 2Lic CoreLic Microsoft - Part#: 7NQ-00292 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 4 $585.00 $2,340.00 70 $22.00 $1,540.00 8 WinRmtDsktpSrvcsCAL ALNG SA MVL UsrCAL Microsoft - Part#: 6VC-01254 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 9 WinSvrDCCore ALNG SA MVL 2Lic CoreLic Microsoft - Part#: 9EA-00278 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 56 $126.00 $7,056.00 10 WinSvrSTDCore ALNG SA MVL 2Lic CoreLic Microsoft - Part#: 9EM-00270 Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017 Note: Annual Payment 48 $18.00 $864.00 Total $45,234.00 Additional Comments *Please email all quote requests to [email protected]* *Please email all order requests to [email protected] OR fax 732-564-8280* The Products offered under this proposal are subject to the SHI Return Policy posted at www.shi.com/returnpolicy, unless there is an existing agreement between SHI and the Customer. Enterprise Enrollment Enterprise Enrollment number (Microsoft to complete) Previous Enrollment number (Reseller to complete) 86213446 State and Local Framework ID (if applicable) 7468728 This Enrollment must be attached to a signature form to be valid. This Microsoft Enterprise Enrollment is entered into between the entities as identified in the signature form as of the effective date. Enrolled Affiliate represents and warrants it is the same Customer, or an Affiliate of the Customer, that entered into the Enterprise Agreement identified on the program signature form. This Enrollment consists of: (1) these terms and conditions, (2) the terms of the Enterprise Agreement identified on the signature form, (3) the Product Selection Form, (4) the Product Terms, (5) the Online Services Terms, (6) any Supplemental Contact Information Form, Previous Agreement/Enrollment form, and other forms that may be required, and (7) any order submitted under this Enrollment. This Enrollment may only be entered into under a 2011 or later Enterprise Agreement. By entering into this Enrollment, Enrolled Affiliate agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Enterprise Agreement. All terms used but not defined are located at http://www.microsoft.com/licensing/contracts. In the event of any conflict the terms of this Agreement control. Effective date. If Enrolled Affiliate is renewing Software Assurance or Subscription Licenses from one or more previous Enrollments or agreements, then the effective date will be the day after the first prior Enrollment or agreement expires or terminates. If this Enrollment is renewed, the effective date of the renewal term will be the day after the Expiration Date of the initial term. Otherwise, the effective date will be the date this Enrollment is accepted by Microsoft. Any reference to “anniversary date” refers to the anniversary of the effective date of the applicable initial or renewal term for each year this Enrollment is in effect. Term. The initial term of this Enrollment will expire on the last day of the month, 36 full calendar months from the effective date of the initial term. The renewal term will expire 36 full calendar months after the effective date of the renewal term. Terms and Conditions 1. Definitions. Terms used but not defined in this Enrollment will have the definition in the Enterprise Agreement. The following definitions are used in this Enrollment: “Additional Product” means any Product identified as such in the Product Terms and chosen by Enrolled Affiliate under this Enrollment. “Community” means the community consisting of one or more of the following: (1) a Government, (2) an Enrolled Affiliate using eligible Government Community Cloud Services to provide solutions to a Government or a qualified member of the Community, or (3) a Customer with Customer Data that is subject to Government regulations for which Customer determines and Microsoft agrees that the use of Government Community Cloud Services is appropriate to meet Customer’s regulatory requirements. EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 1 of 10 Document X20-10634 Membership in the Community is ultimately at Microsoft’s discretion, which may vary by Government Community Cloud Service. “Enterprise Online Service” means any Online Service designated as an Enterprise Online Service in the Product Terms and chosen by Enrolled Affiliate under this Enrollment. Enterprise Online Services are treated as Online Services, except as noted. “Enterprise Product” means any Desktop Platform Product that Microsoft designates as an Enterprise Product in the Product Terms and chosen by Enrolled Affiliate under this Enrollment. Enterprise Products must be licensed for all Qualified Devices and Qualified Users on an Enterprise-wide basis under this program. “Expiration Date” means the date upon which the Enrollment expires. “Federal Agency” means a bureau, office, agency, department or other entity of the United States Government. “Government” means a Federal Agency, State/Local Entity, or Tribal Entity acting in its governmental capacity. “Government Community Cloud Services” means Microsoft Online Services that are provisioned in Microsoft’s multi-tenant data centers for exclusive use by or for the Community and offered in accordance with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publication 800-145. Microsoft Online Services that are Government Community Cloud Services are designated as such in the Use Rights and Product Terms. “Industry Device” (also known as line of business device) means any device that: (1) is not useable in its deployed configuration as a general purpose personal computing device (such as a personal computer), a multi-function server, or a commercially viable substitute for one of these systems; and (2) only employs an industry or task-specific software program (e.g. a computer-aided design program used by an architect or a point of sale program) (“Industry Program”). The device may include features and functions derived from Microsoft software or third-party software. If the device performs desktop functions (such as email, word processing, spreadsheets, database, network or Internet browsing, or scheduling, or personal finance), then the desktop functions: (1) may only be used for the purpose of supporting the Industry Program functionality; and (2) must be technically integrated with the Industry Program or employ technically enforced policies or architecture to operate only when used with the Industry Program functionality. “Managed Device” means any device on which any Affiliate in the Enterprise directly or indirectly controls one or more operating system environments. Examples of Managed Devices can be found in the Product Terms. “Qualified Device” means any device that is used by or for the benefit of Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise and is: (1) a personal desktop computer, portable computer, workstation, or similar device capable of running Windows Pro locally (in a physical or virtual operating system environment), or (2) a device used to access a virtual desktop infrastructure (“VDI”). Qualified Devices do not include any device that is: (1) designated as a server and not used as a personal computer, (2) an Industry Device, or (3) not a Managed Device. At its option, the Enrolled Affiliate may designate any device excluded above (e.g., Industry Device) that is used by or for the benefit of the Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise as a Qualified Device for all or a subset of Enterprise Products or Online Services the Enrolled Affiliate has selected. “Qualified User” means a person (e.g., employee, consultant, contingent staff) who: (1) is a user of a Qualified Device, or (2) accesses any server software requiring an Enterprise Product Client Access License or any Enterprise Online Service. It does not include a person who accesses server software or an Online Service solely under a License identified in the Qualified User exemptions in the Product Terms. “Reseller” means an entity authorized by Microsoft to resell Licenses under this program and engaged by an Enrolled Affiliate to provide pre- and post-transaction assistance related to this agreement; EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 2 of 10 Document X20-10634 “Reserved License” means for an Online Service identified as eligible for true-ups in the Product Terms, the License reserved by Enrolled Affiliate prior to use and for which Microsoft will make the Online Service available for activation. "State/Local Entity" means (1) any agency of a state or local government in the United States, or (2) any United States county, borough, commonwealth, city, municipality, town, township, special purpose district, or other similar type of governmental instrumentality established by the laws of Customer’s state and located within Customer’s state’s jurisdiction and geographic boundaries. “Tribal Entity” means a federally-recognized tribal entity performing tribal governmental functions and eligible for funding and services from the U.S. Department of Interior by virtue of its status as an Indian tribe. “Use Rights” means, with respect to any licensing program, the use rights or terms of service for each Product and version published for that licensing program at the Volume Licensing Site. The Use Rights supersede the terms of any end user license agreement (on-screen or otherwise) that accompanies a Product. The Use Rights for Software are published by Microsoft in the Product Terms. The Use Rights for Online Services are published in the Online Services Terms. “Volume Licensing Site” means http://www.microsoft.com/licensing/contracts or a successor site. 2. Order requirements. a. Minimum order requirements. Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise must have a minimum of 250 Qualified Users or Qualified Devices. The initial order must include at least 250 Licenses for Enterprise Products or Enterprise Online Services. (i) Enterprise commitment. Enrolled Affiliate must order enough Licenses to cover all Qualified Users or Qualified Devices, depending on the License Type, with one or more Enterprise Products or a mix of Enterprise Products and the corresponding Enterprise Online Services (as long as all Qualified Devices not covered by a License are only used by users covered with a user License). (ii) Enterprise Online Services only. If no Enterprise Product is ordered, then Enrolled Affiliate need only maintain at least 250 Subscription Licenses for Enterprise Online Services. b. Additional Products. Upon satisfying the minimum order requirements above, Enrolled Affiliate may order Additional Products. c. Use Rights for Enterprise Products. For Enterprise Products, if a new Product version has more restrictive use rights than the version that is current at the start of the applicable initial or renewal term of the Enrollment, those more restrictive use rights will not apply to Enrolled Affiliate’s use of that Product during that term. d. Country of usage. Enrolled Affiliate must specify the countries where Licenses will be used on its initial order and on any additional orders. e. Resellers. Enrolled Affiliate must choose and maintain a Reseller authorized in the United States. Enrolled Affiliate will acquire its Licenses through its chosen Reseller. Orders must be submitted to the Reseller who will transmit the order to Microsoft. The Reseller and Enrolled Affiliate determine pricing and payment terms as between them, and Microsoft will invoice the Reseller based on those terms. Throughout this Agreement the term “price” refers to reference price. Resellers and other third parties do not have authority to bind or impose any obligation or liability on Microsoft. f. Adding Products. (i) Adding new Products not previously ordered. New Enterprise Products or Enterprise Online Services may be added at any time by contacting a Microsoft Account Manager or Reseller. New Additional Products, other than Online Services, may be used if an order EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 3 of 10 Document X20-10634 is placed in the month the Product is first used. For Additional Products that are Online Services, an initial order for the Online Service is required prior to use. (ii) Adding Licenses for previously ordered Products. Additional Licenses for previously ordered Products other than Online Services may be added at any time but must be included in the next true-up order. Additional Licenses for Online Services must be ordered prior to use, unless the Online Services are (1) identified as eligible for true-up in the Product Terms or (2) included as part of other Licenses. g. True-up requirements. Enrolled Affiliate must submit an annual true-up order that accounts for any changes since the initial order or last order. If there are no changes, then an update statement must be submitted instead of a true-up order. (i) Enterprise Products. For Enterprise Products, Enrolled Affiliate must determine the number of Qualified Devices and Qualified Users (if ordering user-based Licenses) at the time the true-up order is placed and must order additional Licenses for all Qualified Devices and Qualified Users that are not already covered by existing Licenses, including any Enterprise Online Services. (ii) Additional Products. For Additional Products that have been previously ordered under this Enrollment, Enrolled Affiliate must determine the maximum number of Additional Products used since the latter of the initial order, the last true-up order, or the prior anniversary date and submit a true-up order that accounts for any increase. (iii) Online Services. For Online Services identified as eligible for true-up in the Product Terms, Enrolled Affiliate may place a reservation order for the additional Licenses prior to use and payment may be deferred until the next true-up order. Microsoft will provide a report of Reserved Licenses ordered but not yet invoiced to Enrolled Affiliate and its Reseller. Reserved Licenses will be invoiced retroactively to the month in which they were ordered. (iv) Subscription License reductions. Enrolled Affiliate may reduce the quantity of Subscription Licenses at the Enrollment anniversary date on a prospective basis if permitted in the Product Terms, as follows: 1) For Subscription Licenses that are part of an Enterprise-wide purchase, Licenses may be reduced if the total quantity of Licenses and Software Assurance for an applicable group meets or exceeds the quantity of Qualified Devices and Qualified Users (if ordering user-based Licenses) identified on the Product Selection Form, and includes any additional Qualified Devices and Qualified Users added in any prior true-up orders. Step-up Licenses do not count towards this total count. 2) For Enterprise Online Services that are not a part of an Enterprise-wide purchase, Licenses can be reduced as long as the initial order minimum requirements are maintained. 3) For Additional Products available as Subscription Licenses, Enrolled Affiliate may reduce the Licenses. If the License count is reduced to zero, then Enrolled Affiliate’s use of the applicable Subscription License will be cancelled. Invoices will be adjusted to reflect any reductions in Subscription Licenses at the true-up order Enrollment anniversary date and effective as of such date. (v) Update statement. An update statement must be submitted instead of a true-up order if, since the initial order or last true-up order, Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise: (1) has not changed the number of Qualified Devices and Qualified Users licensed with Enterprise Products or Enterprise Online Services; and (2) has not increased its usage of Additional Products. This update statement must be signed by Enrolled Affiliate’s authorized representative. (vi) True-up order period. The true-up order or update statement must be received by Microsoft between 60 and 30 days prior to each Enrollment anniversary date. The third- EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 4 of 10 Document X20-10634 year true-up order or update statement is due within 30 days prior to the Expiration Date, and any license reservations within this 30 day period will not be accepted. Enrolled Affiliate may submit true-up orders more often to account for increases in Product usage, but an annual true-up order or update statement must still be submitted during the annual order period. (vii)Late true-up order. If the true-up order or update statement is not received when due, Microsoft will invoice Reseller for all Reserved Licenses not previously invoiced and Subscription License reductions cannot be reported until the following Enrollment anniversary date (or at Enrollment renewal, as applicable). h. Step-up Licenses. For Licenses eligible for a step-up under this Enrollment, Enrolled Affiliate may step-up to a higher edition or suite as follows: (i) For step-up Licenses included on an initial order, Enrolled Affiliate may order according to the true-up process. (ii) If step-up Licenses are not included on an initial order, Enrolled Affiliate may step-up initially by following the process described in the Section titled “Adding new Products not previously ordered,” then for additional step-up Licenses, by following the true-up order process. 3. i. Clerical errors. Microsoft may correct clerical errors in this Enrollment, and any documents submitted with or under this Enrollment, by providing notice by email and a reasonable opportunity for Enrolled Affiliate to object to the correction. Clerical errors include minor mistakes, unintentional additions and omissions. This provision does not apply to material terms, such as the identity, quantity or price of a Product ordered. j. Verifying compliance. Microsoft may, in its discretion and at its expense, verify compliance with this Enrollment as set forth in the Enterprise Agreement. Pricing. a. Price Levels. For both the initial and any renewal term Enrolled Affiliate’s Price Level for all Products ordered under this Enrollment will be Level “D” throughout the term of the Enrollment. b. Setting Prices. Enrolled Affiliate’s prices for each Product or Service will be established by its Reseller. Except for Online Services designated in the Product Terms as being exempt from fixed pricing, As long as Enrolled Affiliate continues to qualify for the same price level, Microsoft’s prices for Resellers for each Product or Service ordered will be fixed throughout the applicable initial or renewal Enrollment term. Microsoft’s prices to Resellers are reestablished at the beginning of the renewal term. 4. Payment terms. For the initial or renewal order, Enrolled Affiliate may pay upfront or elect to spread its payments over the applicable Enrollment term. If an upfront payment is elected, Microsoft will invoice Enrolled Affiliate’s Reseller in full upon acceptance of this Enrollment. If spread payments are elected, unless indicated otherwise, Microsoft will invoice Enrolled Affiliate’s Reseller in three equal annual installments. The first installment will be invoiced upon Microsoft’s acceptance of this Enrollment and remaining installments will be invoiced on each subsequent Enrollment anniversary date. Subsequent orders are invoiced upon acceptance of the order and Enrolled Affiliate may elect to pay annually or upfront for Online Services and upfront for all other Licenses. EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 5 of 10 Document X20-10634 5. End of Enrollment term and termination. a. General. At the Expiration Date, Enrolled Affiliate must immediately order and pay for Licenses for Products it has used but has not previously submitted an order, except as otherwise provided in this Enrollment. b. Renewal option. At the Expiration Date of the initial term, Enrolled Affiliate can renew Products by renewing this Enrollment for one additional 36-month term or by signing a new Enrollment. Microsoft must receive a Renewal Form, Product Selection Form, and renewal order prior to or at the Expiration Date. Microsoft will not unreasonably reject any renewal. Microsoft may make changes to this program that will make it necessary for Customer and its Enrolled Affiliates to enter into new agreements and Enrollments at renewal. c. If Enrolled Affiliate elects not to renew. (i) Software Assurance. If Enrolled Affiliate elects not to renew Software Assurance for any Product under its Enrollment, then Enrolled Affiliate will not be permitted to order Software Assurance later without first acquiring a new License with Software Assurance. (ii) Online Services eligible for an Extended Term. For Online Services identified as eligible for an Extended Term in the Product Terms, the following options are available at the end of the Enrollment initial or renewal term. 1) Extended Term. Licenses for Online Services will automatically expire in accordance with the terms of the Enrollment. An extended term feature that allows Online Services to continue month-to-month (“Extended Term”) for up to one year, unless designated in the Product Terms to continue until cancelled, is available. During the Extended Term, Online Services will be invoiced monthly at the thencurrent published price as of the Expiration Date plus a 3% administrative fee. If Enrolled Affiliate wants an Extended Term, Enrolled Affiliate must submit a request to Microsoft at least 30 days prior to the Expiration Date. 2) Cancellation during Extended Term. At any time during the first year of the Extended Term, Enrolled Affiliate may terminate the Extended Term by submitting a notice of cancellation to Microsoft for each Online Service. Thereafter, either party may terminate the Extended Term by providing the other with a notice of cancellation for each Online Service. Cancellation will be effective at the end of the month following 30 days after Microsoft has received or issued the notice. (iii) Subscription Licenses and Online Services not eligible for an Extended Term. If Enrolled Affiliate elects not to renew, the Licenses will be cancelled and will terminate as of the Expiration Date. Any associated media must be uninstalled and destroyed and Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise must discontinue use. Microsoft may request written certification to verify compliance. d. Termination for cause. Any termination for cause of this Enrollment will be subject to the “Termination for cause” section of the Agreement. In addition, it shall be a breach of this Enrollment if Enrolled Affiliate or any Affiliate in the Enterprise that uses Government Community Cloud Services fails to meet and maintain the conditions of membership in the definition of Community. e. Early termination. Any early termination of this Enrollment will be subject to the “Early Termination” Section of the Enterprise Agreement. For Subscription Licenses, in the event of a breach by Microsoft, or if Microsoft terminates an Online Service for regulatory reasons, Microsoft will issue Reseller a credit for any amount paid in advance for the period after termination. EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 6 of 10 Document X20-10634 6. Government Community Cloud. a. Community requirements. If Enrolled Affiliate purchases Government Community Cloud Services, Enrolled Affiliate certifies that it is a member of the Community and agrees to use Government Community Cloud Services solely in its capacity as a member of the Community and, for eligible Government Community Cloud Services, for the benefit of end users that are members of the Community. Use of Government Community Cloud Services by an entity that is not a member of the Community or to provide services to non-Community members is strictly prohibited and could result in termination of Enrolled Affiliate’s license(s) for Government Community Cloud Services without notice. Enrolled Affiliate acknowledges that only Community members may use Government Community Cloud Services. b. All terms and conditions applicable to non-Government Community Cloud Services also apply to their corresponding Government Community Cloud Services, except as otherwise noted in the Use Rights, Product Terms, and this Enrollment. c. Enrolled Affiliate may not deploy or use Government Community Cloud Services and corresponding non-Government Community Cloud Services in the same domain. d. Use Rights for Government Community Cloud Services. For Government Community Cloud Services, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Use Rights: (i) Government Community Cloud Services will be offered only within the United States. (ii) Additional European Terms, as set forth in the Use Rights, will not apply. (iii) References to geographic areas in the Use Rights with respect to the location of Customer Data at rest, as set forth in the Use Rights, refer only to the United States. EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 7 of 10 Document X20-10634 Enrollment Details 1. Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise. a. Identify which Agency Affiliates are included in the Enterprise. (Required) Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise must consist of entire offices, bureaus, agencies, departments or other entities of Enrolled Affiliate, not partial offices, bureaus, agencies, or departments, or other partial entities. Check only one box in this section. If no boxes are checked, Microsoft will deem the Enterprise to include the Enrolled Affiliate only. If more than one box is checked, Microsoft will deem the Enterprise to include the largest number of Affiliates: Enrolled Affiliate only Enrolled Affiliate and all Affiliates Enrolled Affiliate and the following Affiliate(s) (Only identify specific affiliates to be included if fewer than all Affiliates are to be included in the Enterprise): Enrolled Affiliate and all Affiliates, with following Affiliate(s) excluded: b. Please indicate whether the Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise will include all new Affiliates acquired after the start of this Enrollment: Exclude future Affiliates 2. Contact information. Each party will notify the other in writing if any of the information in the following contact information page(s) changes. The asterisks (*) indicate required fields. By providing contact information, Enrolled Affiliate consents to its use for purposes of administering this Enrollment by Microsoft, its Affiliates, and other parties that help administer this Enrollment. The personal information provided in connection with this Enrollment will be used and protected in accordance with the privacy statement available at https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/servicecenter. a. Primary contact. This contact is the primary contact for the Enrollment from within Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise. This contact is also an Online Administrator for the Volume Licensing Service Center and may grant online access to others. The primary contact will be the default contact for all purposes unless separate contacts are identified for specific purposes Name of entity (must be legal entity name)* McLeod County Contact name* First Vincent Last Traver Contact email address* [email protected] Street address* 830 11th Street East suite 111 City* Glencoe State/Province* MN Postal code* 55336-2200(For U.S. addresses, please provide the zip + 4, e.g. xxxxx-xxxx) Country* United States Phone* 320-864-1204 Tax ID * indicates required fields b. Notices contact and Online Administrator. This contact (1) receives the contractual notices, (2) is the Online Administrator for the Volume Licensing Service Center and may grant online access to others, and (3) is authorized to order Reserved Licenses for eligible EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 8 of 10 Document X20-10634 Online Servies, including adding or reassigning Licenses and stepping-up prior to a true-up order. Same as primary contact (default if no information is provided below, even if the box is not checked). Contact name* First Vincent Last Traver Contact email address* [email protected] Street address* 830 11th Street East suite 111 City* Glencoe State/Province* MN Postal code* 55336-2200(For U.S. addresses, please provide the zip + 4, e.g. xxxxx-xxxx) Country* United States Phone* 320-864-1204 Language preference. Choose the language for notices. English This contact is a third party (not the Enrolled Affiliate). Warning: This contact receives personally identifiable information of the Customer and its Affiliates. * indicates required fields c. Online Services Manager. This contact is authorized to manage the Online Services ordered under the Enrollment and (for applicable Online Services) to add or reassign Licenses and step-up prior to a true-up order. Same as notices contact and Online Administrator (default if no information is provided below, even if box is not checked) Contact name*: First Vincent Last Traver Contact email address* [email protected] Phone* 320-864-1204 This contact is from a third party organization (not the entity). Warning: This contact receives personally identifiable information of the entity. * indicates required fields d. Reseller information. Reseller contact for this Enrollment is: Reseller company name* SHI International Corp. Street address (PO boxes will not be accepted)* 290 Davidson Ave City* Somerset State/Province* NJ Postal code* 08873 Country* United States Contact name* Kristin Colin Phone* 888-764-8888 Contact email address* [email protected] * indicates required fields By signing below, the Reseller identified above confirms that all information provided in this Enrollment is correct. Signature* Printed name* Printed title* Date* * indicates required fields EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 9 of 10 Document X20-10634 Changing a Reseller. If Microsoft or the Reseller chooses to discontinue doing business with each other, Enrolled Affiliate must choose a replacement Reseller. If Enrolled Affiliate or the Reseller intends to terminate their relationship, the initiating party must notify Microsoft and the other party using a form provided by Microsoft at least 90 days prior to the date on which the change is to take effect. e. If Enrolled Affiliate requires a separate contact for any of the following, attach the Supplemental Contact Information form. Otherwise, the notices contact and Online Administrator remains the default. (i) Additional notices contact (ii) Software Assurance manager (iii) Subscriptions manager (iv) Customer Support Manager (CSM) contact 3. Financing elections. Is a purchase under this Enrollment being financed through MS Financing? Yes, No. If a purchase under this Enrollment is financed through MS Financing, and Enrolled Affiliate chooses not to finance any associated taxes, it must pay these taxes directly to Microsoft. EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016) Page 10 of 10 Document X20-10634 Previous Enrollment(s)/Agreement(s) Form Entity Name: McLeod County Contract that this form is attached to: State Local Government For the purposes of this form, “entity” can mean the signing entity, Customer, Enrolled Affiliate, Government Partner, Institution, or other party entering into a volume licensing program agreement. Please provide a description of the previous Enrollment(s), Agreement(s), Purchasing Account(s), and/or Affiliate Registration(s) being renewed or consolidated into the new contract identified above. a. Entity may select below any previous contract(s) from which to transfer MSDN subscribers to this new contract. Entity shall ensure that each MSDN subscriber transferred is either properly licensed under the new contract or is removed. b. Entity may select below only one previous contract from which to transfer the Software Assurance (SA) Benefit contact details, i.e., benefits contact (not the SA manager) and the program codes, to this new contract. c. An Open License cannot be used to transfer either the SA Benefit details or MSDN subscribers. d. The date of the earliest expiring Enrollment/Agreement that contains SA or Online Services will be the effective date of the new contract (or SA coverage period for Select Plus). e. Please insert the number of the earliest expiring Enrollment/Agreement with SA or Online Services in the appropriate fields of the new contract. Enrollment/Agreement/ Purchasing Account/Affiliate Registration Description Standard Enrollment PrevEnrAgrForm(WW)(ENG)(Apr2016) Enrollment/Agreement/ Purchasing Account/Affiliate Registration Public Customer Number 7468728 Transfer SA Benefit Contact Transfer MSDN Subscribers X X Page 1 of 1 Program Signature Form MBA/MBSA number Agreement number 01E73816 Note: Enter the applicable active numbers associated with the documents below. requires the associated active number be indicated here, or listed below as new. Microsoft For the purposes of this form, “Customer” can mean the signing entity, Enrolled Affiliate, Government Partner, Institution, or other party entering into a volume licensing program agreement. This signature form and all contract documents identified in the table below are entered into between the Customer and the Microsoft Affiliate signing, as of the effective date identified below. Contract Document Number or Code Enterprise Enrollment (Indirect) Product Selection Form X20-10634 0541699.005_PSF By signing below, Customer and the Microsoft Affiliate agree that both parties (1) have received, read and understand the above contract documents, including any websites or documents incorporated by reference and any amendments and (2) agree to be bound by the terms of all such documents. Customer Name of Entity (must be legal entity name)* McLeod County Signature* Printed First and Last Name* Printed Title Signature Date* Tax ID * indicates required field Microsoft Affiliate Microsoft Corporation Signature Printed First and Last Name Printed Title Signature Date (date Microsoft Affiliate countersigns) Agreement Effective Date (may be different than Microsoft’s signature date) ProgramSignForm(MSSign)(NA,LatAm)ExBRA,MLI(ENG)(Aug2014) Page 1 of 2 Optional 2 nd Customer signature or Outsourcer signature (if applicable) Customer Name of Entity (must be legal entity name)* Signature* Printed First and Last Name* Printed Title Signature Date* * indicates required field Outsourcer Name of Entity (must be legal entity name)* Signature* Printed First and Last Name* Printed Title Signature Date* * indicates required field If Customer requires physical media, additional contacts, or is reporting multiple previous Enrollments, include the appropriate form(s) with this signature form. After this signature form is signed by the Customer, send it and the Contract Documents to Customer’s channel partner or Microsoft account manager, who must submit them to the following address. When the signature form is fully executed by Microsoft, Customer will receive a confirmation copy. Microsoft Corporation Dept. 551, Volume Licensing 6100 Neil Road, Suite 210 Reno, Nevada 89511-1137 USA ProgramSignForm(MSSign)(NA,LatAm)ExBRA,MLI(ENG)(Aug2014) Page 2 of 2 STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF McLeod CONTRACT McLeod County Security and Surveillance System nd This agreement, made this November 22 , 2016 , between the County of McLeod in the State of Minnesota, party of the first part, hereinafter called the County, and, UHL Company, 9065 Zachary Ln N, Maple Grove, MN 55369, party of the second part, hereinafter called the Contractor. Witnesseth, that the contractor, for and in consideration of the payment or payments herein specified and by the County to be made, hereby covenants and agrees to furnish all materials (except such as is specified to be furnished by the County), all necessary tools and equipment and to do and perform all the work and labor in the completion of the McLeod County Security and Surveillance System, as shown on approved plans and stipulated in the RFP Document provided by the County for the price and compensation set forth and specified in the proposal of $172,369.00 for Option1, signed by the Contractor and hereto attached and hereby made a part of this agreement, said work to be done and performed in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provision therefore on file in the office of the County Auditor of said County, which Plans, Specifications, and Special Provision are hereby made a part of this agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, This said County has caused these presents to be executed and the contractor has hereunto subscribed their name. Dated at Glencoe, this 22nd day of November, 2016 ___________________ Date County of McLeod By ______________________________________ Chairman County Board, and County Administrator President or Vice President Secretary or Treasurer Contractor Approved as to form and execution this _______________ day of _________________ , ___________ . County Attorney COMPANY www.uhlcompany.com 763 • 425 • 7226 The UHL Company Presents ... McLeod County Security/Surveillance System RFP Response C B C B C B C B C C B C B C B HDWR #16 C B C C B IT Access/UPS IT Access HDWR #33 C Existing DVRs B HDWR #32 C Existing Access Control Panels C HDWR #35 C B B B C B HDWR #31 C B C B C B C B C B HDWR #11 C B C B Blue Devices are Existing Green Devices are “NEW” C B C B C B C B C B C B HDWR #34 C B C 180 IT Closet C B C C 180 C B C B 180 IT Data Center C B C B HDWR # 16 C B C C B HDWR #7 C B HDWR #8 C C B B HDWR #31 (x2) HDWR #2 C B HDWR #3 C B C B C 180 90 C B C C B 90 C C B 180 C C B HDWR #16 C B • • C B , ~ ~~ Lr-..°! I I I - - -[] C 270 C B C B C C C B C IT Rack C B C B C C B C 180 Blue Devices are Existing Green Devices are “NEW” C B 180 C B C B C C B C C IT Rack C B C B Blue Devices are Existing Green Devices are “NEW” ANNEX C B C 360 C B IT Rack C B C B C B 180 C C B C B C B C B C C C 270 C 270 C B C 180 degree pole-mounted camera C B C B C B 360 C B C C B C B C B C21 C C C C22 C15 C8 C C2 C C9 C C B C B C C C B C14 C10 H7 C B C 2'-3" C C C13 C B C7 C C B Up H6 C B C B C C C1 Up H9 H5 C IT Rack on Upper Level Up H4 C H3 C C B C C B C B C3 8'-9" C C B C11 H2 3'-0" C C C B C20 Up C B C B H1 C C4 C12 4'-4 1/2" C C C B C5 C 10'-0" C B C B C B C B C6 C18 C C C17 C C19 C Up C B C B IT Rack Access C B Down C B FAIRGROUNDS C C B C B C B C B C C C BC B C B C C B C B UHL LOMFANI www. unlc ompony.co m 763 425 · 7226 Thursday, September 29, 2016 9065 ZACHARY LANE N MAPLE GROVE, MN 55369 UHL is pleased to provide you a fu lly int egrated system consisting of industry leading S2 Access Control and Panasonic Videoln sight Video Management. The proposed systems have many f eatures that greatly lower th e cost of ownership while providing t he best of the best f eature set s. These products have proven themselves to be the go to industry st and ard for municipal applications due to their unique architecture such as browser based control with zero client licenses as wel l as lifetime camera licenses and no cost android and iOS applications. The proposed syst ems have proven themselves to be the most stable products on t he market with an architecture that allows for continued growth of the system for years to come. All w ith the lowest cost of ownership available today. Our company has been selling and installing these systems for over 10 years and we have been in business sin ce 1917. We specialize in multi-site munici pal installations and provide value add services that our com petitors simple can not. We also have a large number of employees that reside in or around t he McLeod area that can be utilized for service and installation needs UHL has ext ensive background in all aspects of the proposed inst allation; our tech nicians carry all t he necessa ry certifications. We provide our services to many municipalities and have developed many long lasting working relationships based on our expertise and ability to meet construction schedules. Base Bid Total $172,369.00 Add/Alt Option 1 $21,316.00 Prepared and Provided By: #!~ Jeff Eichenberger About the UHL Company: Our Mission Statement: To provide top quality products and services to our customers and create a workplace environment that promotes career growth and technical excellence.. Company History: Founded in 1917 By Ed and Bill Uhl representing Vulcan Radiation. Entered Temperature Control Business in 1954 with Barber-Colman Product Line. Today we are Proudly a Schneider Electric Strategic Partner with offices in Maple Grove MN, Duluth MN, Rochester MN, Bismarck ND, & Mohawk MI. UHL Security/FIRE Division: Security Division initially formed in 2000 to bring the thought of complete building automation to reality. Over the last 15 years we have made significant growth in all areas of low voltage including the addition of Voice/Data Services for our customers. We pride ourselves on our extensive design and installation abilities on our track record of providing the most state of the art stable systems available today. We have also experienced extensive growth of our Fire Division with the addition of a NICET certified master electrician who brings 15 years of experience in fire alarm design. UHL Company is also fully UL Certified to satisfy your Fire Alarm installation, testing/service, & monitoring needs. Security/FIRE Division References: • • • • • • • Gaviidae Commons Southdale Shopping Center Rosedale Shopping Center City of Eagan, MN City of St. Louis Park, MN Enbridge, Duluth/Superior City of Hermantown • • • • • • • City of Woodbury, MN Fairview Ridges Central Lakes College So. Washington County Schools St. Cloud Area Schools Erik’s Bike Shops US Bank Security Division Access Control Product Lines: Security Division CCTV Product Lines: Security Division Intrusion Monitoring Product Lines: FIRE Division Product Line: Summary/Overview: Install and implement a complete county wide integrated IP Based Access Control and IP Based Video Surveillance System with industry leading products consisting of S2 IP Access Control and Panasonic VideoInsight Video Management (VI). Our material list is based on the RFP we received as well as our time spent walking through the faculties during the design phase of this project beginning last year. We have also had the pleasure of being your access control vendor for the Solid Waste Facility and Fairgrounds for many years where we provided very cost effective solutions. We understand the necessity of providing rock solid stable low cost of ownership solutions. We fully understand the scope and intention of this countywide project. The proposed systems are fully Virtual Machine compatible and offer industry leading features such as web browser based control which provides zero cost for client connections. These systems have proven to be very stable and offer a very low cost of ownership while being full featured in fact both platforms software interfaces are the same enterprise level package not matter if you have a small system or a large distributed architecture system. This means they are NOT tier solutions where once you get to a certain quantity of doors or cameras you must move to a new software package. With our proposed systems you will have the ability to grow your system without concern of needing to replace the control systems. The combination of S2 and VI have become the industry standard for municipal installations and allow for unlimited remote locations and with a very easy to use interface that can be configured to allow for any level of access to an at the site user all the way to system wide access for administrators. The proposed Panasonic VideoInsight VMS includes LIFETIME cameras license’s that are FREE with purchase of all new Panasonic/i-Pro and Panasonic/Advidia brand cameras, But lifetime licenses are also available for any other brand/model of camera. This offers massive annual cost savings as most VMS manufactures require an annual per camera fee. Panasonic VideoInsight includes lifetime software upgrades at no additional charge to you. The proposed S2 Access Control system includes the first year of Software Upgrade and Support Program (SUSP) we have included costs for 3 and 5 year extensions. This is an optional program UNLIKE many other products on the market that are MANDATORY. This gives you the option to decide if you want to upgrade or not without losing any system functionality which happens on system with mandatory upgrades. The S2 system upgrades have the added benefit of being very easy to deploy. In fact the process only takes minutes to complete and automatically updates all controllers on the system no matter where they are located though any speed of network connection. The system also fully backups up itself meaning if a catastrophic failure occurred the backup is easily loaded onto new hardware and you are and running in a very short period of time. We are confident the systems we have proposed and the staff we employ will meet and exceed the design criteria provided in your RFP. We have many long term ongoing relationships providing systems on this scale. We also have a large presence of employees that live in or around the county that we can utilize for your installation and service needs today and into the future. In fact one of our owners Tim Jilek is a lifetime resident of the area and his family still operates a family farm. UHL is well rooted in the community; here is a short list of the many employees that are an active part in the McLeod County area: Electricians: Mike Victorian Cory Albers Jeff Deyonge Rory Hench Ryan Dalman Mark Lubrant Technicians: Brian Chistianson Bob Vasko Randell Wilson Darrin Nubarth Sales: Retired: Chris Jilek Jake Lehman Randy Halvka Dirk Lehman ~;lAIA Document A310™ -2010 Bond No. UB001391 Bid Bond CONTRACTOR: ·\lame. legal stnft1.1· and address) Uhl Company, Inc. 9065 Zachary Lane North SURETY: (Name, legal swtus and pl'i11cipa/ place of bus/11(:ss) Maple Grove, MN 55369 United Fire & Casualty Company P.O. Box 73909 11 8 • 2nd Ave SE (Zip 52401) Cedar Rapids, IA 52407 OWNER: (Name. lcgal .1·t<J111s and addresJ) This document has Important legal consequences. Consultat ion with an attorney Is encouraged wilh respect to Its completion or modification. Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. McLeod County BOND AMOUNT: Five Percent of the Bid Amount (5% of Bid Amount) PROJECT: Mcl eod County Security/Surveillance System (Name, location or address, and Project 1111111bcr. (/ any) The Co ntrnclor and Suroly nre bound to the Owner in the omounl set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor nnd Surely bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly nnd severally, as provided herein. The conditions of this Bond urc such thnt if the Owner accepts the bid of the Conlractor within the time specified in lhc bid documents, or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, nnd the Contractor either (I) enters into a contract with the Owner In nccordance wi th th e terms of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents, with u surety admitted in tho jurisdiction of the Project and Olherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance or such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor nnd muterial furnished in the prosec ution thereof: or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amount specified in said bid nnd such larger amount fo r which the Owner may in good foith contrnct with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligntion shall be null and vo id, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives any notice or an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may nccept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the nggrcgntc beyond the time fo r oeceptancc of bids spcci lied in the bid documents, and the Owner und Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days. If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontrac tor's bid to a Contractor, the term Contrnctor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subeontrnctor and the term Owner shnll be deemed to be Contractor. When thi s Bond has been furnished to comply with II statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any provision in this Bond eonnicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted hcrcfrom and provisions conforming 10 such statutory or other legal requ irement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shnll be constrncd as a Slllllltory bond nnd nol as u common law bond. Signed and scnled this 28th day of September, 2016 ~ ·\1\9) ~ l lQa_;eld ~~ (Witness) {Seal) (Seal) CAUnON: You shoultl sir1n 0 11 o rl9l11ol AIi\ Co11trnc:t Oocun11.; ril", 011 w hich ch .ingc~ wlll not Ile obscuroct. lnlt AXA Document AJlO'M- 2010. Copyright «)1963, 1970 and 2010 by 1'he l\mcrlcan Institute of l\rchltcclS. All rights roscrvcd. WARNIN G: If,,! /\IA'' o,,curn1~nt 1~ pr o1c1c:l1!d 1>1 US. C<Jpyrl\1111 l.1\\'J <1nd lnh.. 11\1\, 11,,1 T1ttJll\."'i J11,lulh,Hl!cd ,cp1och1r,tlo111Jr dl~l rli:>utlo111J t 1hl: ldA• i10, 11Utt!r'II , o r .uw ~H>1t1()n ~H 1t, mJy re~ull In t1~v1:1~ l"l\ 11 un(J cr1m11,,:1 1:r11;11tlc• , ·1111.1 'ii •I ll~ p r~:icf.UtNJ to tlH! mi,vir1111n, ..!"tt:nl pv',ill>W undo1 tl\r fAV; Purchnscrs are permitted lo reproduce ten (10) copies or this docornent whon con1plctcd. ,.o report copyright violations or /\IA Contract Oocurncnts, e·mall The American lnstilute or llrchitccls' legal counsel, [email protected] O'lrn~ UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, CEDAR RAPIDS, IA Inquiries: Surety Department UNITED FlRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, WEBSTER, TX 118 Second A,•c SE FINANCIAL PACrFIC ~SURANCE COMPANY, ROCKLfN, CA CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OF AITORNEY Cedar Rnpids, IA 52401 (original on file at Home Office of Company - See Certificalion) KI\OW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, Thot UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, n corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the Slate of[own; UNITED FIRE & INDEt-lfNITY COMPANY, n corporation du ly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas· and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Califomi.1 (herei;, collectively called che Companies), nnd having their col'J)orate headquarters in Cedar RaRids, State of Iowa, docs make, constitute and appoint ulOll THOMAS G. KEMP, OR THOMAS M. LAHL, OR ZACHARY PATE, OR TROY STAPLES, ALL INDIVIDUALLY of HUDSON WI their tnie and lawJ\11 Allomcy(s)-in-Fact with power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execu1e in its behalf all lnwful bonds, undertakings and 01hcr obligatory instruments of similar nature provided that no ~ingle obligation shall exceed $50,000,000. oo and to bind 1he Companies 1hcreby 11s fully and lo the same extent as if such instnunents were signed by the duly aU1hori2ed officers of !he Companies and all of the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to lhc authority hereby given and hereby ratified and conlim1ed. The Authority hereby granted is continuous and shall remain in full force and effect until revoked by UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, AND FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. Tltis Power of Attorney is mnde and executed pursuant to and by a111hority of the following bylaw duly adopted on May 15, 2013, by the Doards of Direc1ors of UNITED FIR£ & CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, aml FINANCIAL PACU:IC INSURANCE COMPANY. " Article VI - Surety Bonds nnd U11dcrtakings" Sec1ion 2, Appointment of Allomcy-in-Fncl. "The President or nny Vice President, or any other officer of lhe Companies may, from time to 1ime, appoint by written certificates nnomeys-in-fact 10 eel in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurnnce, bonds, undertakings and olher obligatory inslntments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby, and the Corporate seal, may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special pow1:r of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby; such signature and seal, when so used, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies, to be valid ond binding upon the Companies wilh the same force nnd efTecr as though manually affixed. Such auomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forlh in their respective certificates of alllhority shall have full power to bind the Compatlies by their signature nnd execution of any such instrumenls and 10 attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President or any Vice President, the Boord ofDireclors or any other officer of the Companies may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any altomey-in-fact. ,,,~~' !1i:~~''' ...-. .,. ~ ~ ~~~' ~:~ ~I:; conrtlRATF \ \~ -• -•- ~= ~/ SI.AL .. ~ , .. i ~ .:- ,,,,;-i~b.,,,o•'l~ ,, ,,... ,,,,,11"''\ ,,,•"'~·~:11,,,,,, "1v ,,,,,111111:s'"'""' IN• WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANIES have these presents to be signed by its • • flieach caused ' vice president nnd 11s corporate seallo be hereto a ixed 1lus 24th day of October, 2014 lp conroRATr\1: f~~r,O ~~\ UNITEDPIRE&CASUALTYCOMPANY gi: - • - ,e 1 :s1 11JLv2, 10 5 ,~"' St:AL Ii ~\ ~ ,ue ·~ ,lij UNITEDFIRE&INDEMNITYCOMPANY t1 1-,.,J~... .~·~,,.f ,,_":r' · ·, 1 li,nv,.f,.,· ' 'r1t FINANCIAL PAClFIC INSURANCE COMPANY ,,,, • , . I' \\,.... ,, •,,.;,'•• • ~,..,.._, ,f°'.,,• 1 :,&. ~~'~\ti1, '1R]~;, ' ' \ /\c.~'.,·'i,po'ii/!1{(,\ ~u ,~\ ''"111111~\,, ,,,,,, ~ . ,,,... . '"'""""''"" By: n~~ /l. /J, () ~ 'tr ' ~ President On 24th day of October, 20 14, before me personally came Dennis J. Richmann lo me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say; that h..: resides in Cedar Rapids, State of Iowa; tho! he is n Vice President of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, n Vice President of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and a Vice President of FINANCIAL PACIPIC INSURANCE COMPANY the corporations described in and which executed 1he above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporations; thnt the seal offixcd to the said instmment is such corporate seal; thal it was so affixed pursuant lo authority given by the Board ofDirec1ors of said corporations nnd thnt he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be 1hc act ond deed of said corporatioc(n s. to~:::~·rl~~~:01 Commission number 173041 My commission Expires 0412312018 • . t A F\ Nolary Public My commission expires: 04/23/2018 I, David A. Lange, Secretary of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY und Assistan1 Secretary of 1 !TED FlRE & INDENINITY COMPANY, and Assistunl Secretary of FINANCIAL PACIJllC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that I have compared lhe foregoing copy of lhe Power of A1tomey nnd affiduvlt, nnd the copy of the Scclion of the bylaws nnd resohllions ofsnid Corporntions as set forth in said Power ofAllomey, with 1he ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATIONS, and chat the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and chat the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. In testi.mony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed lhe corporate ~eal of the said Corporations chis Z8tb day of September , 20~. Secretary, UF&C Assistant Secrclary, UF&l/FPlC l3POA00·19 0 I I 5 I I I J Stale oflowa, County of Linn, ss: 11) • r [ I I I I ACORD® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE ~ I DA TE (MMIDD/YYYY) 9/29/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). CONTACT NAME: Nick Hauqan 763-746-8000 ~~...A~~cc. [email protected] PRODUCER Marsh & McLennan Agency LLC 7225 Northland Dr N #300 Minneapolis MN 55428 ;/\~~NrJn Cv+I• INSURER A UHLINCO ;f;~ Mnl• 212-948-9954 INSURER/SI AFFORDING COVERAGE -· INSURED I NAIC# :General Casualty Companies 18821 INSURER 8: Uhl Company Inc 9065 Zachary Lane No. Maple Grove MN 55369 INSURER C: INSURER D: ·- INSURER E: INSURER F: CERTIFICATE NUMBER· 1995111167 COVERAGES REVISION NUMBER· THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS ANO CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ADDL :suSR INSR I POLICY EFF TYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS LTR POLICY NUMBER INSD WVD MM/DD/YYYYl A CCI0350729 5/1/2016 5/1/2017 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 UAMA<.::it: TO Kt:N I t:U OCCUR ~ CLAIMS-MADE $100,000 PR~~Al<::P:: {Ea occurrence) -- ,~~rJit~~l X MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 LOC PRODUCTS • COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 $ ~ f--- GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT ~ POLICY 0 OTHER A - AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X --·· A - ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS ~ HIRED AUTOS ~ X UMBRELLA LIAS EXCESS LIAB SCHEDULED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS M CCUD350729 OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE (Mandatory in NH) 5/1/2016 5/1/2017 CWC0350729 D 5/1/2017 5/1/2016 Rented Equipment Installation Floater EACH OCCURRENCE $10,000,000 AGGREGATE $10,000,000 XI PER STATUTE I I OTHER EL. EACH ACCIDENT N/A $100,000 E.L. DISEASE EA EMPLOYEE $100,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below A $1,000,000 $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE $ /Per accident) $ IX / RETENTION $10,000 DED A ~ 5/1/2017 5/1/2016 CBA0350729 E.L DISEASE· POLICY LIMIT CCID35D729 5/1/2016 5/1/2017 Rented Equipment Any Location $500,000 $75,000 $500,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/ LOCATIONS/ VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) RE: TCP/IP-based surveillance camera system McLeod County and the Member are included as Additional Insured as by written contract or The Member is ;~~1,,nQn as Additional Insured as agreement limited to the General CU cl':::)!;:;• required by written contract or agreement to the Automobile Liability coverage. V C:CJ.. CERTIFICATE HOLDER McLeod County Attn: Scott Grivna 830 11th Street East Suite 10 Glencoe MN 55336-2200 I CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE i) · .•~ 'i > ,,,·,.}i' J '· ~ (""·*'; l{,t ~·:(,, ·~··i}il-j'tf,,~,·· -0'! / J 1f /7/·--· \...,l © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Sept 28th, 2016 To whom it may concern, This letter is to verify that Uhl Co. are a certified S2 dealer and have the ability to sell and support S2 Security systems. Regards, Paul Williams - S2 Security 219-688-6722 [email protected] Sept 28th, 2016 To whom it may concern, This letter is to certify that S2 will provide software and system support for a period 5 yrs via the purchase of a valid SUSP contract along with the hardware and software submitted in the proposal from Uhl Co. Regards, Paul Williams - S2 Security 219-688-6722 [email protected] Jon VanDiver Region Director, NE VideoInsight September 27, 2016 To whom it may concern, This letter is to verify the completion and validation of certification for UHL Companies on the Panasonic/VideoInsight platform. To include all software and hardware components and the integration of such. This certification allows UHL companies the title of “Authorized Installer and Maintenance Provider”. Jon D. VanDiver 800 Gessner, Suite 700 • Houston, TX 77024 • www.videoinsight.com Jon VanDiver Region Director, NE VideoInsight September 26, 2016 To whom it may concern, This letter is to serve as the Manufacturer’s Maintenance Guarantee for 5 years warranty on Advidia brand cameras and lifetime of upgrades/support on the VideoInsight VI Monitor software platform. 5 year warranty for Dell servers provided thru VideoInsight will include onsite repair by authorized Dell service center after determination of root cause by VideoInsight technical support. Jon D. VanDiver 800 Gessner, Suite 700 • Houston, TX 77024 • www.videoinsight.com McLeod County Security/Surveillance System Addendum A September 23rd, 2016 Adjustments to sections in the original RFP below are in red. 3.02 Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a security/surveillance system capable of providing the following: K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can support 250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events. All communication should be 128‐bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) encrypted. 3.03 Existing Infrastructure B. Wide Area Network 1. Glencoe a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb: i. Courthouse & Law Enforcement Center (main data center) ii. Health & Human Services iii. North Complex iv. Annex 2. Hutchinson a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb: i. HATS (secondary data center) ♦ 10Gb Fiber connection and 100Mb failover connection to Courthouse ii. Extension Office iii. Solid Waste 5 BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ( UPDATED COUNTS AND ADDRESSES FROM MEETING) 5.01 The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any combination which buildings are selected for final approval based on budgetary constraints. 5.02 McLeod County Court House (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336) Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add Cameras Management Software for Access Management Software for Cameras 5.03 1 Software program McLeod County Court Administration (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 5.04 32 new doors with access readers 10 new IP cameras 1 Software program 4 current doors with access readers McLeod County Law Enforcement (801 10th St. E Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 6 current doors with access readers. 7 new doors with access readers No cameras in the Law Enforcement building are a part of this project 5.05 McLeod County North Complex (2391 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add 6 current doors with access readers and 6 new doors with access readers 6 current analog cameras and 3 new IP cameras 5.06 McLeod County Annex (2397 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add New Camera 5.07 Add 2 access readers 1 360 degree camera in main hallway McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed (2397 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add Cameras Add 2 access readers 2 camera outside covering both buildings *We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, it’s negotiable based on cost. 5.08 McLeod County Health and Human Services (1805 Ford Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add new 5.09 14 current doors with access readers and 1 new door with access reader 2 current analog cameras and 5 new IP cameras McLeod County Solid Waste (1065 5th Ave SE Hutchinson, MN 55350) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Incorporate Current Analog and IP Cameras 18 current doors with access readers on Keri System. 4 Current Honeywell readers. Add 2 doors with access readers. 29 current cameras to integrate into new system 5.10 McLeod County Fairgrounds (840 Century Ave SW Hutchinson, MN 55350) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add Cameras 5.11 3 current doors with access readers on a Keri System. Add 6 doors with access readers. Add 3 cameras in Commercial Building and 1 in Dairy Building McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop (208 1st Ave S Brownton, MN 55312) Door Access Readers and 1 access readers for Applicable Hardware walk in door *We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but it’s negotiable based on cost. 5.12 McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop (19955 Falcon Ave Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 2 access readers for walk in doors on each end of building *We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but it’s negotiable based on cost. McLeod County Security/Surveillance System Addendum B September 29th, 2016 Adjustments are highlighted below in Red: IMPORTANT DATES: RFP Advertised Thursday, September 1st Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference Friday, September 16th Last Day for Questions Wednesday, September 21st Last Addendum Issued: Priday, September 29th Proposal Due Date Wednesday, October 5th Present at Board Tuesday, October 18th Project Completion: Friday, January 2i1\ 2017 SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1) paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF format for a total of three (3) complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveillance. Submittal shall be SEALED and submitted by Friday, September 30th, 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the following address: One original for time/date stamp, one (1) paper copy, and one electronic copy with original. McLeod County Attn: Scott Grivna 830 11th Street East Suite 10 Glencoe, MN 55336-2200 Proposal is to be signed only by persons authorized to enter into a contract with McLeod County. UHL Company, inc COMPANY NAME Page4 McLeod County Security/Surveillance System Request for Proposal August 30th, 2016 McLeod County REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL FOR: County Security/Surveillance System Scope and Specifications of the Proposal SCOPE: McLeod County (referenced to as the COUNTY throughout this proposal) would like to implement a County-wide, pure TCP/IP-based surveillance camera system that is fully compatible with any existing analog cameras at all county sites. All solutions must address the needs of both new IP cameras and existing analog cameras to operate within the same system and consider IP replacements as analog cameras fail. Further, the proposed system must fully comply and integrate with the existing Cisco based network infrastructure and systems throughout the COUNTY. We currently have multiple sites with individual recording devices and would like to create a more centralized solution to only two locations; The Glencoe Court House and the Highway building in Hutchinson. The solution will need to address future growth for additional cameras. Additionally, the COUNTY would like to implement the management application software and hardware for an IP-based Access Control solution that provides integration and convergence with the above mentioned camera surveillance system. The Access Control System should have two primary component areas, door control hardware and the management application software that can run in a virtual environment. We would also like to implement a system that can scale as we combine the four separate systems we currently have into one. It would be a big advantage if the system could utilize Active Directory groups to manage access. Utilizing components of the current systems can be taken into consideration. McLeod County reserves the right to modify the Scope and Specifications as circumstances require, including but not limited to adding, changing, or deleting proposed locations. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED BY: UHL Company, inc. (Company Name) 9065 Zachary Lane North (Address) Maple Grove, MN 55369 (State/Zip Code) Page 2 Jeff Eichenberger (Typed Name of Person Submitting the Proposal) 763.425.7226 (Phone #) 763.425.7336 (Fax #) 9/30/2016 (Date of Proposal Submission) Page 3 IMPORTANT DATES: RFP Advertised Thursday, September I st Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference Friday, September 16th Last Day for Questions Wednesday, September 21st Last Addendum Issued: Friday, September 23rd Proposal Due Date Friday, September 30th Present at Board Tuesday, October 18th Project Completion: Friday, January 2i\ 2017 SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1) paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF fonnat for a total of three (3) complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveillance. Submittal shall be SEALED and submitted by Friday, September 30th, 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the following address: One original for time/date stamp, one (1) paper copy, and one electronic copy with original. McLeod County Attn: Scott Grivna 830 11th Street East Suite 10 Glencoe, MN 55336-2200 Proposal is to be signed only by persons authorized to enter into a contract with McLeod County. UHL Company, inc COMPANY NAME Page4 Table of Contents Page 1 Submittal Requirements and Proposal Format............................................... 6 2 Terms and Conditions .................................................................................. 12 3 Scope of Services ........................................................................................ 19 4 General Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................. 23 5 Base System Requirements ......................................................................... 32 6 Optional Security System Requirements ...................................................... 34 7 Data Network Requirements ........................................................................ 35 8 County Responsibilities ................................................................................ 36 9 Summary RFP Costs.................................................................................... 37 10 Bill of Material and Equipment Specifications............................................... 38 11 Respondent Assumptions ............................................................................ 39 12 Installation Methodology and Drawings ........................................................ 40 13 Acceptance Testing ...................................................................................... 41 14 Software Upgrades and LDAP Interface ...................................................... 42 15 Respondent and Subcontractor Qualifications, Support Capabilities, and References ................................................................................................... 43 16 Project and Maintenance Team ................................................................... 48 17 Exceptions and Clarifications ....................................................................... 49 Page 5 1 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROPOSAL FORMAT 1.01 Respondent agrees not to hold the Owner of the project responsible for simple typos, minor omissions, misspelling of words, or other specification inconsistencies, where reasonable persons, familiar with the type of work specified herein, would understand the scope as though such conditions did not exist. 1.02 Proposal Clarification Questions: After reviewing all proposals received in response to this RFP, the County may develop a list of clarification questions to be addressed by the Respondent. The County or its agent shall send these questions to the Respondent for clarification. The Respondent shall provide a response within three (3) working days following the inquiry. 1.03 Submittal Requirements: Proposals shall be submitted by tab number as instructed below. The Respondent agrees and shall comply with all provisions and specifications as stated in this RFP unless otherwise stated in the Exceptions section of this RFP. Any additional cost or factors to meet a specification or requirement must be noted in the Exceptions section. Failure to respond to these requirements may result in the proposal being considered non-responsive. A. Tab 1 – Minimum Criteria 1. Cover letter – with overall price, any special conditions, and signature 2. A brief profile of the firm, including the following: a. A brief history of the business b. Organizational structure of business 3. The overall qualifications of the business to provide the services requested B. Tab 2 – Required Documents 1. Proposal Bond (original – with seal – in original Proposal) 2. Proof of required insurance 3. Certifications and/or letter from manufacturer(s) that the firm is an authorized installer and maintenance provider 4. Five-year maintenance support guarantee from manufacturer and Respondent 5. Addenda – Any addenda issued subsequent to the release of this solicitation must be signed and returned with the firm’s proposal. Failure to return signed addenda may be cause for the proposal to be considered non-responsive. C. Tab 3 – Executive Summary/Overview Page 6 1. Written summary of the understanding of the scope of work to be performed 2. Technical summary of the system proposed, including details about any “improvements” over and above the base request (for example, resiliency/redundancy, system management, database consolidation, or larger number of ports) D. Tab 4 – Main Body of Response (Sections 1-8) (With original only) E. Tab 5 – Cost F. Tab 6 – Bill of Material, Equipment Specifications, and Drawings G. Tab 7 – Respondent Assumptions H. Tab 8 – Installation Methodology and Drawings I. Tab 9 – Acceptance Testing J. Tab 10 – Software Upgrades and Active Directory Interface K. Tab 11 – Respondent and Subcontractor Qualifications, Support Capabilities, and References L. Tab 12 – Project Team and Maintenance Team Resumes/Certifications M. Tab 13 – Exceptions and Clarifications N. Tab 14 – Exhibits O. Tab 15 – Sales Documents and Brochures 1.04 Exceptions to the RFP: Respondents may find instances where they must take exception with certain requirements or specifications of the RFP. All exceptions shall be clearly identified in the Exceptions section, and written explanations shall include the scope of the exceptions, the ramifications of the exceptions for the COUNTY, and a description of the advantage to be gained or disadvantages to be incurred by the COUNTY as a result of these exceptions. 1.05 Alternate Proposals: Respondents who wish to submit an alternate premise-based proposal may do so. If more than one proposal is submitted, all must be complete and comply with the instructions set forth in this RFP. 1.06 Respondent Contact/Questions about the RFP: Page 7 A. Respondent communications shall be limited to contacts defined herein. Failure to comply with this provision may result in disqualification or evaluation penalty. B. It shall be the Respondent’s responsibility to learn all aspects of the RFP requirements. Should any details necessary for a clear and comprehensive understanding be omitted or any error appear in the RFP documents, or should the Respondent note facts or conditions that in any way conflict with the letter or spirit of the RFP documents, it shall be the responsibility of the Respondent to obtain clarifications before submitting a proposal. C. Questions may be submitted up to Wednesday, September 21st. After that time, no further questions shall be accepted. Submit questions to: Scott Grivna at [email protected] 1.07 Addenda: It is incumbent upon each Respondent to carefully examine all specifications, terms, and conditions contained herein. Any inquiries, suggestions, or requests concerning interpretation, clarification, or additional information shall be made in writing, through the recipient named above. The County shall not be responsible for any oral representation(s) given by any employee, representative, or others. The issuance of a written addendum is the only official method by which interpretation, clarification, or additional information can be given. No addenda shall be issued later than five (5) business days prior to the date for receipt of proposals, except an addendum postponing or withdrawing the request for proposals. Respondents must acknowledge receipt of addenda in their proposals. 1.08 Request for Proposal: It is the sole responsibility of the Respondent to ensure that they have received the entire Request for Proposal. 1.09 Proposal Bond: A Proposal Bond in the amount of 5% of the proposal price, payable to McLeod County, is required for this RFP. The Proposal Bond can be in the form of a bond or cashier’s check. The bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota and with a rating of "A" or higher as listed in the A.M. Best & Company latest published rating guide. The bond or cashier’s check shall not expire until the Contract is awarded and shall guarantee that (1) a Respondent shall not withdraw its proposal after the closing time and date of this RFP, or (2) the awarded Respondent shall promptly execute a Contract and deliver any specifications required by the County prior to start-up of the Contract. The bond or cashier’s check shall be invoked by the County to ensure payment of the Respondent of damages incurred by withdrawal of a proposal, or failure to enter into a Contract after award. Proposal bonds, without interest, shall be returned upon Page 8 receipt of appropriate insurance documents and/or a Performance Bond, where/if applicable. No proposal shall be considered without a proper form of security. 1.10 Performance Bond: The successful Respondent shall furnish within ten (10) days of notification of award a Performance Bond in the amount of 100% of the proposed price, payable to McLeod County as security for the faithful performance of the Contract. The bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota with a rating of “A” or higher, as listed in the A.M. Best & Company latest published rating. An attorney in fact who signs a Performance Bond must file with the bond a certified copy of his/her power of attorney to assign said bond. The awarded Respondent, upon failure or refusal to furnish within ten (10) days of notification the required Performance Bond, shall pay to the County, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, an amount in cash equal to the Proposal Bond. 1.11 Payment Bond: The successful Respondent shall furnish within ten (10) days of notification of award a Payment Bond in the amount of 100% of the proposed price, payable to McLeod County as security for payment as required by statute of all persons supplying labor and material. The bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota with a rating of “A” or higher, as listed in the A.M. Best & Company latest published rating. An attorney in fact who signs a Payment Bond must file with the bond a certified copy of his/her power of attorney to assign said bond. The awarded Respondent, upon failure or refusal to furnish within ten (10) days of notification the required Payment Bond, shall pay to the County, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, an amount in cash equal to the Proposal Bond. 1.12 Descriptive Material: The County is not responsible for locating or securing any information that is not identified in the Respondent’s proposal and reasonably available to the County. To ensure that sufficient information is available, Respondent must furnish as a part of the proposal all descriptive material necessary for the County to (1) determine whether the product offered meets the requirements of the RFP and (2) establish exactly what the Respondent proposes to furnish in terms of supplies, materials, and services. 1.13 Diagrams: Diagrams shall be submitted with the RFP. The diagrams shall include the proposed system, any construction work needed, connections to the network, location of equipment, etc. 1.14 Subcontractors: If Respondent’s organization will use subcontractors, they must be identified under the References tab of your response. Page 9 1.15 Request for Additional Information: Prior to the final selection, Respondents may be required to submit additional information regarding the Respondent’s qualifications and experience that the County may deem necessary to further evaluate the proposal’s qualifications. 1.16 Proposal Award: The RFP consists of a base proposal configuration that shall be accepted or rejected in its entirety and proposal options that the County may accept or reject individually without regard to the listing order of the option, but only as the County determines is in its best interest. 1.17 Right to Accept/Reject: The County reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and waive any irregularities. The County also reserves the right to choose the proposal that is deemed in the best interest of the County based on any or all criteria, etc. In addition, the County reserves the right to negotiate any or all items and terms of proposal. 1.18 After Hours Cost: Some work may have to be done after hours depending on the intrusion of that work to McLeod County Employees or Constituents. These costs shall be included in the total price presented in the RFP response. 1.19 Denial of Reimbursement: The County shall not reimburse Respondents for any costs associated with the preparation and submittal of any proposal, or for any travel and/or per diem costs that are incurred. 1.20 Gratuity Prohibition: Respondents shall not offer any gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value to any official, employee, or agent of McLeod County for the purpose of influencing consideration of this proposal. 1.21 Right of Withdrawal: A proposal may not be withdrawn before the expiration ninety (90) days from the proposal due date. 1.22 Rights to Submitted Material: A. All proposals, responses, inquiries, or correspondence relating to or in reference to this RFP, and all reports, charts, and other documentation submitted by Respondents shall become the property of McLeod County when received. B. The County reserves the right to retain all proposals submitted and to use any ideas in a proposal regardless of whether that proposal is selected. Submission of a proposal indicates acceptance by the Respondent of the conditions contained in this Request for Proposal. 1.23 Selection Criteria: Proposals shall be evaluated based on, but not limited to, the following criteria: Page 10 A. Cost – The price included in the RFP response shall be the price evaluated. There SHALL NOT be an opportunity for a BEST AND FINAL OFFER. Respondent is encouraged to include their best prices in their initial response. Evaluation shall include upfront costs as well as long-term maintenance protection. B. Technology – Ability to meet the County’s security configuration goals, hardware/door/network configuration, feature functionality, and system management. C. Respondent/Manufacturer – Financial stability, references, installation methodology, project and maintenance teams experience and certifications, and long-term product support. D. Support – Number of trained technicians, remote and on-site response time guarantee, dispatch distance, remote monitoring maintenance capabilities, and adherence to maintenance requirements. 1.24 Selection Committee: Proposals may be evaluated by a Selection Committee. The Selection Committee may, at its option, request any or all Respondents to provide on-site demonstrations of the proposed system. 1.25 Submittal of Qualifications: Respondents should submit experience and qualifications as described in the RFP. Additional information may be submitted as appropriate to further describe vendor and provide product capabilities. Page 11 2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS 2.01 Contract: Any award of a contract resulting from this RFP will be made only by written authorization from McLeod County upon approval by the McLeod County Board of Commissioners. The Sample Contract is included in the Exhibits section as 18.01. The contract between McLeod County and the Contractor shall consist of (1) the Request for Proposal (RFP) and any amendments thereto and (2) the proposal submitted by the Contractor in response to the RFP. In the event of a conflict in language between these two documents, the provisions and requirements set forth and/or referenced in the RFP shall govern. The County also reserves the right to clarify any contractual relationship in writing with the concurrence of the Contractor, and such written clarification shall govern in case of conflict with the applicable requirements stated in the RFP or the Contractor’s proposal. In all other matters not affected by the written clarifications, if any, the RFP shall govern... 2.02 Termination/Cancellation of Contract: McLeod County may cancel the contract at any time for breach of contractual obligation, convenience, or non-appropriation of funds by providing the Contractor with a written notice of such cancellation. Should the County exercise its right to cancel the contract for such reasons, the cancellation shall become effective on the date as specified in the notice of cancellation sent to the Contractor. 2.03 Compliance with Laws: In connection with the furnishing of supplies or performance of work under the contract, the Contractor agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal and State laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable, and further agrees to insert the foregoing provision in all subcontracts awarded hereunder. 2.04 Incurred Expenses: This RFP does not commit the County to award a contract, nor shall the County be responsible for any cost or expense that may be incurred by the Respondent in preparing and submitting the proposal called for in this RFP, or any cost or expense incurred by the Respondent prior to the execution of a contract agreement. 2.05 Indemnification: The Contractor agrees it shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the County, its officers, and its employees against any and all liability, loss, costs, damages, and expenses, including attorneys fees that the County, its officers, or its employees may hereafter sustain, incur, or be required to pay arising out of the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of the Contractor's officers or employees Page 12 2.06 Insurance A. The Contractor agrees, in order to protect itself and the County under the indemnity provision set forth above, to at all times during the term of this contract have and keep in force insurance policies that meet the following minimum requirements: $1,500,000 Each Occurrence $3,000,000 General Aggregate $3,000,000 Products and Completed Operations Aggregate The policy should be written on an occurrence basis, not a claims-made basis The Member will be included as Additional Insured An Excess or Umbrella Liability policy may be used in conjunction with primary coverage limits to meet the minimum limit requirements The Contractor agrees to name the County as an additional insured on said policy. B. An automobile liability insurance policy that meets the following minimum requirements: $1,500,000 on a Combined Single Limit Basis Auto coverage should include: Any Auto, including Hired and Non-owned The member will be included as Additional Insured Note: Auto coverage should be waived only when the contractor’s work under the contract clearly does not involve the use of a vehicle on the Member’s behalf. C. Workers Compensation insurance in the statutory amounts. 1. Bodily injury by Accident: $500,000 each accident 2. Bodily injury by Disease: $500,000 each employee 3. Bodily injury by Disease: $500,000 policy limit D. Professional liability should be required for individuals who perform professional or semi-professional services. Some examples of professionals who should obtain this type of coverage include, but are not limited to individuals who are medical service providers, architects, engineers, attorneys, and consultants. Minimum limits of liability should be: Page 13 1. $2,000,000 per Wrongful Act or Occurrence 2. $4,000,000 Annual Aggregate Level 1 E. Certificates of insurance showing the coverage listed above shall be provided to the County prior to the effective date of this contract, and the County shall be named as an additional insured under the liability policy required above. 2.07 Safety: Respondent shall take the necessary precautions and bear the sole responsibility for the safety of the methods employed in performing the work. The Respondent shall at all times comply with the regulations set forth by federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations concerning OSHA and all applicable state labor laws, regulations, and standards. The Respondent shall indemnify and hold harmless the County from and against all liabilities, suits, damages, costs, and expenses (including attorney's fees and court costs) that may be imposed on the County because of the Respondent’s, Subcontractor’s, or supplier's failure to comply with the regulations. 2.08 Ownership of Work Product(s): Any work product, including but not limited to software programs, documentation, memoranda, correspondence, and/or files generated by the Contractor in the course of this work for the County is the sole property of the County. All work products must be surrendered to the County at the completion of the Contract. The Contractor shall prepare and maintain all records required by the County to substantiate the amount and types of services rendered and for other purposes. The County shall inform the Contractor of the need for and nature of all such records. 2.09 Warranty of Integrated Security System: In a contract resulting from this RFP, Contractor shall warrant that during the warranty period, all hardware, equipment, and licensed software (including third-party software installed or recommended by Contractor or its subcontractors) of the integrated security system solution shall perform at a minimum in all material aspects within the specifications and functional requirements defined by the Scope of Service/Work of the RFP. The foregoing representations and warranties shall be in force as to each version or release of software, system, components, networks, and equipment. 2.10 Independent Contractor: Nothing contained in this agreement is intended or should be construed as creating the relationship of co-partners or joint ventures within the County. The Contractor shall remain an independent contractor, and all employees of the Contractor or its subcontractors shall remain the employees of the Contractor or subcontractor and shall not become the employees of the County. No tenure or any rights or benefits, including worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, medical care, sick leave, Page 14 vacation leave, severance pay, or other benefits available to County employees shall accrue to the Contractor or employees of the Contractor performing services under this agreement. 2.11 Nondiscrimination: All Contractors agree that during the life of the contract, the Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, marital status, disability, sexual orientation, age, religion, or status with regard to public assistance, and shall intend a similar provision in all subcontracts entered into for the performance thereof. All proposals shall be accompanied by a signed statement of this fact, with failure to sign reason for proposal rejection. 2.12 Default and Cancellation: A. If the Contractor fails to perform any of the provisions of this Request for Proposal or so fails to administer the work as to endanger the performance of the contract, this shall constitute default. Unless the Contractor's default is excused, the County may, upon written notice, immediately cancel this agreement in its entirety. B. Back orders, failure to meet delivery requirements, or failures to meet specifications in the contract authorizes the ordering entity to cancel the contract, or any portion of it, purchase elsewhere, and charge the full increase in cost and administrative handling to the defaulting Contractor. In the event of default, the County reserves the right to pursue any other remedy available by law. A Contractor may be removed from the Contractors list, suspended, or debarred from receiving a contract for failure to comply with terms and conditions of the contract or for failure to pay the County for the cost incurred on the defaulted contract. 2.13 Severability: Every section, provision, or part of this agreement is declared severable from every other section, provision, or part thereof, to the extent that if any section, provision, or part of this agreement shall be held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not invalidate any other section, provision, or part thereof. 2.14 Third-Party Products: Contractor agrees to assign or pass through to the County or otherwise make available for the benefit of County, any manufacturer’s or supplier’s warranties applicable to any third-party software, hardware, or equipment provided by Contractor or its subcontractors under a contract resulting from this RFP. 2.15 Title to Software: By submitting a proposal, the Respondent represents and warrants that it is the sole owner of the software or, if not the owner, that it has received all legally required authorizations from the owner to license the software, has the full Page 15 power to grant the rights required by this solicitation, and that neither the software nor its use in accordance with the contract shall violate or infringe upon any patent, copyright, trade secret, or any other property rights of another person or organization. 2.16 New Material: Unless otherwise provided for in this specification, the Respondent represents and warrants that the goods, materials, supplies, or components offered to the County under this RFP solicitation are new, not used or reconditioned. It represents that they are not of such age or so deteriorated as to impair their usefulness or safety and that the goods, materials, supplies, or components offered are current production models of the respective manufacturer. 2.17 Ownership of Intellectual Property: All copyright and patent rights to all papers, reports, forms, materials, creations, or inventions created or developed in the performance of this contract shall become the sole property of the County. Upon request, the Contractor shall promptly provide an acknowledgment or assignment in a tangible form satisfactory to the County to evidence the County’s sole ownership of specifically identified intellectual property created or developed in the performance of the contract. This excludes ownership of proprietary software belonging to the vendor, except software developed specifically for the County for which the County pays. 2.18 Term of Software License: Unless otherwise stated in the solicitation, the software license(s) identified in the pricing schedule shall be purchased on a perpetual basis and shall continue in perpetuity. The County reserves the right to terminate the license at any time, although the mere expiration or termination of this contract shall not be construed as intent to terminate the license. All acquired license(s) shall be for use at any computing facilities, on any equipment, by any number of users, and for any purposes for which it is procured. The County further reserves the right to transfer all rights under the license to another state agency to which some or all of its functions are transferred. 2.19 Return of Assets: Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, or upon termination of the Contract, the Contractor shall return all County-owned assets, including but not limited to stored data and information. 2.20 Excessive Downtime: Equipment or software furnished under the contract shall be capable of continuous operation. Should any part of the equipment or software become inoperable for a period of more than four (4) hours, the Contractor agrees to pro-rate maintenance charges to account for each full hour of inoperability beyond four (4) hours. The period of inoperability shall commence upon initial notification. In the event the equipment or software remains inoperable for more than three (3) consecutive calendar Page 16 days, the Contractor shall promptly replace the equipment or software at no charge upon request of the County. Such replacement shall be with new, or refurbished product(s) of comparable quality, and must be installed and operational within three (3) consecutive calendar days following the request for replacement. 2.21 Proposal Acceptance/Rejection: The County reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals received as a result of this RFP, or to negotiate separately with competing respondents, and to waive any informalities, defects, or irregularities in any proposal, or to accept the proposal or proposals that, in the judgment of the proper officials, are in the best interest of the County. 2.22 Firearms: No provider of services pursuant to this Contract, including but not limited to employees, agents, or subcontractors of the Contractor, shall carry or possess a firearm on County premises or while acting on behalf of McLeod County pursuant to the terms of this agreement. Violation of this provision shall be considered a substantial breach of the Agreement and is grounds for immediate suspension or termination of this contract. 2.23 Other Contract Terms: 1. Compliance with Laws/Standards 2. General: The Contractor shall abide by all Federal, State, and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations now in effect or hereinafter adopted pertaining to this Contract or to the facilities, programs, and staff for which the Contractor is responsible. 3. Licenses and Permits: The Contractor shall procure all licenses, permits, or other rights necessary for the fulfillment of its obligation under this Contract. The Contractor indemnifies, saves, and holds harmless the County and any agents, commissioners, officers, employees, or volunteer workers thereof from any and all claims, demands, actions, or causes of action of whatsoever nature or character arising out of, allegedly arising from, or related to the execution or performance of the services of the successful Respondent provided for herein. 4. Force Majeure: Neither party shall be held responsible for delay or failure to perform when such delay or failure is due to any of the following, unless the act or occurrence could have been foreseen and reasonable action could have been taken to prevent the delay or failure: fire, flood, epidemic, strikes, wars, acts of God, unusually severe weather, acts of public authorities, or delays or defaults caused by public carriers, provided the defaulting party gives notice as soon as possible to the other party of the inability to perform. Page 17 5. Inability to Perform: Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to maintain staff, facilities, and equipment to deliver the services to be purchased by the County. The Contractor shall immediately notify the County in writing whenever it is unable to provide the agreed upon quality and quantity of services or reasonably believes it is going to be unable to provide this level of service. Upon such notification, the County shall determine whether such inability requires a modification or cancellation of this Contract. B. In the event the County terminates the Contract for cause in whole or in part as provided above, the County may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as the County may deem appropriate, services similar to those so terminated, and the Contractor shall be liable to the County for any excess costs for such similar goods or services. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated under the provisions for this section. C. The rights and remedies of the County provided in this section shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. D. Payment Terms: Payment terms shall be event based and negotiated with the successful vendor prior to contract signing. The County shall issue no payment until they have verified the invoice. The County shall retain at least 10% of all authorized payments until acceptance of the work is authorized. E. Software Licensing Agreements: Within the RFP response, Contractor agrees to provide copies of software licensing agreements for all proposed software applications and operating systems. Page 18 3 SCOPE OF SERVICES 3.01 The COUNTY plans to procure a premise-based County-wide security system to replace the current four separate door access systems, as well as a surveillance system to replace a number of separate systems and anticipates that the entire system shall be completed by to January, 2017. 3.02 Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a security/surveillance system capable of providing the following: A. All cameras and door hardware must be fully compatible with the COUNTY’s existing Cisco based network infrastructure. Purposed equipment must be new from the manufacturer and qualify for warranty and maintenance services. B. All new cameras shall be TCP/IP cameras that utilize PoE. (No Analog Cameras or converting to I/P) Cameras and overall system must integrate fully with COUNTY’s existing Cisco VLAN technology and Quality of Service requirements. Further, video streams between camera and the agreed upon network video storage solution must be able to be configured for both uni-cast and multi-cast transmission modes. C. All cameras shall be full-featured, vandal resistant, fixed dome, and wall mount TCP/IP cameras designed for indoor and outdoor applications. Outdoor cameras shall be sealed for outdoor use and provide IP66 protection against water, wind or dust. D. All new cameras shall be high resolution, high sensitivity integral color cameras and should accommodate monitoring visibility day and night under parking light illumination conditions. IP cameras must offer Wide Dynamic Range and provide a mechanical cut filter for IR Sensitivity. Administrative user(s) must have the ability to adjust the color and brightness of each camera. Cameras must support 4CIF D1 resolution at 30fps. E. All new cameras shall be immune to shock and vibration and be vandal-resistant by being able to withstand the equivalent of 120lbs of force. F. Proposed video surveillance system shall be network video storage agnostic, and scalable to accommodate our requirements for retention and performance. G. Proposed video surveillance system must allow recorded video to be played back in the forward or reverse direction, frame by frame, and from beginning or end of the clip using standard VCR-like buttons. Solution must be able to record from 1–30 Page 19 FPS on a per camera basis. System must have the capability to record when motion occurs and suppress video recording at other times at the camera end, not the video storage. Must also have the ability to define zones where a recording trigger would not be enabled. System must also have the ability to define recording schedules through Internet browser only. H. Proposed video surveillance system must provide video authentication, checksums, and reporting to ensure videos are not altered in any way to ensure the chain of evidence. I. Proposed video surveillance system must provide simultaneous viewing of both live and recorded video through a web browser interface exclusively. Complete system must be able to be administered through a web browser including full control of any PTZ cameras. J. Proposed video surveillance system must be able to view up to 16 images on a single display with at least a resolution of 1024x768. Internet browser display must allow for viewing of different cameras from the network video storage simultaneously. K. Proposed video surveillance system must provide a comprehensive authentication system that allows user authentication against Microsoft Active Directory for simultaneous access to all the network video storage for Countywide cameras. Further, the system must also provide comprehensive role-based authorization for each user. Administrative user(s) must have the capability to create new users and define granular control over all system and camera functions. L. Proposed system must be expandable for future camera installations without forklift upgrades or visible topology changes to the end-user through the web interface. The system shall not require individual client licenses and the system shall not require any reoccurring license fees. M. Contractor shall provide property notices at each county site of installed video surveillance systems. N. The successful Contractor shall warrant all materials and equipment furnished under the contract are in good working order, free from defects and in conformance with system specifications. All installed equipment must conform to the manufacturer’s official published specifications. O. Contractor must provide pricing for three years warranty and support on the proposed project. Vendor technical support shall Page 20 be available for business hours support and Next Business Day Replacement. P. Contractor must detail what is included and define if provided by manufacturer or by Contractor in the standard warranty for each item proposed. Q. Contractor must provide warranty service availability beyond the initial three years for each item proposed. Specify annual cost and period of extension. R. Solution must support Motion based recording that can be configured to save disk space, change operators views and send alerts. S. Central Operations Manager must be able to access video from the network video storage, instantly. T. The video management solution must have the ability for the operator to trigger any camera that is not actively archiving video. This trigger shall be initiated from an http call to the system. U. Solution must provide the ability for multiple cameras to be updated at once using the Batch administration feature from the Operations Manager leveraging an Excel template. V. Video surveillance solution must entail internal Digital zoom capabilities that can focus in on any object instantly using the inbuilt zoom feature on non PTZ cameras. This feature must be able to be turned off if deemed necessary. W. Video Surveillance Operations Manager must provide full converged integration with Physical Access Control Manager X. Vendor must provide an IP-based Access Control Management solution that can provide door access and monitoring of any dry contact point. Y. The IP-based Physical Access Control System should have two primary components, door control hardware (gateways and modules) and an appliance based web management application. Z. The access control solution should support a thin client model. Clients from computers running a Windows operating system can contact the Physical Access Manager and download and install an application that allows interaction with the Physical Access Manager for administrative purposes. A. All users on the Physical Access Manager can be configured to use Microsoft Active Directory groups for authentication and door access. Page 21 B. The physical access manager should enable the creation of badge templates, badge printing, taking user photographs, and enrolling users into Physical Access Manager User database. C. No additional licensing or fees should be charged for the integration with the Video Surveillance Management Solution and the Physical Access Control System. D. HTTP/S URLs can be invoked as a result of any event or alarm by way of the Physical Access Manager. Event data can be inserted in the URL to integrate with any external application that accepts URL invocations, such as Cisco Digital Medial Signage solution. E. Access Manager Appliance and Video Management Solution should be qualified to run in a virtual environment. F. The Physical Access Control System must allow Physical Access Gateway images to be upgraded using the Physical Access Manager. G. The Physical Access Manager client should support a 1click client application which gives the administrator access to live and archive video from the Video Surveillance System. H. Motion Detection events in Video Surveillance System can also be recorded in the Physical Access Manager Events window. System also should allow the Physical Access Manager to trigger local door alarms or other annunciation devices attached to the Physical Access Control System when motion detection events occur in Video Surveillance System. I. The Physical Access Manager must have the ability to plot cameras and any controlled access point on a graphical map or floor plan. Physical Access Manager should integrate with Video Surveillance System and enable video to be pushed to the administrators and users of the Physical Access Control Solution based on Events. J. Administrators of the Physical Access Solution should have the ability to access live camera views from the system. K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can support 250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events. All communication should be 256‐ bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) FIPS 140-2 certified encrypted. 3.03 Existing Infrastructure A. The County’s primary network infrastructure consists of a mix of cisco network switches. Page 22 1. We have 6 buildings in Glencoe 2. We have 3 buildings in Hutchinson B. Wide Area Network 1. Glencoe a. Single mode fiber between the Courthouse and the following three locations: i. Health & Human Services ii. North Complex iii. Annex b. State of Minnesota MN.IT Connection: The County shares a 1 gigabit fiber connection to MN.IT with Courts and the City of Glencoe PD, and State Department of Corrections. 2. Hutchinson a. The County has a 10 gigabit point to point connection between their HATS facility in Hutchinson: i. Extension Office ii. Solid Waste b. State of Minnesota MN.IT Connection: The County HATS facility has a backup 100 megabit connection to MN.IT in case of a fiber down issue between Glencoe and Hutchinson C. Cable 1. CAT 6 cable will be required for any new cable runs. D. UPS 1. Courthouse and LEC a. The County Courthouse and LEC MER locations are equipped with UPS system and backup generator power. b. All TER locations have existing APC UPS systems and utilize APC Network Manager Management system. 2. All other County facilities MER and TER are equipped with APC UPS systems and utilize APC Network Manager Management system. 4 GENERAL ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 4.01 Permission to Proceed A. The Contractor’s first task shall be to submit a Statement of Work with an estimate of schedules and benchmarks. The document should identify in detail the exact tasks that the Page 23 County and Contractor must perform and/or be responsible for in order to accomplish the delivery and installation of the system. The Contractor shall project delivery date and installation period by function (cable, under-carpet wiring, switch, stations, etc.), which shall allow the Contractor to meet the required completion date. B. The Contractor shall provide the County with shop drawings of the proposed equipment placement for each location prior to the procurement of equipment or commencement of work. The Contractor shall make corrections and additions as necessary to the design documents. Equipment lists, data sheets, etc., shall be provided in MS Word, MS Excel, and MS Visio. C. The submittals must be received and approved by the County prior to the procurement of material or the commencement of work. Any procurement or work performed prior to this approval is at the Contractor’s own risk. D. The project timeline shall not be altered due to lateness of submittals. The Contractor shall remain bound to deliver a timely, complete, and finished project as stipulated in their contract. E. The failure of the Contractor to provide submittals as required herein may result in the cancellation of the contract. F. Contractor must obtain the County’s permission before proceeding with any work necessitating cutting into or through any part of a building structure. 4.02 Damage and Cleanup A. Existing floors, walls, ceilings, or any structural piece shall not be drilled or cut without prior approval of the County. The Contractor shall be held responsible for and make payment on any damage caused from the delivery and/or installation of its work. B. The Contractor shall keep the premises clean from debris and rubbish. After each workday, the Contractor shall remove any rubbish or waste from the working area. If the County is required to clean up, the cost shall be charged back to the Contractor. 4.03 Project Manager A. The Contractor shall appoint a Project Manager who shall be the main point of contact regarding the project for the County. The Project Manager is responsible for the following: 1. Ensuring the contract is completed successfully in a timely manner. Page 24 2. Guaranteeing the work and performance of all employees and subcontractors that have been hired by the Contractor. 3. Completing and submitting all required submittals and documentation. 4. Attending all project coordination and/or construction meetings as required by the County, plus chairing a weekly project status meeting throughout the duration of the project. 5. Maintaining the project status meeting minutes and distributing them to all participants within two days following the meeting. 6. Providing written status reports to the County Project Manager on a regular interval. 7. Informing the County of all unexpected conditions and problems that may result in delay or expense. The Contractor must report issues immediately upon discovery and must provide the County with the option(s) for resolving them. B. If the Contractor seeks to change the Project Manager during the course of the project, such change is subject to prior written approval from the County. C. The County reserves the right to request a new Project Manager during the course of the project if the Project Manager does not perform to the County’s satisfaction. D. The Contractor shall re-verify closet locations with the County’s Project Manager prior to installation. E. Prior to ordering, furnishing, or installing any equipment, the Contractor shall obtain the County’s written approval of equipment, locations, layout, and installation. F. If other Contractors’ work delays the Contractor, that information must immediately be communicated to the County’s Project Manager and appropriate extra time may be allowed. Shipping delays are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 4.04 Cable Management System A. The Contractor shall use the County’s cable management system where equipped to provide a neat and efficient means for routing and protecting fiber and copper cables and patch cords on telecommunication racks and enclosures. 4.05 Installation Requirements Page 25 A. The Contractor shall perform the upgrades, installation, configuration, training for the County’s personnel, and support of the proposed systems. B. Contractor and/or its subcontractors are fully authorized/certified to supply, upgrade, install, configure, provide warranty service, and troubleshoot/support the proposed equipment. C. All installing personnel have completed certified manufacturer training, or the Contractor shall contract with manufacturer for installation of all proposed components. D. For any equipment items/systems accepted by the County and made part of the contract, the delivery, installation, configuration, testing, user training, and documentation must be included in the project schedule. E. The Contractor shall take responsibility for proper ordering, shipping charges and delivery of all component parts. This includes any components to be ordered from any third-party companies. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper storage of delivered equipment. F. The personnel listed in the Respondent’s proposal shall be the personnel assigned to this project. If changes are required, the Contractor shall gain written approval from the County’s Project Manager prior to assignment of substitutes. G. Manufacturer(s) or a certified training agency thereof must be offered to the County employees on products supplied. H. The Contractor has, with staff employees, previously configured and operated a system with components as quoted. I. Any technician(s) dispatched to install or fix a failed component shall have been factory trained and certified by the manufacturer of the proposed equipment. The Contractor is responsible for following industry standards and all manufacturer installation and maintenance practices. J. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to understand its IP addressing scheme and for implementing this scheme in the furnished devices. Currently, the County uses a mixture of static addressing and DHCP. The County shall work with the vendor to enable DHCP addressing for all new devices. K. The Contractor must install hardware in a secure manner. Screws shall be tightened to a torque just sufficient to secure equipment without deforming washers beyond their original diameter. Page 26 L. All rack-mount equipment shall be secured as recommended by the manufacturer with consideration to airflow, power, and patch cable connections. M. The Contractor shall be responsible for labeling all cables and equipment components installed as part of this project. In doing so, make the labeling of each component… 1. Unique, to prevent it from being confused with other similar components. 2. Legible and permanent enough to last the life of the component. Handwritten labels shall not be permitted. N. Velcro straps shall be installed snugly without deforming cable insulation. Straps shall be spaced at uneven intervals not to exceed 4-foot. No sharp burrs should remain where excess length of the cable tie has been cut. O. The Contractor shall make the system properly operational and physically secure by mounting equipment and related accessories into walls, consoles, and racks as required. Manufacturer’s guidelines for installation shall be followed. Discrepancies in installation procedure or inability to complete a given task due to a shortage of materials or malfunctioning equipment shall be reported to the County immediately upon discovery. P. Systems described in this document, once configured by the Contractor, shall be delivered to the customer installation location and installed by the Contractor without any additional cost or expense to the County, and the County shall not be deemed to have accepted any equipment until the date of acceptance. Q. The Contractor shall unpack equipment from shipping material and organize equipment into the kits from which it shall be used. This includes checking to ensure that all equipment is complete and fully functional. Empty boxes and packaging shall be neatly organized per the County’s instructions and removed if requested. R. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of existing equipment not incorporated. That equipment shall be inventoried, boxed, and removed by Contractor and placed in a specified location as designated by the County. The boxes shall clearly show the inventoried contents. The County shall be responsible for disposal of equipment. S. The Contractor shall provide a weekly update to the County Project Manager on the project status. Page 27 T. Client quantities included in this RFP are estimates. The Contractor shall be required to perform station surveys to verify quantities. Any increases in components prior to acceptance shall be at pre-cutover costs, and deletions shall not be charged restocking fees. U. The Contractor shall supply one complete set of hardware and software documentation/manuals for all provided items at no additional cost. 4.06 Security A. When deploying any product, software, or application associated with this RFP, the Contractor shall harden the resulting system(s). Hardening includes the following actions: 1. Determining the purpose of the system and minimum software and hardware requirements 2. Documenting the minimum hardware, software, and services to be included on the system 3. Installing the minimum hardware, software, and services necessary to meet the requirements using a documented installation procedure 4. Installing necessary patches 5. Installing the most secure and up-to-date versions of applications 6. Configuring privilege and access controls by first denying all, then granting back the minimum necessary to each user 7. Configuring security settings as appropriate, enabling allowed activity and disallowing other activity 8. Enabling logging sufficient for the County staff to determine equipment faults or configuration problems in the equipment 9. Archiving the configuration and checksums in secure storage prior to system deployment 10. Testing the system to ensure a secure configuration 11. Using secure replication procedures for additional, identically configured systems, making configuration changes on a case-by-case basis 12. Changing all default passwords 13. Testing the resulting systems 4.07 Project Closeout and Acceptance A. Punch List – Work or materials found to be incomplete, of unsatisfactory quality, failing to meet the specifications in the RFP package and resulting contract, and/or unacceptable to the Page 28 County shall be documented in a punch list by the County and provided to the Contractor to rectify. B. Punch List Approval – The punch list shall be considered complete only after having been signed by the County. C. Acceptance – Acceptance shall occur after all of the following conditions have been met: 1. All items/systems have been delivered, installed, configured, tested, and transitioned into service. 2. The system, including all ancillary devices, applications, and options made part of the contract, has had 30 consecutive days with 100 percent availability. 3. All of the work has been completed in accordance with the contract and RFP specifications (including testing procedures as outlined in the accepted response). 4. Training as specified is complete. 5. The system operates in conformance with manufacturer's published specifications. 6. The system is transitioned to service. 7. All of the documentation requirements have been met. 8. All outstanding punch list items have been completed. 9. The system post-cutover requirements have been completed. 10. The Contractor has supplied test results needed to verify compliance with the specifications found in this RFP package. 11. The Contractor has certified in writing to the County that the system is installed and operational in accordance with these specifications and is ready for use. 12. The County or the County’s designated representative has inspected the installation and provided written approval. 13. Software refresh has been completed (to ensure all systems operate on the latest software). D. At this time, upon the County’s written acceptance, operational control becomes the responsibility of the County. This constitutes Date of Acceptance. The warranty for the entire system and all components begins as of this date. 4.08 Service and Support A. Server and Software Maintenance – The Contractor shall provide all necessary server and software maintenance on a turnkey Page 29 basis during the first year warranty period and any subsequent maintenance term. The Respondent shall be responsible for operating system and database tuning, patches, hardware, and software diagnosis, recovery, and version upgrades as needed. Contractor shall work directly with the County on application modifications, diagnosis, recovery, customization, configuration, and how-to questions. Contractor shall manage backups of data, application, operating system, and database management system as required to provide for full recovery in the event of a disaster or hardware failure. The Contractor shall coordinate and work with the server hardware maintenance provider in the diagnosis and repair of the server hardware. Contractor shall perform restores and recovery without the County’s assistance. B. Warranty Period and Maintenance – The Contractor, by entering into a contract with the County, warrants and represents that all materials, equipment, and services delivered to the County pursuant to the contract conforms to all of the specifications contained or referred herein. The Contractor further guarantees to replace all materials, equipment, software, or services that may be rejected by the County due to defective materials or workmanship for a minimum of one year following final acceptance of all systems. Failure or neglect of the County to require compliance with any term or condition of the contract specifications shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or condition. C. The following must be included in the warranty period and under maintenance contract: 1. Monday-Friday, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. call-out on minor alarms 2. Seven day per week 24-hour call-out coverage shall be provided for the items listed below. a. Critical alarms b. System outages 3. Three-hour on-site response time for critical alarms and system outages 4. Software upgrades 5. Patches 6. Corrective maintenance 7. All labor except for upgrades to major software releases 8. Materials 9. Next business day for non-critical components 10. Remote support Page 30 11. Telephone support to assist County Building personnel with technical and system management issues and questions 12. Database backups for business continuity 13. Off-site software storage 14. Work to completion 15. 24 hour x 7 days a week service center 16. 24 hour x 7 days a week alarm monitoring and remote trouble resolution (Respondent must include all hardware and software required to support this application in base surveillance system cost.) D. Maintenance Guarantee – A signed letter from both the Respondent and manufacturer is required guaranteeing maintenance of the proposed system over its five (5) year life. Should the manufacturer discontinue this product or cease to do business, the Respondent guarantees to stock an adequate supply of components to maintain the system over its five (5) year life. Further, should the Respondent cease to do business, the manufacturer guarantees to provide components and services for this installation over its five (5) year life. Page 31 5 BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 5.01 The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any combination which buildings are selected for final approval based on budgetary constraints. 5.02 McLeod County Court House 5.03 Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 18 access readers. Add Cameras 8 new cameras Management Software for Access 1 Software program Management Software for Cameras 1 Software program McLeod County Court Administration Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 5.03 5.04 Replace 6 current access readers from Old Keri System McLeod County Law Enforcement Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 6 current doors with access readers. 8 new doors with access readers Incorporate Current Analog Cameras not part of the Jail Video System 6 current analog cameras McLeod County North Complex Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 6 current access readers and need 1 new Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add 5 current analog cameras and 3 new cameras Page 32 5.05 5.06 5.07 5.08 5.09 McLeod County Annex Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add 2 access readers Add New Camera 1 360 degree camera in main hallway McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add 2 access readers Add Cameras 2 camera outside covering both buildings McLeod County Health and Human Services Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 14 current badge readers and 2 new doors Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add new 4 current cameras and 1new outside and 360 camera upstairs McLeod County Solid Waste Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 20 current access readers on Keri System. Add 2 readers. 4 Current Honeywell readers Incorporate Current Analog and IP Cameras 29 current cameras to integrate into new system McLeod County Fairgrounds Page 33 5.10 Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add 8 access readers Add Cameras Add 3 cameras in Commercial Building and 1 in Dairy Building McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 5.11 1 access readers for walk in door McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 2 access readers for walk in doors on each end of building 6 OPTIONAL SECURITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 6.01 McLeod County Court House Scalable Video Storage Solution Current requirements to hold video for 30 days and over right Scalable to incorporate the contents of the LEC DVR, HHS DVR, and NC DVR 6.02 McLeod County HATS Secondary Scalable Video Storage Solution Current requirements to hold video for 30 days and over right Scalable to incorporate SW DVRs and New Fairground’s cameras. Page 34 7 DATA NETWORK REQUIREMENTS 7.01 The Contractor shall have as a part of its implementation team someone completely capable of analyzing and implementing proper Quality of Service configurations necessary to support this surveillance system utilizing current and new customer provided Cisco network devices. This person shall be available throughout the implementation phase of the project to assist the project team with each building assessment, engineering and configuration recommendations for implementing the surveillance system across the County’s existing LAN. 7.02 The Contractor must provide a complete network assessment and make recommendations on any configuration changes needed to support the proposed system. 7.03 The Contractor shall provide a report that identifies any errors, including any latency and jitter issues, and shall provide recommended resolutions. 7.04 The Contractor shall provide detailed LAN configuration specification and best practices required to support all installed surveillance components. 7.05 Implementation A. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to understand its IP addressing scheme and for implementing this scheme to support all applications provided under the RFP. B. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to ensure the proper VLAN and QoS configurations are implemented to support all applications provided under this RFP. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for understanding the County’s network device naming convention and shall implement device names on all new devices and all relocated devices. 7.06 When installation is complete, the Contractor shall furnish the County with two complete sets (in three-ring binders) and on soft copy in MS Office format of data network project documentation. Contractor shall provide documentation as follows: A. Logical diagrams showing all installed equipment. B. IP addresses assigned to all equipment shall be noted both on diagrams and on a separate table/spreadsheet. Page 35 8 COUNTY RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Patch Cord Connections – The County shall provide and complete all patch cord connections required in all (MER) and (TER) locations. 8.02 VMware environment to create servers on which to load the required management applications. Page 36 9 SUMMARY RFP COSTS 9.01 Base 5.02 McLeod County Court House 5.03 McLeod County Court $62,753.20 $4,536.13 Administration 5.04 McLeod County Law Enforcement $12,898.44 5.05 McLeod County North Complex $16,013.60 5.06 McLeod County Annex $4,029.68 5.07 McLeod County HWY/LEC Shed $4,918.11 5.08 McLeod County Health and Human Services $18,512.66 5.09 McLeod County Solid Waste $25,501.22 5.10 McLeod County Fairgrounds $17,465.75 5.11 & 5.12 McLeod County HATS $2,599.36 / $3,141.25 Base Total 9.02 $172,369.00 Option 1 McLeod County Court House Option 1 $10,658.00 McLeod County HATS Option 1 $10,658.00 Option Total $21,316.00 Page 37 10 BILL OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS 10.01 Provide an itemized bill of material (BOM) including all hardware, software, and the labor for all software, cabling, card readers, door hardware, control panel hardware, and optional hardware proposed in response to this RFP. 10.02 Provide the quantity of network connections by location that shall be required to connect the cameras, access card readers, control panels, and all peripheral equipment to the data network. Page 38 11 RESPONDENT ASSUMPTIONS 11.01 Provide a complete list of any equipment that the County will need to provide, such as hardware, software, and servers required to support the proposed security system, and all optional equipment/applications. The list shall include detailed specifications and be organized to allow the County to determine which alternate or option the equipment shall support. 11.02 The Contractor must provide all equipment, including but not limited to hardware, software, and labor required for supporting and installing the proposed surveillance system, and all optional equipment/applications proposed, unless it has been identified in this section. 11.03 Provide details of any other assumptions taken in preparing your response to the RFP. Page 39 12 INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY AND DRAWINGS 12.01 Installation Methodology A. Provide a detailed description with diagrams of how the proposed system shall be phased in over a period of weeks or months. Include the following: 1. Time line for each phase beginning with contract signing 2. Logical description of how the equipment/systems shall be rolled out to all locations 3. Database collection 4. Network assessment 5. Application deployment 6. Training 7. Acceptance and warranty 12.02 Provide diagram for all locations, including any new equipment currently not there. 12.03 Provide a complete network diagram depicting all physical and logical inter- and intra-building network facilities to be utilized in the installation, including the required number of network ports. Page 40 13 ACCEPTANCE TESTING 13.01 Provide the manufacturer’s recommended installation and acceptance test plan for all proposed products and applications. Page 41 14 SOFTWARE UPGRADES AND LDAP INTERFACE 14.01 Provide a detailed description of what is included in the proposed software upgrade maintenance, including the following: A. What type of upgrades are included (e.g., major or release, minor or versions, updates and patches)? B. What is the frequency of each upgrade? C. How many of each type of upgrade were required over the past year on the proposed products? D. How is each of the upgrades accomplished/implemented, and what impact do they have on the system availability? E. What tools are used to manage the upgrades? F. Who installs the upgrades? 14.02 LDAP Integration with MS Active Directory (AD) – Provide a detailed description of the system management functions that can be accessed from AD utilizing LDAP for the proposed Access/Surveillance system, and optional applications. At a minimum, you should address the following activities: A. Importing users and groups to manage access B. How changes to AD sync with the surveillance system C. Dealing with a lost badge and disabling the AD account Page 42 15 RESPONDENT AND SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS, SUPPORT CAPABILITIES, AND REFERENCES 15.01 Information about the Respondent A. Company name B. Legal name (if different) C. Years in business D. Number of years selling systems similar to this Proposal E. Contact person F. Full mailing address G. Telephone number H. Fax number I. E-mail address J. Name and phone number of bonding company K. Number of full-time employees L. Number of technical/installation personnel (minimum of four dedicated to this project) M. Names and titles of personnel who would be providing the training for the equipment in this project (attach listing of experience with similar projects) N. Name of person who would be project manager for this project (attach listing of experience with similar projects) O. Dunn and Bradstreet Number 00-621-5156 1. Respondent - _____________ S2 17-056-0143 2. Equipment Manufacturer - _____________ Video Insight 15-679-0953 15.02 Qualification and Requirements A. If more than one (1) company is involved in the installation, training, and/or support after installation, there must be a Prime Contractor. This Prime Contractor assumes responsibility for all other entities involved. Page 43 1. List Prime Contractor here: UHL Company, inc. ____________________________ B. The response shall include a statement from all involved Respondents agreeing that the configuration shall work as specified and that all Respondents shall work under the Prime Contractor to resolve any configuration or interoperability problems during the installation process at no additional cost to the County. Write statement below. UHL Company, inc. will perform the complete installation ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ 15.03 Experience and Existing Customers – How many similar systems has the Respondent sold/installed? X A. In the area: _______ X B. Statewide: _______ C. Nationwide: _______ 15.04 Surveillance System – All prospective Respondents must provide a minimum of three installation and three maintenance references using the reference format provided below. The references must be in the State of Minnesota, similar in scope and size to the County’s project and must demonstrate the following: A. At minimum, two of the three references must have the exact system you are proposing. B. References must demonstrate that the Respondent has extensive knowledge of all equipment proposed and has at least one (1) year of experience with the same system(s) in the same environment. Page 44 C. References will be contacted – please verify information before submitting. Use the format below for all references. All references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 10 to 15 minute call may be anticipated. Reference Format: City of St. Louis Park Organization Name ____________________________________ 5005 Minnetonka Blvd Address ____________________________________________ St Louis Park, MN 55416 ___________________________________________________ Municipal Type of Business _____________________________________ Nikki Farrow Contact Person _______________________________________ 952.924.2167 Telephone Number ____________________________________ [email protected] Contact Email Address _________________________________ Ongoing with annual additions Dates of Installation ___________________________________ City Wide Access Control & Video Description of System __________________________________ 14 Number of Networked Locations__________________________ D. Subcontractors/Partners 1. The applicable terms and provisions of the contract documents shall bind every subcontractor. Further information about subcontractors may be requested prior to award. 2. Identify all subcontractors or partners used for any purposes. Failure to disclose subcontractors/partners may lead to disqualification. Include separate sheet(s) labeled “Subcontractors/Partners,” if necessary. Business Name Years Experience Type of Work Percent of Project __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ Page 45 E. References for Subcontractors/Partners – Include below three (3) references for EACH subcontractor. (Duplicate this page if needed for multiple subcontractors.) Again, preference shall be given to Respondents with references for implementations at organizations most similar to the client. Subcontractor References will be contacted – please verify information before submitting. Utilize the format below for all subcontractor references. All references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 10 to 15 minute call may be anticipated. Subcontractor Reference Format Organization Name ____________________________________ Address ____________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ Type of Business _____________________________________ Contact Person _______________________________________ Telephone Number ____________________________________ Contact Email Address _________________________________ Dates of Installation ___________________________________ Description of System __________________________________ Number of Networked Locations_ _________________________ 15.05 Surveillance System Service after Installation A. How many service personnel trained in maintaining the proposed systems does Respondent employ in the County’s area? Please indicate location closest to the County. 2 1. Trained Service Personnel: ________ Hutchinson, Silver Lake 2. Location: _____________ B. Provide the address of Respondent’s service center(s) closest to the County: UHL Company 1. Company ________________________________________ 9065 Zachary Lane North, Maple Grove MN 55369 2. Address _________________________________________ 763.425.7226 3. Telephone Number ________________________________ C. Who shall maintain parts inventory? At what location? UHL Company 1. Company ________________________________________ Page 46 9065 Zachary Lane North, Maple Grove MN 55369 2. Address _________________________________________ 763.425.7226 3. Telephone Number ________________________________ 4. What critical component parts are kept in stock at this location? Network Nodes, Cameras 15.06 Financial statements – Upon request, financial statements from the Respondent, Manufacturer, and subcontractor(s) inclusive of cash flow sheet, income sheet, balance sheet, and asset liability statement for the last three (3) years shall be provided. Page 47 16 PROJECT AND MAINTENANCE TEAM 16.01 Provide names, titles, resumes, and training certificates of installation project team members. 16.02 Provide names, job titles, and training certificates of service personnel who will be assigned to the County after installation. Page 48 17 EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS Page 49 9065 Zachary Lane N Maple Grove, MN 55369 McLeod County Security/Surveillance System RFP Costs – Base Bid - $172,369.00 Section 5.02 5.03 5.04 5.05 5.06 5.07 5.08 5.09 5.10 5.11 5.12 Location McLeod County Court House McLeod County Court Administration McLeod County Law Enforcement McLeod County North Complex McLeod County Annex McLeod County HWY/LEC Shed McLeod County Health and Human Services McLeod County Solid Waste McLeod County Fairgrounds McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop Cost $ 62,753.20 $ 4,536.13 $ 12,898.44 $ 16,013.60 $ 4,029.68 $ 4,918.11 $ 18,512.66 $ 25,501.22 $ 17,465.75 $ 2,599.36 $ 3,141.25 RFP Costs – Option 1 - $21,316.00 Section 9.02 9.02 Location McLeod County Court House Option 1 McLeod County HATS Option 1 Cost $ 10,658.00 $ 10,658.00 RFP Costs – Extended Manufacturer Warranty Options Section 3.02- O 3.02- O Location 3 Year Extended Warranty 5 Year Extended Warranty Cost $ 8,632.00 $ 16,966.00 RFP Costs – Annual Maintenance Agreement Option Section Location Annual Maintenance Agreement Cost $ 8,130.00 Maintenance Agreement Breakdown We will perform annually 40 hours of IP Video/Access Control Preventative Maintenance (includes device cleaning, device testing, hardware testing, & any applicable software upgrades). In addition we will perform up to 2 Service Calls per Month, During Normal Business Hours (7am to 3:30pm Monday through Friday) @ 2 hr. maximum per call. A $650 Replacement Parts Fund has also been included in this agreement which would be usable for any equipment not covered by a factory warranty. Unused service calls and unused replacement parts fund totals may be carried over month to month, but not annually. Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 1 10 55 5 1 57 116 23 32 6 8 7 15 30 1 17 8 2 2 1 3 1 7 Manufacturer S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 HID HES HES SDC Preferred Power Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight Part Number Description S2-NBVM-64 S2 Netbox VM Software Package 64 Portal S2-NR64 S2 Netbox VM 64 Portal Add-On S2-NN-E-WM S2 Netbox Network Nodes S2-ACM S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade S2-MNP S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus S2-VMS-B-VI VI VMS initial integration (4 cam incl) S2-VMS-C-VI VI VMS Integration license per camera 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike LR100VDK VonDuprin Lock Power Conversion Kit P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply P3DCAXS-5OL 12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries v.6 VMS Enterpirse Software Package B-5360 360 5MP IP Cameras A-54-V2 3MP Vandal Dome VP-1 Single Channel Video Encoder VP-8-V2 8 Channel Video Encoder VP-16-V2 16 Channel Video Encoder B-31-CMB Corner Mount Bracket B-MD-WM Wall Mount Bracket IPSv-UL Lifetime Camera License (for exist IP cams) Rough In Quantity 5000 5000 5000 200 200 0 0 Manufacturer Windy City Windy City Windy City Border States Border States 0 0 Part Number Description 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway 0 0 0 0 JC-JE16151-McLeod County Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 1 3 16 1 6 32 14 14 4 3 3 6 1 5 5 Manufacturer S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 HID HES HES SDC Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight Part Number Description S2-NBVM-64 S2 Netbox VM Software Package 64 Portal S2-NR64 S2 Netbox VM 64 Portal Add-On S2-NN-E-WM S2 Netbox Network Nodes S2-ACM S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade S2-VMS-B-VI VI VMS initial integration (4 cam incl) S2-VMS-C-VI VI VMS Integration license per camera 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike LR100VDK VonDuprin Lock Power Conversion Kit P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries v.6 VMS Enterpirse Software Package B-5360 360 5MP IP Cameras A-54-V2 3MP Vandal Dome Rough In Quantity 2025 2025 2400 100 100 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.02 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 2 4 1 1 2 Manufacturer S2 S2 HID Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic Part Number Description S2-NN-E-WM S2 Netbox Network Nodes S2-ACM S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader P3DCAXS-5OL 12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries Rough In Quantity 100 100 50 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.03 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 7 13 4 3 1 1 2 Manufacturer S2 S2 HID HES HES Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic Part Number Description S2-NN-E-WM S2 Netbox Network Nodes S2-ACM S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries Rough In Quantity 500 500 50 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.04 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 6 9 12 3 3 1 1 2 3 1 1 Manufacturer S2 S2 S2 HID HES HES Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight Part Number Description S2-NN-E-WM S2 Netbox Network Nodes S2-ACM S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade S2-VMS-C-VI VI VMS Integration license per camera 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries B-5360 360 5MP IP Cameras VP-8-V2 8 Channel Video Encoder B-31-CMB Corner Mount Bracket Rough In Quantity 450 450 450 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.05 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 Manufacturer S2 S2 HID HES Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic VideoInsight Part Number Description S2-MNP S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus S2-VMS-C-VI VI VMS Integration license per camera 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike P3DCAXS-5OL 12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries B-5360 360 5MP IP Cameras Rough In Quantity 100 100 175 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.06 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 Manufacturer S2 S2 HID HES Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic VideoInsight Part Number Description S2-MNP S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus S2-VMS-C-VI VI VMS Integration license per camera 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike P3DCAXS-5OL 12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries B-5360 360 5MP IP Cameras Rough In Quantity 100 100 300 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.07 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 7 1 7 15 1 1 1 2 4 5 2 2 1 Manufacturer S2 S2 S2 S2 HID HES Preferred Power Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight Part Number Description S2-NN-E-WM S2 Netbox Network Nodes S2-ACM S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade S2-MNP S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus S2-VMS-C-VI VI VMS Integration license per camera 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply P3DCAXS-5OL 12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries B-5360 360 5MP IP Cameras VP-1 Single Channel Video Encoder B-31-CMB Corner Mount Bracket B-MD-WM Wall Mount Bracket Rough In Quantity 400 400 775 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.08 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 2 12 29 24 2 2 2 4 1 1 7 Manufacturer S2 S2 S2 HID HES Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic VideoInsight VideoInsight VideoInsight Part Number Description S2-NN-E-WM S2 Netbox Network Nodes S2-ACM S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade S2-VMS-C-VI VI VMS Integration license per camera 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries VP-8-V2 8 Channel Video Encoder VP-16-V2 16 Channel Video Encoder IPSv-UL Lifetime Camera License (for exist IP cams) Rough In Quantity 650 650 150 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.09 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 3 3 4 9 1 3 2 4 4 8 1 3 Manufacturer S2 S2 S2 S2 HID HES HES SDC Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic VideoInsight VideoInsight Part Number Description S2-NN-E-WM S2 Netbox Network Nodes S2-ACM S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade S2-MNP S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus S2-VMS-C-VI VI VMS Integration license per camera 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike LR100VDK VonDuprin Lock Power Conversion Kit P3DCAXS-5OL 12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries B-5360 360 5MP IP Cameras A-54-V2 3MP Vandal Dome Rough In Quantity 525 525 700 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.10 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 2 Manufacturer S2 HID HES Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic Part Number Description S2-MNP S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike P3DCAXS-5OL 12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries Rough In Quantity 50 50 50 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.11 Bill Of Materials Components Quantity 1 2 2 1 1 2 Manufacturer S2 HID HES Preferred Power Preferred Power PowerSonic Part Number Description S2-MNP S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus 920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader 5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike P3DCAXS-5OL 12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply P3DB-8 Individual Output Board BAT125 12v 5AH Batteries Rough In Quantity 100 100 50 10 10 Manufacturer 0 0 0 0 0 Part Number 22/6 Shielded 18/4 CAT6 Conduit Wiremold Description Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe Plenum Network Cable - Yellow EMT Metal Raceway JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.12 Assumptions: Our response assumes customer to supply conduit path between buildings where necessary, we have not included ANY trenching or horizontal boring in our RFP response. ANNEX to Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed – Assumed Existing Conduit Adequate or New Provided Health and Human Services – Assumed Conduit Provided for New Camera on Light Pole Fairgrounds – Assumed NO conduit thus we included individual access panels for each building Our response assumes customer to supply and manage a Virtual Machine Server for the Access Control System, this servers should be equal to or greater than: Minimum Storage - 128GB Pro Series SSD Memory (RAM) - 8GB Processor - Intel Xeon Quad Core Server Host - VMWare ESXi 5.1 or later Our response assumes customer to supply and manage 2 Virtual Machine Recording Servers for Video Surveillance System, these servers should be equal to or greater than: O/S - MS Server 2008/2012/2016 Total Storage - 6 X 6TB or 36TB Usable Storage - 27TB Ram - 8GB Processor - Dual Power Supply – Dual Our response assumes all existing cameras to be in full functioning order, we also assume all existing camera wiring to be in full functioning order Our response assumes all existing electronic door locking hardware to be in full functioning order, we also assume all existing card access wiring to be in full functioning order. Our response assumes all existing locksets to remain in-place and to be in full functioning order, we also assume any lockset hardware changes or re-keying to be beyond the scope of this RPF and thus are not included in our response. Installation Methodology: Our intent is to complete the entire project within an 8 week time span, after receiving a signed contract we will provide engineered drawings and a complete Microsoft Project Gantt Chart. All equipment would also be ordered and we would have a project kickoff meeting to determine the schedule and flow of each site in order to minimize impact on the day to day functions. Our first priority would be to begin and complete the exterior work before the season changes to winter. At the same time we will work with you to determine what if any data from the existing system you would like to import, the specified access control system includes full database import utilities at no additional charge to you. We will also begin working with you IT personnel to set parameters for bandwidth use at each site as part of this we will do some real world testing to ensure the bandwidth that is needed is in place. As part of this we will also deploy the software systems and begin training the necessary personnel. Upon substantial completion we will do a complete top to bottom system provisioning and test. System turnover occur only after all items are fully tested and acceptance documentation is completed. Assigned Technicians are fully certified in the products we have proposed; normally we would assign 2 technicians and 2 installers plus a project manager for projects such as this. Due to the sort timeline we may assign more staff to this project. We have a large number of UHL Employees living in or near McLeod County we will use this personnel when at all possible. Acceptance Testing: The following forms will be utilized during and at completion of project to ensure all systems are working as designed and that all necessary personnel are properly trained on the systems Inspection Check List Access Control (ICL AC) Project Name IP Address Project Number Date User Name Password INSTRUCTIONS: Inspect the project and carefully check whether all items meet the project specifications. Initial in the space marked “Satisfactory” if the item meets with your approval. If an item is not satisfactory, describe the problem in the “Unsatisfactory” field. Once unsatisfactory item has been remedied to your satisfaction, initial in the space provided. ITEM Software Solution Server Configuration Software Solution Server Operator Configuration Software Solution Client Configuration Software Solution Client Operator Configuration Software Solution Client Selection and/or Locations Software Solution Time Zone Configuration Software Solution Access Group Configuration Software Solution Holiday Configuration Software Solution Credential Configuration Software Solution Inputs/Output Configuration Door Function* Door Contacts Door Function* Door Forced Alarms Door Function* Door Held Alarms Door Function* Readers Door Function* Locking Hardware Door Function* Request To Exit Devices Door Function* Remote Release Control Panels Wires Labeled Control Panels Doors Labeled (for each controller) Control Panels Cleanliness Training* Systems Use Training SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED * {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit separate form [ICL ACb] listing each individual door with this form. * {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit separate Training Sign In form with this form * {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit screen shots showing all of the Server/Client settings with this form. FINAL INSPECTION: Having inspected the project listed herein, the Customer hereby accepts the project as is, further it is understood and agreed that your warranty begins on the date listed above and will be in effect for a period of 90 days unless otherwise stated on your proposal. You will receive a warranty statement listing your specific warranty terms. Customers Signature Customers Name (please print) Inspection Check List Access Control (ICL ACb) Project Name Project Number Date Door Name and/or Number SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED Door Contact Door Forced Door Held Reader Locking Hardware Request to Exit Remote Release Door Name and/or Number Door Contact Door Forced Door Held Reader Locking Hardware Request to Exit Remote Release Door Name and/or Number Door Contact Door Forced Door Held Reader Locking Hardware Request to Exit Remote Release Door Name and/or Number Door Contact Door Forced Door Held Reader Locking Hardware Request to Exit Remote Release Door Name and/or Number Door Contact Door Forced Door Held Reader Locking Hardware Request to Exit Remote Release Door Name and/or Number Door Contact Door Forced Door Held Reader Locking Hardware Request to Exit Remote Release * {UHL Representative} You must mark all non-applicable items with an N/A in the Satisfactory column. Page of Inspection Check List Camera System (ICL CS) Project Name IP Address Project Number Date User Name Password INSTRUCTIONS: Inspect the project and carefully check whether all items meet the project specifications. Initial in the space marked “Satisfactory” if the item meets with your approval. If an item is not satisfactory, describe the problem in the “Unsatisfactory” field. Once unsatisfactory item has been remedied to your satisfaction, initial in the space provided. ITEM Recording Solution Server Configuration* Recording Solution Server Operator Configuration* Recording Solution Live Storage Configuration* Recording Solution Archive Storage Configuration* Recording Solution Client Configuration* Recording Solution Client Operator Configuration* Recording Solution Client Selection and/or Locations Recording Solution Live Video and/or Audio Quality Recording Solution Recorded Video and/or Audio Quality Recording Solution Video and/or Audio Export & DVD Create Camera Function* Placement Camera Function* Focal Length Camera Function* Focus Camera Programming* Compression Format Camera Programming* Resolution Camera Programming* Frames Per Second Camera Programming* Frame Size Camera Programming* Motion Recording Camera Function* Audio/Video Sync Quality Headend Wires Labeled Headend Cleanliness Training* Systems Use Training SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED * {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit separate form [ICL CSb] listing each individual camera with this form. * {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit separate Training Sign In form with this form. * {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit screen shots showing all of the Server/Client settings with this form. FINAL INSPECTION: Having inspected the project listed herein, the Customer hereby accepts the project as is, further it is understood and agreed that your warranty begins on the date listed above and will be in effect for a period of 90 days unless otherwise stated on your proposal. You will receive a warranty statement listing your specific warranty terms. Customers Signature Customers Name (please print) Inspection Check List Camera System (ICL CSb) Project Name Project Number Date Camera Name and/or Number SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED SATISFACTORY UNSATISFACTORY REMEDIED Placement Focal Length Focus Compression Format Resolution Frames Per Second Frame SIze Motion Recording Audio/Video Sync Camera Name and/or Number Placement Focal Length Focus Compression Format Resolution Frames Per Second Frame SIze Motion Recording Audio/Video Sync Camera Name and/or Number Placement Focal Length Focus Compression Format Resolution Frames Per Second Frame SIze Motion Recording Audio/Video Sync Camera Name and/or Number Placement Focal Length Focus Compression Format Resolution Frames Per Second Frame SIze Motion Recording Audio/Video Sync Camera Name and/or Number Placement Focal Length Focus Compression Format Resolution Frames Per Second Frame SIze Motion Recording Audio/Video Sync * {UHL Representative} You must mark all non-applicable items with an N/A in the Satisfactory column. Page of Security/Fire Division Training Sign-in Form Internal Routing Instructions: 1) Copy to Security Division Operations Department Project Name Project Number Type of Training Given Name (Printed) Name (Signature) Comments Trainer(s) Trainer(s) Total Hours On-Site Total Training Hours Provided To Date Date Software Upgrades/LDAP: Our systems include the first year of software upgrades at no additional charge; the upgrades are optional and normally follow a quarterly release schedule. The system offers single point upgrade meaning from a client PC a single upgrade file will take care of any server upgrades as well as any field controller upgrades, normal downtime for an upgrade is less than 15 minutes. The proposed system offers complete AD integration at both user and group level. The system relies on your current AD database and as such any changes to an AD entry results in an immediate update with the system. References: City of St. Louis Park 5005 Minnetonka Blvd St Louis Park, MN 55416 Municipal Nikki Farrow 952.924.2167 [email protected] On-going installation with annual additions (began in 2010), networked sites include City Hall, Public Safety, Fire Stations, Rec Center, Nature Center, Maintenance Facility, Multiple Park Buildings, and Police Sub Stations. They have the exact systems we have proposed to use for McLeod County. City of Woodbury 2100 Radio Drive Woodbury, MN 55125 Municipal JB Guiton 651.714.3600 [email protected] On-going installation with annual additions (began in 2015), networked sites include City Hall, Public Safety, and Fire Stations. They have the Video Insight video surveillance solution and are in the process of upgraded to S2 access control City of White Bear Lake 4701 Highway 61 White Bear Lake, MN 55110 Municipal Julie Swanson 651.429.8551 [email protected] On-going installation with annual additions (began in 2016), networked sites include City Hall, Public Safety, Rec Center, Nature Center, Maintenance Facility, Multiple Park Buildings, and Police Sub Stations. They have the exact systems we have proposed to use for McLeod County. Information about the Respondent: Company name – UHL Company, inc Legal name (if different) – Same Years in business – 99 Years (since 1917) Number of years selling systems similar to this Proposal – 15 Years Contact person – Jeff Eichenberger Full mailing address – 9065 Zachary Lane North Maple Grove, MN 55369 Telephone number – 763.425.7226 Fax number – 763.425.7336 E-mail address – [email protected] Name and phone number of bonding company – Pate Bonding Number of full-time employees – 115 Number of technical/installation personnel (minimum of four dedicated to this project) - 60 Names and titles of personnel who would be providing the training for the equipment in this project (attach listing of experience with similar projects) Nick Lind/Nick Eaton Gaviidae Common City of St Louis Park City of White Bear Lake City of Eagan City of Woodbury Name of person who would be project manager for this project (attach listing of experience with similar projects) Nick Lind/Nathan Parr Gaviidae Common City of St Louis Park City of White Bear Lake City of Eagan City of Woodbury Dunn and Bradstreet Number 1. Respondent – 00-621-5156 2. Equipment Manufacturer – S2 17-056-0143 VideoInsight 15-679-0953 Exclusions: Door Contacts/Status Switches are not called for in the Specification or the Addendum so they have NOT been included in our RFP response. Request to Exit Devices (only needed with Door Contacts/Status Switches) are not called for in the Specification or the Addendum so they have NOT been included in our RFP response. Lockset upgrade or replacement is not called for in the Specification or the Addendum so they have NOT been included in our RFP response. The drawings requested in the RFP to be created from within our dedicated engineering department immediately after we are awarded the project. POE Network Switches are not called for in the Specification or the Addendum so they have NOT been included in our RFP response. Clarifications: S2 Provides secure communication to/from all network nodes through SSL Digital Certificates and the SHA-1 Algorithm as opposed to the lesser secure AES128, if AES 128 or 256 is a necessity we can provide this by utilizing Mercury hardware with the S2 System. S2 Requires zero client software and has zero client license costs VideoInsight includes at no charge the client software, web client, and android/iOS apps. Network Connections by Location: 5.02 Court House Access Control = 3 Video = 10 5.03 Court Administration Access Control = 1 Video = 0 5.04 Law Enforcement Access Control = 1 Video = 0 5.05 North Complex Access Control = 1 Video = 4 5.06 Annex Access Control = 1 Video = 2 5.07 Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed Access Control = 1 Video = 2 5.08 Health and Human Services Access Control = 2 Video = 7 5.09 Solid Waste Access Control = 2 Video = 9 (7 should be existing) 5.10 Fairgrounds Access Control = 4 Video = 4 5.11 Brownton HWY Shop Access Control = 1 Video = 0 5.12 Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop Access Control = 1 Video = 0 Tech Note 1 May 13, 2016 Network Ports Used by S2 Security Products The following table summarizes the ports that must be opened on your network to allow communication between an S2 NetBox® system and: • An S2 Global® system or an S2 NetVR® series video management system • S2 nodes or third-party products • S2 Magic Monitor® • S2 Mobile Security Officer® Port or Port Range Products Description 20, 21 (TCP) S2 NetBox When using active FTP, these ports must be open to the FTP server for FTP backups from the S2 controller. When using passive FTP, port 20 will not be required. Ports must also be left open to the S2 controller for FTP server responses. The network administrator must set up these ports. 22 (TCP) • • • • Used by S2 Technical Support for troubleshooting When secure FTP is enabled, must be open to the SFTP server for SFTP backups from the S2 controller S2 NetBox S2 NetVR S2 Global Server S2 Network Node with M1-3200 blade 25, 587 (TCP) S2 NetBox SMTP access email relay (for the event action “Send Email”) 80 (TCP) • • • • Must be open to the S2 controller for browser access to the security management system. This can be configured on a different port. 123 (UDP & TCP) S2 Security Corporation S2 NetBox S2 NetVR S2 Global Server S2 Network Node with M1-3200 blade All S2 controllers NTP (Network Time Protocol) - used for time synchronization 1 Document #TN-01-18 May 2016 Tech Note 1 Network Ports Used by S2 Security Products Port or Port Range Products Description 139 (TCP) S2 NetBox smbd server daemon, which provides file sharing and printing services to Windows clients 443 (TCP) • • S2 NetBox Secure Web access (SSL) • • S2 NetBox 445 (TCP) S2 NetVR smbd server daemon, which provides file sharing and printing services to Windows clients S2 NetVR 554 All S2 NetVR products Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) Must be open for streaming H.264 video streams 694, 33752 (TCP) S2 NetBox Linux-HA high availability Heartbeat 1080 S2 NetBox Must be open to the S2 controller to allow communications with S2 Magic Monitor 1818, 3011, 22609 (TCP) S2 NetVR S2 NetVR video support 3000, 3010 (TCP) S2 NetBox Required for integration with third-party video management systems (VMS) 3306 All S2 controllers For PostgreSQL report usage 4503 • • S2 NetBox Must be open for communications between S2 Mobile Security Officer and an S2 NetBox or S2 NetBox VR controller • • S2 NetBox • • S2 NetBox • • S2 NetBox • S2 Network Node with CBM blade • • S2 MicroNode™ Plus 4743 5432 (TCP) 7262 (TCP) S2 NetBox VR OpenHPI – HPI instance to which multiple clients can connect S2 NetVR For PostgreSQL database system S2 Global S2 Network Node with M1-3200 blade Must be open to the S2 controller for communications with S2 nodes Be sure that this port is open through routers and firewalls for any S2 nodes on different subnets than the S2 controller. S2 MicroNode™ (inbound to the S2 nodes only) S2 Security Corporation 2 May 2016 Tech Note 1 Port or Range Network Ports Used by S2 Security Products Products Description ASSA ABLOY Integration 2571 (TCP) S2 NetBox Used to connect to ASSA ABLOY wireless and POE locksets 9020, 9090 (TCP) S2 NetBox S2 Global Server support Port 9020 is used for S2 Global to S2 NetBox communications. Port 9090 is used for S2 NetBox to S2 Global communications. • • Must be open to the S2 controller for communications with Blackboard nodes. Be sure that this port is open through routers and firewalls for any Blackboard nodes on different subnets than the S2 controller. Blackboard Nodes 9005 (TCP) S2 NetBox Blackboard nodes (inbound to the Blackboard nodes only) Digital Monitoring Products (DMP) Integration 2001 (S2 product outbound TCP) S2 NetBox Used for outbound communications between the S2 system and supported DMP intrusion panels 2011 (S2 product outbound TCP) S2 NetBox Used for inbound communications between the S2 system and supported DMP intrusion panels 6000-6063 (Inbound to S2 TCP) S2 NetBox Must be open to the S2 controller for assignment to each DMP panel created in the S2 system This port is needed as the PC Logging port for status communications to the S2 system. It cannot be changed and it is the same for all DMP panels. S2 NetBox Required for integration with all Mercury series based controllers, including Allegion Schlage and M5 Bridge Mercury Security Integration 3001 Otis Elevator Compass Integration 45303, 45307, 45308 S2 NetBox Required for Otis Elevator Compass integrations S2 NetBox For ODBC connection to PostgreSQL ODBC 5432 S2 Security Corporation 3 May 2016 ® Integrated security for an IP-connected world Tech Note 24 April 29, 2015 S2 Node Operational Requirements The operational requirements for S2 nodes are as follows: • IP Network configured for IPV4 or IPV4/IPV6. • Networks with switches running the Spanning-Tree Protocol (STP) must have the STP PortFast feature enabled on every port where an S2 node is connected. • S2 nodes support connections fixed full duplex at 10 or 100 megabit Ethernet (10 base T / 100 base T) or auto-negotiate connections where the negotiation time resolves in under 2 seconds. Note: With release 4.4.02 (bmod 107), the auto-negotiate time is relaxed to 8 seconds. This change does not take effect until after the S2 node(s) are upgraded to V4.4.02 (bmod107). • S2 nodes initiate connections to the S2 controller, maintaining a continuous (TCP) connection. The TCP port 7262 must be open in the path leading from the S2 node to the S2 controller at all times. This is the primary communications path between the S2 controller and the S2 node. Note: The connection is maintained constantly and should not be disrupted in order to maintain online application integrity. For this reason, we recommend using static IP address assignments for all S2 devices. • All network links (in the path from S2 controller to S2 node and back) must support an MTU (Maximum Transaction Unit) of at least 1500 bytes. If any link limits the MTU to below 1500 bytes, then the network must be configured to fragment TCP/IP packets. Note: If this is not possible, please call S2 Technical Support at 508 663-2505. • High bandwidth broadcast traffic should be avoided on the subnet where the S2 node is attached. Specifically, all multicast and broadcast UDP traffic on the link to an S2 node should be limited to the following two S2-specific multicast group addresses: 224.0.72.62 and 224.0.72.63; port 7262 is used as the destination for both. Forwarding multicast traffic on 224.0.72.62 upstream to the S2 controller (on the same subnet) will enable S2 Security Corporation Page 1 of 2 April 2015 Tech Note 24 S2 Node Operational Requirements node-autodiscovery; without this, the S2 node addresses may be entered manually, through a separate configuration utility (NNCONFIG). • Except during configuration and credential download, the traffic between the S2 node and S2 controller is very low, less than 10K bytes per minute, but it is latency sensitive. If large transfers are occurring on the network, S2 recommends increasing the Quality of Service (QOS) allocation between the S2 node and S2 controller to keep the round trip latency to less than 2 seconds. • Troubleshooting: At the request of S2 Support, TCP port 7262 may need to be opened in the path leading from the S2 controller to the S2 node, for troubleshooting purposes. This path does not need to be open at all times and is used only by S2 Support. • Environmental: 0°C - 50°C. S2 Security Corporation Page 2 of 2 April 2015 IP Server v6.3 Contents Introduc on System Overview Planning Server IP Server Sample Configura ons 20 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps 40 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps 120 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps 240 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps Failover Server Network Factors affec ng performance VI Monitor Web Client Cameras Camera Audio Licensing Router configura on How to configure your Video Insight server and router for remote access: Storage considera ons Database considera ons So ware installa on Page 2 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 IP Server Installa on without an exis ng SQL installa on Installa on with an exis ng SQL installa on Ini aliza on Ac vate Using Demo Mode VI Monitor Client Adding servers manually Add Server Automa cally IP Server Manager Accessing IPSM Configuring IP Server IPSM: Op ons Check the Enable Analog Video Bandwidth Timeout box. Select the meout in seconds. Click OK. IPSM: System Log IPSM: Network Op ons IPSM: Diagnos cs IPSM: No Cameras IPSM: Update Ac va on Security Configuring Ac ve Directory Ac ve Directory Prerequisites Adding users or groups Page 3 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Removing users or groups Viewing user permissions LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) CheckSum Enabling CheckSum Watermark Verifying a CheckSum Watermark Troubleshoo ng Frequently Asked Ques ons Online Resources Remote Support Contact Us Appendices Appendix A: IP Server port list Appendix B: Current Customers Examples Appendix C: Commonly Used Camera Creden als Appendix D: Configuring a CNB camera Appendix E: Configuring Sentry FS1000 and FS2000 cameras Appendix F: Configuring an IQEye Camera using Op onal Controls Appendix G: The Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG So ware No ce Appendix G: The Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG So ware No ce Page 4 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Video Insight So ware License Agreement IMPORTANT – READ CAREFULLY BEFORE ACCESSING VIDEO INSIGHT SOFTWARE: This license agreement (“License Agreement”) is a legal agreement between the individual, corporate or other en ty or governmental en ty, as applicable, that is licensing the So ware (referred to herein as “You” or “Licensee”) and Video Insight, Inc. and its suppliers (collec vely, “Video Insight” or “Licensor”) for the So ware (the “So ware”). FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: ”You” or “Licensee” refers to an Ordering Activity, as defined in GSA Order ADM4800.2G and as revised from time to time USERS OTHER THAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: BY USING OR ACCESSING THE SOFTWARE; LOADING THE SOFTWARE OR ALLOWING THE SOFTWARE TO BE LOADED; OR UTILIZING ANY DEVICE OR OTHERWISE UTILIZING THE SERVICES OR FUNCTIONALITY OF THE SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT, YOU MAY RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE FOR A FULL REFUND. FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: THE AUTHORIZED CONTRACTING OFFICER ACCEPTED THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FAR 1.601(a). 1. GRANT OF LICENSE. a. Overview of the License Agreement. This License Agreement describes Your rights to use or otherwise u lize the services of the So ware. This License Agreement does not en tle You to any ownership rights of the programming code. The So ware is licensed, not sold. The So ware is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws and trea es. Video Insight owns the tle, copyright and other intellectual property rights in the So ware. You may not rent, lease, or lend the So ware or the License Agreement. b. Product Coverage. You may also use this License Agreement to access or otherwise use the services or func onality of Video Insight So ware u lized by other individuals or en es provided that the other individuals or en es obtain a valid license. c. System Limits. You may use the So ware with one unique system iden fied by its unique capture board. Each unique system requires a separate License Agreement. 2. TERMINATION (NOT APPLICABLE TO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES): Without prejudice to any other rights, Video Insight may terminate this License Agreement if You do not abide by the terms and condi ons herein, in which case you must destroy all copies of the So ware and return all component parts. 3. TRANSFER. You may move the So ware to a different server. Page 5 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 4. LIMITATION ON REVERSE ENGINEERING, DECOMPILATION AND DISASSEMBLY. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the So ware. 5. CONSENT TO USE OF DATA. You agree that Video Insight and its affiliates may collect and use any technical informa on You provide as part of support services related to the Product. Video Insight agrees not to use this informa on in a form that personally iden fies You. 6. LIMITED WARRANTY. Because of uncertain or unknown condi ons and incidental hazards under which the So ware is used, Video Insight does not warrant or guarantee that any par cular result will be achieved. You understand and agree that suppliers and/or installers of the So ware are independent contractors that are not employed by or under the control of Video Insight. Video Insight disclaims all liability and responsibility for damages or other loss caused by any independent supplier/installer or other third‐party. The sole and exclusive warranty provided by Video Insight is that (1) the media on which the So ware is furnished will be free of defects in materials and workmanship; and (2) the So ware substan ally conforms to its published specifica ons (the “Limited Warranty”). The So ware is warranted only for its ini al installa on. This warranty shall survive inspec on of, payment for and acceptance of the So ware, but in any event shall expire ninety (90) days a er the date you receive the So ware, unless prohibited by law. As to any defects discovered a er ninety days from receipt, there is no warranty or condi on of any kind. Any supplements or updates to the So ware, including without limita on any (if any) service packs or ho ixes provided to You a er the expira on of the ninety‐day Limited Warranty period are not covered by any warranty or condi on, express, implied or statutory. Except for the Limited Warranty and to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Video Insight provides the Software and support services (if any) “AS IS” AND WITH ALL FAULTS. THERE ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES (NOR REPRESENTATIONS) HEREUNDER OR ELSEWHERE MADE BY VIDEO INSIGHT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SUITABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF GOOD AND WORKMANLIKE PERFORMANCE, ALL WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE AND THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, ARE DISCLAIMED BY VIDEO INSIGHT AND EXCLUDED FROM THIS AGREEMENT. ALSO, THERE IS NO WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF TITLE, QUIET ENJOYMENT, QUIET POSSESSION, CORRESPONDENCE TO DESCRIPTION OR NONINFRINGEMENT WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE. NO AFFIRMATION WHETHER BY WORDS OR ACTIONS BY VIDEO INSIGHT, ITS AGENTS, EMPLOYEES OR REPRESENTATIVES SHALL CONSTITUTE A WARRANTY. APPLICABLE TO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT LIMIT OR DISCLAIM ANY OF THE WARRANTIES SPECIFIED IN THE GSA SCHEDULE 70 CONTRACT UNDER FAR 52.2124(O). IN THE EVENT OF A BREACH OF WARRANTY. THE U.S. GOVERNMENT RESERVES ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UNDER THE CONTRACT, THE FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATIONS, AND THE CONTRACT DISPUTES ACT, 41 USC 71017109. 7. Limited and Exclusive Remedy. Video Insight’s sole responsibility and Your exclusive remedy for any nonconformance or defect is expressly limited to the refund of the purchase price paid, if any, or the replacement of the So ware determined by Video Insight, in its sole discre on, to possess such a defect. As a condi on precedent to any remedy described herein, or otherwise available to You, You shall seek and accept Video Insight’s reasonable effort to replace the allegedly defec ve or nonconforming So ware. In furtherance of such undertaking, if You reasonably believe that the So ware contains a defect or nonconformity for which Video Insight is responsible, You shall inform Video Insight immediately by telephone at (713) 621‐9779 and by providing wri en no fica on to Video Insight within forty‐eight (48) hours of discovery. All returned So ware shall be shipped at customer’s expense. This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the So ware has Page 6 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 resulted from accident, abuse, misapplica on, abnormal use, or a virus. Any replacement So ware will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. 8. NO CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHER DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, (1) VIDEO INSIGHT’S LIABILITY FOR ANY CLAIM OR ACTION OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RESULTING FROM THE MANUFACTURE, SALE, DELIVERY, RESALE, TRANSFER, USE OR REPAIR OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES RENDERED BY VIDEO INSIGHT SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PRICE, IF ANY, YOU PAID FOR THE SOFTWARE OR $5.00, WHICHEVER IS GREATER; AND (2) VIDEO INSIGHT SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR CONTINGENT LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT OR THE FAILURE OF THE SOFTWARE TO OPERATE PROPERLY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY DAMAGE OCCASIONED BY DELAY, DOWNTIME, LOST BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY, LOSS OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, LOSS OF PRIVACY, LOST PROFITS OR OTHERWISE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE CAUSE OF SUCH DAMAGE AND WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY VIDEO INSIGHT’S NEGLIGENCE, FAULT OR STRICT LIABILITY). CUSTOMER ASSUMES THE RISK FOR AND INDEMNIFIES VIDEO INSIGHT FROM AND AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES FOR ANY LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH OR RESULTING FROM THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, OR THE POSSESSION, USE OR APPLICATION OF THE SOFTWARE, EITHER ALONE OR IN COMBINATION WITH OTHER PRODUCTS. VIDEO INSIGHT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER IN TORT OR IN CONTRACT, AS TO THE CAPACITY OF THE SOFTWARE TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENT OF ANY LAW, RULE, SPECIFICATION, OR CONTRACT PERTAINING THERETO, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY CONTRACT BETWEEN ANY CUSTOMER OF ITS PRODUCTS AND PARTIES WITH WHOM SUCH CUSTOMER HAS CONTRACTED. APPLICABLE TO DEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: THIS CLAUSE SHALL NOT IMPAIR THE U.S. GOVERNMENT’S RIGHT TO RECOVER FOR FRAUD OR CRIMES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY FEDERAL FRAUD STATUTE. FURTHERMORE, THIS CLAUSE SHALL NOT IMPAIR NOR PREJUDICE THE U.S. GOVERNMENT’S RIGHT TO EXPRESS REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE SCHEDULE CONTRACT (I.E. PRICE REDUCTIONS, PATENT INDEMNIFICATION, LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, PRICE ADJUSTMENT, FAILURE TO PROVIDE ACCURATE INFORMATION.) 9. INDEMNIFICATION (NOT APPLICABLE TO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES): YOU AGREE TO PROTECT, INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND VIDEO INSIGHT FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LIENS, CAUSES OF ACTION, JUDGMENTS, LOSSES AND LIABILITIES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING IN ANY MANNER, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR IN THE COURSE OF OR INCIDENTAL TO (1) YOUR WORK OR OPERATIONS WITH THE SOFTWARE REGARDLESS OF CAUSE OR OF THE SOLE, CONCURRENT OR CONTINUING FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE OF VIDEO INSIGHT OR ITS EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS; OR (2) ANY BREACH OR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT. YOU AGREE TO PROTECT, INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND VIDEO INSIGHT FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LIENS, CAUSES OF ACTION, JUDGMENTS, LOSSES AND LIABILITIES FOR INJURY TO OR DEATH OF YOU, YOUR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANY EMPLOYEE OR AGENTS OF ANY COVENTURER, CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR OR PERSONS AT YOUR WORK LOCATION ARISING IN ANY MANNER, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR IN THE COURSE OF OR INCIDENTAL TO YOUR WORK OR OPERATIONS WITH THE SOFTWARE, REGARDLESS OF CAUSE OR OF ANY FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE OF VIDEO INSIGHT OR ITS EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS. 10. SEVERANCE: Should any provision of this License Agreement, or a por on thereof, be unenforceable or in conflict with the laws of the United States of America or of any state or jurisdic on which governs any transac on between Video Insight and You, then the validity of the remaining provisions, and any por on Page 7 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 thereof, shall not be affected by such unenforceability or conflict, and this License Agreement shall be considered as if such provision, or por on thereof, were not contained herein. 11. UNLAWFUL PURPOSE. Use of the So ware for any unlawful purpose or in any unlawful manner, use for any improper or unintended use, or use by anyone other than you is strictly prohibited and cons tutes a material breach of this License Agreement. 12. APPLICABLE LAW. a. LICENSEES OTHER THAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: This License Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Texas. Video Insight and Licensee hereby agree that exclusive jurisdic on of any, controversy, claim, suit or proceeding arising out of or rela ng in any way to the So ware or this License Agreement or the breach, termina on or invalidity thereof shall lie within the courts of the State of Texas or within the courts of the United States of America located within the Southern District of Texas. Video Insight and Licensee consent to venue and jurisdic on within the Courts of Harris County, Texas. b. FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: This License Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States. Video Insight and Licensee hereby agree that exclusive jurisdic on of any, controversy, claim, suit or proceeding arising out of or rela ng in any way to the So ware or this License Agreement or the breach, termina on or invalidity thereof shall lie within the courts of the United States of America. 13. NO WAIVER: Failure to enforce any or all of this License Agreement in a par cular instance shall not act as a waiver or preclude subsequent enforcement. 14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT (NOT APPLICABLE TO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES). This License Agreement (including any addendum or amendment to this License Agreement which is included with the So ware) cons tutes the en re agreement between You and Video Insight rela ng to the So ware and any support services, and this License Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or wri en communica ons, proposals, and representa ons with respect to the So ware or any other subject ma er covered by this License Agreement. To the extent the terms of any Video Insight policies or programs for support services conflict with the terms of the License Agreement, the terms of the License Agreement shall control. 15. This so ware is U.S. origin and is subject to the Export Administra on Regula ons. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. HOUSTON 6467133v.3 Page 8 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Introduction Video Insight is a leading developer of enterprise‐class video management so ware. Our vision is to provide powerful, user‐friendly so ware that will run on "off‐the‐shelf" hardware based on IP technology. We have developed our solu on from the ground‐up, making us one of the few pure‐play IP video management so ware providers. Video Insight’s suite of products was created to protect clients by providing intelligent, easy to use IP security solu ons. Our extensive effort has resulted in products that are flexible and powerful enough for any situa on, yet s ll very cost effec ve. Our so ware boasts the largest number of camera integra ons available on the market. Users can access their Video Insight surveillance systems on mobile devices, through the web and on Microso Windows clients over internal networks or the Internet. Video Insight v6.3 can intelligently and efficiently monitor security throughout your organiza on. Key advantages of this version are: ● ● ● ● ● Easy to Use Updated User Interface Support for over 3,000 cameras Alarm Monitoring Facility Maps Synchronized Playback The Video Insight IP Server Administrator Guide includes everything you need to install and configure IP Server with best prac ces and a troubleshoo ng guide. This document is intended for use by advanced users and system administrators. Page 9 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 System Overview The Video Insight applica on suite provides a solu on for many different scenarios. You can use it for basic una ended monitoring or mobile remote viewing by patrolling security personnel. At its core is Video Insight IP Server, which powers the so ware pla orm. The figure below shows video monitoring op ons for users. The Video Insight applica on suite runs over an Ethernet network, meaning cameras, security personnel, and servers do not have to be co‐located. The figure below shows the distributed flexibility of the system extending to IP Server’s automa c failover capability. Page 10 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Page 11 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 The system is a robust so ware pla orm that has three main components that capture and view live or recorded video from anywhere: IP Server, VI Monitor Client and Web Client. The table below summarizes the role of hardware in the Video Insight applica on suite. Table 1: Role of Client Applications, Hardware, and Software in the Video Insight application suite. Product Suite: IP Server Client Application s VI Monitor ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Web Client ▪ Live and recorded video ▪ Internet Explorer, Safari, Chrome and Opera (with op onal Ac veX plug support for Internet Explorer) Smart Phone/Tablet Client IP Server Hardware Storage Client applica on Live and recorded video Centralized administra on Alarm no fica on ▪ Live and recorded video ▪ iPhone, iPad, BlackBerry and Android support ▪ PTZ control ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Records and manages video VM support Alarm processing 3rd‐party access control and analy cs integra on Microso IIS for Internet clients Ac ve Directory, LDAP, and Novell eDirectory support ▪ Direct A ached, SAN/NAS, and iSCSI storage support IP Server Manager ▪ Monitors the IP Server(s) and presents a visual status for each state ▪ Network connec on administra on ▪ Diagnos cs for troubleshoo ng and system op miza on Health Monitor ▪ Accessory applica on that monitors the health of all your servers and cameras from a single loca on ▪ Email no fica on on error Software Page 12 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Planning Ge ng the most out of your hardware and our so ware requires planning. Understanding your needs will help you size your solu on. Evaluate and plan the integra ons you will need to make. Server IP Server is at the heart of the Video Insight pla orm. It runs on industry‐standard hardware and works with 32‐ and 64‐bit versions of these Microso opera ng systems. ● ● ● ● ● ● Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2008 Enterprise, Standard and Web edi ons Windows 7 Pro and Enterprise edi ons Windows Server 2012 (All Versions) Windows 8 Pro and Enterprise edi ons Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise and Educa on edi ons IP Server also requires Microso .NET Framework 4.5+ and Microso Internet Informa on Services (IIS) with “sta c content” enabled. The opera ng system must be current with updates because Video Insight hardware and so ware integrates with the latest updates. The hardware required for installa on of IP Server is determined by a variety of factors including the number of cameras, the resolu on of those cameras, the number of frames per second, as well as the number of days of required video storage. Page 13 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 IP Server Sample Configurations 20 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps ● Dell Op plex 7010 with Intel Core i5 3.30 GHz, with 4GB, 3TB of Storage, Intel HD 2500 Graphics, and Windows 7 Professional ● CPU Performance ● Using Camera‐Side Mo on Detec on ● Server Only CPU u liza on at 10% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 4 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 25% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 9 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 35% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 16 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 45% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 20 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 60% 40 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps ● Dell Op plex 7010 with Intel Core i5 3.30 GHz, with 4GB, 3TB of Storage, Intel HD 2500 Graphics, and Windows 7 Professional ● CPU Performance ● Using Camera‐Side Mo on Detec on ● Server Only CPU u liza on at 10% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 4 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 25% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 9 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 35% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 16 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 45% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 20 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 60% 120 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps ● Dell PowerEdge R520 2U Rackmount with Dual Intel Xeon E5‐2403 1.80GHz, with 8GB, 21TB of RAID5 Storage, Intel HD 2500 Graphics, and Windows Server 2008 ● CPU Performance ● Using Camera Side Mo on Detec on: ● Server Only CPU u liza on at 10% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 4 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 25% Page 14 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 ● VI Monitor Client displaying 9 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 35% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 16 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 45% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 20 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 60% 240 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps ● Dell PowerEdge R720xd 2U Rackmount with Dual Intel Xeon E5‐2403 1.80GHz, with 8GB, 42TB of RAID5 Storage, Intel HD 2500 Graphics, and Windows Server 2008 ● CPU Performance ● Using Camera‐Side Mo on Detec on ● Server Only CPU u liza on at 10% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 4 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 25% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 9 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 35% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 16 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 45% ● VI Monitor Client displaying 20 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 60% Failover Server In the event a network outage or hardware failure prevents a server from recording camera video, the IP Server Failover Server feature will enable another server to take over the recording capabili es of the offline server. When configured with a shared SQL Database as part of a cluster, the Failover Server feature eliminates video loss and enables con nuous live streaming video. To use the Failover Server feature you must: ● Have at least two servers with the same hardware configura on. ● Have a Shared Database installa on; see IP Server installation with an existing SQL installation. ● Have at least one license and a serial number or ac va on key for each server. Network Network configura on is extremely important when implemen ng an IP video solu on. IP cameras use considerable bandwidth to deliver informa on between the camera and the server. Different cameras will require different amounts of bandwidth based on resolu on and frame rate. Accessing video from VI Monitor, Web Client, mobile device client and Video Wall increases the needed bandwidth. Page 15 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Figure 3 illustrates a very basic, isolated network comprising of one switch, one camera, and one router. Figure 3: Basic IP video monitoring solution with remote viewing. Factors affecting performance Any system is the sum of its parts. A mismatched sub‐system or component can have a nega ve effect on the whole system. Video streaming can only be as good as the cameras and underlying network. Best prac ces for IP video solu ons indicate cameras connected to and powered over Ethernet or separate VLANs for cameras. Local and Wide Area Network Video travels over a network, meaning infrastructure plays a big part in the overall performance of the Video Insight solu on. A slow network can create bo lenecks that result in a slow frame rate, ji ery video, and packet loss. Avoid devices on your local network with a port speed of 100 Mb/s or less. The following network issues can cause cameras to drop a connec on or otherwise go offline: ● Camera is using a dynamic instead of sta c IP address ● Another service or device is running at the same me with the same IP address, causing a conflict ● Mul ple applica ons pulling a stream from one camera (some cameras limit the number of streams) ● Power output of a switch is less than required by the cameras. The power output of a switch has to be greater than the sum of the power requirements of the a ached cameras. Refer to the camera’s manual for power requirements Page 16 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Some may be tempted to implement wireless local networking to connect cameras. Due to poten al dead zones, transmission speed, outside interference and weather condi ons you can expect subpar performance and dropped connec ons. Video Insight does not recommend using wireless networking to connect video cameras. If organiza on using IP Server has more than one site, then it will likely rely on an Internet provider for connec vity. The performance go en from the provider will depend on their network infrastructure, customer u liza on of that network and what can be afforded. Streaming video remotely to a desktop client requires basic broadband. Streaming to a mobile device requires 4G service. Cameras The following factors can affect camera imaging: ● Bit Rate – a higher bit rate usually gives be er picture quality ● Resolu on – a higher resolu on usually gives be er picture quality ● Format – some picture formats incorporate be er algorithms that more accurately represent the subject ● Firmware – outdated firmware can impair camera func onality ● Loca on – unless intended for such use, placement in dark or obstructed loca ons, or in places affected by adverse weather, will not result in useful pictures ● Number of cameras connected to server – the higher the number of connected cameras, the greater the load on server resources VI Monitor VI Monitor, the Video Insight thick client, allows users full access to all cameras and provides centralized administra on for the system. It is used to watch live and recorded video. VI Monitor runs on industry‐standard hardware and works with 32‐ and 64‐bit versions of Microso Windows XP or later. Microso DirectShow 9 or higher is required. The opera ng system must be current with updates because Video Insight hardware and so ware integrates with the latest updates. VI Monitor requests video from the server in the camera’s na ve format. Transferring video in the camera’s na ve format is a file server opera on that does not burden the IP Server CPU as a video decompression opera on would. Because video decompression is performed on the client and not the server, the hardware requirements for VI Monitor are different from those of IP Server. Table 4 shows the hardware requirements for VI Monitor Client. Page 17 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Page 18 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Table 4: VI Monitor Client hardware requirements Component Minimum Recommended Processor 1 2.0 GHz dual‐core 1 2.4 GHz quad‐core+ Memory 8 GB 16 GB+ Video 512 MB 1 GB+ Network 100 Mb/s 1 Gb/s+ Display Resolu on 1600 X 900 1920 X 1080 or higher Note The video subsystem must support Microso DirectShow. VI Monitor will require addi onal system memory, video memory and processor if more cameras are viewed and processor‐intensive compression protocols are used. The greater the number of compressed images viewed at once, the greater the load on the processor. Dual streaming (model specific) on the client is also available for the ability to monitor more cameras at once. Web Client Web Client, the Video Insight thin client, allows users remote access to cameras. Web Client is dis nct from the Video Insight mobile device applica on. Web Client u lizes Microso IIS services hosted on the same server as IP Server. To support cross‐pla orm compa bility, IP Server sends MJPEG images to clients that are unable to decompress MPEG4 or H.264 streams. These images are normally provided as a dual stream from the camera. IP Server can create an MJPEG but this increases the load on the CPU. Web Client connects directly to the cameras to view live video, unlike VI Monitor Client. Web Client currently supports Internet Explorer 11+ or Chrome ( for low speed only). Microso IIS 5.1 or higher must be installed and configured prior to the installa on of IP Server. Page 19 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Cameras Video Insight supports a vast array of cameras from a large number of manufacturers. Addi onal camera support is included with every so ware release Refer to our website for the latest list of supported cameras. Video Insight supports the Open Network Video Interface Forum (ONVIF) standard. We support version 1.03. Camera Audio IP Server is capable of recording audio along with the capturing of video recording when used with the appropriate and desired peripherals. While configuring audio recording is a possibility, it is o en over‐looked that necessary and desired changes be made on the camera itself in order for audio recording to func on within IP Server’s video recording process. The following codecs are found to work well with IP Server and are most commonly used by known camera manufacturers: ● L8 @ 8K (Uncompressed 8‐bit audio) ● L16 @ 16K (Uncompressed 16‐bit audio) ● G711 ULAW and ALAW @ 8K and 16K ● G726 40/32/24/16 ● AAC Low Complexity (*) Bitrate is 128kbps or less ● AMR Audio Licensing Video Insight’s licensing structure is simple: one camera requires one license. Our floa ng licenses means there is no need to e a licensing seat, IP address or MAC address to a par cular camera. Cameras offering mul ple camera views only require one license. Separate video streams from the same camera do not require a separate license. Video Insight offers encoders, such as the VP16, that allow up to 16 analog cameras with only one license. Please contact us for more informa on on specific licensing requirements. Note Some cameras include a license for use with our so ware. Page 20 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Router configuration Video Insight recommends using some type of router if the IP Server is connected to the internet. Small Office/Home Office (SOHO) routers provide a simple hardware firewall that protect the computer. SOHO routers connect to a DSL or cable modem and then connect to the server with them. The SOHO router prevents all inbound traffic from accessing the network and computers except for the traffic that are specifically allowed through the firewall. How to configure your Video Insight server and router for remote access: 1. Assign a sta c IP address to the IP Server. SOHO routers typically use DHCP to assign an IP address from a range of addresses to devices connected to the router. Choose an address outside of this range but within the subnet to assign to the server. For help on assigning a sta c IP address, review your SOHO router user guide or consult with a network administrator. 2. Configure your SOHO router to forward ports 80 and 4011 to IP Server. a. For help on forwarding ports, review manual that came with the router consult with a network administrator. b. www.por oward.com provides informa on on how to configure most SOHO routers. Video Insight does not endorse this informa on. 3. Test the IP Servers configura on by trying to access the Web Client externally. a. Start an Internet browser. b. Enter: h p://<external IP>/videoinsight into the address bar of the Internet browser. c. Note, many SOHO routers will not allow a connec on to the external IP address when the IP Server is behind the firewall. Tes ng will need to be conducted outside of the local area network (LAN). d. A third‐party website such as canyouseeme.org to provide the external IP address of the LAN and to verify if the correct ports are being forwarded. Storage considerations The amount of storage required for recordings depends on the number of cameras, the CODEC, Frames per Second (FPS), resolu on of the images and the percentage of pixel change. The Video Insight solu on gives you flexibility of per camera storage op ons: Record Always This requires significantly more storage space because video is constantly recorded. Record On Motion Only This requires less storage space than Record Always because video is recorded only when mo on occurs in the camera’s field of view. Page 21 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 IP Server supports the following types of storage: NAS, SAN & RAID 5, RAID 6, RAID 10 and JBOD* (*with custom camera configura on, per camera) Long Term Storage Application (LTS) You can specify which cameras to copy, how many days to keep before copying and what me of the day to execute the copy. The copied files can be viewed using Video Insight so ware or Microso Windows Media Player. File Manipulation Rule A feature that allows users to backup their files to other loca ons such as standard file servers, NAS or SAN using the Rules manager. This feature takes the task of remembering to backup important video recordings on the local server and automates it. File Manipula on can also move or delete videos. Database considerations IP Server saves configura on se ngs, user names, camera informa on and event logs in a Microso SQL database. When IP Server starts, it reads its se ngs directly from the assigned database. When VI Monitor Client connects to IP Server it saves all recordings to its local hard drive so recordings are s ll accessible in the case of database failure. Use Table 5 to help you determine whether you need a local or a shared database. Table 5: Choosing a local or shared database. Local Shared Small centralized organiza on with 1‐3 servers Large regional organiza on with many servers Use VI Monitor Client and built‐in User Manager Use Ac ve Directory/LDAP Number of users is small Number of users is large Disaster recovery and backup for each server’s database Disaster recovery and backup for one database Failover server func onality is not desired Failover server func onality is desired Servers are not on the same LAN or the communica on link between the server the database is a low‐speed connec on Servers are on the same LAN and connec on speeds are not an issue Page 22 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Cameras will not move from one server to another Cameras will move from one server to another at final configura on Avoids unnecessary exposure SQL to the network Exposure of SQL to the network in a secured network environment Software installation Video Insight so ware supports both 32‐ and 64‐bit opera ng systems. Download and install the correct installa on for your version. Review the following list prior to beginning the installa on process: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Storage Considera ons SQL Considera ons Network Considera ons Online Calculator: www.video‐insight.com/calc.php Administrator‐level access on server is required IP Server If Microso SQL Server is not already present in your environment you can choose to install the package. It includes Microso SQL Server 2008 R2 for both 32‐bit and 64‐bit opera ng systems. If your environment already has Microso SQL Server 2008 installed and you only need the Video Insight database and are not required to install SQL Server installa on package. Installation without an existing SQL installation Use the following steps to install IP Server with Microso SQL Server for the first me. This op on will also install VI Monitor and Web Client: Page 23 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Launch the executable located on DownloadVI.com. Click I Agree to agree to the terms and con nue the installa on. If you do not agree or do not want to con nue the installa on, click Cancel. Select all the components that you would like to install, click Next. Page 24 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 To accept the default des na on folder, click Install. To choose another des na on, enter the des na on path or click Browse to search. Select the start menu folder that you would like the installa on to be created, click Next. Page 25 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 The default creden als are entered for the SQL installa on. If you would like to change the creden als please enter them now and click Install. IP Server is installed. To ini alize and configure it, see Ini aliza on. Page 26 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Installation with an existing SQL installation Use the following steps to install IP Server for the first me in an environment with Microso SQL Server. This op on will also install VI Monitor Client and Web Client. Launch the executable DownloadVI.com. from Click I Agree to agree to the terms and con nue the installa on. If you do not agree or do not want to con nue the installa on, click Cancel. Select all the components that you would like to install, click Next. The install SQL selec on should not be checked. Page 27 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 To accept the default des na on folder, click Install. To choose another des na on enter the des na on path or click Browse. Click Next to begin the installa on process. Select the start menu folder that you would like the installa on to be created, click Next. Page 28 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 The default creden als are entered for the SQL installa on. If there is a need to change the creden als, please enter them now and click Install. IP Server is now installed. Initialization You must ac vate and ini alize IP Server before you can use it. Click Next to Con nue as seen on the screen below. To ac vate IP Server with a serial number: If IP Server is being ac vated with a serial number, click Next. If IP SErver is being ac vated by phone or by ac va ng a demo, select the correct op on on the screen and select click Next. Page 29 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Enter the five character, alpha‐ numeric, serial number provided at the me of purchase Now, click Next. Note: Clicking Cancel will abort the installa on and the server will not start automa cally. Select Activate by Phone and call 713‐621‐9779 if you are having a problem ac va ng the so ware with your serial number, or select Demo mode, to start recording immediately. (Toll charges may apply.) Next, enter the user informa on in the event there is a desire to be no fied of updates and beta releases. Now, click Next. Alterna vely, if this informa on is to be entered later, select Register Later and then click Next. IP Server automa cally detects most camera se ngs at setup. Verify the informa on or make changes, then click Next. Note: Recording to a shared location requires a user with write permission to that share or recordings will not be saved. Page 30 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Server Name: The default is “IP Server –“ and the detected IP address of this server. You can change this to a more friendly or meaningful name. Do not use special characters. IP Address: This is the selected server’s IP address and should not be changed. Version: The current version of the so ware. For addi onal se ngs click Advanced. The Default Port is 4010 and the Command Port is 4011. Do not change these values unless the ports are already in use by another program. SQL Server Location: This is the loca on or IP address of the database server. ‘Localhost’ indicates that the database and Microso SQL server are local to the host computer. An IP address in this field indicates the Microso SQL Server is located on another computer. To test the connec on click Test DB. Click Advanced to modify the database connec on string values: Database Name, IP Address, SQL Server User ID and Password Video Data Storage Path: This is the loca on where all the recorded video will be saved. The default is the local OS drive (i.e., C). The video folder is created automa cally once server configura on is completed. You can choose to save video to several different loca ons: Local server drive: For example, C:\video Alternate local drive: For example, D:\video Shared drive: For example, \\vShareHost\vshare\HHSvideo Page 31 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Add cameras using Auto Discovery, Manual or Add/ Remove as needed. See Adding Cameras for more informa on on adding cameras. Click Finish. Click OK. Then, click Yes to restart the computer. Use one of the following steps to ac vate IP Server. Select Activate by phone. Call the phone number displayed. Give the representa ve your serial number. If you do not have one, the representa ve will ask you for a hardware code. If the account is in good standing you will be given a 16 digit ac va on code. Enter the ac va on code and then click Next. Activate Using Demo Mode Selec ng Demo mode will allow IP Server to operate normally for up to 30 days using up to 99 cameras. Once the 30‐day period has expired the so ware will no longer record or display live images. IP Server will fail to start un l ini aliza on is completed with a valid serial number or ac va on code. Reinstalla on is not required. Failover Server A fault‐tolerant feature of IP Server is the ability to designate a failover server. Once designated and configured, the failover server can take over from another server that has gone offline. Page 32 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 To designate an IP Server as a Failover Server: Click Administration ‐> Servers on from the main menu. Select the desired failover server from the le naviga on pane. Select the Advanced tab. Check the Designate Server as Failover Server box. Avoid selec ng a server that is ac vely monitoring cameras. The Image below shows the warning that appears if a server with exis ng cameras is selected as a Failover Server. Warning generated when designa ng a server that is ac vely monitoring cameras. If a failure occurs the transfer of the camera(s) to the Failover Server will take approximately 5‐10 minutes to recover. During the me that the main IP Server is down, the Failover Server can be accessed via VI Monitor Client. Once the Failover Server is accessed by VI Monitor, the Failover server will show all cameras and images from the offline server. Recording will con nue onto the Failover Server or a previously configured Network Share loca on, if available. Note It is possible to access Server Proper es by right‐clicking the server name in the le naviga on and selec ng Proper es, selec ng the Advanced tab and then selec ng Configuring a Failover Server. Page 33 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 VI Monitor Client The VI Monitor client is installed automa cally with either IP Server install or IP Server installa on with an exis ng SQL installa on s o a client is easily accessible from the server. In some cases, a client‐only install is needed for ac ve visitor monitoring personnel. To perform a client‐only installa on: Double‐click the Setup executable applicable for the system’s opera ng system: either a 32‐bit or 64‐bit OS. Click I Agree to accept the terms and con nue the installa on. If no agreement can be had, or there is no desire to con nue with the installa on, click Cancel. Otherwise, select VI Monitor Client install and then click Next. Page 34 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 To accept the default des na on folder, click Install. To choose another des na on enter the des na on path or click Browse, then click Install. When the installa on is complete, click Next, and then click Finish. When prompted to reboot, it is advised that you click Yes VI Monitor Client is now installed and ready to be ini alized, then configured. Open VI Monitor Client by double‐clicking the icon on the desktop. Enter login creden als or accept the default login, and click OK to con nue. At least one server must be entered into the Server Setup prior to using VI Monitor client. Page 35 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Enter server informa on one server at a me, or add mul ple servers automa cally. Manually Adding Servers To add a server manually, in the Server‐Setup dialog‐box click Add New. Enter the IP address or name of the server to connect to, and the port if different from the default. Click Test to ini ate a connec on. There are three possible outcomes tes ng a connec on to an IP Server.. 1) Login Error: The server is found but security is on. The server a empted to authen cate the login with the ini al creden als used to login to VI Monitor. The server default login is Administrator/blank for the password). You can s ll add the server. Then logout of VI Monitor login again with the correct creden als. Page 36 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 2) No Server Found: Either the IP address, server name, server port or both are incorrect. Enter the correct values and then click Test again. 3) Server Found: The server is found and a successful connec on was made using the current creden als (Administrator/blank). The server’s name is displayed in the Status field. Assuming that the IP Server was found, follow these remaining few steps: 1. 2. 3. Click Add. Repeat steps 1‐5 for addi onal servers if needed. Click Apply and then OK. Add Server Automatically In a large organiza on, it is possible to have upwards of 20 video surveillance servers across mul ple loca ons. You can easily add a long list of servers at one me using the import feature. You need an exported list of servers before you can import them using this feature. The file format is .LSL. See the Login sec on for instruc ons on how to create this file. In the Administra on > Op ons and click Connec ons. Select Import From Profile. Page 37 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Enter the filename or click Browse to go to the loca on of the saved .LSL file. Next, click OK. Note: If the file is unreadable or not found an error will display. If the import is successful the full list of servers will display in the Known Video Servers grid. A prompt to restart VI Monitor appears.. Click Yes. Note: If reboo ng the opera ng system doesn’t happen automa cally within a minute, it is recommended that it be rebooted manually prior to use for a fresh run of various system components. Once the computer finishes with its reboot process, the VI Monitor Client can be restarted by clicking the Logout icon on the upper le of the main live dashboard. Page 38 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Enter the creden als to login to the desired server(s) or click OK to bypass the Login dialog box without any creden als. IP Server Manager The IP Server Manager (IPSM) applica on is used to manage and troubleshoot advanced server se ngs. It is installed at the same me as IP Server. The IPSM: Monitors the IP Server and presents visual status cues for each server Provides a Diagnos cs version of the IP Server Manager for troubleshoo ng and system op miza on Manages IP Server network connec ons Manages licensing and registra on Manages Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) and Ac ve Directory configura on Op ons available in IPSM vary slightly depending on the installa on type. See Installa on for more informa on on installa on types. Accessing IPSM The IPSM icon resides in the Windows System Tray. It has two possible states: Server is func oning properly; streaming video to clients, recording video and repor ng to Health Monitor, if applicable. Server is stopped and is NOT streaming or recording video. Page 39 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 You can configure IP Server, manage the IP Server service, exit the applica on and see informa on about Video Insight by right‐clicking on the IPSM icon. Select Server Configura on to manage the IP Server service, configure IP Server and terminate the IPSM applica on. Select Start IP Server, Stop IP Server or Restart IP Server to start, stop or restart the IP Server service. Select Exit IP Server Manager to terminate the IPSM applica on and remove the icon from the Windows System Tray. Termina ng the applica on prevents clients from remotely restar ng the IP Server service. Select About Video Insight to display version informa on, technical support informa on, and legal terms. Configuring IP Server You can manage service controls and configure IP Server by right‐clicking the IPSM icon in the Windows System Tray and selec ng Server Configura on. Page 40 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 The Service Controls Status field displays IP Server service status. Click Start, Stop or Restart to start, stop or restart the IP Server service. Clicking Close closes the IP Server Manager dialog box but does not exit IPSM. To exit the IPSM applica on, click Exit IP Server Manager to terminate the IPSM applica on and remove the icon from the Windows System Tray. Termina ng the applica on prevents clients from remotely restar ng the IP Server service. Click a configura on bu on to perform other func ons: Options – configure op ons to automa cally restart the server on a schedule System Log – view the current system log Network Options – configure connec on op ons Diagnostics – stop the IP Server service and run the diagnos c version No Cameras – run Diagnos cs with cameras not started Update Activation – update the ac va on code Each func on is detailed on the next page. IPSM: Options Clicking Options brings up the Auto Restart Op ons dialog box. This dialog box offers several se ngs aimed at mi ga ng some organiza onal and server environment se ngs that could interfere with the IP Server service. Auto Restart Restar ng the service can refresh streaming, bandwidth and CPU performance by releasing used resources. You can choose to automa cally restart the service on a specific day and me. This flexibility to restart means that you can schedule it so as to not interfere with business hours. Page 41 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 To set an auto‐restart schedule: Check the Enable box. Select the restart day or days. Select a restart me. Click OK. Delay Service Delaying the IP Server service start is an op on to consider if the server has many services that have to start in addi on to the IP Service. The IP Server service may have trouble ini alizing without services such as the Microso SQL database service already running. To set a startup delay: Check the Enable Startup Delay box. Select the startup delay me (in seconds). Click OK. Page 42 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Options In environments where both an Analog and an IP server are installed on the same server, and where bandwidth resources will likely be very highly u lized as a result, there is an op on to restrict the Analog server’s bandwidth consump on. Enabling this op on will terminate communica on between the Analog and the IP server. As a result, no live streaming or recording will be done by the IP server when the meout threshold has been reached. For example, in a scenario with the meout enabled and set to 30 seconds, there is a VI Monitor Client layout comprised of both analog and IP camera images. For 30 seconds, both streaming and recording is managed by the IP Server. When 30 seconds have passed the analog cameras will stop streaming and recording due to this feature. Changing the layout will restart streaming and recording for all cameras un l the meout is reached again. To set an analog video timeout: 1) Check the Enable Analog Video Bandwidth Timeout box. 2) Select the meout in seconds. 3) Click OK. IPSM: System Log Clicking System Log will bring up the System Log dialog box. The System Log documents warnings, errors, security and informa onal messages related to various system func ons. Each Page 43 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 message may or may not appear depending on the configura on and whether Security is enabled on the server. IPSM: Network Options Clicking Network Options brings up the Network Op ons dialog box. This dialog box is used for selec ng the network scheme when a server has dual NIC cards or changing the communica on port of the server. You can also modify Ac ve Directory and LDAP se ngs. Note : If you change the Communica on Port here, you must also change the command port in Server Proper es. Page 44 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 IPSM: Diagnostics Clicking Diagnostics brings up the Video Server Diagnos cs interface. This interface is used for troubleshoo ng any service related issues. The IP Server service is stopped when Diagnos cs is launched; Server name This field displays the server name previously entered. It is not editable. To change the name of the server, click Setup and configura on in the le pane or from Server Proper es. IP Address This field displays the server’s IP address and should not be changed. Port This field displays the port used by the VI Monitor to get and set system informa on. This port is also referred to as the Command Channel Port. See list of ports for more informa on on ports used by the so ware. Max cameras This field displays the maximum number of cameras allocated to the serial number assigned to the server. Using a Video Insight encoder such as the VP16 will show a value of zero in this field, but all 16 channels of the encoder can be added. Version This field displays the so ware version. Page 45 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 This field displays the number of licenses available to add to the server. Available The grid area of the Diagnos cs interface is read‐only and displays all cameras, the last video write‐ me, if it is recording and the me the last image was received, or the last me a live image was received from the camera. Time of last write This column displays the last me the camera’s images were recorded to a file. A me of 12:00:00 AM is indica ve of a camera that is set to Recording Off or not recording due to a Mo on‐Only recording type. Last image received This column displays the last me the camera’s live images were streamed. A me of 12:00:00 AM is indica ve of a camera that is offline. The camera could be offline for several reasons: incorrect creden als, network, bandwidth or the IP Server service not running. See the FAQ sec on for more informa on on why a camera could be offline. Note: Remember to start the service when exi ng the Diagnos cs applica on. Two addi onal features for troubleshoo ng are available that are not available in VI Monitor Client, by highligh ng the server node in the le pane: Test DB and Advanced. Click Test DB to test connec vity to the database. The database test will pass when the server makes a successful connec on to the database. If it does not, the test will display: “Error: Database version is not correct. Either the database Page 46 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 did not respond, nor has an outdated version.” There are several reasons why the database test failed. See FAQs for possible reasons for and poten al solu ons to the failure. Incorrect database informa on may be one cause of test failure. To update or confirm the informa on click Advanced. Database: Enter the database name. The default database name is InsightEnt. IP Address: Enter either the IP address or the hostname of the database server. User ID: The default user ID for the InsightEnt database is sa. Password: The default password for the InsightEnt database is V4in$ight. You can change this at any me a er the installa on to match the security needs of your environment. You can view the System Log by clicking the node in the le pane. See System Log for more informa on on the system log. Page 47 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 IPSM: No Cameras Another troubleshoo ng op on is a diagnos cs version that can run the applica on without star ng any cameras. This version does not consume any bandwidth. This version func ons the same as the other version, with the excep on that camera‐related features and informa on such as Live View and Time of last write are not available a er this diagnos cs version is started. See IPSM Diagnos cs for more informa on on running diagnos cs. IPSM: Update Activation The Update Ac va on op on is used to update the Ac va on type (e.g., transi oning from Demo to purchased licensing scheme) or when the serial number used is upgraded with addi onal licenses. See Installa on for more informa on on changing the ac va on type. Click OK to confirm the number of licenses currently available. Page 48 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Camera Status tab The Camera Status tab displays the camera name, the last received communica on from the server, the resolu on being used, the number of frames per second, the bandwidth, frame size and the format. Security Video surveillance is a pillar of overall security. To secure our products we have implemented secure access to the so ware, watermarking of recorded video and the ability to quickly know when someone has modified something by using the logs. Configuring Active Directory Access the IP Server computer. Right‐click the IPServer Manager icon, found in the System Tray. Select Server Configuration. Click Network Options. Click Configure. Page 49 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Click Use Active Directory. Click Next. The domain name automa cally populates the Directory server field. If it is blank, check if the prerequisites have been met. Confirm the domain name. Check the box for Use SSL if using SSL for Ac ve Directory configura on. Click Next. Enter the administra ve account name and password. Click Next. Page 50 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 The Base Dis nguished Name (DN) automa cally populates the Base (DN) field. If it is blank, verify that the Ac ve Directory prerequisites have been met. If they have, the Base DN should be the top (root) folder to allow for adding of any user from any group. If the Base DN is extremely long it could mean the user has access restric ons. This could limit the number of users they will be able to add. Request timeout: This value reflects the se ng on the Ac ve Directory server, and cannot be changed here. Any requests made to the Ac ve Directory server that exceed that me will me out. Limit search results: This value reflects the se ng on the Ac ve Directory server. This is the maximum number of results returned from the Ac ve Directory server. Click Next. Page 51 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Click Test Connection. Click OK to dismiss the “Connection established!” message. If the test connec on fails, review the steps above for Ac ve Directory Configura on. Otherwise, click Ok. IP Server and Ac ve Directory are now integrated. The next step is to both add users and add groups before they are able to log in to VI Monitor Client. Active Directory Prerequisites Ac ve Directory server with users and groups configured. Ac ve Directory can be configured using a local database for each server or using a shared database environment. Administrator user account with administrator‐level creden als in both the domain and on the Ac ve Directory server (do not use an individual account). The IP Server host is part of the domain. Page 52 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 IP Server must be able to communicate with all domain controllers via port 389 or 636. Port 389 cannot be changed. Port 636 is used for SSL encryp on. IP Server configura on must be done while logged into the domain with a valid domain account. This is required by Windows for security reasons. Video Insight recommends impor ng users as a group instead of individually. The group must be created in Ac ve Directory before it can be imported. You can create groups to suit your needs and policies. To configure the IP Video Enterprise service to run as an Ac ve Directory account: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Click the Start bu on. Enter services.msc and then press Enter. Locate the IP Video Enterprise service. Right‐click and select Stop. Right‐click and select Proper es. Select the Logon tab. Select the second op on for the account. Provide an Ac ve Directory account with minimal rights. A basic domain user account should be sufficient. 9. Click the General tab and then select Start. 10. Click OK. 11. Restart the IIS Admin service if using Web Client. Adding users or groups To add Ac ve Directory users and groups: Page 53 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 On the Network Op ons screen click Give users or groups access to the system. Click Add. Enter the user or group name exactly as it appears in Ac ve Directory and then click OK. Page 54 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Click Browse to select a user or group from the list. Select the specific user or group and then click OK. Page 55 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Click Apply and then click OK. See VI Monitor Client‐User Manager for more informa on on how to import these users and groups. See Login for more informa on on how to login. Entering an invalid user or group name displays an error message as shown on the le . Page 56 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Removing users or groups To remove Ac ve Directory users and groups: On the Network Op ons screen click Give users or groups access to the system. Select the user or users to remove and then click Remove. Click Apply. Click OK. Viewing user permissions IP Server and Ac ve Directory are highly integrated. You can view the same user permissions using both. Page 57 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 You can view user permissions in several places: Network Op ons, Add User and VI Monitor Client User Manager. On the Network Op ons screen, and click the View effec ve permissions. Enter the username and then click View. Page 58 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 The Group Membership tab displays all Ac ve Directory groups the user belongs to. You cannot make any changes on this tab. The Effec ve Permissions tab displays all IP Server items the user has access to. You cannot make any changes on this tab. See User Manager for more informa on on modifying user permissions in VI Monitor Client. Name: Lists the object names the user has access to. Type: Lists the object type the user has access to. Source: Lists the source of the permission; in this example, the user was created individually and granted permissions exclusively, not as part of a group. To view permissions from the User Assignment screen: Page 59 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 On the Network Op ons screen click Give users or groups access to the system. Select a username and then click Properties. The Group Membership screen displays a list of Ac ve Directory groups the user belongs to. Click Close. LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) LDAP is the informa on technology standard way of accessing a directory service over a TCP/IP network. Ac ve Directory is Microso ’s directory service. Some other directory services are Novell eDirectory and OpenLDAP. Directory services store, organize and provide access to informa on in a directory containing informa on about users, computers, and permissions. LDAP uses Dis nguished Name (DN) as the syntax to iden fy objects in the directory. The DN is composed of four discrete name parts: Page 60 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 ● ● ● ● CN – Common Name – For example, Jane Doe OU – Organiza onal Unit – For example, Sales DC – Domain component – For example, my.domain.net Domain component – For example, net The DN reads from le to right, from the most specific part of the node to the least specific node on the right. The root of the DN is actually the last two parts (for example, my.domain.net). See Ac ve Directory for more informa on on managing users using LDAP. The process to manage users in both systems is the same. CheckSum The checksum logic incorporated into Video Insight so ware prevents modifica on to recordings that can be made using other so ware. This feature guarantees the authen city of the recording and ensures the delivered recording has not been tampered with. This is important when using recordings as evidence in legal proceedings. Video Insight uses MD5 checksum logic. Enabling this feature is processor intensive because the server decompresses and re‐compresses each image to interlace the watermark. You can interlace the watermark into clips or full recordings. The watermark is invisible to the naked eye and can only be verified using our Standalone Player u lity. Enabling CheckSum Watermark 1) Start VI Monitor Client. 2) Select a camera from the le naviga on tree. 3) Right‐click the camera node and select Proper es. 4) Click the Record tab. 5) Click the Advanced tab. 6) Check the box to Insert Watermark on all raw video files at capture. 7) Click Save . Verifying a CheckSum Watermark A video can be verified for tampering by using the Standalone Player u lity provided in the full DVD download for your opera ng system type. Page 61 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Start the Standalone Player u lity (also called Video Insight Standalone Media Player). Click the File menu and then select Open to navigate to the file that needs verifica on. Select the file and then click Open. Click the File menu and then select Check Water Mark. The player will check the file and if the video is watermarked and has not been tampered with, it will display a verifica on message as in to the le . Click OK. The player displays a different message if the file does not have a watermark or has been tampered with. System Log Reviewing the System Log is a good way to iden fy user ac ons, server, and camera messages as well as obtain any error logs which can aid in troubleshoo ng. You can access the System Log from several areas of the applica on, but the func onality and available ac ons are the same. Page 62 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 1. Start the System Log by selec ng Tools → System Log at the top of VI Monitor Note: The number of pages available and saved in the database depends on the System Log se ng. You can change this se ng on the Advanced Tab of Server Proper es. The default is 30 days and the maximum is 1000 days. Download Exports the System Log. Clicking Download displays op ons as seen on the le . three Here, the ability to copy the system log to the clipboard exists. Op onally, print to a file and Print to a printer are also available. Refresh The Refresh icon refreshes the System Log. This drop down menu selects the server. Server All servers added to VI Monitor Client with a status of Connected display here. Page 63 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Note: if using the IPSM Diagnos cs System Log‐ all servers in a shared database will appear, regardless of their connec on status. This drop‐down menu selects the type of log to view. Log Type Find Option Date System Log is the default. The field next to this icon allows you to search for a specific string. The calendar control selects the “through” date of the logs. For example, when 12/31/2011 is selected all logs available up to and including 12/31/2011 display. Troubleshooting Your registered Video Insight product includes one year of so ware maintenance and a technical support plan that begins on your purchase date. This is verified by the serial number used to ac vate the so ware. The one year of so ware maintenance en tles users to one full year of free so ware upgrades and unlimited technical support. Video Insight recommends renewing your maintenance before it expires to avoid a lapse in upgrades and support. Our technical support team is highly skilled in our so ware and in the world of IP cameras, as well as networking and access control systems. Video Insight technical support works to make sure your issue is resolved as quickly and completely as possible. Frequently Asked Questions Answers to the most commonly asked ques ons and troubleshoo ng hints can be found on our website, under the FAQ sec on. You can also access this sec on by clicking the following link: h p://www.video‐insight.com/support/FAQ/ Online Resources Youtube Tutorials: h p://www.youtube.com/user/videoinsigh v Page 64 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Downloads and Updates: h p://downloadvi.com Remote Support If you require personal assistance from one of our Technical Support representa ves, please contact us using one of our contact methods. Install the Teamviewer client applica on prior to reques ng remote support. To install Team Viewer: 1. Browse to h p://www.downloadvi.com 2. C ick the VI Remote Support QS bu on. 3. Click Run at the prompt. 4. Click Run again. 5. Call us at Technical Support at 713‐621‐9779. 6. Give the representa ve your ID. Your ID is randomly generated every me you request remote support. The representa ve will log on to your computer and show you how to correct the issue or fix it for you. Page 65 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Contact Us In person: 3 Riverway, Suite 700 Houston, Texas 77056 Hours of Opera on: 9:00 AM ‐ 6:00 PM CST, Monday – Friday By Phone: 713‐621‐9779 800‐513‐5417 By Fax: 713‐621‐7281 Sales Department: 713‐621‐9779 Technical Support Hours: For Saturdays and Holidays: 8:00 AM ‐ 6:00 PM CST, Monday – Friday 10:00 AM ‐ 2:00 PM Please call our Answering Service at 8777432403 and the support engineer on‐call will be paged to assist you. By Email: [email protected]‐insight.com Feature Request h p://www.ques onpro.com/akira/TakeSurvey?id=1028953 Page 66 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Appendices Appendix A: IP Server port list Appendix B: Current Customers Examples Appendix C: Commonly Used Camera Creden als Appendix D: Configuring a CNB camera Appendix E: Configuring Sentry FS1000 and FS2000 cameras Appendix F: Configuring an IQEye Camera using Op onal Controls Appendix G: The Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG So ware No ce Page 67 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Appendix A: IP Server port list Port Number Name Purpose 4010 Data Port Sends live video streams from IP Server to VI Monitor Client 4011 Command Port To get and set system informa on by VI Monitor Client 3010 Ovid Server Communica on between S2, IP Server and the Ovid Server for Video Insight and S2 Access Control Configura on 80 HTTP IIS for serving the Web Client Note: Some ISPs block port 80 access. You may need to configure IIS to use a different port 2051 MonitorCast Access control communica on between Video Insight and MonitorCast 554 RTSP Specific camera proper es 21 FTP Specific camera proper es 11000 N/A Communica on between IP Server and Health Monitor 636 Ac ve Directory SSL Ac ve Directory configured with Secure Socket Layer (SSL) 389 Ac ve Directory non‐SSL Ac ve Directory configured without Secure Socket Layer (SSL) Page 68 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Appendix B: Current Customers Examples Klein ISD – is using HP servers with Dual Xeon E554 2.53GHz processors with 8GB memory and Windows 2003 Server. 1. Server CS21 has (90) 1.3MP H.264 cameras 2. Server 41 has (100) 1.3MP H.264 cameras and (30) D1 cameras running MJPEG Pflugerville ISD – is using Dell R510’s with Dual Xeon E5620 2.4GHz processors, 12GB memory, and Windows Server 2008 R2. The servers are running 1,200 2MP H.264 cameras and 400 D1 cameras spread across the servers. Recommendations ‐ the following are general guidelines based on the previous discussion assuming Xeon processors and camera side mo on detec on: Page 69 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 a. D1 or 4CIF cameras – 150‐200 cameras per OS b. 1.3 MP cameras – 90 cameras per OS c. 3 MP cameras – 50 cameras per OS Appendix C: Commonly Used Camera Credentials Here is a list of the default usernames/passwords for a few of the supported IP camera manufacturers. Should your camera model not appear here please refer to the manual included with your camera. Brand UserName Password 3S root root Acti Admin 123456 admin admin blank or pass Axis root Basler admin You will be asked to create a root password the first me you go into the cameras interface. admin No creden als needed Bosch Dinion Brickcom or 'admin' with a lowercase “a” No creden als needed Arecont Vision Avigilon Notes admin admin You will be asked to create a root password the first me you go into the cameras interface. Cisco Dlink root blank Grandstream admin admin Hikvision admin 12345 Honeywell Administrator 1234 Huviron Admin admin Huviron root root To change se ngs To view images Page 70 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Infinova infinova INFINOVA IPXDDK root admin IQeye root system IQinVision root system Mobotix admin meinsm Panasonic admin 12345 Pelco Sarix admin admin Pixord admin admin Samsung Electronics root root Samsung Techwin (new) admin Samsung Techwin (old) admin Sanyo admin admin Scallop admin password Sony admin admin Stardot admin admin Starvedia admin leave blank Toshiba root ikwb Toshiba root ikwd Trendnet admin admin Ubiquiti ubnt ubnt VideoIQ supervisor supervisor Vivotek root leave blank Also try 'Admin' or admin/4321 4321 1111111 Page 71 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 VP16 admin 12345 VP16A Admin 12345 Appendix D: Configuring a CNB camera Due to the nature of the CNB camera integra on and the capabili es of the camera will turn on Mo on detec on inside the camera, but we cannot draw zones inside the Mo on Detec on page, all zones must be created inside the CNB web page under Mo on Detec on as shown below. Access the camera’s Web page Click the Motion Detection op on Page 72 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 With the CNB cameras the best way for Mo on Detec on to work is to draw at least two zones; the camera will not detect mo on anywhere there is not a zone and allows you to draw up to three zones. The Sensi vity adjusts the threshold for the amount of mo on that needs to occur. The lower the number, the less amount of mo on that needs to occur to trigger a mo on event, se ng the Sensi vity to 10 turns off Mo on Detec on in that area. Mo on Zones can overlap and it appears the zone with the lower sensi vity takes precedence over the other zone. The window is dynamic once you save the changes you have made, but as you can see from the picture, it does not tell you the amount of mo on, just that mo on has occurred and in which zone. While tes ng, we discovered that a zone with sensi vity between 3 and 5 work the best, but it will depend on the size of the zone drawn as well. The bigger the zone, the lower the number will need to be. Page 73 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Appendix E: Configuring Sentry FS1000 and FS2000 cameras Web client requirement of cameras streaming JPEGs may require specific configura on to ensure these two models are streaming both H.264 and JPEG to properly display in VI Monitor Client and the Web Client. If the Sentry cameras you are de‐warping have menus that look like this: Then the correct se ng should be H.264 + MJPEG for the web client and the de‐warp to work properly. Conversely, if the camera’s web interface looks like this: No changes are needed; the camera streams both h.264 and JPEG as requested, regardless of what the image se ngs are set to. Page 74 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Appendix F: Configuring an IQEye Camera using Optional Controls Once the camera is added to the so ware, access the Op onal Controls tab in the Camera’s Proper es. These controls change the way that the IQ Eye cameras handle different light se ngs and adjust the iris accordingly. Gain Style‐ The autogain algorithm of your camera will set brightness to best display. The gain style se ng chooses which pixels within the exposure window will be used by the autogain algorithm for se ng brightness levels. Peak Detect: uses only the brightest pixels in the exposure window, making sure they're appropriately‐adjusted for bright pixels. This is a good se ng for watching bright areas. Backlight: uses only the darkest pixels in the exposure window, making sure they're appropriately‐adjusted for dark pixels. This is a good se ng for outdoor scenes where you want to watch a shaded region. Average: uses all of the pixels in the exposure window. This is a good se ng for indoor scenes where there are no very bright or very dark areas to skew the gain calcula ons. Page 75 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Clip Average: uses all pixels except for the very darkest and brightest pixels. This is a good se ng for outdoor scenes where you want to ignore both sky and shadows and to watch a region of intermediate brightness levels. This is also a good se ng for interior scenes. Undefined‐ This se ng turns off Gain Style Light Graber‐ Enables or disables special processing for low‐light images. These values can be seen at the camera’s web page under Image tab. Most Frames‐ Sets the Light Grabber value to 4x, which specifies “integra on” of four frames, twice the low‐light correc on as the 2x se ng which specifies the integra on of two frames. Medium‐ Sets the Light Grabber value to 2x. Undefined‐ Sets the Light Grabber value to 4x Disabled‐ Turns Light Grabber off at the camera. Light Behavior‐ This se ng adjusts the electronic shu er values for the IQeye camera Optimize speed: Use this se ng for fast moving subjects. This se ng may cause images to appear grainy in low light condi ons. Optimize quality: Use this se ng for high‐quality images. This se ng may cause images to blur in low light condi ons. Auto: This se ng is ideal when there is adequate light and objects are not moving too fast. The other values set a fixed exposure. This is useful for tuning a camera to minimally changing condi ons or to capture objects moving at predictable speeds. The list of available exposures may change based on other se ngs like frame rate, Light Grabber and resolu on. Page 76 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Appendix G: The Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG Software Notice ========================================== README for release 6b of 27‐Mar‐1998 ==================================== This distribu on contains the sixth public release of the Independent JPEG Group's free JPEG so ware. You are welcome to redistribute this so ware and to use it for any purpose, subject to the condi ons under LEGAL ISSUES, below. Serious users of this so ware (par cularly those incorpora ng it into larger programs) should contact IJG at jpeg‐[email protected] to be added to our electronic mailing list. Mailing list members are no fied of updates and have a chance to par cipate in technical discussions, etc. This so ware is the work of Tom Lane, Philip Gladstone, Jim Boucher, Lee Crocker, Julian Minguillon, Luis Or z, George Phillips, Davide Rossi, Guido Vollbeding, Ge' Weijers, and other members of the Independent JPEG Group. IJG is not affiliated with the official ISO JPEG standards commi ee. DOCUMENTATION ROADMAP ===================== This file contains the following sec ons: OVERVIEW General descrip on of JPEG and the IJG so ware. LEGAL ISSUES Copyright, lack of warranty, terms of distribu on. REFERENCES Where to learn more about JPEG. ARCHIVE LOCATIONS Where to find newer versions of this so ware. RELATED SOFTWARE Other stuff you should get. FILE FORMAT WARS So ware *not* to get. TO DO Plans for future IJG releases. Other documenta on files in the distribu on are: User documenta on: install.doc How to configure and install the IJG so ware. usage.doc Usage instruc ons for cjpeg, djpeg, jpegtran, rdjpgcom, and wrjpgcom. *.1 Unix‐style man pages for programs (same info as usage.doc). wizard.doc Advanced usage instruc ons for JPEG wizards only. change.log Version‐to‐version change highlights. Programmer and internal documenta on: libjpeg.doc example.c How to use the JPEG library in your own programs. Sample code for calling the JPEG library. Page 77 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 structure.doc Overview of the JPEG library's internal structure. filelist.doc Road map of IJG files. coderules.doc Coding style rules ‐‐‐ please read if you contribute code. Please read at least the files install.doc and usage.doc. Useful informa on can also be found in the JPEG FAQ (Frequently Asked Ques ons) ar cle. See ARCHIVE LOCATIONS below to find out where to obtain the FAQ ar cle. If you want to understand how the JPEG code works, we suggest reading one or more of the REFERENCES, then looking at the documenta on files (in roughly the order listed) before diving into the code. OVERVIEW ======== This package contains C so ware to implement JPEG image compression and decompression. JPEG (pronounced "jay‐peg") is a standardized compression method for full‐color and gray‐scale images. JPEG is intended for compressing "real‐world" scenes; line drawings, cartoons and other non‐realis c images are not its strong suit. JPEG is lossy, meaning that the output image is not exactly iden cal to the input image. Hence you must not use JPEG if you have to have iden cal output bits. However, on typical photographic images, very good compression levels can be obtained with no visible change, and remarkably high compression levels are possible if you can tolerate a low‐quality image. For more details, see the references, or just experiment with various compression se ngs. This so ware implements JPEG baseline, extended‐sequen al, and progressive compression processes. Provision is made for suppor ng all variants of these processes, although some uncommon parameter se ngs aren't implemented yet. For legal reasons, we are not distribu ng code for the arithme c‐coding variants of JPEG; see LEGAL ISSUES. We have made no provision for suppor ng the hierarchical or lossless processes defined in the standard. We provide a set of library rou nes for reading and wri ng JPEG image files, plus two sample applica ons "cjpeg" and "djpeg", which use the library to perform conversion between JPEG and some other popular image file formats. The library is intended to be reused in other applica ons. In order to support file conversion and viewing so ware, we have included considerable func onality beyond the bare JPEG coding/decoding capability; for example, the color quan za on modules are not strictly part of JPEG decoding, but they are essen al for output to colormapped file formats or colormapped displays. These extra func ons can be compiled out of the library if not required for a par cular applica on. We have also included "jpegtran", a u lity for lossless transcoding between different JPEG processes, and "rdjpgcom" and "wrjpgcom", two simple applica ons for inser ng and extrac ng textual comments in JFIF files. The emphasis in designing this so ware has been on achieving portability and flexibility, while also making it fast enough to be useful. In par cular, the so ware is not intended to be read as Page 78 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 a tutorial on JPEG. (See the REFERENCES sec on for introductory material.) Rather, it is intended to be reliable, portable, industrial‐strength code. We do not claim to have achieved that goal in every aspect of the so ware, but we strive for it. We welcome the use of this so ware as a component of commercial products. No royalty is required, but we do ask for an acknowledgement in product documenta on, as described under LEGAL ISSUES. LEGAL ISSUES ============ In plain English: 1. We don't promise that this so ware works. (But if you find any bugs, please let us know!) 2. You can use this so ware for whatever you want. You don't have to pay us. 3. You may not pretend that you wrote this so ware. If you use it in a program, you must acknowledge somewhere in your documenta on that you've used the IJG code. In legalese: The authors make NO WARRANTY or representa on, either express or implied, with respect to this so ware, its quality, accuracy, merchantability, or fitness for a par cular purpose. This so ware is provided "AS IS", and you, its user, assume the en re risk as to its quality and accuracy. This so ware is copyright (C) 1991‐1998, Thomas G. Lane. All Rights Reserved except as specified below. Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this so ware (or por ons thereof) for any purpose, without fee, subject to these condi ons: (1) If any part of the source code for this so ware is distributed, then this README file must be included, with this copyright and no‐warranty no ce unaltered; and any addi ons, dele ons, or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documenta on. (2) If only executable code is distributed, then the accompanying documenta on must state that "this so ware is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group". (3) Permission for use of this so ware is granted only if the user accepts full responsibility for any undesirable consequences; the authors accept NO LIABILITY for damages of any kind. These condi ons apply to any so ware derived from or based on the IJG code, not just to the unmodified library. If you use our work, you ought to acknowledge us. Permission is NOT granted for the use of any IJG author's name or company name in adver sing or publicity rela ng to this so ware or products derived from it. This so ware may be referred to only as "the Independent JPEG Group's so ware". Page 79 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 We specifically permit and encourage the use of this so ware as the basis of commercial products, provided that all warranty or liability claims are assumed by the product vendor. ansi2knr.c is included in this distribu on by permission of L. Peter Deutsch, sole proprietor of its copyright holder, Aladdin Enterprises of Menlo Park, CA. ansi2knr.c is NOT covered by the above copyright and condi ons, but instead by the usual distribu on terms of the Free So ware Founda on; principally, that you must include source code if you redistribute it. (See the file ansi2knr.c for full details.) However, since ansi2knr.c is not needed as part of any program generated from the IJG code, this does not limit you more than the foregoing paragraphs do. The Unix configura on script "configure" was produced with GNU Autoconf. It is copyright by the Free So ware Founda on but is freely distributable. The same holds for its suppor ng scripts (config.guess, config.sub, ltconfig, ltmain.sh). Another support script, install‐sh, is copyright by M.I.T. but is also freely distributable. It appears that the arithme c coding op on of the JPEG spec is covered by patents owned by IBM, AT&T, and Mitsubishi. Hence arithme c coding cannot legally be used without obtaining one or more licenses. For this reason, support for arithme c coding has been removed from the free JPEG so ware. (Since arithme c coding provides only a marginal gain over the unpatented Huffman mode, it is unlikely that very many implementa ons will support it.) So far as we are aware, there are no patent restric ons on the remaining code. The IJG distribu on formerly included code to read and write GIF files. To avoid entanglement with the Unisys LZW patent, GIF reading support has been removed altogether, and the GIF writer has been simplified to produce "uncompressed GIFs". This technique does not use the LZW algorithm; the resul ng GIF files are larger than usual, but are readable by all standard GIF decoders. We are required to state that "The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of CompuServe Incorporated." REFERENCES ========== We highly recommend reading one or more of these references before trying to understand the innards of the JPEG so ware. The best short technical introduc on to the JPEG compression algorithm is Wallace, Gregory K. "The JPEG S ll Picture Compression Standard", Communica ons of the ACM, April 1991 (vol. 34 no. 4), pp. 30‐44. (Adjacent ar cles in that issue discuss MPEG mo on picture compression, applica ons of JPEG, and related topics.) If you don't have the CACM issue handy, a PostScript file containing a revised version of Wallace's ar cle is available at p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/wallace.ps.gz. The file (actually a preprint for an ar cle that appeared in IEEE Trans. Consumer Electronics) omits the sample images that appeared in CACM, but it includes correc ons and some added Page 80 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 material. Note: the Wallace ar cle is copyright ACM and IEEE, and it may not be used for commercial purposes. A somewhat less technical, more leisurely introduc on to JPEG can be found in "The Data Compression Book" by Mark Nelson and Jean‐loup Gailly, published by M&T Books (New York), 2nd ed. 1996, ISBN 1‐55851‐434‐1. This book provides good explana ons and example C code for a mul tude of compression methods including JPEG. It is an excellent source if you are comfortable reading C code but don't know much about data compression in general. The book's JPEG sample code is far from industrial‐strength, but when you are ready to look at a full implementa on, you've got one here... The best full descrip on of JPEG is the textbook "JPEG S ll Image Data Compression Standard" by William B. Pennebaker and Joan L. Mitchell, published by Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1993, ISBN 0‐442‐01272‐1. Price US$59.95, 638 pp. The book includes the complete text of the ISO JPEG standards (DIS 10918‐1 and dra DIS 10918‐2.. This is by far the most complete exposi on of JPEG in existence, and we highly recommend it. The JPEG standard itself is not available electronically; you must order a paper copy through ISO or ITU. (Unless you feel a need to own a cer fied official copy, we recommend buying the Pennebaker and Mitchell book instead; it's much cheaper and includes a great deal of useful explanatory material.) In the USA, copies of the standard may be ordered from ANSI Sales at (212. 642‐4900, or from Global Engineering Documents at (800) 854‐7179. (ANSI doesn't take credit card orders, but Global does.) It's not cheap: as of 1992, ANSI was charging $95 for Part 1 and $47 for Part 2, plus 7% shipping/handling. The standard is divided into two parts, Part 1 being the actual specifica on, while Part 2 covers compliance tes ng methods. Part 1 is tled "Digital Compression and Coding of Con nuous‐tone S ll Images, Part 1: Requirements and guidelines" and has document numbers ISO/IEC IS 10918‐1, ITU‐T T.81. Part 2 is tled "Digital Compression and Coding of Con nuous‐tone S ll Images, Part 2: Compliance tes ng" and has document numbers ISO/IEC IS 10918‐2, ITU‐T T.83. Some extensions to the original JPEG standard are defined in JPEG Part 3, a newer ISO standard numbered ISO/IEC IS 10918‐3 and ITU‐T T.84. IJG currently does not support any Part 3 extensions. The JPEG standard does not specify all details of an interchangeable file format. For the omi ed details we follow the "JFIF" conven ons, revision 1.02. A copy of the JFIF spec is available from: Literature Department C‐Cube Microsystems, Inc. 1778 McCarthy Blvd. Milpitas, CA 95035 phone (408) 944‐6300, fax (408) 944‐6314 Page 81 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 A PostScript version of this document is available by FTP at p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/jfif.ps.gz. There is also a plain text version at p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/jfif.txt.gz, but it is missing the figures. The TIFF 6.0 file format specifica on can be obtained by FTP from p:// p.sgi.com/graphics/ ff/TIFF6.ps.gz. The JPEG incorpora on scheme found in the TIFF 6.0 spec of 3‐June‐92 has a number of serious problems. IJG does not recommend use of the TIFF 6.0 design (TIFF Compression tag 6). Instead, we recommend the JPEG design proposed by TIFF Technical Note #2 (Compression tag 7). Copies of this Note can be obtained from p.sgi.com or from p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/. It is expected that the next revision of the TIFF spec will replace the 6.0 JPEG design with the Note's design. Although IJG's own code does not support TIFF/JPEG, the free lib ff library uses our library to implement TIFF/JPEG per the Note. lib ff is available from p:// p.sgi.com/graphics/ ff/. ARCHIVE LOCATIONS ================= The "official" archive site for this so ware is p.uu.net (Internet address 192.48.96.9). The most recent released version can always be found there in directory graphics/jpeg. This par cular version will be archived as p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/jpegsrc.v6b.tar.gz. If you don't have direct Internet access, UUNET's archives are also available via UUCP; contact [email protected] for informa on on retrieving files that way. Numerous Internet sites maintain copies of the UUNET files. However, only p.uu.net is guaranteed to have the latest official version. You can also obtain this so ware in DOS‐compa ble "zip" archive format from the SimTel archives ( p:// p.simtel.net/pub/simtelnet/msdos/graphics/), or on CompuServe in the Graphics Support forum (GO CIS:GRAPHSUP), library 12 "JPEG Tools". Again, these versions may some mes lag behind the p.uu.net release. The JPEG FAQ (Frequently Asked Ques ons) ar cle is a useful source of general informa on about JPEG. It is updated constantly and therefore is not included in this distribu on. The FAQ is posted every two weeks to Usenet newsgroups comp.graphics.misc, news.answers, and other groups. It is available on the World Wide Web at h p://www.faqs.org/faqs/jpeg‐faq/ and other news.answers archive sites, including the official news.answers archive at r m.mit.edu: p://r m.mit.edu/pub/usenet/news.answers/jpeg‐faq/. If you don't have Web or FTP access, send e‐mail to mail‐[email protected] m.mit.edu with body send usenet/news.answers/jpeg‐faq/part1 send usenet/news.answers/jpeg‐faq/part2 RELATED SOFTWARE ================ Page 82 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 Numerous viewing and image manipula on programs now support JPEG. (Quite a few of them use this library to do so.) The JPEG FAQ described above lists some of the more popular free and shareware viewers, and tells where to obtain them on Internet. If you are on a Unix machine, we highly recommend Jef Poskanzer's free PBMPLUS so ware, which provides many useful opera ons on PPM‐format image files. In par cular, it can convert PPM images to and from a wide range of other formats, thus making cjpeg/djpeg considerably more useful. The latest version is distributed by the NetPBM group, and is available from numerous sites, notably p://wuarchive.wustl.edu/graphics/graphics/packages/NetPBM/. Unfortunately PBMPLUS/NETPBM is not nearly as portable as the IJG so ware is; you are likely to have difficulty making it work on any non‐Unix machine. A different free JPEG implementa on, wri en by the PVRG group at Stanford, is available from p://havefun.stanford.edu/pub/jpeg/. This program is designed for research and experimenta on rather than produc on use; it is slower, harder to use, and less portable than the IJG code, but it is easier to read and modify. Also, the PVRG code supports lossless JPEG, which we do not. (On the other hand, it doesn't do progressive JPEG.) FILE FORMAT WARS ================ Some JPEG programs produce files that are not compa ble with our library. The root of the problem is that the ISO JPEG commi ee failed to specify a concrete file format. Some vendors "filled in the blanks" on their own, crea ng proprietary formats that no one else could read. (For example, none of the early commercial JPEG implementa ons for the Macintosh were able to exchange compressed files.) The file format we have adopted is called JFIF (see REFERENCES). This format has been agreed to by a number of major commercial JPEG vendors, and it has become the de facto standard. JFIF is a minimal or "low end" representa on. We recommend the use of TIFF/JPEG (TIFF revision 6.0 as modified by TIFF Technical Note #2. for "high end" applica ons that need to record a lot of addi onal data about an image. TIFF/JPEG is fairly new and not yet widely supported, unfortunately. The upcoming JPEG Part 3 standard defines a file format called SPIFF. SPIFF is interoperable with JFIF, in the sense that most JFIF decoders should be able to read the most common variant of SPIFF. SPIFF has some technical advantages over JFIF, but its major claim to fame is simply that it is an official standard rather than an informal one. At this point it is unclear whether SPIFF will supersede JFIF or whether JFIF will remain the de‐facto standard. IJG intends to support SPIFF once the standard is frozen, but we have not decided whether it should become our default output format or not. (In any case, our decoder will remain capable of reading JFIF indefinitely.) Various proprietary file formats incorpora ng JPEG compression also exist. Page 83 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 IP Server v6.3 We have li le or no sympathy for the existence of these formats. Indeed, one of the original reasons for developing this free so ware was to help force convergence on common, open format standards for JPEG files. Don't use a proprietary file format! TO DO ===== The major thrust for v7 will probably be improvement of visual quality. The current method for scaling the quan za on tables is known not to be very good at low Q values. We also intend to inves gate block boundary smoothing, "poor man's variable quan za on", and other means of improving quality‐vs‐file‐size performance without sacrificing compa bility. In future versions, we are considering suppor ng some of the upcoming JPEG Part 3 extensions ‐‐‐ principally, variable quan za on and the SPIFF file format. As always, speeding things up is of great interest. Please send bug reports, offers of help, etc. to jpeg‐[email protected] Page 84 | Video Insight © 2016 Updated 09.15.2016 S2 NetBox® Virtual Machine Overview Key Features S2 NetBox Virtual Machine is a powerful, web-based access control Access Control and event monitoring system that can be installed on user-preferred n Portals: Supports up to 7,168 doors or other access points hardware. The highly scalable system supports a wide range of n Event and Alarm Monitoring: Includes comprehensive event logging, notification and escalation n Threat Level Management: Provides configurable system status and response actions such as system lock downs n Person Record Management: Maintains detailed, credential-driven user records and access history n Reporting: Offers predefined and custom reports deployments and enables users to build a system supporting over 7,000 portals and more than 500 S2 Nodes. Optional system partitioning allows the entire database to be separated into multiple smaller systems for entities such as field officers or tenants. Features such as person record and cardholder management, event and alarm monitoring, threat level escalation and reporting are accessible from any web browser. S2 NetBox Virtual Machine works with existing infrastructure and peripheral devices, making it easy to deploy. In addition, S2 NetBox Virtual Machine tightly integrates with S2 NetVR® series video management systems, providing unified system management and administration. Integration with third-party video System n Custom Access Control Solution: Operates on a user-preferred hardware platform1 n Web Interface: Delivers browser-based, unified system management and administration n Video Integration: Works with S2 NetVR series video management systems and other third-party video systems n API Support: Integrates with third-party products such as human resource databases via an open source API n Automated System Management: Automatically discovers S2 Nodes and handles system backups n Mobile App: Allows for mobile security management using S2 Mobile Security Officer® n System Partitioning Option: Allows the entire database to be separated into multiple smaller systems management systems is also supported. S2 NetBox Virtual Machine is ideal for organizations that choose to implement an access control solution on their preferred hardware platform. Distributed enterprises can manage multiple S2 NetBox Virtual Machine servers with S2 Global®, allowing for nearly unlimited scalability. S2 NetBox Virtual Machine is web-based, with one-click access to major system functionality. S2 NetBox Virtual Machine - Specifications Portal Capacity: 16 to 64 Portal Capacity: 128 to 7,168 Access Control Cardholders Access Levels Unique User Roles Simultaneous Users Time Specifications Portal Capacity S2 Node Capacity2 Maximum Inputs / Outputs Online Transactions Access Control 40,000 Unlimited 16 10 512 64 64 2,000 / 2,000 Up to 40 million records Client Requirements Operating System Browser3 Processor Memory (RAM) Hard Drive Cardholders Access Levels Unique User Roles Simultaneous Users Time Specifications Portal Capacity S2 Node Capacity2 Maximum Inputs / Outputs Online Transactions 150,000 Unlimited 16 35 512 7,168 512 2,000 / 2,000 Up to 400 million records Client Requirements Any Chrome, Internet Explorer, Firefox and Safari Intel Core i3 or higher 8GB minimum 100GB minimum Operating System Browser3 Processor Memory (RAM) Hard Drive Any Chrome, Internet Explorer, Firefox and Safari Intel Core i3 or higher 8GB minimum 100GB minimum Minimum Provisioning Requirements Minimum Provisioning Requirements Storage Capacity Processor 128GB Pro Series SSD Intel Xeon Quad Core Storage Capacity Processor 128GB Pro Series SSD Intel Xeon Quad Core Memory (RAM) Ethernet Ports Server Host S2 Hardware 8GB 1 VMWare ESXi 5.1 or later Minimum of 1 S2 MicroNode Plus, S2 Network Node or S2 Network Node VR Memory (RAM) Ethernet Ports Server Host S2 Hardware 8GB 1 VMWare ESXi 5.1 or later Minimum of 1 S2 MicroNode Plus, S2 Network Node or S2 Network Node VR Warranty 1 year, software Warranty 1 year, software Integrations Integrations 4 4 Video Management S2 NetVR Capacity S2 NetVR series VMS and other major VMS manufacturers 16 S2 NetVR Capacity S2 NetVR Series VMS and other major VMS manufacturers 128 S2 NetVR Camera Capacity 1,024 S2 NetVR Camera Capacity 4,096 Concurrent S2 Client Connections (S2 NetBox, S2 Magic Monitor®, S2 Mobile Security Officer) 10 Concurrent S2 Client Connections (S2 NetBox, S2 Magic Monitor, S2 Mobile Security Officer) 35 Video Management Third-Party VMS Camera Capacity 256 Third-Party VMS Camera Capacity 1,024 Access Control Access Control Allegion, ASSA ABLOY, DMP and Mercury Part Numbers Allegion, ASSA ABLOY, DMP and Mercury Part Numbers S2-NBVM-16 Includes 16 portal license S2-NBVM-32 Includes 32 portal license S2-NBVM-64 Includes 64 portal license Portal licenses expandable in 64 portal increments to 7,168 portals. Refer to price book for additional part numbers. S2-NBVM-128 Includes 128 portal license Portal licenses expandable in 64 portal increments to 7,168 portals. Refer to price book for additional part numbers. Schematic Diagram - S2 Security System Internet/ VPN S2 Mobile Ap ps S2 Mobile WAN Apps Magic Brick LAN Magic W all User-pre fe rred Har d ware S2 NetBo Virtual M x achine Schematic only. Not a network diagram. User-preferred hardware must meet minimum provisioning requirements. S2 Network Node capacity may vary depending on system design. 3 Refer to the latest Release Notes for browser version compatibility. 4 For additional integration information, contact [email protected] 1 2 For more information, please visit www.s2sys.com. © 2016 S2 Security Corporation. All rights reserved. S2 Security, S2 NetBox, S2 NetVR, S2 Global, S2 Mobile Security Officer and S2 Magic Monitor are registered trademarks of S2 Security Corporation. Third-party trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Data subject to change without notice. S2092316 S2 SECURl~---s. S2 Network Node Overview Key Features S2 Network Node is an intelligent field panel that handles distributed Access Control processing for S2 NetBox® access control and event monitoring systems. n Blade Support: Houses up to seven S2 application blades for access control, inputs, outputs and temperature probes n Portals: Supports up to fourteen doors or other access points n Reader Support: Interfaces with Wiegand, magnetic stripe and keypad reader technologies n Input Assignment: Enables assignment of up to 56 supervised inputs n Output Assignment: Enables assignment of up to 56 form C output relays n Temperature Inputs: Monitors up to 56 analog temperature points Access control and events from connected devices are aggregated to the S2 NetBox web interface for centralized system management. S2 Network Node supports up to seven modular S2 application blades for access control, inputs, outputs and temperature probes. Any S2 application blades can be combined to fit deployment requirements. Blades are automatically recognized and addressed without jumpers or switches. External devices such as 12VDC card readers can be powered from the S2 access control application blade. A highly flexible component of any S2 NetBox system, S2 Network Node enables customization and expansion of the system’s capabilities. ~ 1 tl _ ~ ._., l ,J.....~r--,~1 u:0,.:0t1,k0,-10-., ... l S2S.Cu11t't' ...ad~ 1.,. ~ ..-y.,~~ ~C::::=J " .. ,.... B 1l ~-- _, _. ,u..... l.obl,JOoarOor,ieo.,, 0.-•-ll"-,IIM> t •~ 11•01:~ fM7:l l ( IM7:0tJl-'1 Solid State Design: Extends product lifecycle, lowering total cost of ownership n Offline Availability: Maintains access control capabilities even when connectivity to the S2 controller is lost n Intuitive Configuration: Utilizes embedded web interface for initial setup n Automatic Discovery: Automatically connects to and authenticates with the S2 controller upon configuration .._,,OOot",.. ~----===;.., . . ,off..... _ . . U :'9:lt(U~l1JACiDn• llflfllNIW ........... &,oe~, : r.-. n nirc::==i f.1 11:'1',1•t1~~.111,-_.._,._~l-..,.c.-- '<Cl~""' S2 System Node: Handles distributed access control and event monitoring l l fl,fUl!Uf!IKt 1,,01o0tt1.k01rMJf:.....,.;~...i1or,-,,.,.o,..,&,,d .. s..i.1wric.-c-.t,,1n U·'U-•~IIIH-411.,...._, ,...,_.._ n .!J r- - D' ..._,1KOrll ol(f - ... n:01.~(•J:0•~1t-""'-...O""°"i,~'°'""("'o.t,Cc,1~ S-....t k'41r'-w, Cr,t,) f t ·W i lt(I0•1tf ...... J - System .om,,..,,.~°""'"_."'· I lrdn.-t... D,cn , ... M !? ~ c:=:J ,;r:, , ~ -,, , 1t •• lf:'l+:Kl(l >-'i4<Gll) l _ . . . . . . _ _ _ _ U-.t ... ,..... I \,,J(. . . ( - . C,,,.,... 11:,,1.1,llJ.»'0'1"-l--"· ...... _..... ~ J., 1,_.J.,l(l l.~__..l...._l_ · - · - ~ ..., U:$,tll• ( 1~ .)JJ C . . , . , t ~l~~w'af,l,t<t .,S1•1 t,,.i f . . - ~ ( MI')' tt:$-l:H(11"$4•Ui~cn,nt4'Cl""'-t,,MI>"""".... " U l«IIM"'Alr I tr,f(..- l - -<-'i' lt\.lU(llMUl ....... l _ ...... .....,...,. -~ • u,~,uc11;1,4.u11-~,.,.--~.._,.1;1o,o,r 1>i5':11r,n+,1u~..-Hw~.w-.~-,it)t.fJ•ut,i,,.O-r.... o-- l u\1-,1111 !M- 1~1.,..,,.r- . - ·... .,.... ........... .- 1t,)J.nt11":U•J111...,.,...-....w""-...._""''-...,.croo,tt:u:u111::1>:.J11Ai~ . .,N1w~ . . ~....,,: llJttt11 1.ott,,Ooorl'rO!llOoor ll,1J.S.(IJU.Sil"'-l- ..... ..,._ _ _. U:S?,;S4(11;1McJf-.,....,,....foo~,c.,-..c1 .e 1c• 1 " dlll)o,(M,,.fM,, l~·U,'J,1(1l ...JAll11, .... ..,., _ _ Jnf---,r.,...-.-"-""'"'_......_ •+i.- 111,l")lJ+l u .n.,jtlt.u u 1.....,t- ~................,. ......... o 1?:U:U.(t~lll~• .......,_.,.,_~W-•t_.,llor U::$J;U( l ~!, U.)-"-_.,.c1w1-~....,_,, U:t)} «-t..... Oro,,wr-~ ll:~..,.,.lnc\l'..wii Of,14·11(°'H Hj_,_ ,_ _...,.._ 1111 OttU! l l(Ot:)4e11l"'""~-Aa--C,-...t•twt, 1 .WfwC...c..tr, Ot,l.f., ll(~i..111-«.- · ""'"b->oh>o~~ ~ .ttj ... ~ l l,,tf\Mo,O,,,..(Al,y 00:t9:~((19:lt\.i)l(........ ~'M"'4 .... MN'.M....._.,....,,Mor.- Access control and event monitoring for connected devices are aggregated to the S2 NetBox web interface. Internet/ VPN Remote Web Brows err S2 Mobile Ap ps S2 Mobile WAN Apps Local Web Brow se r LAN Schematic only. Not a network diagram. Specifications – S2 Network Node Appliance (continued) Access Control S2 NetBox Software S2 Network Node Blade Application Blades / SIOs Portals Access Levels Supervised Inputs Version 4.1.02 and later M1-3200 7 14 512 56 Relay Outputs 56 Temperature Inputs Credential Storage Buffered Transactions 56 150,000 800,000 Client Requirements Dimensions (H, W, D) Wall Mount: 17.0in x 15.0in x 6.75in (43.18cm x 38.1cm x 17.15cm) Rack Mount: 7.0in x 19.0in x 15.0in (17.78cm x 48.26cm x 38.1cm) Weight Operating Temperature 18 lbs (8.6 kg) maximum 32° – 95°F (0° – 35°C) Storage Temperature Input Power Reader Output Power BTU Maximum Commissioning Regulatory Approvals -4° – 158°F (-20° – 70°C) 100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 2.3A 12VDC, 250 mA/reader 184 per hour Web configuration utility UL, CE, FCC, RoHS Warranty 2 years, hardware; 1 year, software Operating System Windows 7, 32-bit or 64-bit Browser Processor Memory (RAM) Chrome, Internet Explorer, Firefox and Safari* Intel Core i3 or higher 4GB Part Numbers Hard Drive 100GB minimum S2-NN-E-WM Supports up to 7 S2 application blades, wall mount 2GB Flash TI AM3352 ARM 512MB SDRAM Linux 1 297,000 hrs Wall mount or standard 4U rack mount S2-NN-E-RM Supports up to 7 S2 application blades, rack mount Includes 1 S2 access control application blade with 6 available expansion slots, wall mount Appliance Storage Processor Memory (RAM) Operating System Ethernet Ports MTBF Chassis S2-NN-E2R-WM S2-NN-E2R-RM Includes 1 S2 access control application blade with 6 available expansion slots, rack mount * Refer to the latest Release Notes for browser version compatibility. For more information, please visit www.s2sys.com. © 2016 S2 Security Corporation. All rights reserved. S2 Security, S2 NetBox, S2 Global and S2 NetVR are registered trademarks or trademark applications of S2 Security Corporation. Third-party trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Data subject to change without notice. S2050616 S2 MicroNode Plus TM Overview Key Features S2 MicroNode Plus is a compact, intelligent field panel that handles Access Control distributed processing for S2 NetBox® access control and event n Reader Support: Interfaces with Wiegand, magnetic stripe and keypad reader technologies n Input/Output Assignment: Enables assignment of four input and four output relays to control doors and other end point devices n Temperature Input: Includes one analog temperature input n Retrofit Solution: Replaces legacy two-reader panels without requiring new readers, inputs or lock outputs monitoring systems. Access control and events from connected devices are aggregated to the S2 NetBox web interface for centralized system management. S2 MicroNode Plus supports up to two portals, four relay outputs with wet/dry selection, four inputs with programmable levels of supervision, and one temperature input. The 12VDC auxiliary output can power devices such as a PIR Request to Exit input or an alarm sounder. System n S2 System Node: Handles distributed access control and event monitoring n Offline Availability: Maintains access control capabilities even when connectivity to the S2 controller is lost n Intuitive Configuration: Utilizes embedded web interface for initial setup n Automatic Discovery: Automatically connects to and authenticates with the S2 controller upon configuration n Power Options: Offers Power over Ethernet Plus, Power over Ethernet, or standard 12VDC power Designed for localized access control and event monitoring, S2 MicroNode Plus is also an ideal retrofit solution. The seamless upgrade from legacy two-reader panels to S2 MicroNode Plus can be made without replacing readers, inputs or lock outputs. Access control and event monitoring for connected devices are aggregated to the S2 NetBox web interface. Internet/ VPN Remote Web Browse rr S2 Mobile Ap ps S2 Mobile WAN Apps Local Web Brow se r LAN Schematic only. Not a network diagram. Specifications – S2 MicroNode Plus General (continued) Access Control Portals Access Levels Supervised Inputs Relay Outputs Temperature Inputs Credential Storage Buffered Transactions 2 512 4 4; 2 wet / dry selectable 1 150,000 800,000 Client Requirements Operating System Browser Processor Memory (RAM) Hard Drive Windows 7, 32-bit or 64-bit Chrome, Internet Explorer, Firefox and Safari* Intel Core i3 or higher 4GB 100GB minimum General Processor Memory (RAM) Operating System Ethernet Ports MTBF TI AM3352 ARM 512MB SDRAM Linux 1 297,000 hrs For more information, please visit www.s2sys.com. © 2016 S2 Security Corporation. All rights reserved. S2 Security, S2 MicroNode, S2 NetBox and S2 NetVR are registered trademarks or trademark applications of S2 Security Corporation. Third-party trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Data subject to change without notice. S2021716 Chassis Dimensions (H, W, D) Wall or ceiling mount 11.34in x 8.0in x 2.57in (28.77cm x 20.32cm x 6.53cm) Weight Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Input Power 3.2 lbs (1.45 kg) 32° – 95° F (0° – 35° C) -4° – 158°F (-20° – 70°C) 12VDC 5A, PoE (802.3af ) and PoE Plus (802.3at) Output Power 12VDC 5A: 2000mA (24 watts) @ 12VDC PoE: 500mA (6 watts) @ 12VDC PoE Plus: 1000mA (12 watts) @ 12VDC BTU Maximum Commissioning Regulatory Approvals Warranty 204 per hour Web configuration utility UL, CE, FCC, RoHS 2 years, hardware; 1 year, software Part Numbers S2-MNP * Refer to the latest Release Notes for browser version compatibility. PHYSICAL ACCESS SOLUTIONS iCLASS SE® Readers HIGHLY ADAPTABLE AND SECURE HIGH FREQUENCY ACCESS CONTROL SOLUTION Powerfully Secure – Provides layered security beyond the card media for added protection to identity data using SIOs. Adaptable – Interoperable with a growing range of technologies and form factors including mobile devices utilizing Seos®. Interoperable – Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP) for secure, bidirectional communication. Versatile - Extended read range is available for applications such as parking and gate control solutions. HID Global’s iCLASS SE® platform goes beyond the traditional smart card model to offer a secure, standards-based and flexible platform that has become the new benchmark for highly adaptable, interoperable and secure access control solutions. iCLASS SE readers include Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP), a new Security Industry Association (SIA) standard that together with Secure Channel Protocol (SCP) provides secure communications and central management. As part of HID Global’s iCLASS SE platform for advanced security, the readers utilize state-ofthe-art authentication through the platform’s Secure Identity Object (SIO) data model for trusted and secure communication between the card and reader to prevent unauthorized access. The iCLASS SE reader line is built on the Security Industry Association (SIA) Open POWERFULLY SECURE: Multi-Layered Security – Ensures data authenticity and privacy through the multi-layered security of HID’s SIO. EAL5+ Certified Secure Element Hardware – Provides tamper-proof protection of keys/cryptographic operations. Secured communications using OSDP with Secure Channel Protocol. Expanded iCLASS Elite™ Program – Extends private security by protecting uniquely keyed credentials, SIOs and programming keys. HIGHLY ADAPTABLE: Mobile device support using iCLASS Seos - enabling HID access control. Flexible to support future technologies. Field Programmable Readers – Provides secure upgrades for migration and extended lifecycle. hidglobal.com Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP) standard which also ensures secure transmission of data from the reader to the controller. Additionally, iCLASS SE readers support mobile devices utilizing Seos, enabling a new class of portable identity credentials that can be securely provisioned and safely embedded into both fixed and mobile devices. SUSTAINABILITY AND MANAGEMENT: Intelligent Power Management (IPM) – Reduces reader power consumption by as much as 75% compared to standard operating mode. Recycled Content – Contributes toward building LEED credits. INTEROPERABLE: SIO Media Mapping – Simplifies deployment of third-party objects to multiple types of credentials. Industry standard communications using OSDP. Custom programming support to read models on MIFARE and MIFARE DESFire EV1 credentials SPECIFICATIONS Model Name Base Part Number R10 900N R15 910N R40 920N RK40 921N R90 940N iCLASS Seos: 2.0" (5 cm) iCLASS: 5.5" (14 cm) MIFARE Classic: 5.1" (13 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 2.0" (5 cm) iCLASS Seos: 5.9" (15 cm) iCLASS: 14.2" (36 cm) MIFARE Classic: 9.4" (24 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 5.9" (15 cm) iCLASS: 3.1" (8 cm) MIFARE Classic: 2.0" (5 cm) Wall Switch Size; designed to mount and cover single gang switch boxes primarily used in the Americas and includes a slotted mounting plate for European and Asian back box spacing iCLASS: 7.5" (19 cm) MIFARE Classic: 3.1" (8 cm) 13.56 MHz Single Technology ID-1 Cards – SIO Data Model iCLASS Seos: 2.4" (6 cm) iCLASS: 3.6" (9 cm) MIFARE Classic: 2.4" (6 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 2.4" (6 cm) Typical Read Range1 iCLASS: 1.6" (4 cm) MIFARE Classic: 1.2" (3 cm) Mounting Mini-Mullion Size; physically HID's smallest iCLASS® readers and are ideally suited for mullion-mounted door installations, U.S. single-gang J-box (with mud ring) or any flat surface Color Keypad Dimensions 1.9" x 4.1" x 0.9" 4.8 cm x 10.3 cm x 2.3 cm Product Weight (Pigtail) Product Weight (Terminal Strip) Operating Voltage Range Current Draw Standard Power Mode2 (mA) Current Draw Intelligent Power Management (IPM) Mode2 (mA) Peak Current Draw Standard Power or IPM Mode2 (mA) NSC3 Power Consumption Standard Power Mode NSC3 Power Consumption w/ IPM Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Operating Humidity Environmental Rating Transmit Frequency iCLASS Seos: 2.4" (6 cm) iCLASS Seos: 3.2" (8 cm) iCLASS: 3.6" (9 cm) iCLASS: 5.2" (13 cm) MIFARE Classic: 2.4" (6 cm) MIFARE Classic: 3.9" (10 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 2.4" (6 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 3.2" (8 cm) 13.56 MHz Single Technology Tags/Fobs – SIO data Model iCLASS: 1.6" (4 cm) iCLASS: 2.8" (7 cm) MIFARE Classic: 1.2" (3 cm) MIFARE Classic: 2.0" (5 cm) Mullion Size; physically HID's Wall Switch Size; designed to second smallest iCLASS mount and cover single gang readers and are ideally suited switch boxes primarily used for mullion-mounted door in the Americas and includes installations, U.S. single-gang a slotted mounting plate for J-box (with mud ring) or any European and Asian back box flat surface spacing Black No 1.9" x 6.0" x 0.9" 3.3" x 4.8" x 1.0" 4.8 cm x 15.3 cm x 2.3 cm 8.4 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.4 cm Mounts on any standard back boxes or any flat surface Yes (4x3) 3.3" x 4.8" x 1.1" 8.5 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.8 cm No 13.1" x 13.1" x 1.55" 33.3cm x 33.3cm x 3.9cm 3.9 oz (113g) 5.3 oz (151g) 7.7 oz (220g) 9.0 oz (256g) N/A 2.9 oz (84g) 4.2 oz (120g) 7.5 oz (215g) 8.0oz (226g) 4lb 1oz (1844g) 5-16 VDC 12 VDC or 24 VDC 5-16 VDC 60 @ 16V 60 @ 16V 65 @ 16V 85 @ 16V 110 @ 12V 35 @ 16V 35 @ 16V 40 @ 16V 60 @ 16V 30 @ 12V 200 @ 16V 200 @ 16V 200 @ 16V 220 @ 16V 300 @ 12V 1.0 @ 16V 1.0 @ 16V 1.0 @ 16V 1.4 @ 16V 1.3 @ 12V 0.6 @ 16V 0.6 @ 16V 0.6 @ 16V 1 @ 16V .4 @ 12V -31º to 150º F (-35º to 65º C) -67º to 185º F (-55º to 85º C) 5% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing Indoor/Outdoor IP55; IP65 if installed with optional gasket 13.56 MHz Secure Identity Object™ (SIO) on iCLASS Seos, iCLASS SE/SR, MIFARE DESFire EV1 and MIFARE Classic (On by Default) - MIFARE Classic and MIFARE DESFire EV1 custom data models - standard iCLASS Access Control Application (order with Standard interpreter) - ISO14443A (MIFARE) CSN, ISO14443B CSN, ISO15693 CSN - FeliCa™4 CSN, CEPAS4 CSN or CAN 13.56 MHz Card Compatibility Communications IP65 Wiegand, Clock-and-Data, Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSPD) via RS485 Panel Connection Pigtail or Terminal Strip Terminal Strip UL294/cUL (US), FCC Certification (US), IC (Canada), CE (EU), RCM (Australia, New Zealand), SRRC (China), KCC (Korea), NCC (Taiwan), iDA (Singapore), RoHS, FIPS201 Transparent FASC-N Reader4, MIC (Japan)4 Certifications Cryto Processor Hardware Common Criteria Rating Patents Housing Material Manufactured with % of recycled content (Pigtail) Manufactured with % of recycled content (Terminal Strip) UL Ref Number Warranty EAL5+ www.hidglobal.com/patents UL94 Polycarbonate 1 2 3 4 10.5% 11.0% 11.0% 11.5% R10E R15E 10.5% 11.0% R40E Limited Lifetime 10.9% N/A 12.4% 11.00% RK40E R90E Read range listed is statistical mean rounded to nearest whole centimeter. HID Global testing occurs in open air. Some environmental conditions, including metallic mounting surface, can significantly degrade read range and performance; plastic or ferrite spacers are recommended to improve performance on metallic mounting surfaces. Measured in accordance with UL294 standards; See Installation Guide for Details NSC = Normal Standby Current; See Installation Guide for Details Not available on R90 Model h i d g l o bal .co m North America: +1 512 776 9000 Toll Free: 1 800 237 7769 Europe, Middle East, Africa: +44 1440 714 850 Asia Pacific: +852 3160 9800 Latin America: +52 55 5081 1650 © 2016 HID Global Corporation. All rights reserved. HID, the HID logo, iCLASS SE, Seos, iCLASS, Secure Identity Object, SIO, Trusted identity Platform, TIP and iCLASS Elite are trademarks or registered trademarks of HID Global in the U.S. and/or other countries. All other trademarks, service marks, and product or service names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. 2016-05-19-hid-iclass-se-readers-ds-en PLT-00230 An ASSA ABLOY Group brand P3DCAXS-10OL 12 OR 24VDC, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY FEATURES The P3DCAXS-10OL is a power supply and charger. It is engineered to convert 115VAC/60Hz input into 12VDC or 24VDC @ 10 AMPS of continuous supply current. The P3DCAXS-10OL is designed for use in an access control system. • Front spring loaded, locking, side vented, heavy gauge metal enclosure • Double coated polyurethane finish • Multiple 1” knock-outs to accommodate various wiring configurations • Filtered and electronically regulated outputs • Built-in charger for sealed lead acid or gel type batteries • AC Fail and low battery supervision (form “C” contacts) • AC input and DC output LED indicate power is present • Tim pot adjustable voltage • Short circuit and thermal overload protection • Includes battery leads SPECIFICATIONS • Input 115VAC 50/60Hz, 2.7A • 12 or 24VDC selectable output • Power supply/charger - P3PS-10-SU • Maximum temperature range: 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C) • Ideal operating temperature: 70° (21°C) • For indoor use only • Enclosure dimensions: 15.5” (H) x 13” (W) x 4.5” (D) • Shipping weight: 19 lbs 1-877-478-4733 WWW.PTHREE.COM *Specifications subject to change without notice RELATED PART NUMBERS P3DCAXS-10OL-DB4 12 OR 24VDC, 4 OUTPUT, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY • Four (4) fuse protected outputs (P3DB-4) • Individual output fuses rated at 3A • Main fuse rated at 10A • Shipping weight: 19 lbs P3DCAXS-10OL-DB8 12 OR 24VDC, 8 OUTPUT, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY • Eight (8) fuse protected outputs (P3DB-8) • Individual output fuses rated at 3A • Main fuse rated at 10A • Shipping weight: 20 lbs P3DCAXS-10OL-DB16 12 OR 24VDC, 16 OUTPUT, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUP• Sixteen (16) fuse protected outputs [(2) P3DB-8] • Individual output fuses rated at 3A • Main fuse rated at 10A • Shipping weight: 21 lbs P3DCAXS-10OL-PC5 12 OR 24VDC, 5 POWER CONTROL OUTPUTS, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY • Five (5) individual PTC protected, power limited class 2 outputs (P3PC-5) • Fire Alarm or Access Control trigger inputs • Individual output PTC limited to 2.5A per output @ 12 VDC or 24VDC • Shipping weight: 21 lbs P3DCAXS-10OL-PC8 12 OR 24VDC, 8 POWER CONTROL OUTPUTS, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY • Eight (8) individually selectable (FAIL/SAFE or FAIL/SECURE), fused protected outputs (P3PC-8) • Eight (8) trigger input options • FACP disconnect • Individual fuses rated at 3A • Main fuse rated at 10A • Shipping weight: 22 lbs 1-877-478-4733 WWW.PTHREE.COM *Specifications subject to change without notice P3DCAXS-5OL 12 OR 24VDC, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY FEATURES The P3DCAXS-5OL is a power supply and charger. It is engineered to convert 115VAC/60Hz input into 12VDC or 24VDC @ 5 AMPS of continuous supply current. The P3DCAXS-5OL is designed for use in an access control system. • Front spring loaded, locking, side vented, heavy gauge metal enclosure • Double coated polyurethane finish • Multiple 1” knock-outs to accommodate various wiring configurations • Filtered and electronically regulated outputs • Built-in charger for sealed lead acid or gel type batteries • AC Fail and low battery supervision (form “C” contacts) • AC input and DC output LED indicate power is present • Tim pot adjustable voltage • Short circuit and thermal overload protection • Includes battery leads SPECIFICATIONS • Input 115VAC 50/60Hz, 1.0A • 12 or 24VDC selectable output • Power supply/charger - P3PS-5-SU • Transformer (P3XR28175) includes built-in thermal protection • Maximum temperature range: 32° to 120°F (0° to 49° C) • Ideal Operating temperature: 70° (21°C) • For indoor use only • Enclosure dimensions: 15.5” (H) x 13” (W) x 4.5” (D) • Shipping weight: 19 lbs 1-877-478-4733 WWW.PTHREE.COM *Specifications subject to change without notice RELATED PART NUMBERS P3DCAXS-5OL-DB4 12 OR 24VDC, 4 OUTPUT, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY • Four (4) fuse protected outputs (P3DB-4) • Individual output fuses rated at 3A • Main fuse rated at 5A • Shipping weight: 19 lbs P3DCAXS-5OL-DB8 12 OR 24VDC, 8 OUTPUT, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY • Eight (8) fuse protected outputs (P3DB-8) • Individual output fuses rated at 3A • Main fuse rated at 5A • Shipping weight: 20 lbs P3DCAXS-5OL-DB16 12 OR 24VDC, 16 OUTPUT, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY • Sixteen (16) fuse protected outputs [(2) P3DB-8] • Individual output fuses rated at 3A • Main fuse rated at 5A • Shipping weight: 21 lbs P3DCAXS-5OL-PC5 12 OR 24VDC, 5 POWER CONTROL OUTPUTS, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY • Five (5) individual PTC protected, power limited class 2 outputs (P3PC-5) • Fire Alarm or Access Control trigger inputs • Individual output PTC limited to 2.5A per output @ 12 VDC or 24VDC • Shipping weight: 21 lbs P3DCAXS-5OL-PC8 12 OR 24VDC, 8 POWER CONTROL OUTPUTS, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY • Eight (8) individually selectable (FAIL/SAFE or FAIL/SECURE), fused protected outputs (P3PC-8) • Eight (8) trigger input options • FACP disconnect • Individual fuses rated at 3A • Main fuse rated at 5A • Shipping weight: 22 lbs 1-877-478-4733 WWW.PTHREE.COM *Specifications subject to change without notice 1006 Series The strongest, most versatile electric strike available Specifications UL 10C fire-rated, 3 hour single door (fail secure only) UL 10C fire-rated, 1-1/2 hour double door (fail secure only) CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant ANSI A250.13-2003 windstorm listed UL 1034, burglary-resistant listed ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1 NFPA-252 fire door conformant ASTM-E152 fire door conformant MEA New York City accepted Florida Building Code approved Patents #6,021,038 & #6,595,564 Standard Features Stainless steel construction Tamper resistant Static strength 3,070 lbs. (fail secure) Dynamic strength 350 ft-lbs. (fail secure) Endurance 1,000,000 cycles Fail secure (standard) Dual voltage 12VDC or 24VDC continuous duty Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Accommodates up to 1” deadbolt Plug-in connector Full keeper shims for horizontal adjustment Trim enhancer Five year limited warranty Optional Features Fail Safe LBM - Latchbolt monitor LBSM - Latchbolt strike monitor 27 interchangeable faceplate options Electrical .45 Amps @ 12VDC continuous duty .25 Amps @ 24VDC continuous duty Finishes 630 - Satin stainless steel 605 - Bright brass 606 - Satin brass 612 - Satin bronze 613 - Bronze toned 629 - Bright stainless steel BLK - Black Frame Application Copyright © 2011, HES, Inc. Metal Wood 5000 Series The grade 1, low profile solution for cylindrical locksets Specifications UL 1034, burglary-resistant listed ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1 MEA New York City accepted Patent #5,934,720 Standard Features Tamper resistant Static strength 1,500 lbs. Dynamic strength 70 ft-lbs. Endurance 500,000 cycles Field selectable fail secure/fail safe Dual voltage 12 or 24 VDC/VAC Non-handed Internally mounted solenoid Accommodates 1/2" - 5/8" latchbolt (5/8" with 1/8" door gap) Strike body depth 1-1/16" Plug-in connector Trim enhancer included Five year limited warranty Optional Features LBM - Latchbolt monitor Electrical .24 Amps @ 12VDC/VAC .12 Amps @ 24VDC/VAC DC continuous duty/AC intermittent duty only Finishes 630 - Satin stainless steel 605 - Bright brass 606 - Satin brass 612 - Satin bronze 613 - Bronze toned 629 - Bright stainless steel BLK - Black Frame Application Metal Wood Copyright © 2011, HES, Inc. Quiet Duo™ Series LR100 24V Latch Retraction / Dogging Kit SDC DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED Patents # US 8,851,530 CSFM, MEA Listed 20 T E CH N O L O G Y I N N OV A T I O N S 12 The SDC LR100 Series Electric Latch Retraction Kit enables electric access control and dogging of mechanical exit devices. When energized the motor retracts the exit device latch and pulls the pushpad into the dogged (depressed) position enabling momentary or sustained push and pull operation of the door. The latch retraction mechanism may be activated by an access control, remote control device or building automation system. The exit device always provides uninhibited egress. QUIET DUO™ LR100 Series available for these brands: • Von Duprin • Yale • Corbin Russwin • Dor-O-Matic • Hager • Adams Rite • Dorma • Stanley K2 • IDC • TownSteel • Arrow • PHI • Falcon •Detex • Cal-Royal • PDQ • Falcon IR •Marshall Best • Sargent • SDC •Tell Refer to page 2 to confirm compatibility of Rim, Mortise, Surface Vertical Rod for each brand. FEATURES • 700 mA Inrush, 200 mA Continuous @ 24VDC • For access control and sustained dogging applications • Simultaneous latch retraction and dogging (pushpad depressed) for most exit devices* • Pushpad is depressed* electrically for quieter push / pull operation • Automatic re-trigger if device does not pull on first try • Eliminates need for costly replacement of existing exit device • Significantly less labor and costs compared to competitive retrofit kits • Low current enables longer wire runs with smaller gauge wire • No door sequencers required for pairs of manual doors • Installs in Von Duprin non-fire rated panic device without removing from the door LR100EM series LR100 series SDC 600 Series Power Supply 33” DEVICE 32” END RAIL TOUCH PAD 18” TYP 11-1/4” LR100VD Standard Opening Width 36" 33” 32" Opening (36" Device Modified for 32" Opening) DEVICE 32” 29-1/4” END RAIL DEVICE END RAIL 28” 18” TYP TOUCH PAD 11-1/4” 8-1/2” LR100VD LR100VD-EM Measurements above are example only - all devices vary * on designated models 29-1/4” 28” DEVICE END RAIL ACCESS & EGRESS SOLUTIONS - THE LOCK BEHIND THE SYSTEM 8-1/2” LR100VD-EM 1 WWW.SDCSECURITY.COM ■ SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS Security Door Controls Surface Vertical Device Rim Device MODELS (Brands in alphabetical order) Adams Rite Opening for Mortise Device Concealed Vertical Device Exit Device Cal-Royal Field Retrofit Kit Opening for Factory Installed 36”- 48” LR100ARK LR100AR 30” LR100ARK-EM 36" LR100AR-EM Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100CAK LR100CA Models Models Rim Mount 7700 / F7700 Rim Mount 8700** / 8800 / 3700 Surface Vertical Rod 7760 / F7760 Surface Vertical Rod 8100 / 8200 / 3100 Concealed Vertical Rod 8500 / 8600 / 3600 Opening for 36" Options LRAR1R Opening for 1000 Series Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit S1250 Surface Vertical Rod S1150 Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed 36" LR100AWK-ED910 LR100AW-ED910 Opening for 36" LR100CA-EM 2200 / F2200 / 9800 / F9800 Surface Vertical Rod 2260 / F2260 / 9860 / F9860 36" Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100DHK LR100DH Models ED Series Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100CRK LR100CR LR100CR-EM 42" - 48" LR100CRK-42/48 Factory Installed LR100CAK-EM Rim Mount Opening for ED910 30” LR100CRK-EM Field Retrofit Kit Design Hardware Models Corbin Russwin GLSCVR9800 Models Models Rim Mount GLS9800 Surface Vertical Rod 30" LR100AW Rim Mount LR100CA-9800 Rim Mount Opening for Factory Installed 36" - 48" LR100AWK Opening for Factory Installed LR100CAK-9800 Models REX Status Status Kit * Note: Retracts only the latch ** Works With EM version ONLY Arrow Field Retrofit Kit LR100CR-42/48 Rim Mount 1000R Surface Vertical Rod 1000V Detex Exit Device Opening for Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100DXK LR100DX 36" Models Rim Mount ED5200 / ED4200 Models Surface Vertical Rod ED5400 Rim Mount 10 / 40 Series Concealed Vertical Rod ED4800 / ED5800 Surface Vertical Rod 20 / 50 Series Concealed Vertical Rod 80 / 81 / 62 / 63 Series Options LRCR1L Latch Status Kit LRCR1R REX Status Kit Options LRDX1R REX Status Status Kit * Note: Retracts only the latch SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS Security Door Controls ■ WWW.SDCSECURITY.COM 2 ACCESS & EGRESS SOLUTIONS - THE LOCK BEHIND THE SYSTEM Dorma Opening for Exit Devices Marshall Best Field Retrofit Kit Opening for Factory Installed 36" LR100DAK LR100DA 36" Models Rim Mount 9300 / F9300 Surface Vertical Rod 9400 / F9400 Falcon Opening for Factory Installed LR100MBSK LR100MBS Rim Mount Q1100 / QF1100 Surface Vertical Rod Q1200 / QF1200 Pamex Factory Installed 36" LR100FRK Field Retrofit Kit Models 24/25 Series Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Exit Devices Opening for LR100FR 36"- 48" Models Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100PAK LR100PA 30” LR100PAK-EM LR100PA-EM Rim Mount 25-R / F-25-R / 24-R / F-24-R Surface Vertical Rod 25-V / F-25-V / 24-V / F-24-V Models Concealed Vertical Rod 25-C / F-25-C / 24-C / F-24-C Rim Mount EF9000 Surface Vertical Rod EF9000V Concealed Vertical Rod EF9020V Falcon Dor-O-Matic Opening for Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed 36" LR100FAK LR100FA 30” LR100FAK-EM LR100FA-EM PDQ Models Rim Mount 1790 Concealed Vertical Rod 1690 Opening for Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100PDQ Rim Mount 6200R Surface Vertical Rod 6200V LR100DM PHI (Precision Hardware) Rim Mount 1590 Concealed Vertical Rod 1490 Opening for 36" 4500 Series Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit 36"- 48" LR100HK 30" Factory Installed Models Models Opening for Field Retrofit Kit 36"- 48” LR100PDQK 36" LR100DMK Hager Exit Devices Opening for LR100HK-EM Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100PDK LR100PD Models Factory Installed Rim Mount 2100 / 2400 LR100H Surface Vertical Rod 2200 LBR LR100H-EM Concealed Vertical Rod 2800 LBR / 2600 Rim Mount 5100 5200 LBR Models Rim Mount 4501 - Rim Surface Vertical Rod Surface Vertical Rod 4501 - SVR Options Options LRP1L Latch Status Kit for PHI Rim 2000 Series LRH1L Latch Status Kit LRP2L Latch Status Kit for PHI Vertical Rod 2000 Series LRH1R Pushpad/Dogging Status or REX Status Kit LRP1R REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status for PHI 2000 Series IDC (International Door Closers) 8000 Series Exit Devices Sargent Opening for Opening for Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed 36"- 48" LR100IDCK 36"- 48" LR100IDC 30" LR100IDCK-EM Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100SGK LR100SG 30” LR100SGK-EM LR100IDC-EM LR100SG-EM Models Models 8610 / 8810 / 8510 / 8710 Rim Mount 8500 / 8800 Surface Vertical Rod 8630 / 8830 / 8530 / 8730 Surface Vertical Rod 8700 Mortise 8620 / 8820 Concealed Vertical Rod 8400 / 8600 Concealed Vertical Rod 8650 / 8850 / 8550 / 8750 Mortise 8300 / 8900 Rim Mount Options Options LRIDC1L Latch Status Kit LRIDC1R Pushpad/Dogging Status or REX Status Kit ACCESS & EGRESS SOLUTIONS - THE LOCK BEHIND THE SYSTEM LRSG2R 3 Latch Status and REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status Kit WWW.SDCSECURITY.COM ■ SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS Security Door Controls SDC 6000 Series Exit Devices Tell Opening for Field Retrofit Kit Opening for Factory Installed 36"-48" LR100SDCK 36" LR100SDC 30" LR100SDCK-EM Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100TEK LR100TE Models LR100SDC-EM Models Rim Mount 9500 Surface Vertical Rod 9400 Rim Mount S6100 Surface Vertical Rod S6200 Mortise S6300 Von Duprin Concealed Vertical Rod S6800 Opening for Options 36" - 48" LRSDC1L Latch Status Kit LRSDC1R Pushpad/Dogging Status or REX Status Kit Stanley K2 Opening for 30" 30" LR100K2 LR100K2K-EM Factory Installed LR100VDK-22 LR100VD-22 LR100VDK-22-EM LR100VD-22-EM Rim Mount 22 Surface Vertical Rod 2227 Options Factory Installed 36"- 48" LR100K2K Field Retrofit Kit Models QED Series Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit LR100K2-EM Models LRVD1L Latch Status Kit for 22 Series LRVD2R REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status for 22 Series Rim Mount QED111 Von Duprin Surface Vertical Rod QED114 Concealed Vertical Rod QED124 Opening for 36"- 48" Options 30" LRK2R Latch Status and REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status Kit TownSteel Opening for ED1100 Series Exit Devices Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed 36"- 48" LR100TSK 30" LR100TS LR100TSKEM LR100TSEM ED1100 Surface Vertical Rod ED1200 Concealed Vertical Rod ED1300 Opening for 36" Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100TSK-55/56 LR100TS-55/56 ED5500 Surface Vertical Rod ED5600 LR100VDK-EM LR100VD-EM Rim Mount 98/99 33A / 35A Surface Vertical Rod 9827/9927 3327A / 3527A Concealed Vertical Rod 9847/9947 3347A / 3547A Mortise 9875/9975 Three Point latching 9857/9957 Latch Status Kit for Von Duprin 98/99 LRVD2L Latch Status Kit for Von Duprin 33/35 Series LRVD1R REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status for Von Duprin 98/99 Series LRVD2R REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status for Von Duprin 33/35 Series Yale 7000 Series Exit Devices Opening for Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100YDK LR100YD 30” LR100YDK-EM 42" - 48" Options 36" LR100VD Models 36" Rim Mount Opening for Factory Installed LR100VDK REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status Kit Models LRTS2R Field Retrofit Kit LRVD1L Options LRTS1R 98/99 and 33/35 Series Exit Devices Options Models Rim Mount 22 Series Exit Devices LR100YDK-42/48 LR100YD-EM LR100YD-42/48 Models REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status Kit FOR ED5500 Field Retrofit Kit Factory Installed LR100TSK-65/67 LR100TS-65/67 ED6500 Surface Vertical Rod ED6700 [t] 800.413.8783 ■ 805.494.0622 7110, 7210 Concealed Vertical Rod 7120, 7220 LRY1L Latch Status Kit LRY1R REX Status Kit * Note: Retracts only the latch © 2016 SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS Security Door Controls 7100, 7100-2, 7200 Surface Vertical Rod Options Models Rim Mount Rim Mount ■ ■ LIT-IP100 SERIES 08/16 WWW.SDCSECURITY.COM [f] 805.494.8861 ■ 801 Avenida Acaso, Camarillo, CA 93012 ■ PO Box 3670, Camarillo, CA 93011 Enterprise VMS for End Users Trusted by over 25,000 customers worldwide Today, many IP Video Management Software products have been designed with unnecessary complexity and a bloated infrastructure – and cost way too much to own! Video Insight brings an affordable, easy-to-use Video Management System that delivers full situational awareness and indisputable detail, reducing investigation time and allowing you to provide superior overall protection. This powerful VMS solution captures, manages, and stores video surveillance across a network – on a single or multiple locations – and supports the broadest range of IP and analog camera models. Video Insight is the perfect solution for multi-facility configurations including K-12 schools,universities, hospitals, healthcare providers, law enforcement, and SMBs in need of a powerful yet easy-to-use software. Grow and scale your system without limitations Video Insight is an intuitive and robust video management software like no other. Our powerful VMS supports an unlimited number of client workstations, users, simple integration with legacy systems, detailed management system, and more. Add one – or hundreds – of cameras anywhere on the network or across the entire organization, regardless of geographic boundaries. Ensure your customer is always UP and Protected Maximize protection with redundant recording to multiple Network Video Recorders (NVRs). Health Monitor, Automated failover and easy to use load balancing allows migration of cameras between servers. All of these features can provide high system availability for both live and recorded video at all times. User-access privileges and security features ensure that your video, data, and audio aren’t tampered with and are always protected. Become an Integrator and Increase Opportunities and Revenue Dealers and Integrators play a vital role to the overall success of Video Insight’s rapid-growth and increased market share. This is why we go to great lengths to select the right group of highly-qualified Systems Integrators to represent, sell, install, educate and support end user customers with Video Insight solutions. Peace of mind with ourCustomer Assurance Program (CAP) What good is your customer’s current surveillance system if cameras are down and they don’t know it? Our Customer Assurance Program (CAP) provides proactive monitoring and diagnostics to ensure you – and your customers – are never in the dark. Get notified upon failure and receive the assistance needed to solve the problem – this even includes replacement of cameras that were purchased from Video Insight. Integrators and Dealers receive aggressive volume discounts, special offers and promotions, training, marketing assistance, shared leads, and world-class support. Your success is our success. Lower entry to video surveillance market Affordability, flexibility and a simple licensing model are what sets Video Insight apart from the rest – we provide the most cost-effective VMS solution on the market and are the easiest to work with. Video Insight v6 allows end users to receive a perpetual license that includes a wide range of enterprise features – all included without any hidden fees. [email protected] | video-insight.com | SUPPORT 713-621-9779 Fanatical support VI Fanatical Support starts with products and services. At Video Insight, we pride ourselves on being able to assist you in your time of need in a timely manner. We guarantee a callback within an hour or we’ll give you $100 credit towards your next order. The Video Insight U.S.-based technical support team will be there when you need them. Guaranteed. Facility Maps Simple Camera and Server Configuration Key Product Features Simple Camera and Server Installation Video Insight simplifies complex network configurations and setup by automatically identifying cameras on the network – eliminating the need for manual configuration or searching. Centralized Deployments Video Insight supports distributed or centralized deployments. When using a centralized server, multiple locations can share a server, maximizing the hardware and reducing the upfront cost and maintenance over time. Motion Detection Detects and determines the presence of motion in a video tile. Configure and specify the level of motion required to trigger an event or archiving. Active Directory Integration Assign camera permission to Active Directory users and groups ensuring propert access rights and single sign-on capabilities. As users come and go, the video system administrators do not have to worry about updates because they are automatically inherited from the AD. Remote Viewing Powerful video surveillance features – even when you’re on the go. View full resolution live and recorded images from any server on Apple and Android devices with VI Mobile. Email full resolution snapshots, view predefined camera layouts and import all servers and cameras. Facility Maps Allows you to upload any type of image of your buildings and then place camera icons on the map representing camera placement. Hover over the icon to see a live image. This feature supports multiple layers of maps that can link to one another, creating a graphical hierarchy. Alert Monitoring Rules Manager provides a step-by-step wizard to monitor for scheduled events that trigger one or multiple actions. These can be simple snapshot emails on motion during specific time frames or complex multi-step trigger and action (Such as calling campus security). Low Bandwidth Options Save bandwidth with dual stream configurations that allow users to view groups of cameras in low resolution and switch to high resolution in full screen. Allows users in remote locations to view live and recorded video feed without significant impact to the network. Flexible Storage Options Video Insight v5.5 supports all types of storage including local, direct attached, NAS and SAN. This provides the flexibility to store recorded video to a single location or to any number of devices simultaneously. This flexibility allows users to keep some recordings for a longer period of time. Software Development Kit (SDK) Provides the ability for third-party software developers to embed live and recorded into their applications or create triggers for the Video Insight Server. ® Additional Features and Technical Specifications User interface Intuitive and powerful Requires little or no end user training Quick search tool for cameras Live and Recorded Monitoring Intuitive access to live and recorded video from any camera in system regardless of location Unlimited users Create customized layouts and layout groups Digital Zoom on any image PTZ control options including on screen overlay commands, left navigation control and pop-up menu options Picture in Picture of zoomed area 180 Degree stitched layouts PTZ control with USB Joysticks Panoramic/360 dewarped support Synchronized Playback Alert Management Pop-up live windows of alarmed cameras Red outline in camera layout on alarm conditions Alerts can be directed to specific users or groups Email or send text message of JPEG or AVI clip Pop-up window with detailed instructions for operator Alarm actions include changing displays, executing DIO commands displaying instant replay, pushing image to video wall, cycle spot monitor, move PTZ to presets, change recording options and record with audio Using Analytic Tripwire, count people entering and exiting facility to keep running total and alert if threshold exceeded Licensing Licensing in single camera increments No base or server fees No individual camera MAC address registration No extra licensing costs for client applications Virtual cameras require only a single license Multi-stream connections only require one license Arecont 180° and 360° cameras require only a single license Technology Robust scalable Pure 64-bit design Developed in open technologies Automated failover support Load Balancing Easy integration with 3rd party application Server software runs as a Windows Service Clients can connect to a single IP address to access the entire system Servers are connected to cameras and clients are connected to the servers. Clients do not connect directly to cameras. Email support for SSL and alternate ports, supporting Gmail and Hotmail SSL certificates for secure web client transmissions Execute programs or batch files on triggered event Storage Flexible high speed storage design with no limits Support for internal and external storage devices including NAS and SAN Support for COLDSTORE Long Term Storage for recorded video file management. Moves recorded video from a single or multiple cameras or servers on a schedule basis. Camera Support System Requirements Deep integration for over 3,000 camera models from 100 manufacturers. Check our website for the complete list Universal camera driver provides support for most other cameras via ONVIF, RTSP or HTTP Advanced camera features from Axis, Panasonic, IQeye, Sony, Sentry 360, Scallop and ImmerVision Resolutions up to 20 Megapixels MJPEG, MPEG4, H.264 Compressions Multistreaming Camera or server side motion detection Support for sensitivity and privacy zones Camera auto discovery Centralized camera management Audio inputs and outputs Combine audio and video from two independent sources Send live video to Axis Decoders Trigger Digital Inputs and Outputs Support for Axis DIO and Audio device OS Compatibility 32-and 64-bit versions of Windows XP, 7, 8, Server 2003, 2008R2, and 2012 Virtualization support for VMware, Hyper-V and Xen Memory and CPU requirements are affected by number of cameras, resolution, FPS, and motion-based recording. Visit website for sample configurations. [email protected] | video-insight.com | SUPPORT 713-621-9779 Key Features Recorded • Intuitive access to recorded video from any camera in system regardless of location • Frame-by-Frame or variable playback speeds up to 16X • View single camera or drag and drop up to 16 cameras for Synchronized Playback • View groups of cameras via drag and drop • Slider bar provides quick access to events • Digital zoom on all recorded video • Save JPEG or print snapshots • Synchronized video and audio • Instant replay of last 30 seconds of recorded video • Create a clip with use of guides marking time interval • Save clip to local client or server • Continuous, motion activated, scheduled, event or trigger based recording • Record up to 30 FPS or as little as 1 image per second, hour or day • Record always at 1 FPS and higher frame rate on motion or alarm • Pre- and Post-motion recording • Support for camera and server side motion detection • Create sensitivity zones in Windows client or camera configuration • Motion Event logs provide quick review of video associated with motion or alarm events • View recorded video from archived servers • Graphical timeline highlights motion events • Smart Search • Progressive download speeds for slow-speed connection • Automatically manages files and disk space • Specify maximum retention by camera • Panoramic/360 De-warped support • View full aspect ratio of 16:9 or 4:3 Video Export • Save JPEG or print snapshots • Clips include visable watermark, server based date/time stamp and camera name • Option to include MD5 checksum watermark in each clip • Standalone Player to validate • Recorded video is saved in cameras native or MJPEG compression in AVI file • Exported clips include audio • Synchronized video export of up to 9 video streams in single AVI file • Standalone Player with Watermark Validation – Review recorded video on any PC while viewing thumbnails and using a scroll bar for precise investigation - includes option to validate a watermark Live Video • Full-featured Windows, Web, and Mobile Clients • iPhone and iPad app available for free on iTunes • Android app available for free through Google Play • Mobile App supports live and recorded video from any camera, control of PTZs, and email images • Web Client supports IE, Safari, FireFox, Opera and ChromeActive X is optional • Macintosh support via Web Client • Support for other smartphone devices including BlackBerry and Windows Phones • Client applications require little or no end user training • View live video from any camera across multiple servers • Quickly navigate between cameras from any server using standard Windows Explorer tree structure • Unlimited users can view live video • Digital Zoom on any image with mouse click • Picture-in-Picture of zoomed area • Create customized layouts and layout groups • Drag cameras from left navigation tree into layout • Predefined layouts stored in the database can pull cameras from multiple servers, restricted by security level • Camera touring or Layout sequencing • View full aspect ratio of 16:9 or 4:3 • 180° stitched layouts • Single, Quad and Panorama views for 360º cameras • Three PTZ control options including on-screen overlay commands, left navigation control and pop-up menu options • Cycle PTZ presets, pausing for specified interval • PTZ control with USB Joysticks • Option to lock down non-admin users from PTZ controls • PTZ Prioritization – Users can be ranked to determine who has PTZ operations at a specific time • Search box allows quick access to any camera or server - search by partial name or IP address • Save JPEG or print snapshots • Push live video pop-up windows to other logged in users • 2Way audio allows operators to interact with video • Create Covert cameras by removing from navigation • Pause individual camera for instant investigation • High Performance option renders video in real time • Run in Full Screen mode with limited menus • Connect up to four monitors per PC • Video Wall app supports up to 64 monitors • Operators can push video to a Video Wall, cycle layouts or view alarms • Motion alerts displayed for each camera • Option to play sound on motion alarm • Launch clients in full screen mode to predefined layouts • Panoramic/360º De-warped support • Public View App displays live images directly from camera without connecting to a server • Lane Viewer App displays live images along with card holder picture and information to verify identity Facility Maps • Multi-level mapping provides quick access to cameras • Mouse over Camera icons for live video pop-up • Zoom into maps or navigate between mulitple layers • Quick access to recorded video from facility maps • Launch specified facility map on startup • View maps from Windows or Web Clients • Mouse over Layout icons to switch live displays to groups of cameras in the area • Easy setup requires JPEG, BMP or GIF images and drag and drop camera placement of maps, cameras, layouts or doors Notifications & Automation • Pop-up live windows of alarmed cameras • Red outline in camera layout on alarm conditions • Play audio file on alarm to alert operator • Pop-up window with detailed instructions for operator • Alarm actions include changing displays, execute DIO commands, display instant replay, push image to video wall, cycle spot monitor, move PTZ to presets, change recording options and record with audio • Email or send text message of JPEG or AVI clip • Alerts can be directed to specific users or groups • Powerful Rules Wizard allows easy configuration of an unlimited to take actions after an event • Motion alerts displayed for each camera • Option to play a sound on motion alarm • Send JPEG snapshots on an interval or on motion • Alter operators of camera side Analytic events • Using Analytic Tripwire, count people entering and exiting facility to keep running total and alert if threshold exceeded Enterprise Functionality • Support for unlimited cameras and recording servers • Distributed login to any server prevents single point of failure • Support for both centralized and distributed architectures • Use existing SQL Server infrastructures or included SQL Express • Centralized Management – all camera configurations for all servers are done from one easy to use setup screen • Authenticate users with a Video Insight users database or with integration of users and groups from Active Directory, LDAP or Novell eDirectory • Assign individual camera permissions to users or groups • All system and user settings are stored in SQL database • Centralized storage of user layouts and centrally managed • Automatic Failover • Health Monitor – comprehensive monitoring and alerting of system status • Audit Trail of all user logins and configuration changes stored in a SQL database • Automatic upgrade of client applications • Automatic system backup • Complete system performance statistics including - Storage, Bandwidth, Resolution, Format and Frame Rate • Users only see assigned cameras regardless of number of servers • Export camera and server information in Excel format • Camera Maintenance logging and tracking .Net-based • Software Development Kit Security • Enterprise-wide user management • Multi-level security including restriction of setup, management, live and recorded viewing, PTZ operation, access to layouts, facility maps, rules and clip creation • Authenticate users with a Video Insight users database or with integration of users and groups from Active Directory, LDAP or Novell eDirectory • Assign individual camera permissions to users or groups • Comprehensive log of all changes to system • Option to restrict users from logging in from multiple locations • Limit users to a single login per username • Option for inserting MD5 checksum into all recorded video files to detect any tampering • Camera Support • Deep integration for *2,500 camera models from 100+ manufacturers • Universal camera driver provides support for almost all other cameras via ONVIF, RTSP or HTTP • Advanced camera features from Axis, Panasonic, IQeye, Sony, Sentry 360, Scallop and Immervision • Single, Quad and Panorama views for 360 cameras • Resolutions up to 20 Megapixel • MJPEG, MPEG4, H.264 Compressions • Multicasting support • Multistreaming • Camera or server side motion detection • Support sensitivity and privacy zones • Camera auto discovery • Centralized camera management • Audio inputs and outputs • Combine audio and video from two independent sources • Send live video to Axis Decoders • Trigger Digital Inputs and Ouputs • Technology • Pure 64-bit Server and Client • Takes advantage of all available memory • Optimized for centralization • Robust scalable design • Developed in open technologies including Microsoft .Net and SQL Server • Virtualization support for VMware, Hyper-V and Xen Server • Automated failover support • Access live and recorded video or control the server with .NET SDK • Easy integration with 3rd party application via the well defined SQL tables • Server Software runs as a Windows Service • Clients can connect to a single IP address to access the entire system • Servers are connected to cameras and clients are connected to the servers - Clients do not connect directly to cameras • Email support for SSL and alternate ports, supporting Gmail and Hotmail • SSL certificates for secure web client transmissions • Execute programs or batch files on triggered event Storage • Flexible high-speed storage design with no limits • Support for internal and external storage devices including NAS, SAN and iSCSI • Support for Pivot3 Cloudbank failover architecture and Dell EqualLogic iSCSI • Integrator support for Veracity Coldstore • Intransa Virtual and iSCSI solutions • Long Term Storage for recorded video file management • Move recorded video from single or multiple cameras or servers on a schedule basis • Option to restrict users from logging in from multiple locations Performance • 250 two megapixel cameras per operating system • Deep camera integration technology and storage architecture allow extreme server performance • Total camera bandwidth of 600 Mbits/sec • Unrestricted number of clients • Load balancing • High Performance live display mode can show up to 36 megapixel images at 30 FPS Licensing • Simple per camera licensing available in single camera increments • No base or server fees • Individual camera MAC address registration is not required • No extra licensing costs for client applications • Virtual cameras require only a single license • Multi-stream connections only require one license • Arecont 180° and 360° cameras require only a single license Support Options • Lifetime technical support Monday through Saturday • Unlimited software updates • Remote control applications for unattended access Access Control Integration • Lenel • S2 • RS2 • Paxton • HID • IMRON • DSX • Blackboard • AMAG *Complete list available at www.video-insight.com Comparison Data Sheet Video Insight is a powerful, yet easy-to-use video management software that allows organizations in education, law enforcement, healthcare, commercial, and transportation the ability to deploy a customized and robust video surveillance system. The NEW Video Insight v6 Is more powerful, easier, and - with faster graphical search - it will change the way you look at video surveillance. Below is a feature comparison between version v5.5 and 6. Features Monitor Station VI Monitor Live Monitoring Access Archived Files Facility Maps PTZ Control Access Control Integration Layout Management Guard Tour Reporting Media Player for Playback control Synchronized Playback for event viewing Variable bitrates, encoders, and FPS to conform to your network's needs Audio Playback and Recording Dewarping Functionality License Plate Recognition Health Monitoring Decoders for analog camera integration Rules Manager functionality User, Group and Permission Management Storage management for recordings System Log Maintenance tracking for changes Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Bookmarks N Y Quickly access important clips. Mark events for other users to view at a later time. Easily retrieve specific recordings Workspaces N Y Increased ability to multitask. Easy swap between layouts and setups for the best view of a monitored location. Sleek and modern new UI N Y New Look and updated workflow. More Functionality for Facility Maps N Y Have more information at your fingertips when viewing the facility map window, for greater ease of use and a better understanding of your facility. Autofit Feature N Y Automatically fit any number of cameras to the window you're using to view them with the click of a button. Increased Zoom Options N Y Have more options available when zooming in on specific areas of the cameras. Increased Reporting for LPR N Y Keep better track of your facility with better monitoring and reporting. More easily understand who visits your facility when. Spanish Localization N Y Fully functional Spanish language translation. Useful in bilingual facilities, or heavily Spanish speaking areas. Save Snapshot to Clipboard N Y Makes it easier to instantly paste an image into a program for editing, or rapidly send a file in an email or inhouse messenger. Views N Y Set up a display that includes a webpage, such as one for weather tracking, a static image such as a company logo, and arrange the cameras any way you want as a saved layout for viewing. Description B-‐5360 Mini 360° Dome Overview • 5 megapixel • Fixed Lens with f1.19 mm / F2.0 • Basic WDR (74 dB) • 180/360° Fisheye View • Weatherproof (IP68), Vandal Proof (IK10) and Vibration Proof • Video Insight VMS license included Technical Specifications Device Device Type: Outdoor Mini Fisheye Image Sensor: Progressive Scan CMOS Sensor Size: 1/3.2'' Day / Night: No Superior Low Light Performance: No Minimum Illumination: Color: 0.1 lux at F2.0 (30 IRE, 2400°K) Mechanical IR Cut Filter: No IR Sensitivity Range: No IR LED: No Electronic Shutter: 1/5 ~ 1/2,000 sec (manual mode); 1/5 ~ 1/10,000 sec (auto mode) Lens Focal Length: Fixed (Fisheye lens), f1.19 mm / F2.0 Iris: Fixed Iris Focus: Fixed Focus Horizontal Viewing Angle: 180° (overview area), 109.8° (high detail area) Viewing Angle Adjustment: Video Compression: Max. Frame Rate vs. Resolution: Mode: Multi Streaming: Bit Rate: Bit Rate Mode: Image Enhancement: Privacy Mask: Text Overlay: Image Orientation: Rotation: ±90° H.264, MJPEG 30 fps at 1920 x 1080; 30 fps at 1280 x 960; 30 fps at 1280 x 720; 30 fps at 640 x 480; 15 fps at 320 x 240 Fisheye Streaming; Dewarped streaming: 180°/360° Panorama; ePTZ Simultaneous dual streams based on two configurations 28 Kbps 6 Mbps (per stream) Constant, Variable Basic WDR (75 dB); White balance: automatic, hold and manual; Brightness; Contrast; Sharpness; Automatic gain control; Digital Noise Reduction; Flickerless 4 configurable regions User defined text on video Image flip and mirror B-‐5360 Mini 360° Dome Technical Specifications Audio Audio In: Mic In, able ith .5mm hone ck Network Protocol & Service: TCP, UDP, HTTP, HTTPS, DHCP, PPPoE, RTP, RTSP, IPv6, NS, DNS, TP, UPnP, SNMP, Bonjour, Sony VISCA, Pelco D, Pelco P MP, RP, MP, MTP, TP, Ethernet Port: 1, Ethernet (10/100Base T), RJ 45 connector Security: IP ddress ltering; TTPS ncryption; assword rotected ser vels; nonymous login; EE 02.1X etwork access control Alarm Alarm Trigger: Alarm Response: Video motion detection (3 regions) Notify control center; Change camera settings; Command other devices; E mail notification with snapshots; Save video or snapshot to local storage; Upload video, Snapshot to FTP Interface Local Storage: MicroSDHC/MicroSDXC memory card slot (card not included) General Power Source / Consumption: PoE Class 1 (IEEE802.3af) / TBC Weight: TBC Dimensions (Ø x H): 4.3" x 2.4" (110 mm x 60 mm) Environmental Casing: Weatherproof (IP68 rated); Vandal proof (IK10 rated); Vibration proof (EN 50155 Ready without certificate); Mount Type: Transparent dome cover Surface, Gang box Starting Temperature: Operating Temperature: 4°F ~ 122°F ( 20°C ~ 50°C) 4°F ~ 122°F ( 20°C ~ 50°C) Operating Humidity: 10% ~ 85% RH Approvals: CE (EN 55022 Class B, EN 55024), FCC (Part15 Subpart B Class B), IK10, IP68, NEMA 4X, System Compatibility EN 50155 Ready (without certificate) ONVIF Accessories: B MD EP B MD GB B MD MK B MD WM B PM ST A-‐54 V2 3M P WD R Dome Camera Overview Up to 3 megapixel (2048 x 1536) @ 20 fps resolution • Motorized VF lens • True WDR 120db • Analytics • Defocus Detection, smart face detection, audio exception detection, intrusion detection, scene change detection & cross line detection. • Support Environmental Noise Filtering • IR cut filter with auto switch • Two-‐way audio • 3-‐axis (pan/tilt/rotation) positioning • Video Insight VMS License Included Technical Specifications Device Image Sensor: 1/3” Progressive Scan CMOS Min. Illumination: 0.014 Lux @(F1.4,AGC ON), 0 Lux with IR Shutter Time: 1s to 1/100,000 s Lens: 2.8 9 [email protected] F1.4, angle of view: 91.2° 28.3° Auto Iris: DC drive Angle Adjustment: Pan:0°-‐355°, Tilt: 0° ~ 75°, Rotation:0°-‐355° Slow Shutter: Support Digital Noise Reduction: 3D DNR WDR Range: 120db Lens Mount: φ14 Day/Night: IR cut filter with auto switch Compression Standard Video Compression: H.264/MPEG4/MJPEG Bit Rate: 32 Kbps ~ 16 Mbps H.264 Type: Baseline Profile/Main Profile/High Profile Audio Compression: G.711/G.722.1/G.726/MP2L2 Audio Bit Rate: 64Kbps(G.711) / 16Kbps(G.726) Image Max. Image Resolution: 2048 x 1536 Frame Rate: 20fps (2048 × 1536), 30fps (1920 × 1080), 30fps (1280 × 720) EIS (Electronic Image Stabilization: Yes BLC (Back Light Compensation: Yes Defog: Yes Day/Night Switch Auto/Schedule/Triggered by alarm in Picture Overlay: LOGO picture can be overlaid on video with 128 x 128 24 bit bmp format A-‐54 V2 3M P WD R Dome Camera 7 Technical Specifications Image etting: Rotate mode, Saturation, Brightness, Contrast adjustable by web browser Network Alarm Trigger: Line crossing Detection, Intrusion detection, Scene change detection, Defocus detection, audio exception detection, Motion detection, Face detection, Dynamic analysis, Tampering alarm, Network disconnect, IP address conflict, Protocols: TCP/IP,ICMP,HTTP,HTTPS,DHCP,DNS,RTP,RTSP,RTCP, NTP,SMTP,SNMP,IGMP,IPv6,Bonjour Security: User authentication, watermark, IP address filtering, anonymous access System Compatibility: ONVIF, PSIA, Interface Communication Interface: 1 RJ45 10 M/100 M Ethernet interface Audio Input: 1 ch 3.5 mm audio interface, Mic in/Line in Audio Output: 1 ch 3.5 mm audio interface Alarm Input/Output 1/1 Reset Button: Yes General Operating Conditions: 22° F – 140° F ( 30°C 60°C) Humidity 95% or less (non condensing) Power Supply: 12 VDC ± 10%, PoE (802.3af) Power Consumption: Max. 9.5W Impact rotection: IEC60068 2 75Eh, 50J, EN50102, up to IK10 Dimensions: Φ 5.51” × 4.80” (Φ 140 × 121.8 mm) Weight: 3.09lbs (1400g) Software: Includes ideo Accessories: A 44 FM sight MS icense A 44 OD A POLE MOUNT A 44 PENDANT White Papers Making Your Analog Surveillance Cameras Go Further With Video Encoders You’ve invested time and money in analog cameras for your video surveillance system. The analogs provide a “good enough” image and they still have a lot of life left in them, but you can’t help but pay attention to the migration of the video surveillance market to IP video and those crisp, megapixel images. You don’t have to purchase all new IP video cameras to experience IP video technology. Using video encoders you can achieve megapixel IP video quality with your existing analog cameras. And it’s a lot more affordable than you’d think – with some options ringing up at less than $100 per camera. The diagram above shows how you can use video encoders in conjunction with additional IP cameras to create a low cost hybrid solution. How do encoders work? Analog cameras send images as native analog video – video that cannot directly connect to your IP network. An IP video camera, however, can directly connect to an IP network (just like computers do). Using video encoders, you connect your existing analog cameras to an encoder, which then takes the native analog video and outputs it as digital video which can then be sent over an IP network. IP Video Encoders P1 Analog Image De-Interlaced Image Most analog cameras/DVRs capture images at 320x240 at 6 frames per second (FPS). Using a video encoder, however, de-interlaces the images, resulting in a capture at 720x480 at 30 FPS. The result is a superior megapixel image. Encoders Offer More Than Just a Pretty Picture, Especially Coupled With a Strong VMS In addition to achieving better image quality through megapixel resolution, using video encoders to obtain IP video maximizes your network infrastructure – allowing you the capability to centralize your system if you desire. Consolidate the DVRs strung around your facility with up to 160 encoder ports on one server, for example. If a DVR fails, replace it with an encoder at a much lower cost. Migrating to IP video from analog using video encoders sets the foundation for a video management system (VMS) where you can easily add existing and new cameras – analog or IP – to your network. Would you like to add megapixel images to the parking lot, for example, in order to increase coverage and, perhaps, get a discernible image of a license plate on a suspicious looking vehicle? Just because Video Insight is easy to use, however, doesn’t mean it isn’t sophisticated. The straight-forward user interface for Video Insight Monitor Station immediately gives users a clear idea of how to add cameras, view cameras, retrieve recorded video and make video clips, among many other features. You can easily configure your cameras to integrate with building and campus facility maps which can also be layered. IP Video Encoders P2 Cameras can be viewed from the Monitor Station or from the internet via the Web Client or smartphone and tablet applications (including iPad/iPhone and Android). On a more technical level, Video Insight provides Active Directory Support including LDAP integration which minimizes the need for employees to toggle various usernames and passwords while also reducing the amount of technical support needed to create user names and assign camera permissions for each video user. The powerful web client doesn’t require ActiveX plug-ins and the system provides integrated failover. Video Insight also integrates seamlessly with access control and analytics programs. If any technical or user issues do arise when using Video Insight, the U.S.-based technical support team offers a wealth of knowledge and a one-hour callback guarantee. One of the most attractive features of Video Insight, which operates on an open architecture platform, is its scalability which can achieve several hundred cameras per server. And you aren’t limited to camera selection as you improve upon your analog-to-IP system because Video Insight supports more than 1,300 cameras from 60 manufacturers, giving you the ultimate in choice when adding or replacing cameras. Despite the fact that IP video sounds more complicated than analog – it’s actually an easier system to manage, if you have the right software. Award winning Video Insight VMS software is an excellent choice to manage your analog cameras and encoders – and any new IP cameras you will add – because it is easy to use and requires virtually no training. The Video Insight VP-16 Encoder Will Help You Make the Move From Analog to IP After you’ve made the decision to convert from analog to IP, the next step is choosing the right encoder and the best software. The Video Insight VP-16 is a 16-port video encoder bundled with Video Insight software that will help you achieve the perfect analog-to-IP video migration and at a dramatically lower cost – less than $100 per channel. This simple, per camera pricing is all inclusive and requires no additional fees. The VP-16 includes the complete suite of Video Insight enterprise software, and: • All channels H.264 compression, D1 Resolution at 30 FPS • Encoder based motion detection • Deinterlaced image • 16 video loopouts to power existing analog monitors and video walls • 1U Rackmount case • Single 100/1000 Network Port • Single 110v internal power supply The Price is Right (No Matter the Implementation Size) Unlike many IP VMS systems, Video Insight is affordable, and there are no hidden fees for site licenses or remote viewing. Video Insight has more than 25,000 customers including 4,500 schools and universities (with hundreds of buildings managed by one system) to smaller firms seeking an initial transition from existing analog to IP. There’s no argument that IP video is superior to analog. But investing money into new camera hardware when you have existing hardware that’s operational doesn’t make much budget sense. Making what could amount to a nominal investment to upgrade your images from analog to IP, however, makes perfect sense. Choosing a trusted VMS software provider such as Video Insight bundled with a solid encoder, the VP-16 – at an amazingly affordable price – is one of the best ways for your firm to make your analog surveillance cameras go further with video encoders. To learn more visit www.video-insight.com Video Insight offers intelligent and user-friendly state-of-the-art IP video surveillance systems. Headquartered in Houston, Texas, Video Insight software is used in thousands of businesses including schools, universities, hospitals, banks, hotels, restaurants, retail businesses, and government facilities. Visit our website or call 713.621.9779 for more information. IP Video Encoders P3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL SECURITY/SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PREPARED FOR MCLEOD COUNTY Prepared by: Honeywell Building Solutions September 30th, 2016 “Honeywell helps customers increase energy efficiency, be sustainable, improve quality, to reduce operating costs and create a safer, more comfortable environment.” DISCLAIMER The following document is copyrighted and is intended for the use by McLeod County or authorized Project Team personnel only. It is not to be duplicated, used, or disclosed, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to evaluate this proposal. If, however, a contract is awarded to this offer or as a result of or in connection with the submission of this data, the owner or authorized representative shall have the right to duplicate, use, or disclose the data to the extent provided in the resulting contract. This restriction does not limit the owner’s right to use information contained in this data if it is obtained from another source without restriction. The data subject to this restriction are contained in all sheets. Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 2 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TABLE OF CONTENTS TAB 1 – MINIMUM CRITERIA ................................................................................................... 5 1. COVER LETTER ....................................................................................................................... 6 2. A BRIEF PROFILE OF THE FIRM .................................................................................................. 6 3. THE OVERALL QUALIFICATIONS OF THE BUSINESS .......................................................................... 9 TAB 2 – REQUIRED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... 11 1. PROPOSAL BOND ................................................................................................................. 12 2. PROOF OF REQUIRED INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 14 3. AUTHORIZED INSTALLER AND MAINTENANCE PROVIDER ................................................................ 15 4. FIVE‐YEAR MAINTENANCE SUPPORT GUARANTEE ........................................................................ 16 5. ADDENDA .......................................................................................................................... 17 TAB 3 – EXECUTIVE SUMMARY/ OVERVIEW .......................................................................... 24 1. SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................................................. 25 2. TECHNICAL SUMMARY OF THE SYSTEM PROPOSED ....................................................................... 27 TAB 4 – MAIN BODY OF RESPONSE ........................................................................................ 30 TAB 5 – COST ......................................................................................................................... 32 1. BASE ................................................................................................................................ 33 2. OPTION 1 .......................................................................................................................... 33 TAB 6 – BILL OF MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS .......................... 34 1. ITEMIZED BILL OF MATERIAL................................................................................................... 35 2. QUANTITY OF NETWORK CONNECTIONS BY LOCATION .................................................................. 38 TAB 7 – RESPONDENT ASSUMPTIONS .................................................................................... 39 1. LIST OF EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 40 2. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED ......................................................................................................... 44 3. OTHER ASSUMPTIONS .......................................................................................................... 44 Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 3 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 8 – INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY AND DRAWINGS ..................................................... 45 1. INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY ............................................................................................... 46 2. DIAGRAM .......................................................................................................................... 48 3. COMPLETE NETWORK DIAGRAM ............................................................................................. 49 TAB 9 – ACCEPTANCE TESTING............................................................................................... 51 1. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN ......................................................... 52 TAB 10 – SOFTWARE UPGRADES AND ACTIVE DIRECTORY INTERFACE ................................... 53 1. PROPOSED SOFTWARE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE ........................................................................ 54 2. LDAP INTEGRATION WITH MS ACTIVE DIRECTORY ...................................................................... 55 TAB 11 – RESPONDENT AND SUBCONTRACTORS QUALIFICATIONS........................................ 57 1. INFORMATION ABOUT THE RESPONDENT ................................................................................... 58 2. QUALIFICATION AND REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 60 3. EXPERIENCE AND EXISTING CUSTOMERS .................................................................................... 60 4. REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................... 60 5. SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM SERVICE AFTER INSTALLATION .................................................................. 66 6. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ........................................................................................................ 67 TAB 12 – PROJECT TEAM AND MAINTENANCE TEAM ............................................................. 70 1. INSTALLATION PERSONNEL ..................................................................................................... 71 2. SERVICE INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 73 TAB 13 – EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS ......................................................................... 74 TAB 14 – EXHIBITS ................................................................................................................. 77 TAB 15 – SALES AND BROCHURES .......................................................................................... 79 Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 4 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 1 – MINIMUM CRITERIA Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 5 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Honeywell Building Solutions 1985 Douglas Drive Golden Valley, MN 55422 1. COVER LETTER McLeod County 830 11th Street East, Suite 10 Glencoe, MN 55336-2200 Attn: Scott Grivna Honeywell is pleased to provide this security proposal for McLeod County. The County has been a valued customer of Honeywell for many years and we look forward to expanding that partnership with this Honeywell security solution. Per the original Request for Proposal (RFP) dated August 30, 2016 and two subsequent addendums- Addendum A dated September 23rd, 2016 and Addendum B dated September 29, 2016, the solution presented to the County is a state-of-the-art design based on the latest technology available in the security industry today. One example of that technology would be the ability to use smart phone technology as a credential and a Photo ID much the same you would for a physical card. You would now have the ability to manage your cardholder database by simply sending an app to the user with a predefined access level in place. For the IP video system, we will be using the latest in IP video solution technology from Axis Communications, the leading provider of IP video solutions in the world. Honeywell Price: Base Bid: Option A: Option B: $421,354.00 $2,480.00 $4,571.00 A detailed list of equipment, labor and material provided as well as a breakout for each building is provided in the body of the RFP. Thank you for this opportunity! Respectfully Submitted, John Barry Senior Account Manager Honeywell Building Solutions [email protected] 764-402-4306 Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 6 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 2. A BRIEF PROFILE OF THE FIRM Honeywell International is a Fortune 100 diversified technology and manufacturing leader, serving customers worldwide with aerospace products and services; control technologies for buildings, homes and industry; automotive products; turbochargers; and specialty materials. Honeywell's shares are traded on the New York, London, and Chicago Stock Exchanges. Headquartered in Morris Plains, New Jersey, Honeywell employs approximately 127,000 employees in more than 70 countries worldwide. We have an unrelenting focus on quality, delivery, value, and technology in everything we make and do. 130 Years of Innovation Honeywell's story stretches back more than 130 years when an inventor named Albert Butz patented the furnace regulator and alarm. He formed the Butz Thermo-Electric Regulator Co., Minneapolis, on April 23, 1886, and a few weeks later invented a simple, yet ingenious device that he called the "damper flapper." Our history encompasses several predecessor companies and the inspiring work of tens of thousands of people. But our core mission and values have been consistent from the start: Our vision for a secure, comfortable, more efficient future... Our steadfast belief in the power of innovation ... And our relentless insistence on continuous improvement. From our genesis in 1885 to today, these are the principles that led us to the advancements and innovations of the past century and a quarter ... And they'll continue to inspire and guide us as we create new solutions for the challenges of tomorrow. Years Former Firm Name 2000 - Present Honeywell International Inc. 1963 – 2000 Honeywell Inc. 1927 – 1963 Minneapolis-Honeywell Heat Regulator Company 1916 – 1927 Honeywell Heating Specialty Company 1893 – 1916 Electric Heat Regulator Company 1885 – 1893 Butz Thermo-Electric Regulator Company Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 7 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Org Structure The Honeywell parent company is driven by three business units. − Aerospace − Automation and Control Solutions (ACS) − Performance Materials and Technologies Honeywell Building Solutions (HBS), one of the business units that make up ACS, will be responsible for the work proposed in this response. HBS installs, integrates and maintains the systems that keep your facility safe, secure, comfortable, productive and energy efficient — from building automation and management solutions that increase facility performance to security and life safety solutions that help mitigate risk. We work with thousands of commercial, industrial, municipal, federal and utility customers across the globe to identify challenges and provide customized solutions — solutions that provide the data you need to make better facility decisions and increase the ROI of building equipment. From simple service and maintenance to comprehensive design, installation and optimization of multiple systems, we can keep you performing at your best — no matter where you are in the world. Look to HBS to provide world-class solutions for all facilities operational needs, including: Building Automation and Control Emergency Communications Fire and Life Safety Systems HVAC Install, Maintenance and Retrofit Integrated Energy Services Integrated Security Solutions Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 8 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 3. THE OVERALL QUALIFICATIONS OF THE BUSINESS HBS is one of the major players in the Building Automation and Controls, Life Safety, Security and Integrated Systems industry, as well as in the Automation Maintenance, Fire, Security, Mechanical and Energy Services industry. HBS has customers in all industries and government branches. We service the private, public building and construction markets including multi-location retail, commercial office space, healthcare, life sciences, federal government, state and local government, educational, and industrial clients. HBS Main Lines of Business HBS is currently providing systems and solutions installation and maintenance services in the following segments: Building Automation - Honeywell offers a comprehensive service program for building automation systems as well. These systems are designed to control energy usage by ensuring that HVAC systems run only when required based on occupancy or other building requirements. Here again, Honeywell technicians are able to maintain not only systems manufactured by Honeywell but by competitors as well. Security and Fire Solutions - HBS offers complete fire and security system design and installation. Fire alarm systems are designed by NICET trained engineers who are knowledgeable in state and local code requirements. Security systems include standard application; i.e. intrusion alarms, video, as well as card access to monitor access based on authorization. Honeywell also can offer an asset tracking strategy that will allow a plant or facility to monitor the movement of specific pieces of critical inventory as it travels from one department to another. Security System Maintenance - This support service approach is designed to ensure that the security system that is in place to protect your employees and assets is working properly twenty four hours per day, seven days per week. Systems support includes card access, intrusion alarms, CCTV network and more. Fire Alarm System Maintenance - Fire alarm support services are provided by NICET trained Fire Alarm technicians. NICET trained technicians understand the critical communications link between field mounted devices, control panels located throughout your facility and in some cases the external link to the local fire department. They also understand state and local codes and the requirements that need to be met to maintain the integrity of your systems. Mechanical Systems - This includes heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems that are designed to distribute conditioned air throughout a facility. Chillers, boilers, air handling equipment, control systems are typical of the kinds of systems that this service is designed to Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 9 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. address. To optimize building efficiency and minimize cost, preventive maintenance is provided on equipment based on age, runtime and manufacturer's specification. By providing the right amount of preventive maintenance unexpected break down costs are avoided and equipment life is extended. Temperature Control Maintenance - HBS provides support service for temperature control systems as part of a mechanical maintenance program or as a stand alone offering. Maintenance service includes coverage of electric, electronic, pneumatic and direct digital control systems. With the advent of open systems architectures, HBS is able to maintain systems that were designed and installed by Honeywell as well as competitors' systems. Energy Solutions - Honeywell will work with building owners/facility managers to develop the right strategy to conserve energy and reduce overall cost of operations. Energy Solutions will include the analysis of the mechanical HVAC systems, lighting systems, compressed air system and the approach that the facility is using to purchase gas/electricity. Industrial Solutions - HBS provides many of these services to large, industrial customers that have unique requirements. HBS can assist in monitoring and tracking emissions to help meet state and federal guidelines, and help reduce downtime and scrap by identifying issues in the production process with our line efficiency tracking system. HBS can automate and control the production process and reduce energy cost by analyzing how facilities operate, how compressed air is being used and how demand is affected by run time strategies. Control Products - Honeywell designs and manufactures products for the residential, commercial and OEM markets. These products are distributed by HBS as well as wholesalers, retailers, and original manufacturers and are used by contractors, homeowners and commercial buildings. These products are designed to provide comfort and the control of water, gas and the distribution or purification of air. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 10 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 2 – REQUIRED DOCUMENTS Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 11 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. • -Al.A Document A310™ -2010 Bid Bond CONTRACTOR: (Name, /,;gal S1a11<, and address) SURl:IY: (Nomf., t,gol .ttatus and pri11cipol plac-e ofbusinut} NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY 650 Elm Street Th\! doc1Jmont !tao lmponenl legal HONEYWal. INTERNATIONAL INC. 198S Oo<Jglas Drlve Nonh Golden Valley, MN SS422 Manchester, NH 03101 OWHER: (Name. legal status and address) MCLEOD COUmY 830 11th Street, Suite 10 Glenooe, MN 55336 BOHD AMOUNT: Five Percent of the B;ise Bid Plus The Total Amount of All Mditive Alternates (5%) conseq1.1enc:e:s. Con:aul'9tlon wttn ao attomey ~ anooo~ wkt'i respect lo its cornpltd)QJI Ol moditicalion. Any ,!ngular rel+ntn08 to Con1111ctor. Surety, Owner or other patty ~air be tonsldl(ed g!ural where aPOtleabkl. PROJECT: (Name. location or address, and Project number, ifany) County Security/Surveillance System The Contmc1or and Surety ate bound 10 the Owner in the amount sot forth above, for the payment of which the Conln!Ctor ll!ld Surery bind themselves, their heirs, executors, edrniniSlralo", successors and assigns,jointly and kVtrally, as provided herein. The conditions ofthis Bond are such that if the Owner aceep1$ the bid oftlte Conwctor within the lime specified in the bid documenlS, or within such time period as may be agreed co by tlte Owner and Coniracior. and tlte Con1n><:tor either (I ) enlers into a coniract ,eilh the Owner in accordance with tlte terms or such bid. and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Con1rac1 Do.:uments, with a surety admiued in the jurisdiccion of tltc Project and otlmwise acceptable to the Owner, for tlte faithful performance of such Contn1ct end for the prompt payment of labor and msieriol furnished in the proS<Curion lh~eof; or (2) pays 10 lite Ownt:r \he difference, not lo e>ceed the amount of this Bond, between the atnoun1 specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contmct with another pany 10 perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full forte Md effect. The Surtty hereby waives any nouce of an agnement between the Owner and Contractor to <xt.end the lime in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of notice by !he Surety shall not apply to eny extension exctedins sixty (60) days in the aggregate beyONi the time for acceptance of bids specified In the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall ob111in Ute Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days. lflhis Bond is i~ued in eonneccion with a subcontractor's bid co• Conuaccor, the rorm Concractor in this Bond shall be ~moo lo be Subcontn1ctor ond the cenn Owner shall be deemed to be ConttaC'lot. When this Bond has been furnished 10 comply with a statutory or other legal roquiremenl in Che location of the Project, any provision in this Bond conflic<ing with said siotutory ur legal requirement shall be dtemed dtl01ed hcrefrom and provisions confonning to such s1111u1ery or other legnl requirement shnll be deemed incorporot.ed h«<in. When so furnished. the inlent is that tl1is Bond shall be construed as a ru1tu1ory hood anJ not os a common Jaw bond. Si1,r1cd and sealed t • 30th day of (Title M. Houghtnn Attnmev·in·Fact CAVTION: You thOUld :,fgn an orig~n.al AlA ConU'lct Docum&nt. on which thhJ fdxt as:ipe1r1 In RED. Ari. origln11 a&Uf't..O. ~t ~hinges wm not be: obJ(:ured. lnlt. AIA Doc1H11ot1I A310l'lt - 1010. Ce>pyllgl\t O 1$1lU, 1070 and 2010 try The.Atn&ri:.an IM\lhllO or AJc.Mecu. Id rtotit, tOHffld. WAR:HlHG:. lhf~AlA· Oc:lcl.l1'M'ffl.f•prctt~ by U.S. Capytlght Law and lnllm11Janll Tneu.... Un11itJtho.f1Ad r•prod1.1cUon o r d.l•blbutlai, of lhlt AJA• OOc:a.lA-ttie'lt. « •n:t portfOft <iftt, m1yn11.11\ln .......,. cMI 1nd cl1rnfNI Pl'nlJIJH, and "'111 b1, S>f'Cl8C:Ut9d ta th• rnadmvm •Jrttnt ponlb'a vndu IM hrw, Purc:twb,. tiro p;mtltl.od 10 mp100l,<O 1f/C\ (10) c.oplesottnis dOO.iMO:nl \lltlort o:imple1ed. 'io c;opyt>Q:it v!Olatlon2 ot Alo\ Cont,ac( Ooom1~•- o-mail 1'Jw Amerlc.an ln~tw,ecif Al'Cfli1oc.b' l~.al e(:n,n,tt. ¢[email protected]'Q. 0,,1110 ••pion NAS SURETY GROUP l NORTli AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL M£N BV THI:SE PRllSllNTS, THAT North Americnn Specinlly Insurance Company. a corporation duly O'l)anized and e.is1ing und<r laws ofd1e Sill!< of New Humpshirc, and hosing its princip~I om« in the City of Manchester. New Hampshin:, and Washingtoll lntemalional lnsumnec: Company, a torporation org.nniz<d und existing under 1hc lov.·s of the Stnte-0fNc:w Humpshircand having its principnl omc~ in the Ciiy or Schaumburg. Illinois. each does hen:by make, constitute and appoint: HARRY C. ROSENBERG, DAVID C. ROSENBERG. MAITliEW J. ROSENBERG, JOYCE M. HOUGHTON. JULIA R. BURNET. DENISE M. BRUNO. JONATHAN I'. BLACK. MICHELLE G. HIGGINS snd ELIZABETH P. CERVIN! JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY Its irue and luwCul AUomey(s).in-Foct, to make, execute, SQJf and deliver, for and on its behalf and ns its act and deed, bonds or other writins:, obliga1ory in the nature or a bond on behalf of each of said Conip.:inies. us surtly, on contracts of sure1yship as ure or moy be required or permitted by law, reguJQtion, contract or othcrw;se. provided thm no bond or undcnaking or C'<'nll'O.Ct or surel)'ship executed under this nulhority shall exceed 1he amount of: FIFTY MILLION {$50.000.000.00) DOLLARS This Power or Anomty is granted and is signed by lbcsimile under and by the nuU1ori1y of the followins Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialw lnsurunce Company and Washing1on lntern•tion•l lnsurance Company al meetings duly collod and held on the 9" of May, 2012: ''RESOLVED. that any two of the Presidents, nny Manqging Director, nny Senior Vioc !'resident. nny Vice P«sidcn~ any Assistant Vice President the Secretary or ony Assistant Sccre1ory be. and ench or any ofthcm hereby i$ authoriz~ to cx«ufc n Power of Auomey qualifying tht a\lomey nanicd in the given Power of Attorney 10 execute on b<hnlf of the Compa1iy bonds, undertakings and all contracts of sun:ty, nnd that each or any of them hereby is aulhorized to anest to the execution of auy such Pow« of Attorney and 10 auach therein the seal of 1hc Company: and it is FUiffH6R RESOLVED, !hat lhc signature of' such ofli«rs and the scol of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of AUomey or to eny ccnificete relating thereto by focsiniile. nnd uny such Powor of Auorney or certificate bearing such focsimile signatures or facsimile seal $hall be binding upon the Compuny when so affixed and in the futu« wi1h regard to auy bood. undertakini or contract of surety 10 which it is uuachcd." ~\~\lilill~!:11#11~ ~11~a..;'.~t:~ 1Q'' {o-,.'2..,,. f . Wt \!<,;; :-flit"' '\ ,,,.~~';.eJ %.~ii,;;;·; i'i"~~ ~,,..~,,...ilf IJ ] ,'!. 1813 ii "'""""'"""""',,...i;.,,,,~arr.,f:""'""'"""""'"""""",.. llllrll~A, lly llo,"'uior ,ur ,..,,. & Sni>lw \'fu, rta!dotel ofNH'lh ..\nttf'k.111t $(1MW1.Y f"'1utilll'lu C'o•iu111 IN WITNeSS WHEREOF, North American Sl)<cinlly lnsumnct Company and Washing1on ln1<ma1ional Insurance Company have caused their oOiciol seals 10 be hereunto aflixed. and these po:scnls to be signed hy their au1horiud officers this 30th doy of De<:ember • 20.!!_. Noflh Ameriton Speciolly lnsuronce Compuny Washlni;ton lnternftlionnl Insur.nee Company Slate of Illinois County of Cook ss: On 1his 30U> day of December • 20 _!L before me. a Notary Public personally appeared Steven P Ande~on • Senior Vice f>,esidcnt of Wnshinglon lntcrruuinool Insurance Company nnd Senior Vice President of North Amoricon Specialty h1sumnce Company end Michael A. lln. Senior Vice Presiden1 of Washington International lnsunui« Company ond S.:nior Vice J>r,:sidon1 of North American Specially lnsumnce Company, personally known to me. who being by me duly swom. ncknowlcdged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and ncknowl(dged soiU ins1rumc:nt to be ll1c \'olunta.ry act and <let<l of lh~ic respl!clive companies. omcw. SEAl M Xflltl'< ,_.:{' \ , \ NOT~ PUBOC, STAll: Of IU.tlOIS I ,, • • 1'1.1, F.::c:-iiuy, Nc.,titl)' tiut,li~ ~ Mr COMMIS!<ON exPlRES 12'1W2017 I, Jdfrev y<>lflt>er• \he duly elected Assjstonl Sec[<fnry of North American Specinlly Insurance Company and W11.shing1on ln1emo1ional Insurance Company. do horeby ctr1ify !hat die above end foregoing is u true and correct copy of B Power of Attorney givtn by said North Amcric11n Spe.:iolty Insurance Company and Washington lnkmationnl Insurance Co,npnny. which is still in full force and cffecl. IN WITNESS WHEREOF. I hovt set my hand and affiscJ lhe seals 0(1he Companies this 301hday of September , 20 16 ,,t/ ~~;2:7 lrlll.-, Goldbtf,11:, V1oa tn:-i.id!J'!I &. Allis!IIIISC".,a")'(lf W.ut.ini;i:on l/11e1~ 1iON1 f.tl1u1"1C( Co111fll)t1y& Nof'lh Al'Mriun Spri.i.11)' tniu1.ti1Xe ('omp,,.ny MEMORANDUM OF INSURANCE This memorandum is issued as a matter of information only to authorized viewers for their internal use only and confers no rights upon any viewer of this Memorandum. This Memorandum does not amend, extend or alter the coverages described below. This Memorandum may only be copied, printed and distributed within an authorized viewer and may only be used and viewed by an authorized viewer for its internal use. Any other use, duplication or distribution of this Memorandum without the consent of Aon Risk Services, Inc. is prohibited. "Authorized Viewer" shall mean an entity or person which is authorized by the insured named herein to access this Memorandum via http://honeywell.com/sites/moi/. The information contained herein is as of the date referred to above. Aon Risk Services, Inc. shall be under no obligation to update such information. Producer: Aon Risk Services Northeast, Inc. Questions please contact: [email protected] Insured: HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC. Insurer P. O. BOX 1219 101 COLUMBIA ROAD MORRISTOWN, NJ 07962 Coverages Insurer Insurer Insurer INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE A Greenwich Insurance Company B XL Insurance America C XL Specialty Insurance Company D THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTHWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS MEMORANDUM MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED BELOW IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO LTR A A B C C C C Type of Insurance Policy Number RGC943763003 General Liability Commercial General Liability Claims Made Occur. Gen’l Aggregate Limit Applies Policy Project Loc Automobile Liability Any Auto All Owned Autos Scheduled Autos Non-Owned Autos Excess/Umbrella Liability Occurrence Reported Claims Made Occur. Deductible Retention $ Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability (Insured States) Excess Workers’ and Employers’ Liability Self-insured States only RAC943764203 RAC943764303 (NH) RAO943764503 (NH) Policy Effective Date Policy Expiration Date 4/1/2016 4/1/2017 Each Occurrence Damage to Rented Med Exp (Any one Personal & Adv Injury General Aggregate Products – Comp/Op. 4/1/2017 Combined Single Limit Combined Single Limit Excess Auto NH Bodily Injury (Per Person) 4/1/2016 RWD943540303 RWC943540203 (AK, WI) 4/1/2016 RWE943540403 (AZ, OH, WA) RWE943540503 (NM) 4/1/2016 4/1/2017 Limits 5,000,000 5,000,000 50,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 Included 5,000,000 $ 1,000,000 $ 4,000,000 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Property Damage Each Occurrence $ $ Aggregate $ xx Statutory Limits E.L. Each Accident E.L. Disease – Each E.L. Disease – Policy Limit $ $ $ 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 4/1/2017 Excess Workers' Compensation statutory limits excess of $2,000,000. NM in excess of $250K 4/1/2016 4/1/2017 Employers' Liability: $5 million for each Additional Information The following coverage endorsements apply to the extent the coverage is required by contract: Blanket additional insured where required by written contract endorsement is included on the applicable policies above, except Workers' Compensation. Compensation. Blanket contractual liability is included on the applicable policies shown above, except Workers' Compensation. A waiver of subrogation where required by written contract is included on the applicable policies shown above. Honeywell will provide the ISO endorsement form numbers where required by written contract upon request. This Memorandum of Insurance serves solely to list insurance policies, limits and dates of coverage. Any modifications hereto are not authorized. Any party with which the named insured is contractually required to include special status is automatically granted such status. However, coverage under the policy only applies to the extent of the coverage required by such contractual requirement and for the limits of liability specified in such contractual requirement, but in no event for insurance not afforded by the policy nor for limits of liability in excess of the applicable limits of liability of the policy. Any questions on this form may be referred via email to the Aon Risk Services, Inc. email address noted above. 3. AUTHORIZED INSTALLER AND MAINTENANCE PROVIDER Honeywell International is the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of the solution being proposed under this RFP. Honeywell Building Solutions Division (HBS), a division of Honeywell International is authorized to sell, install and service these products to McLeod County. This includes all access control and video equipment specified. Submitted by: John Barry Senior Account Manager Honeywell Building Solution Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 15 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 4. FIVE‐YEAR MAINTENANCE SUPPORT GUARANTEE Honeywell shall offer a maintenance contract to McLeod County for a period of at least 5 years, with renewable options upon expiration of agreement. This contract will apply to both the card access and IP video systems. This contract can be co-written by both parties to include services outside standard repair and replace language. Other services may include: Preventive maintenance all panels and field devices Software Updates Proactive Services via EBI software to detect issues before they become serious enough to cause downtime Emergence Service with 24/7 coverage A list of additional service is available upon request. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 16 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. \ 1995 Douglas Drive Herth Goldon Vall1y, IIIN 55422 783.~54.5571 • work 783-'102-4306 • mobile John,barrvthonevws;;ltoom From: Scott Grivna (mailto:[email protected]) Sent: Friday, September 23, 2016 10:08 AM To: Barry, John <[email protected]> Cc: Vincent Traver <[email protected]> Subject: RE: Prints for RFP McLeod County RFP Questions- Honeywell 9/21/16 l. Can a 128 bit encryption panel using ISAKMP/IKE authentication panel be used for access control? This solution implements an encapsulated security protocol (ESP) using the 30ES (768-bit length) algorithm. This is a very high security panel used in many similar applications as McLeod County For integrity validation, this solution uses the MD5 algorithm. Using the panel in the specification is neither necessary nor cost effective. Change verbiage in addendum to require the 128 encryption but not 256. 2. Are the new readers for the card access system to be capable to use smart phones as credentials in place of physical access cards (smart phone ready)? Both types of credentials (smart phone/access card) can be used simultaneously but it would be recommended to have the ability to use smart phone technology as this is the direction new systems are going. Existing readers can be updated over time to accept this technology. For the time being the existing readers can use access cards. Installing analog readers now and then switching to smart phone technology at a later date would not be cost effective. We are not requiring this but you can propose it as an option. l. How many credentials are required for the overall access system? a. 4. 1000 - assuming we can't use current credentials. We intend to reissue all credentials once this system isin place. Clarification that County will provide all PC hardware for access control and video systems. a. Yes, we clarify the Mcleod County will provide hardware. Scott Grivna Mcleod County Purchasing/Bldg. Maint. Supervisor 320·864-1326 [email protected] 2 Barfl, John From: Sent: To: Cc: Subject: Scott Grivna < [email protected] > Tuesday. September 27. 2016 8:37 AM Barry, John Singana, Sudhakar Reddy; Earlywine. Tommy RE: Prints for RFP 1. Should just read "Main Body of Response." 2. 6.01/6.02 only deal with quoting the hardware to store the video in a centralized location and is Optional. We would like to have 2 centralizes storage devices, one at the HATS building in Hutchinson, and one at the Courthouse in Glencoe. To answer your final question, yes, we are looking for hard numbers. Scott Grivna Mcleod County Purchasing/Bldg. Maint. Supervisor 320-864-1326 [email protected] ·-- --·--·· ...... ---- From: Barry, John (mailto:[email protected]] Sent: Monday, September 26, 2016 10:26 PM To: Scott Grivna Cc: Singana, Sudhakar Reddy; Earlywine, Tommy Subject: RE: Prints for RFP Scott, 2 questions on RFP submittal 1. Tab 4, Page 7. What is meant by Main Body of Response (Sections 1-8- with original onlyl? 2. Tab 5, Page 37 Section 9.02- the options are already in the base bid the way I read it. 6.01 asks to incorporate the DVR contents of LEC, HHS, and NC. If you look at the Base System Requirements, with the exception of the law Enforcement Center (lEC), both HHS and NC require ''incorporating current analog cameras". 6.02 talks about Solid Waste DVR's incorporated in to new system but this is already part of the base bid (5.09). Also, the Fairgrounds have no storage now so they would also be part of the base bid. To confirm a brief discussion we had, are you looking for a hard figure or budgetary number? Please advise Thanks Scott John Barry Senior Account Man191r Honeywell Building Solutions I McLeod County Security/Surveillance System Addendum A September 23rd, 2016 Adjustments to sections in the original RFP below are in red. 3.02 Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a security/surveillance system capable of providing the following: K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can support 250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events. All communication should be 128‐bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) encrypted. 3.03 Existing Infrastructure B. Wide Area Network 1. Glencoe a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb: i. Courthouse & Law Enforcement Center (main data center) ii. Health & Human Services iii. North Complex iv. Annex 2. Hutchinson a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb: i. HATS (secondary data center) ♦ 10Gb Fiber connection and 100Mb failover connection to Courthouse ii. Extension Office iii. Solid Waste 5 BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ( UPDATED COUNTS AND ADDRESSES FROM MEETING) 5.01 The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any combination which buildings are selected for final approval based on budgetary constraints. 5.02 McLeod County Court House (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336) Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add Cameras Management Software for Access Management Software for Cameras 5.03 1 Software program McLeod County Court Administration (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 5.04 32 new doors with access readers 10 new IP cameras 1 Software program 4 current doors with access readers McLeod County Law Enforcement (801 10th St. E Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 6 current doors with access readers. 7 new doors with access readers No cameras in the Law Enforcement building are a part of this project 5.05 McLeod County North Complex (2391 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add 6 current doors with access readers and 6 new doors with access readers 6 current analog cameras and 3 new IP cameras 5.06 McLeod County Annex (2397 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add New Camera 5.07 Add 2 access readers 1 360 degree camera in main hallway McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed (2397 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add Cameras Add 2 access readers 2 camera outside covering both buildings *We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, it’s negotiable based on cost. 5.08 McLeod County Health and Human Services (1805 Ford Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add new 5.09 14 current doors with access readers and 1 new door with access reader 2 current analog cameras and 5 new IP cameras McLeod County Solid Waste (1065 5th Ave SE Hutchinson, MN 55350) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Incorporate Current Analog and IP Cameras 18 current doors with access readers on Keri System. 4 Current Honeywell readers. Add 2 doors with access readers. 29 current cameras to integrate into new system 5.10 McLeod County Fairgrounds (840 Century Ave SW Hutchinson, MN 55350) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add Cameras 5.11 3 current doors with access readers on a Keri System. Add 6 doors with access readers. Add 3 cameras in Commercial Building and 1 in Dairy Building McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop (208 1st Ave S Brownton, MN 55312) Door Access Readers and 1 access readers for Applicable Hardware walk in door *We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but it’s negotiable based on cost. 5.12 McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop (19955 Falcon Ave Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 2 access readers for walk in doors on each end of building *We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but it’s negotiable based on cost. McLeod County Security/Surveillance System Addendum B September 29th, 2016 Adjustments are highlighted below in Red: IMPORTANT DATES: RFP Advertised Thursday, September 1st Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference Friday, September 16th Last Day for Questions Wednesday, September 21st Last Addendum Issued: Friday, September 29th Proposal Due Date Wednesday, October 5th Present at Board Tuesday, October 18th Project Completion: Friday, January 27th, 2017 SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1) paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF format for a total of three (3) complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveillance. Submittal shall be SEALED and submitted by Friday, September 30th, 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the following address: One original for time/date stamp, one (1) paper copy, and one electronic copy with original. McLeod County Attn: Scott Grivna 830 11th Street East Suite 10 Glencoe, MN 55336-2200 Proposal is to be signed only by persons authorized to enter into a contract with McLeod County. RESPONDENT’S SIGNATURE COMPANY NAME Page 4 TAB 3 – EXECUTIVE SUMMARY/ OVERVIEW Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 24 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 1. SCOPE OF WORK Honeywell is pleased to provide this Card Access/IP Video solution for McLeod County. With over 115 card readers and 62 cameras installed over 14 building throughout McLeod County, this will be a significant advancement toward the safety and well-being of all who visit these campuses. This plan will also create more efficiency as new doors receiving electronic card readers will give way to physical keys that required replacement when missing as well as needing expensive recoring when a key was lost or stolen. Our proposed solution will bring the very latest in security technology from the one of the industry leaders in security Honeywell. Video Using Axis mega-pixel cameras for crisp, clear video feeding video back to Honeywell’s Digital Video Manager (DVM) storage array, will offer a state-of-the –art video system found at other county and state buildings in Minnesota as well as many installations throughout the world. With a system capable of handling over 4,000 cameras, the Honeywell DVM solution is scalable and can grow with you as other areas of the County require video surveillance. The open architecture and third party integration of DVM allows the County to provide the necessary servers and workstation to help keep cost down and allow your IT professionals to help manage the system. Access Control With Honeywell’s access control platform, you will be introduced to technology only recently introduced including Bluetooth Enable (BTE) card readers. These readers can utilize your standard HID card you are now using or you can go one step further and use a smartphone as a credential and open doors by applying the phone as you would a card. This makes for much more efficient card management and is more convenient for the cardholder to remember their credential. Honeywell's 1 and 2 reader panels will make for easier installation, therefore reducing installation cost, in areas where cabling back to a central panel would require long wire runs and increased cost. Also, for building that are only requiring 1 or 2 readers, this is an ideal solution. Using Honeywell’s Enterprise Buildings Integrator (EBI) software to manage cardholders and set access levels for doors will allow you to use the very latest in security software. EBI is Underwrites Laboratories (UL) listed ALVY-UL294 for Access Control. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 25 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. System Integration One of the core values of a Honeywell EBI solution is the ability to provide components as standalone- separate IP Video and Card Access systems- or to easily integrate the systems through the software. Now opening a door at a specified time, such as after hours, could have a video file attached to it for easy viewing by an operator or staff member. Or for emergency doors, an alarm can be sent to a mobile device when a door is opened and the accompanying video will automatically play when the file is opened. And since the County also has Honeywell EBI software for automation, integration is possible among all 3 components- IP Video, Access Control, and HVAC. Other systems such as fire alarm, visitor management and mass notification can be integrated in to EBI. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 26 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 2. TECHNICAL SUMMARY OF THE SYSTEM PROPOSED Honeywell is pleased to provide an advanced security solution for McLeod County. The hardware and software found in this plan is the latest technology available in the market today. This design offers open architecture and 3rd party integration allowing you to use existing infrastructure as well as newer products that become available. Access Control: With the integration of 43 existing readers as well as 82 new locations, you will now have one platform to control the entire county- eliminating the 3 different systems you had before. Control of all access doors will be managed through one database and accessible through operator stations. 1. Control Panels Honeywell will use modular control panels for the most efficient installation and less disruption possible. With panel sizes ranging from 1-32 readers, panels will be sized accordingly per building and per location. This would include the use of 1 or 2 door panels in difficult locations where long wire runs would be prohibitive. 2. Card Readers HID card readers will be installed at the 82 new locations. The County’s existing credentials can be used at these doors to avoid the task of re-badging employees. Additionally, the readers provided will be Blue Tooth Enabled (BTE). This is the latest technology in card access systems and will allow a smart phone to act as a credential. This has many advantages including programming a credential (phone) remotely and not having to physically hand cards over to users. 3. Software Honeywell’s EBI software is a feature-rich program allowing you to easily manage your cardholder database and access reports at either a workstation or remotely using Honeywell’s EasyMobile application. 4. Integration Other components that can be integrated in to EBI include: mass notification, fire alarm, visitor management, asset tracking (attaching transmitters to high value assets) and Honeywell Energy Manager. IP Video: Integrating 25 analog cameras and adding 62 new IP cameras will be done through the Digital Video Manager (DVM) video management system. DVM is built upon industry standard open networking, PC hardware, and software applications that take advantage of cost-effective, powerful components. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 27 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Using commercial off-the-shelf hardware allows you to use the cameras, PC, storage, and networking hardware of your choice – there is no need to pay premiums for proprietary hardware. Unlike proprietary Digital Video Recorders (DVRs) and Network Video Recorders (NVR’s), DVM allows you to obtain system hardware and software upgrades independently which helps lower your support costs. Use of off-the-shelf components also promotes ease of DVM integration into your existing enterprise system support strategy, further simplifying support needs and reducing the cost of ownership. The basic architecture of DVM consists of a Database Server and a Camera Server that can be installed on the same machine. Additional Camera Servers, Backup Camera Servers and Analytics Servers can be added to the architecture to support larger numbers of cameras. Video Streaming Servers support video distribution to mobile devices, allowing security personnel to be more mobile and more effective in the field. 1. Cameras Axis megapixel cameras will be installed per the specifications. A combination of different cameras using varying fields-of-view will be used. These include cameras with 90, 180, 270 and 360 degree viewing angles. Each camera will have an SD card installed to allow for storage in the event of video is not able to be transmitted back to the camera server. 2. Database Server The camera database server specifications are included in this RFP. One database server is required per system and can handle up to 4,000 cameras. Having McLeod County provide the hardware for this solution allows for cost saving as well as better operational control as the County IT department can manage the hardware. 3. Camera Servers Camera servers specifications are also included in this RFP. Depending on cameras setup, each server can hold between 40 and 100 cameras. Two camera servers are recommended for this solution- one centrally located in the courthouse/LEC/Admin building and one in the Solid Waste IT room. Option 1 also includes a redundant server for backup storage. 4. Analog converters Axis analog-to-digital video encoders will be used for the County’s 43 existing cameras. Encoders will be put in to an Axis blade rack installed in the IT room of building. 5. DVM Console Advanced Feature Module The DVM Console Client provides a professional surveillance client designed to support the advanced needs of control room operators. DVM Console provides a powerful, yet flexible, Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 28 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. user interface based on extensive usability studies focused on increasing operator productivity. The advanced features and intuitive interface provide agile navigation and contribute to improved situational awareness and reduced incident response times. Please refer to Tab 15 for more details on the DVM Console documentation. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 29 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 4 – MAIN BODY OF RESPONSE Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 30 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Page 7 of RFP , Tab 4 reads “Main Body of Response (Sections 1-8) (With original only). Upon email clarification to this tab, the response was “should just read Main Body of Response”. The interpretation therefore is that this tab refers to the rest of the Tabs in this RFP. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 31 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 5 – COST Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 32 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 1. BASE Building Cost Courthouse $ 174,212.00 Administration $ 11,684.00 Law Enforcement $ 36,171.00 North Complex $ 34,748.00 Annex $ 12,820.00 Hwy/LEC Shed $ 14,064.00 Health Hum Srv $ 31,316.00 Solid Waste $ 48,971.00 Fairgrounds $ 43,230.00 Brownton Hwy Shop $ 5,301.00 Silver Lake/Lester $ 8,837.00 Prairie Hwy Shop Base Total: $ 421,354.00 2. OPTION 1 Courthouse Option 1 $ 2,480.00 HATS Option 1 $ 4,571.00 Base Total: $ 7,051.00 note: HHS and NC DVR analog camera conversion already part of plan per addendum A Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 33 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 6 – BILL OF MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 34 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Security System Design Bill Of Material Frontend Devices Item Part Number Quantity Description Vendor 1 EBI Software- Access Control EBI-DBR006 1 6 Reader Adder to Database Size HONEYWELL 2 EBI-DBR050 2 50 Reader Adder to Database Size HONEYWELL HONEYWELL 3 EBI-DBP00250 4 250 Point Adder to Database Size 4 EBI-TMIFTEMA 1 Temaline Integration HONEYWELL 5 EBI-OPPHOTOID 1 Integrated PhotoID license HONEYWELL 1 DVM-CACNT 62 Digital Video Manager- 1 Camera HONEYWELL 2 DVM-OPSSS 62 Same Source Video Streaming HONEYWELL 3 DVM-ZZDVD600 1 DVM R600 Software on DVD HONEYWELL Digital Video Manager IP Video Management Software 4 DVM-CLIE 5 DVM Internet Explorer Client (Station License) HONEYWELL 5 DVM-CLCONCT 1 DVM Console Client HONEYWELL 6 DVM-IFAXH264 1 Axis H.264 Integration HONEYWELL 7 DVM-OPMOT 1 Motion Search on Recorded Video HONEYWELL 8 DVM-VAPREM 1 Video Motion Detection - Premium HONEYWELL 7 TEMASERVER CONTROLLER FOR UP TO 16 DOORS HONEYWELL 81 HONEYWELL Control Room Devices ACCESS SYSTEM 1 TS2 2 TK_S014M 3 TK_C21P 7 4 VMC-02WENN1 10 TEMALINE DUAL WIEGAND INTERFACE MODULE. SUITABLE FOR A SINGLE DOOR. WITH 2 X DI & 2 X DO. DIGITAL I/O MUDULE - FOR 4 SUPERVISED (4 STATUS) INPUT SIGNALS AND Tema-Voyager Multi-2, manages up to 2 single side door 5 VMC-03WENN1 0 Tema-Voyager Multi-3, manages up to 3 single side door HONEYWELL 6 VMC-04WENN1 6 Tema-Voyager Multi-4, manages up to 4 single side door HONEYWELL 7 VMA-06 16 Tema-Voyager Multi Relay Output Board HONEYWELL 8 VMS-KIT 9 Resistors and diodes kit HONEYWELL 9 14506635-002 10 F/S CABINET ROUGH-IN RING 10 14506636-002 10 F/S CABINET DOOR WITH LOCK 11 14506747-002 10 12 14505159-001 10 F/S CABINET SUB PANEL PANEL TAMPER SWITCH 13 AX-AL600ULB 7 ALTRONIX 6A POWER SUPPLY BOARD ONLY 16 AX-RDC12 / 24 81 12V/24V DC, PLUG-IN, 10A, DPDT RELAY WITH BASE 17 IM-1270 7 12V DC, 7AH BATTERY 18 EOL-100 7 End of line Resistor - 100 Ohm ULTRATECH UTC 19 1550107 Field Devices 5 Kit of resistors (50yellow, 50white, 50black) HONEYWELL 1 900PMNTEKEA003 82 RP10 HID Bluetooth Enabled (BTE) Card Readers 2 CRD633ZZ-xxxxx 3 SEC9X-CRD-MAD-xxxx HONEYWELL HONEYWELL GENESIS GENESIS GENESIS HONEYWELL ALTRONIX ALTRONIX ACCESS SYSTEM 4 SEC9X-CRD-E-MKYD 5 CK-IS310WH 6 SR-1078BR HID Mobile Credentials HID 0 HID Mobile Access – BLE Admin Card HID 0 HID Mobile Access – Configuration Card 115 REX Motion Sensor 120 1"Receesed DPDT Contact 10 AXIS P3707-PE Network Camera (180 degree field of view ) AXIS Q3708-PVE Network Camera (270 and 360 degree field of HID HONEYWELL Interlogix CCTV SYSTEM Axis 1 Z4-0815001 2 Z4-0801001 3 Z4-0951001 3 4 Z4-5507511 7 view camera) AXIS P3224-VE Network Camera (90 Degree field of view ) AXIS T94M02D PENDANT KIT FOR P3707-PE 5 Z4-5504821 7 T91D61 WALL MOUNT Axis 6 Z4-5017641 3 AXIS T91A64 BRACKET CORNER Axis 7 Z4-5504621 3 AXIS T91B61 WALL MOUNT Axis 8 Z4-5017671 1 AXIS T91A67 MOUNT POLE Axis 9 Z4-0418001 11 P7224 VIDEO ENCODER AXIS 10 Z4-0267001 5 291U/ 1U/ VIDEO/ BLADE-RACK AXIS 12 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Axis Axis Axis Floor Plan Or II Qty ANNEX ANNEX 111 Mfg Mcleod County· Annex Electrified locking Hardware Part II Oescrintion Total HM Or/MF Fr Antique Corbin Mortise Lock 1 Schlage l9080EU-RX-06·626 Fail Secure, Electrified Mortise leverset w/ Request to Exlt Switch 4.5 x 4.S, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) 1 ACSI BB1279/110B·?? Total: 112 l l HM Obi Or/MF Fr Antique Corbin Mortise lock Schlage l9080EU·RX·06·626 Fall Secure, Electrified Mortise Leverset w/ Request to Exit Switch ACSI BB1279/ll08-?? 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) Total. Total of Doors: Prolect ManaRement: Meals/toT.1n2: Annex Total: ,,._ r" r - - - ____.I .i c..,...,. ... ,.. .... ...1 ' -· - .' . Honeywell Building Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive Golden Valley, MN 55422 McLeod County Security RFP Project Labor Hours Estimate Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Cabling Device installation Panel Installation Software installation Electronic lock installation Programming Graphics/Asbuilts Commissioning Training Base Hours: 1,842 Option 1 Hours: 8 Option 2 Hours: 12 Floor Plan Dr II Qty 8HS Mfg #1 Mcleod County· Brownton Hwy Shop Electrified Locking Hardware Part II Description G&AOr/Fr l Schlage ND80LEU·RX·626 l ACSI Total of Doors: Project Mana2ement: Meals/lodging: Brownton Hwv Shop Total: 881279/1108-?? Total Latch Lock Fail Secure, Electrlfled Cylindrical Leverset w/ Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing cylinder) 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) : ,....... - -- - 1 .....,...-- · -1 '- j - Mcleod County-Court House/Law Enforcement Center Electrlfled locking Hardware Mfu Part# Description Floor Plan Door~ Qty CHLEClA #l l VD/AC.SI l ACSI Total ?? Obi Dr/??Fr 1550K·MDV NEW DOUBLE DOOR "HG 16" Q.ulet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires 1amp/24VDC filtered and regulated power) 881279/1108-?? 4.5 x 4.0, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) Note: l) Hdwr Sched gives no siie for hinges 2) The above assumes electrification of one 3) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided - . ··----· CHLEClA #2 l Schlage 1 ACSI CHLEClA #3 l CHlEClA #4 l CHlEClA VO VD #S 1 Schlage CHLEC1A l ACSI l Schlage #6 OLD UNIT LOCK PREP NOS-OLEU-RX-626 Fail Secure, Electrified cyllndrlcal leverset w/ Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing cylinder) BB1279/1108·?? 4.5 x 4.5, Ehzht Cond {verify size and weight) Note: l) Wrap Around and Hinges are Brushed Bronze· lock and Hin"e are Satin Chrome Tot.. .. EXISTING 99 L EXIT DEVICE 9300-24VDC-32D Fall Secure, Surface Apnlled Rim Electric Strike Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided T....... EXISTING MORTISE lEVERSET 6210-24VOC·320 Heavy Duty, fail Secure, Electric Strike Note: l) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided T~ OlO UNIT LOCK PREP N080LEU·RX·626 fail Secure, Electrified Cylindrical leverset w/ Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing cylinder) 881279/1108·?? 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) Note: 1) Wrap Around and Hinges are Brushed Bronze· lock and Hinge are Satin Chrome 2) Door has no closer OLD UNIT LOCK PREP ND80lEU·RX·G26 Fail Secure, Electrified Cylindrical leverset w/ Request to Exit Micro Switch {reuse existing cylinder) Floor Plan Ooort Qty Mfg l ACSI CHLEClA Iii 1 VD CHlEClA 118 1 Schlage 1 RCI Psrt II Description BB1279/1108·?? 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) Note: 1) Wrap Around and Hinges are Brushed Bronze· tock and Hinge are Satin Chrome 2) Door has no closer Total: EXISTING MORTISE LEVERSET 6210·24VOC·32D Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electrlc Strike Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: HOLLOW CORE WOOD RES OR/FR ND80tEU-RX-626 Fail Secure, Electrified Cylindrical Leverset w/ Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing cylinder) Current Transfer Door Cord x-oc Note: l) Wrap Around and Hinges are Brushed Bronze· Lock and Hin11e are Satin Chrome Total: ~ CHlEC1B - Ill l BY OTHERS NO CHANGE 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE CHlEClB 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE l BY OTHERS NO CHANGE 112 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE CHLEClB 113 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE . . ·-·' NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 33" Schlage l9092EU Electrified Mortise leverset VD PowerTransfer VD Power Supply Note: l) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided 2) Not clear as to why a PS is orovided Total: NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 32" Schlage l9092EU Electrified Mortise leverset VO Power Transfer VO Power Supply Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided 2.) Not dear as to why a PS Is provided Total: NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 35" Schlage l.9092EU Electrified Mortise Leverset VD Power Transfer VO Power Supply Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total Floor Plan Ooori Qty Mfg Part# Description 2.) Not clear as to why a PS Is provided Total Total: CHLEC18 CHlEC1B #4 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE 1 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE BY OTHERS NO CHANGE #5 1 1 1 CHlEC18 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE BY OTHERS NO CHANGE BY OTHERS NO CHANGE #6 1 Existing NO CHANGE NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 31'' Schlage l9092.EU Electrtfled Mortise leverset VD Power Transfer VD Power Supoly Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided 2) Not clear as to why a PS is provided Total: NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 11" VO QEL99Nl • Electric Retraction Exit Device VO EPT2 Electric PowerTransfer PS902/2.RS Power Supply EXISTING (not seen) NO CHANGE Total: CHLEC18 #7 1 Existing NO CHANGE EXISTING (not seen) NO CHANGE Total: CHLEClB #8 1 TBD TBO NOT SEEN ON SITE VISIT TBO Total: CHlEClB #9 1 Existing NO CHANGE EXISTING {not seen) NO CHANGE Total: CHlEClB #10 1 CHLEC18 NO CHANGE #11 1 CHLEClB Existing Existing NO CHANGE #12 1 Existing NO CHANGE #13 Nl . EXISTING (not seen) NO CHANGE Total: - Total: - EXISTING (not seen) NO CHANGE EXISTING (not seen) NO CHANGE Total: CHLEC1B ,.n NOT SEEN ON SITE VISIT Floor Plan Door I Qty Mfg 1 TBO Part# Description T80 Total T80 Total: NEW SINGLE DOOR (no hdwr grp) TBO #1 1 T80 .. T80 .- Total: CHLEC2A #2 CHLEC2A #3 sew Dr/Wd Fr OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK 1 Von Ouprin 6215·24VDC·320 Heavy Dutv, Fall Secure, Electric Strike Note: 11 No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 31" Schlage L9092EU Electrified Mortise Leverset 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE 1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE CHLEC2A CHLEC2A #4 VO Power Transfer VO Power Supply Note: 11 No Request to Exlt Micro Switch Provided 21 Not clear as to why a PS is provided Total: sew Dr/Wd Fr OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK 1 Von Duprln 621S·24VOC·32D Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electric Strike Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: #5 1 TBD TBD NEW SINGLE DOOR (no hdwr grp) TBD Total: CHLEC2A #6 CHlEC2A #7 sew Dr/Wd Fr SOI MORT LOCK 1 Von Duprln 6215·24VOC-32D Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electrlc Strike Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: SCWOr/WdFr OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK 1 Von Duprln 6215·24VOC-32D Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electric Strike 2 MLS 1 Schlage CHLEC2A #8 I ' - --~ . CHLEC2A :-,. , Covert Plates (conceal holes from Simplex) CUSTOM N080PD·RH0·626 Heavy Duty, Store Rm Function, Leverset Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: SCWOr/WdFr OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK 1 Von Ouprin 6215·24VOC-320 Heavy Duty, Fall Secure, Electric Strike .. Floor Plan Door I Qty CHLEC2A CHLEC2A 119 Part# Mfg Descrintion Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: Sew Dr/Wd Fr 1 VooOuprin 621S·24VDC·320 1 Schlage N080PO-RH0~26 Note: #10 VO/ACSI 15SOK-MDV 1 ACSI BB1279/1108·?? 4.5 x 4.0, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) Note: l) Hdwr Sched gives no size for hinges 21 The above assumes electrification of one 1 1 Exlstlnl! Existing Sew Or/HM Fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE sew Dr/HM Fr #12 1 1 Existini;: Existing NO CHANGE NO CHANGE #13 l VO ExistiNI! Exit Device 9300·24VOC-32D Fail Secure, Surface Applied Rim Electric Strike Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: CHLEC2A #14 1 TBD NEW Double DOOR (no hdwr grp) ~D TBO Total: T ...• • CHLEC2B -- #1 1 VD/AC:.I lSSOK·MOV ... '" Existing Mort and Strike L9080 Mortise leverset VD 6210 Electric Strike Total: CHLEC2A ~· existing Mort and Strike L9080 Mortise Leverset VD 6210 Electric Strike Total: CHLEC2A . .. NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 16" Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires lamp/24VOC filtered and regulated power) 1 #11 c~· NEW RESIDENTIAL GRADE OOOR/Wd Fr Heavy Duty, fail Secure, Electric Strike Heavy Duty. Store Rm Function, teverset 1) No Reau est to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: 31 No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: CHLEC2A Total . 7 NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 2" Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires hmp/24VDC filleted and regulated power) 'I'- ··- Floor Plan Door• Qty CHLEC3A 114 1 CHLEC3A Mfg Part II ?? Dbl Or/??Fr #S 1 CHLEC3A ACSI 881279/1108-?? 4.5 x 4.0, Elitht Cond (verify size and weight) Note: 1) HdwrSched gives no size for hinges 2) The above assumes electrification of one leaf 3) No Request to fxlt Micro Switch Provided Total: NO CHANGE VO E'><istin8 Exit Device 9300-24VDC·32D Fall Secure, Surface Applied Rim Electric Strike Note: 1) No Request to Exit M lcro Switch Provided Total: .,, -· CHlEC3B ·· - - ..... -c- ·... #1 1 Total. -- - Total of Doors: Project ManaRement: Meafs/1.oi!glng; CHLECTotal: CHLEC3B Total: • { $1,395.32 . .. .. ,I - .. -. NOT SEEN ON SITE VISIT TBD TBD TSO - .. Existin2 Electrified Hardware Electric Strike Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: Existin8 #7 l NEW DOUBLE DOOR "HG 16" Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Orive (requires lamp/24VDC filtered and regulated power) 15501<-MOV #6 1 Total SONDr/Wdfr OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK Von Duprin 6215·24VDC·320 Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electric Strike Note; 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: 1 VO/AC',I CHL£C3A Description Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: . . . --- . . ... Mcloed County • FAIRGROUNDS Electrified locking Hardware Floor Plan Door# Qty Mfg Fai,,,rounds Poultry Bid #1 1 Existing 1 ExistinP 3 Existing 1 ExistinP Total Part# Description HM Sgl Or/HM Fr Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike NO CHANGE Low End Corbin hit Device NO CHANGE HES Strike (assumes functlonal) NO CHANGE Non Tempalte/Non 88 Hin2es NO CHANGE Low End Door Closer Note: 1) Exit Device Should Be Realaced 2) Hinges Should Be Replaced 3) Door Closer Should Be Replaced Total: Fairgrounds Fairgrounds #2 #3 Ctry Diner 1 VO/ACSI HM Obi Or/HM Fr Existin Exit Device & Manual Flush Bolts 1S50K-MOV Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires lamp/24VDC filtered and regulated powerl 1 ACS! B8l279/1l0S·626 4.5 x 4.5, Ei~ht Cond (verify size and weight) Note: l) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: Dairy Brn 1 Existing HM Obi Or/HM Fr 2) Existing PHI SVR Exit Devices REMOVE Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device (remove RHR leaf device) Rim Exit Device 1 Von Ouprln 99Nl·626 1 VO/ACSI lSSOK-MDV Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires la mp/24 VOC filtered and regulated power) 1 ACSI BB1279/ll08·626 4.5 x 4.5, Ei~ht Cond (verify size and weight) Steel Removable Mullion 1 Von Ounrin 4954-SP28 Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided 2) Recommend replacing the remaining SVR exit device. Total: Fairgrounds #4 Com.Bid 1 Exist in,. Existlnll Exit Device and Electric Strike NO CHANGE HES Electric Strike Note: 1) No Request to Exit Provided Total: Fairgrounds #S Com. Bid 1 Existing HM Dbl Dr/HM Fr 2) Exlstin" PHI SVR Exit Devices REMOVE Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device (remove RHR leaf device) Rim Exit Device l Von Ounrin 99NL·626 1 VO/ACSI lSSOK-MOV Quiet Electrk: Retraction Motor Drlve (requires 1amp/24VDC filtered and regulated power) ... . - 1 1 Falrgro1111ds #6 ACSI 881279/1108·626 4.S x 4.S, Eight Cond (verily size and weight) Von Duprin 49.54-SP28 Steel Removable Mullion Note: 1) No Reouest to Exit Micro Switch Provided 2) Recommend replacing the remaining SVR exit device. Total: Com.Bid 1 Existing 1 1 HM Obi Or/HM Fr 21 Existing PHI SVR Exit Devices REMOVE Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device (remove RHR leaf device) VonOuprin 99NL-62.6 Rim Exit Device VD/ACSI 15SOK·MDV Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive {requires lamp/24VOC filtered and regulated power) 1 ACSI 881279/1108-626 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) Steel Removable Mullion 1 Von Ouprln 4954-SP28 Note: 11 No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided 2) Recommend replacing the remaining SVR exit device. Total: Fairgrounds #7 Com.Bid Existing HM Dbl Or/HM Fr 2.) Exlstlne PHI SVR Exit Devices REMOVE 1 Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device (remove RHR leaf device) Rim Exit Device 1 Von Duprln 99NL-626 1 VO/ACSI 1SSOK-MOV Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires lamp/24VDC filtered and regulated powerl 1 ACSI BB1279/ll08·626 4.5 x 4.S, Eieht Cond (verify size and weight! 1 Von Ouprin 4954·SP28 Steel Removable Mulllon Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided 2) Recommend replacing the remaining SVR exit device. Total: fairgrounds #8 1 Com. Bid EKistini> Existing £xii Device and Electric Strike NO CHANGE HES Electric Strike Note: 1) No Request 10 hit Provided Total: ...- ... _, . ....c ............ _ , ....,. -.... .... - .... ,, ..!'tril ...a:. • - -.a.- :::::::i . , ~ Pro"'ct Manaaement: 1 Meals'/Lod•in•: Falrliroun, ,--- .~ , ~ -'~ .• . . Floor Plan Or# Qty NCl Mfg #1 1 AR 1 AR 1 AR 2 MLS NCl #2 1 AR 1 AR l AR 2 MlS NCl Mcleod County - North Complex Electrified locking Hardware Part# Description G&A Dr/fr 4900-628 4591·628 7400-2.4VDC·320 CUSTOM G&A Or/fr 4900-628 4591-628 7400-24VOC·320 CUSTOM #3 Total Latch Lock Latch Lock Assemble Push Paddle Assembly Electric Strike Pair Mounting Tabs Total: ·- Total: . Latch Lock Latch lock Assemble Pull Paddle Assembly Electric Strike Pair Mounting Tabs Not Seen on Site Visit l TBO TBD TSO Total: .•' NCl #4 1 Exist in~ NO Chanii:e Existing Electric Strike Electric Strike Total: NCl #S 1 Existing NO Change Existing Electric Strike Electric Strike Total: """ h-.. _ NC2 #1 1 Existing NO Change ~ Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike HES 9600 Electric Strike Total: NC2 #2 1 TBD TBO Not Seen on Site Visit lllD Total: NC2 . -- Not Seen on Site Visit #3 1 TBD TBD TSO Total: NC2 ........ uV #4 1 Existing NO Change Existing Electric Strike Electric Strike . Total; NC2 #5 1 Existing NO Change Existing Electric Strike Electric Strike Total: NC2 Not Seen on Site Visit TBO #6 1 T8D TBD Total: - Total of Doors: Proiect ManaRement: Meals/Lodging: North Complex Total: l l ,l { • ' .- •-1 -- ( - ( ' Mcleod Countv • HEALTH & HUMAN SERVICES "HHS" Floor Plan Joor1 Qty HHSl Mfg #1 1 EJ<islin~ 1 l:l(isting HHS1 lt2 1 Existing 1 HHSl Existing HHS1 HHSl HHS1 Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike Sargent Exit Device HES Strike (assumes functlonal) 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: 1 Exislin~ 1 Existing sew Dr/HM Fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Note: Existing Leverset and Electric Strike Schlage Leverset Strike (assumes functional) 1} No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided iotal: 1 Existing 1 El<isting SCWOr/HM Fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Note: Existing Leverset and Electric Strike Schlage leverset Strike (assumes functional) 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: 1 Existing 1 Existing SCWDr/HM Fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Note: Existing El<it Device and Electric Strike Sargent Exit Device HES Strike (assumes functional} 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total; ltS 116 #7 118 SCWOr/HM fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Note: Existing teverset and Electric Strike Schla~e Leverset Strike (assumes functional) 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: 114 G&A Or/Fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE G&A Dr/Fr Total Existing Exit Oevice and Electric Strike Sargent Exit Device HES Strike (assumes functional) Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: SCW Dr/HM fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Note: 1 Existing 1 Existing HHSl G&A Dr/fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Existing 1 Existing 113 1 HHS1 Electrified Locking Hardware Part# Description Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike Sargent Exit Device HES Strike (assumes functional) Note: 1) No Reauest to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: EJ<isting Exit Device and Electric Strike • .. - floor Plan >oor Qty Mfg 1 Existin2 1 Existing HHS2 #1 1 Existing 1 Existing HHS2 112 Existing 1 Existing 1 HHS2 #3 1 Existing 1 Existing HHS2 114 1 Existing 1 Existing HHS2 115 1 Existing 1 Existing HHS2 Part# NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Exit Device HES Strike (assumes functional) Note: 1) No ReQuest to Ei<it Micro Switch Provided Total: SCWOr/HM fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Note: G&AOr/Fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE 1 Schlage SCWDr/HM Fr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Note: Existing leverset and Electrlc Strike Schlage leverset Strike (assumes functional) 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: SCWDr/HMfr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE Note: Existinit Leverset and Electric Strike Schlage Leverset Strike {assumes functional) 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: Existing Leverset and Electric Strike Schlage Leverset Strike (assumes functional) Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: SCWDr/HMFr NO CHANGE NO CHANGE N080EU·RX·626 Existing Passage function teverset Heavy Duty, fail Secure, Electrified Cylindrical Leverset w/ Request to Exit 1 Hagar/ ACS BB1279/ 1108·626 4.5" x 4.5", Eight Conductor Current Transfer Hinge 4.S" x 4.S", Ball Bearing Hinges 2 Hagar BB1279·626 1 LCN 4040XP-Al Heavy Duty, Door Closer Tota,. HHS2 117 SCWDr/HMfr ... . . . . Existin11: Exit Device and Electric Strike Sargent Exit Device HES Strike (assumes functional) l) No Request to EKlt Micro Switch Provided Total: Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike Sargent Exit Device HES Strike (assumes functional) Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided Total: sew Dr/HM fr 116 Total Description Existing Exit Device and Electrlc Strike ;. ..... - .... . "If) Floor Plan Or# Qty SWl Mcleod County • Solid Waste Facility Electrified lockim, Hardware Pan# Description Mfg #1 • #20 Existing 20 EKiStino NO CHANGE Existing Readers and Electrlfled Hardware Miscellaneous Electrified Hardware Total: ,--- • NC2 Total #1 - #2 2 Existing NO CHANGE ~ ·- --- -~ EKistine Readers Miscellaneous Electrified Hardware Total: NC2 #3 SCW&G / HM Fr (ex entrance function) Store Room Function, Cylindrical Leverset Heavy Duty, Fall Secure, Etectrlc S!rlke 1) No REX provided Total: 1 Schlaee N080P0·626 1 VO 6211-24VDC-32D Nole: NC2 NC2 s· . - ...... Reader eliminated In Amendment #4 #5 1 Schlage NDSOP0-626 1 VD 6211·24VDC·320 Note: Total: .. ,, <vi SCW&G I HM Fr (ex entrance function) Store Room Function. Cylindrical leverset Heavy Dutv, Fail Secure, Electric Strike 1) No REX provided Total: . - .- Soltd Waste 2 • Total: $2,364.51 Total of Doors: ProJect Management: Meals/Lod•in•: Solld Waste Total: { ' I II t -;, Floor Plan Or# Qty Hwy/lEC #1 #2 Mfo HM Or/MF Fr 1 Existing REMOVE Custom 2 MlS 1 Schlage N080lEU-RX-626 1 Hwy/LEC Mcleod County· Hwy/LECShed Electrified locking Hardware Part# Description RCI Junk Door/Frame and Hardware Simplex Push Button lock Cover Plates (conceal holes from simplex) fail Secure, Electrified Cylindrical leverset w/ Request to Exlt Micro Switch {reuse existing cylinder) Armored Door Cord Existing door and frame should be replaced w/ commerclal grade hollow metal door and frame w/ door closer, ball bearing hinges, door closer, weather s1rlp, sweap Total: X·AOC Note: HM Or/MF Fr 1 Existing REMOVE Custom 2 MlS 1 Schlage NOSOLEU-RX-626 1 RCi Total of Door.s: Project Management: Meals/lodging: Hwv/LEC Shed Total: Junk Door/Frame and Hardware Simplex Push Button lock Cover Plates (conceal holes from simplex} fail Secure, Electrifled Cylindrical leverset w/ Request to Exit Micro Switch {reuse existing cylinder) Annored Door Cord Existing door and frame should be replaced w/ commercial grade hollow metal door and frame w/ door closer, ball bearing hinges, door closer, weather strip, sweap Total:• X-ADC Note: I ' r-··-.-,1~ 'ii , . - - - - - ..- . ... --i Total • • 8 ... - Floor Plan Dr# Qty SlH #l G&ADr/Fr 1 Schlage ND80l£U·RX-626 l SLH #2 Mcleod County • Silver lake/lester Prairie Hwy Shop Electrifled locking Hardware Part# MfR Description ACSI BB1279/l10S·?? G&A Dr/fr Schlage 1 ND80LEU·RX-626 1 ACSI - latch lock Fall Secure, Electrlfled Cylindrical Leverset w/ Request lo Exit Micro Switch {reuse existing cylinder) 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) Total: Total of Doors: Project ManaRement: Meals/lodging: Stvr Lke/ Lstr Pr Hwy Total: Latch lock Fall Secure, Electrified Cylindrical leverset w/ Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing cylinder) 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight) Total: 881279/1108·?? \ .. I ' ·I I - - Total . . .. -· . - ' - .. - DVM Database Server: Quad Core Intel® Xeon® E5-2403 1.8GHz or AMD equivalent 8GB RAM Two separate hard drives or two sets of RAID arrays. 1TB Hard Disk storage DVD Drive 1000 Mbps NIC for network connection to the other components of the DVMS Graphics card supporting 1280x1024 pixel resolution and 24-bit color – see client PC specifications if Database Server also used as a client machine Windows Server 2012 R2 or 8.1 Microsoft SQL Server 2014 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11 The Database Server must provide the following system fault tolerance: Support RAID 0+1, 1, 3 or 5 for the Operating System Support RAID 0+1 or 1 for the DVMS database (SQL Server 2014) DVM Camera Server: Server level hardware specification Quad Core Intel® Xeon® E5-2403 1.8GHz or AMD equivalent 8GB RAM Two separate hard drives or two sets of RAID arrays. Hard Disk storage sized to meet the Camera Video Recordings DVD Drive 1000 Mbps NIC for network connection to the other components of the DVMS Graphics card supporting 1280x1024 pixel resolution and 24-bit color – see client PC specifications if Database Server also used as a client machine Windows Server 2012 R2 Microsoft SQL Server 2014 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11 The system shall support deployment within a virtual infrastructure supporting at least VMware ESX/ESXi 4.0 and later and Windows 2008 R2 Hyper-V and onwards. DVM Console: Intel Core i5-3570 CPU @3.40Ghz or AMD equivalent Hyper threaded 4GB RAM 500GB Hard Disk storage DVD Drive 100/1000 Mbps NIC Microsoft Windows 7 or Windows 8.1 Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 36 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Video Graphics Card: Any card able to provide a Windows Experience Index subscore of 6.9 or higher (AMD Radeon HD7470 or equivalent) Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11 Operator Workstation: Quad-Core Intel® Core i5-3570 @3.40Ghz or AMD equivalent 4GB RAM 500GB Hard Disk storage DVD Drive 1000 Mbps NIC Microsoft Windows 7 Video Graphics Card supporting 24-bit color and with 128MB onboard video RAM Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11 Optional Hardware/Software Requirements McLeod County Court House Scalable Video Storage Solution No Hardware or Software Required as Storage is part of base solution McLeod County HATS Secondary Scalable Video Storage Solution (Redundancy) No Hardware in Proposal- Storage PC provided by County Software- Redundancy module in DVM software proposed (Please refer to Tab 5 item 2 in Summary RFP costs) Please refer to Tab 15 for detailed product sheets. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 37 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 7 – RESPONDENT ASSUMPTIONS Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 39 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 1. LIST OF EQUIPMENT The following hardware is to be provided by McLeod County for each the access control and IP video systems. Access Control: 1. EBI servers- None needed as County already has an EBI Server in place 2. EBI stations- None needed as County already has two stations in place IP Video: 3. DVM database servers- 1 (see specs below) 4. DVM camera servers- 2 required (see specs below). Additional depending on bandwidth consideration. ALTERNATE #2 would require a camera server for redundant storage 5. DVM console server- 1 (see specs below) 6. Additional workstations (not required. Specs below). System has 5 IE licenses that do not require a system workstation. They can be viewed on county PC’s with proper credentials. 7. # of POE camera network switches- see attached POE and Non POE ports required DVM Database Server: Quad Core Intel® Xeon® E5-2403 1.8GHz or AMD equivalent 8GB RAM Two separate hard drives or two sets of RAID arrays. 1TB Hard Disk storage DVD Drive 1000 Mbps NIC for network connection to the other components of the DVMS Graphics card supporting 1280x1024 pixel resolution and 24-bit color – see client PC specifications if Database Server also used as a client machine Windows Server 2012 R2 or 8.1 Microsoft SQL Server 2014 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11 The Database Server must provide the following system fault tolerance: Support RAID 0+1, 1, 3 or 5 for the Operating System Support RAID 0+1 or 1 for the DVMS database (SQL Server 2014) DVM Camera Server: Server level hardware specification Quad Core Intel® Xeon® E5-2403 1.8GHz or AMD equivalent 8GB RAM Two separate hard drives or two sets of RAID arrays. Hard Disk storage sized to meet the Camera Video Recordings Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 40 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. DVD Drive 1000 Mbps NIC for network connection to the other components of the DVMS Graphics card supporting 1280x1024 pixel resolution and 24-bit color – see client PC specifications if Database Server also used as a client machine Windows Server 2012 R2 Microsoft SQL Server 2014 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11 The system shall support deployment within a virtual infrastructure supporting at least VMware ESX/ESXi 4.0 and later and Windows 2008 R2 Hyper-V and onwards. DVM Console: Intel Core i5-3570 CPU @3.40Ghz or AMD equivalent Hyper threaded 4GB RAM 500GB Hard Disk storage DVD Drive 100/1000 Mbps NIC Microsoft Windows 7 or Windows 8.1 Video Graphics Card: Any card able to provide a Windows Experience Index subscore of 6.9 or higher (AMD Radeon HD7470 or equivalent) Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11 Operator Workstation: Quad-Core Intel® Core i5-3570 @3.40Ghz or AMD equivalent 4GB RAM 500GB Hard Disk storage DVD Drive 1000 Mbps NIC Microsoft Windows 7 Video Graphics Card supporting 24-bit color and with 128MB onboard video RAM Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11 Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 41 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Building North Complex 2391 Hennepin Ave. N Glencoe, MN Annex 2397 Hennepin Ave. N Glencoe, MN Hwy/LEC Shed 2397 Hennepin Ave. N Glencoe, MN Health Hum Srv 1805 Ford Ave. N Glencoe, MN Courthouse 830 11th St. E Glencoe, MN Administration same as courthouse Sheet PoE Ports required Non PoE ports required NC1 2 2 NC2 1 Annex 2 None 3 HHS1 4 HHS2 1 CHLEC1A 4 CHLEC2A 4 CHLEC3A 5 CHLEC3A 2 CHLEC1B Law Enforcement same as courthouse Solid Waste 1065 5th Ave SE Hutchinson, MN Fairgrounds 840 Century Ave. SE Hutchinson, MN 2 2 1 CHLEC2B 1 CHLEC3B 1 Lower 5 Upper 1 Commercial 4 4-H 1 Agribition 2 Poultry 1 Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 42 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Building Brownton Hwy Shop 208 1st Ave. S Brownton, MN Silver Lake/Lester Prairie Hwy Shop 19955 Falcon Ave. Silver Lake, MN Sheet PoE Ports required None 1 None 1 TOTALS Non PoE ports required 41 12 Power Consumption for each PoE Device Tema Voyager Multi 15.4W P3707-PE Camera 5.5W Q3708-PVE Camera 25.5W P3224-VE 7.1W Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 43 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 2. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED The following hardware is to be provided by Honeywell for system installation. Please refer to Tab 6 for Bill of Materials. Access Control 1. 2. 3. 4. Access Control panels, enclosures, power supplies and backup batteries Card Readers, door contacts, REX devices Electronic Locking hardware Enterprise Building Integrator (EBI) Software with Photo ID (printer not included) IP Video 1. Axis Video Cameras with mounting hardware 2. Axis Analog Converters for existing cameras with rack mounted enclosures 3. Digital Video Manager Software (DVM) with DVM Console Client. Advanced video motion detection and motion search on recorded video included. 3. OTHER ASSUMPTIONS Access Control 1. 2. 3. 4. All existing devices that will be integrated to new system in working order Existing access cards will be used (no new access cards provided in this RFP) McLeod to provide UPS for backup (system will include battery backup for limited period) McLeod to provide necessary IP ports for access panels connectivity to network IP Video 1. McLeod to provide necessary IP ports and POE/Non POE switches as listed in this RFP 2. McLeod to provide rack space for analog encoders General 1. Areas assumed to be Asbestos free 2. Access to all areas M-F 8-5 unless notified in advance by County Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 44 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 8 – INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY AND DRAWINGS Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 45 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 1. INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY 1. Time Line a. Estimated Start: Nov 1, 2016 b. Estimated Completion: January 27, 2017 2. Equipment/System installation time per location a. North Complex- 5 days b. Annex- 1 day c. Hwy/LEC Shed- 1-2 days d. HHS- 5 days e. Courthouse/Admin/LEC- 40 days (includes head-end work) f. Solid Waste- 10 days g. Fairgrounds- 10 days h. Brownton Hwy Shop- 1 day i. Silver Lake/Lester Prairie Hwy Shop- 1 day Note: several crews will be working on buildings simultaneously. 3. Database Collection As part of the initial setup and commissioning, databases will be populated for both access control and video systems. One advantage of a new access system is the opportunity to “clean up” the existing database of users still in the system but no longer employees of the county. a. Access Control i. Readers- programmed in to system as installed ii. Cardholders- programmed in to software throughout installation. Existing system to be used until cut over. iii. Access Levels- programmed in to software throughout installation. iv. Misc.- Any other data can be programmed in as system is set up b. IP Video i. Cameras programmed in to DVM software as installed. Field of view set between installing technician and McLeod personnel for desired viewing angles. ii. Motion detection and other advanced features programmed in as system installed and customer is trained iii. Camera frame rates determined per building using available bandwidth as guide Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 46 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 4. Network Assessment a. Access Control i. Minimal bandwidth required for access system. ii. IP ports required for each panel installed (see diagram in this RFP) b. IP Video i. Camera server storage to be determined after consultation between Honeywell and McLeod personnel. Storage dependent upon frames per second (FPS) transmitted per camera back to server. ii. Bandwidth projections can be calculated by Honeywell personnel per building. 5. Application Deployment a. Access System i. System to go live once all acceptance testing completed. Existing system to remain active until new system in place. New system active by 1/27/17. b. IP Video i. System to go live as cameras installed. Camera database and server to be set up and programmed initially to take on cameras as installed. New system in place by 1/27/17 6. Training a. Access System i. Multiple training sessions are part of this RFP. Time and structure to be set up by McLeod and Honeywell. b. IP Video i. Multiple training sessions are part of this RFP. Time and structure to be set up by McLeod and Honeywell. 7. Acceptance and warranty a. Both system warranties of one year to commence upon McLeod County’s acceptance of each system being operational and County personnel having received proper training to operate each system. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 47 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 3. COMPLETE NETWORK DIAGRAM Building North Complex 2391 Hennepin Ave. N Glencoe, MN Annex 2397 Hennepin Ave. N Glencoe, MN Hwy/LEC Shed 2397 Hennepin Ave. N Glencoe, MN Health Hum Srv 1805 Ford Ave. N Glencoe, MN Courthouse 830 11th St. E Glencoe, MN Administration same as courthouse Sheet PoE Ports required Non PoE ports required NC1 2 2 NC2 1 Annex 2 None 3 HHS1 4 HHS2 1 CHLEC1A 4 CHLEC2A 4 CHLEC3A 5 CHLEC3A 2 CHLEC1B Law Enforcement same as courthouse Solid Waste 1065 5th Ave SE Hutchinson, MN Fairgrounds 840 Century Ave. SE Hutchinson, MN 2 2 1 CHLEC2B 1 CHLEC3B 1 Lower 5 Upper 1 Commercial 4 4-H 1 Agribition 2 Poultry 1 Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 49 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Building Brownton Hwy Shop 208 1st Ave. S Brownton, MN Silver Lake/Lester Prairie Hwy Shop 19955 Falcon Ave. Silver Lake, MN Sheet PoE Ports required None 1 None 1 TOTALS Non PoE ports required 41 12 Power Consumption for each PoE Device Tema Voyager Multi 15.4W P3707-PE Camera 5.5W Q3708-PVE Camera 25.5W P3224-VE 7.1W Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 50 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 9 – ACCEPTANCE TESTING Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 51 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 1. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN Acceptance Checklist 1. Access System a. All readers tested to be operational b. Software and database programmed c. Access levels entered d. Access credentials working e. Training Complete 2. IP Video System a. All cameras in focus b. Field of View for each camera acceptable to McLeod personnel c. Database server configured for each camera. Frame rate for allowable bandwidth. d. Camera servers configured for proper storage requirements e. All motion detection and special features programmed f. Training Complete Honeywell will comply with section 4.07 pp28, 29 of RFP on Project Closeout and acceptance. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 52 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 10 – SOFTWARE UPGRADES AND ACTIVE DIRECTORY INTERFACE Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 53 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 1. PROPOSED SOFTWARE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE a. Software Upgrades: a. Per section 4.08, pp 29, 30 of RFP i. All patches and updates included during first year warranty. ii. Also includes OS and database tuning, hardware and software diagnosis as needed. b. Frequency of Upgrades: a. Software cycles of 24-36 months are typical on major releases of EBI/DVM software. c. Last Upgrade a. Both EBI and DVM were upgraded in the past 12 months d. Impact of upgrades a. Upgrades are done by qualified Honeywell technicians and usually take 3-5 days to complete depending on complexity of system. b. Downtime is minimal as both systems can run concurrently during a conversion. e. Tools for upgrades a. Honeywell will supply the necessary system software with the customer providing the hardware and OS f. Installation Team a. Qualified Honeywell technicians will install and commission all ugrades Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 54 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 2. LDAP INTEGRATION WITH MS ACTIVE DIRECTORY The following can be done using LDAP Integration: 1. Importing Users and groups to manage access 2. AD sync with surveillance system 3. Lost badge and disabling the AD account About operator-based security Operator-based security provides a higher level of security than Station-based security. This is the default security choice for EBI. In general, operator-based security with traditional operator accounts works as follows: You assign a specific security level to each user. Users cannot access any Station functions unless they enter a valid ID and password. To access a higher security level than the one they are currently using, users need to log off and log on again as a different operator who has the higher security level. Assignable locations are assigned to the operator, irrespective of which Station they are currently logged on to. If you choose operator-based security, there are several alternatives that you can use: Account Type Description Traditional operator account: An account whose definition exists only in the EBI server database. Authentication and authorization is done by the EBI server. Integrated account: A combination of a Windows user account and an EBI operator account. The W indows user account can be a local account or a domain account. For information to consider when deciding to use local or domain accounts, see 'About integrated security'.Authentication is done by Windows, authorization is done by the EBI server. Windows group accounts: An integrated account that allows you to add multiple operators by adding the Windows group to the EBI server. The Windows group can be a local Windows group or a domain Windows group. For information to consider when deciding to use local or domain Windows groups, see 'About integrated security'. Authentication is done by Windows. Authorization is done by the EBI server. LDAP operator account: A combination of an LDAP account and an EBI operator account. Authentication is done by an LDAP server, authorization is done by the EBI server. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 55 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. There are two aspects to operator-based security: authentication and authorization. Authentication is the process of verifying that a user is known to the system, while authorization controls what a known user can do within the system. Accounts are used to restrict access and authority within Station. For traditional operator accounts, authentication of the user is done by the EBI server against credentials stored in EBI. Authorization is also controlled by EBI using security levels and, if applicable, assignable locations. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 56 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 11 – RESPONDENT AND SUBCONTRACTORS QUALIFICATIONS Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 57 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 1. INFORMATION ABOUT THE RESPONDENT A. Company name: Honeywell Building Solutions, a division of Honeywell International B. Legal name (if different) : N/A C. Years in business: 130 years D. Number of years selling systems similar to this Proposal: >20 E. Contact person: John Barry, HBS Senior Account Manager F. Full mailing address: 1985 Douglas Drive North, Golden Valley, MN 55422 G. Telephone number: (763) 402-4306 H. Fax number: (763) 954-5397 I. E-mail address: [email protected] J. Name and phone number of bonding company: Chubb Group of Insurance Companies 15 Mountain View Road Warren, NJ 07061 Tel: (866) 324-8222 K. Number of full-time employees: 129,000 globally, 3100 for the Midwest District L. Number of technical/installation personnel (minimum of four dedicated to this project): 5 HBS employees M. Names and titles of personnel who would be providing the training for the equipment in this project (attach listing of experience with similar projects) HBS Technicians, Seth Wilhelm amd Johnny Cain Similar projects: Minnesota History Center Department of Human Services The Judicial Building Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 58 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. N. Name of person who would be project manager for this project (attach listing of experience with similar projects) Tommy Earlywine has been selected to be Project Manager. Similar projects: Minnesota History Center Department of Human Services The Judicial Building O. Dunn and Bradstreet Number 1. Respondent: Honeywell International 13-969-1877 2. Equipment Manufacturer: Honeywell International 13-969-1877 Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 59 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 2. QUALIFICATION AND REQUIREMENTS 1. List Prime Contractor here: Honeywell Building Solutions, a division of Honeywell International Honeywell will act as prime contractor on this project. We have selected the following subcontractors to assist on this project: Muska Electric Midwest Lock and Safe Honeywell will oversee and project manage the work of subcontractors and ensure all work meets specification from RFP. 3. EXPERIENCE AND EXISTING CUSTOMERS How many similar systems has the Respondent sold/installed? A. In the area: >20 B. Statewide: >40 C. Nationwide: >300 4. REFERENCES Reference #1 Organization Name: Itasca County, MN Address: 123 NE 4th St. Grand Rapids, MN 55744 Type of Business: County Government Contact Person: Randy Washburn Telephone Number: 218-327-7352 Contact Email Address: [email protected] Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Digital/IP Video System Installed Number of Network Locations: Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 60 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Reference #2 Organization Name: Minnesota Department of Revenue Address: 600 Robert St. N State of MN Government Paul, MN 55101 Type of Business: Contact Person: Kyle Jenner Telephone Number: 651-556-6211 Contact Email Address: [email protected] Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Digital/IP Video System Installed Number of Network Locations: Reference #3 Organization Name: Honeywell International Address: 1985 Douglas Drive Golden Valley, MN 55422 Type of Business: Contact Person: Josh Arel Telephone Number: 763-688-4956 Contact Email Address: [email protected] Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Digital/IP Video System Installed Number of Network Locations: Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 61 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Subcontractors/ Partners Business Name Years Experience Type of Work Percent of Project Muska Electric 50 years Electrical wiring and device 30% Midwest Lock and Safe 20 years Locking Hardware 15% References for Subcontractor - Muska Electric Reference #1 Organization Name: Minneapolis Public Schools Address: 1250 W Broadway Ave Minneapolis, MN 55411 Type of Business: Public School Contact Person: Galiena Boyajian Telephone Number: 612-668-0257 Contact Email Address: [email protected] Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Number of Network Locations: Reference #2 Organization Name: Ramsey County LEC Address: 425 Grove St. St. Paul, MN 55101 Type of Business: Detention Facility Contact Person: Jason Degerstrom Telephone Number: 651-266-9343 Contact Email Address: [email protected] Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Number of Network Locations: Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 62 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. References for Subcontractor - Muska Electric Reference #3 Organization Name: Ramsey County buildings Address: County-wide including Courthouse St. Paul, MN Type of Business: County Government Contact Person: Ed Kohanek Telephone Number: 651-266-3431 Contact Email Address: [email protected] Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Number of Network Locations: Reference #4 Organization Name: Boys Totem Town detention facility Address: 398 Totem Rd St. Paul, MN Type of Business: Detention Center Contact Person: Keith Lattimore Telephone Number: 651-266-5013 Contact Email Address: [email protected] Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Number of Network Locations: Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 63 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. References for Subcontractor – Midwest Safe and Lock Reference #1 Organization Name: Saint Johns University Address: 2850 Abbey Plaza Collegeville, MN 56321 Type of Business: Higher Education Contact Person: Gary Jorgenson Telephone Number: 320-363-3303 Contact Email Address: Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Number of Network Locations: Reference #2 Organization Name: Sherburne County Address: 13880 Business Center Dr NW Elk River, MN 55330-1692 Type of Business: County Government Contact Person: Bill Marks Telephone Number: 763-265-3128 Contact Email Address: Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Number of Network Locations: Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 64 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. References for Subcontractor – Midwest Safe and Lock Reference #3 Organization Name: 3M Address: Type of Business: Manufacturing Contact Person: Dave Youngquist Telephone Number: 651-210-7656 Contact Email Address: Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Number of Network Locations: Reference #4 Organization Name: General Mills Address: Minneapolis, MN Type of Business: Manufacturing Contact Person: Matt O’Sullivan Telephone Number: 763-293-2418 Contact Email Address: Dates of Installation: Description of Systems: Number of Network Locations: Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 65 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 5. SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM SERVICE AFTER INSTALLATION A. How many service personnel trained in maintaining the proposed systems does Respondent employ in the County’s area? Please indicate location closest to the County. 1. Trained Service Personnel: 8 employees 2. Location: Golden Valley, MN B. Provide the address of Respondent’s service center(s) closest to the County: 1. Company Honeywell Building Solutions 2. Address 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MN 3. Telephone Number 763-954-5671 C.Who shall maintain parts inventory? At what location? 1. Company Honeywell Building Solutions 2. Address 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MN 3. Telephone Number 763-954-5671 4. What critical component parts are kept in stock at this location? Panels and field devices Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 66 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 6. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 67 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 68 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 69 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 12 – PROJECT TEAM AND MAINTENANCE TEAM Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 70 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 1. INSTALLATION PERSONNEL Name Title Tommy Earlywine Alan Karpa Certification HBS Project Manager HBS Technician EBI Certified Seth Wilhelm HBS Programmer EBI Certified Johnny Cain HBS Technician EBI Certified Ken Jones HBS Technician EBI Certified ALAN KARPA Specialist Installation Technician Job Responsibilities: Programming of building Security & Fire Systems Oversight of projects to ensure adherence to schedule and budget 1 year/ 30 years industry Honeywell Experience: Notable Projects: Training: Certifications: The Colonnade High Rise Building State of Minnesota Campus Minneapolis Metropolitan Airports Campus Various Honeywell Systems and Integration Platforms Certified in Honeywell EBI Platforms Certified in XLS 3000 Platf Certified in NICET Level Fire Systems SETH WILHELM Specialist Installation Technician Job Responsibilities: Honeywell Experience: Notable Projects: Training: Certifications: Programming of building Security & Fire Systems Oversight of Projects to ensure adherence to schedule and budget 1 year/ 5 years industry North Dakota State University of Medicine Campus State of Minnesota Campus Minneapolis Metropolitan Airports Campus Various Honeywell Systems and Integration Platforms Certified in Digital Video Manager Certified in Temaline Access Systems Certified in Honeywell EBI Platforms Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 71 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. JOHNNEY CAIN Specialist Installation Technician Job Responsibilities: Honeywell Experience: Notable Projects: Training: Certifications: Programming of building Security & Fire Systems Oversight of Projects to ensure adherence to schedule and budget 1 year/ 18 years Industry State of Minnesota Campus Minneapolis Metropolitan Airports Campus The Colonnade High Rise Building Various Honeywell Systems and Integration Platforms Certified in Temaline Access Systems Certified in Honeywell EBI Platforms Certified in NICET Level Fire Systems KENNETH JONES Specialist Installation Technician Job Responsibilities: Honeywell Experience: Notable Projects: Training: Certifications: Programming of building Security & Fire Systems Oversight of Projects to ensure adherence to schedule and budget 1 year/ 20 years industry Minneapolis Institute of Arts State of Minnesota Campus Minneapolis Metropolitan Airports Campus Various Honeywell Systems and Integration Platforms Certified in Honeywell EBI Platforms Certified in PCSC Access Systems Certified in NICET Level Fire Systems Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 72 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. 2. SERVICE INSTALLATION Service team alignment with McLeod to be determined upon completion of installation. Name Title Certification Tim Kasper HBS Technician EBI Certified Mike Roban HBS Technician EBI Certified Josh Arel HBS Technician EBI Certified Bob Storkamp HBS Technician EBI Certified Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 73 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 13 – EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 74 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Exceptions 1. Network Bandwidth Disclaimer IP video is often transmitted over WAN/LAN. Determining the frame rate per second of cameras (FPS) and resolution can impact the speed at which networks perform. Honeywell technicians will work with McLeod IT personnel to best determine the FPS and resolution per camera per building to help optimize the video solution being provided by Honeywell. 2. Camera Server Sizing/Storage The specifications delivered in this RFP did not include the hard drive information necessary for storage as that cannot be determined without further information as to cameras settings and customer expectations. Upon contract award, recommendations will be provided as to size of hard drives necessary to meet needs of County. 3. UPS and emergency power backup Customer is responsible for UPS backup of critical systems. Backup battery power will be provided by Honeywell as temporary power source in event of primary power loss. 4. Asbestos It is assumed that no Honeywell technician or its subcontractor will be working in areas where asbestos is present. 5. Existing Access Cards Existing access credentials will be used for new system. Cards will be compatible with new hardware and software. Cards are not included with this proposal. 6. Bluetooth Enabled (BTE) card readers This solution does include BTE technology that allows cell phones to be used as credentials rather than physical access cards. While this technology is available as part of Honeywell’s solution, it will not be implemented in phase 1 of this project. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 75 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Clarification 1. 3-Year Warranty Pricing While letter “O” on page 20 requests pricing to extend warranty to three years, it was not clear where this price would be inserted in the body of the proposal. To extend the warranty from one year as outlined in section 4.08, letter B “Warranty Period and Maintenance” to three years the following cost would be added to the base price: $29,950.00 This would include two additional years of parts and labor warranty on all front-end software, panels, field devices, cameras, electronic locking hardware and all material listed on bill of materials as submitted with this RFP. Customer provided hardware would not be included in this warranty. 2. Warranty Service Availability beyond 3 years Letter Q on page 21 requests contractor provide service availability beyond the extended warranty period of three years and to specify an annual cost and period of extension. While Tab 2 of the RFP asks for a five-year maintenance support guarantee, it does not request a cost for a service contract in years 4 and 5. Honeywell will provide a service proposal once the warranty expires (either one year or three years). Since Honeywell provides different levels of warranty coverage, and it is not outlined clearly what is meant by “warranty service beyond three years”, a budgetary range can be used for this exercise of $15,500.00 to $35,000.00 per year based on desired coverage. Also, it is difficult to determine the architecture of the system in 3 years as many additions and modifications will be made to the system influencing the service contract cost. 3. Terms and Conditions As Honeywell has a current contract with McLeod County, it is possible that current terms and conditions governing that agreement may be used in this potential contract between McLeod County and Honeywell. The terms and conditions outlined in section 2 of the RFP will be reviewed by Honeywell and may contain addendums as was the case with the original agreement. Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 76 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 14 – EXHIBITS Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 77 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. This section purposefully left blank as exhibits and supporting literature included in other sections/tabs of this RFP Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 78 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. TAB 15 – SALES AND BROCHURES Request for Proposal Security/ Surveillance System McLeod County Page 79 Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. HONEYWELL BUILDING SOLUTION Enterprise Buildings Integrator R430 Technical Specification 1 Table of Content Specification and Technical Data ............................................................................3 System Architecture ................................................................................................5 System Integration...................................................................................................7 Honeywell Digital Video Manager .............................................................................8 Honeywell Life Safety Manager ................................................................................9 Open System ..........................................................................................................9 Compliance to 21 CFR Part 11 ..............................................................................14 Advanced Security Option .....................................................................................22 Visitor Management ...............................................................................................23 Asset Locator ........................................................................................................24 ! ""#$ %&$ %' ) * &"&" )" $( !#$ & +' " ' "$ " "&" )"$ "% ,%) ) - & & ) "+ , %" . + &%"/" % " )0 "&, " )2 "$ , "%"% " % " 4 5" "%"&"+ +6+"76+" 8 %0 "- + :6+"(& / ' "&" )"/9%"% % " "";!# $*-$42#,%"/ " 6 , ', . &%"&" )+ + %'% "/ ' " " 6 ,<," %" ' " " & " "& "" %" %" ' &"%/5" ) +(*=" % - & " 5**" ";5*8>?! ""&2 "9 $ )- #$# @A# 2 #B$5* 7? &" )"B$5*C>? & ) &" )"B$5* 75* 7>? &" )"B$5*> ?# B5*C?! ""#B %, %" " 2) % ') D% ) " "% " " ' " 4C "" %& #92 D%& 3 Honeywell Building Manager % ' "", ) ') $ "% & & " ""'"/ " ' $ "$ % & ) & ))0 ) ""$ %; % (!# ) !)2 (!# " Honeywell Security Manager %& ' " , +& "% " %& $ "$ " ) "' "" " %& )) " &%" %& D% ) " %; # &%" "&" )" &/ #) "' ) "&%" $ %" ) ) $ %%$'") ) ) ) " ! % 2) $ )"$ % " " "% " )) "" " $ %2 Honeywell Life Safety Manager * & +") )"&" )" ")- / "', +5*8>*" ," " & )/ " ' + %%" ),% ,%E" "&" )" % ),% ' % ) / Honeywell Digital Video Manager " ) ""& "' %"%' &&%*!A$ ,F ., ' <," &% &%" ) " ' +/ Honeywell Energy Manager & )"$' " )0 "&% &%" ,&% ') + "') &/ System Architecture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ystem Integration ' " "&" ) % " ""% '"& % ""% ")$ ' "$ ))%" ) +-/ +"&% " ) ' & "$"+ ' "$ ))% " " , $ &) ) I) "&" )).)0 " ) &%,% &/9)) ""0 % "&" )$ , . % ) " %& %&$* &$ & ) G% ) "%/E""&/ ! "" " %&%" "" " * +-' + (%) "% ) ) "&" )" ? !2$2 B !"" - 6 , ) ) " , "%"I2!$2 $ A2 "&" )" " (!#) * " &) 7 "% " ) D% ) ' <$ <$ <8=$' ?*!A$ 6!A6<9B/ " ) )+ ' " " "% "" )/ " " "% ' , & ' %") "%) > % "/ Honeywell Digital Video Manager " ) ""& "' %?2 )B"%' &% & %" ) " &&%A +- ?*!A6!AB$ ,F ., ' <," ' + )+/#) " , &+ ,% , - $ )' ) . , -" ' D% ) / %" , - +& ' " )+$%" +!%) /") &$ ,&%" < $ ' " % ) , )"%, % /! ," "&, " ' ""/ "" ' !& ")"+" , '", ,& ) ") 0 %""' " ) ' " , ' + <) & $ ' & #" /4 ' % , ' ,& " )&% "&%) "%' " , )"& + " '& )/& ' $ ' "F ., $" , "%/ 8 Honeywell Life Safety Manager ' " " ' + ,% "&" )"% ) &"%"$ "" " D% - " " /!%) ) ."&" ) " "%$"% " ') "$"")- % "$ " "" ""% " "' ) ))0 ) + ) & %"/ ") " &"&" )" + , %" "" "" " ) "/ " %&"&" ) )' " $ + % -" "," ) " ""+D% - "",& ) & " "/' % ' ) "' "" "") ) """ )" ' $+ )) &"" "" ' $+ " ' %%" &", %" ""/ ' , %" ) " " ) & ' % " " + % / 6 "&" )"%" ) " & % "$") - % " ' , " & " " ) / * & ", " " ,& . "5 + " *, "?5*B% )& " % )"" & % "$ +"%" " )&) ") & / Open System " + % + " 6 , ' " ,+ , ) "D% -& . + ) "# &%,%" "" " ® %!%)#A +-?!# B" " ))% ' ,& !) & ( $ !# "?! (!B % !%) &" )"?! B+(!# " &, " ' "% $ ), &/ 4 &" )"""% " +" "/ ) % &/"% " ! (! ? 2#=< =B % +! %)*$) ) ,!# 4 6-"# ' "&" )"$ !# H +& % &/"% "!# ' 2 ))% "/!!# 2# ! E" . "' ",% "" &" ' (* )$ "%" )" " ,& )- / " " &" , ' + ""% " E" ?2 ) ) # ) ) B %) "', D% "+ " "% !# 4,J " ! ' "/ . + ,,+" / C ! $ %®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ach user may have a default Point list assigned to them % %" " " Alarm page showing most recent highest priority alarms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ompliance to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dvanced Security Option ' "") . % " "% 3 " & " -%% %" ,% &%"H%%/H%%" %&" / )) )" '& / ' "" % "% " ' & ")" -+ ) &/ " '& $%) &"" /!+) "" + & , " "/ " " "&" )$%) & " % % / )) ", %" - + )"' , -+ + " )" , ) & ' " "&" ) '&/$ )) ' %))& )" ",%"&/ )) +"&% &% " "" ) % "/ , )) %"& ), " % ""% - "/ ! %$" "", "+ ) "$", )"$ "/ 9 ' &% - $ %" " ") + %' "+ + %' "/ 9 .) $ " ")&, %" %" / % " ." % & $ ')" $)" , $ % " " " % ) / H%% "% "%" ) " %$"% , , )"$ # ")) & / Visitor Management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sset Locator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email protected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oneywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator, Honeywell Building Manager, Honeywell Security Manager, Honeywell Life Safety Manager, Honeywell Digital Video Manager, SafeBrowse and EXCEL 5000 OPEN are trademarks of Honeywell Inc. ExcelWeb is a registered trademark of Honeywell Inc. Microsoft, Windows XP, Windows 2003 Server, Windows Vista, Microsoft SQL Server and Internet Explorer are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation BACnet® is a registered trademark of ASHRAE. LONMARK®, LONWORKS® and the LONWORKS® logo are registered trademarks of Echelon Corporation. Honeywell Building Solutions North America Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North, Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992 Ph: 1-800-345-6700 ext.420 Asia Honeywell Southeast Asia, Honeywell Building, 17 Changi Business Park Central 1, Singapore 486073, Tel: 355 2828 Fax: 445 3055 0149 Pacific Division Honeywell Pty Ltd., 2 Richardson Place, North Ryde NSW Australia 2113, Tel: 1300 138 081 Fax: 1300 138 082 Europe Honeywell Building Solutions, Hermes Plaza, Hermeslaan 1H, B-1831 Diegem, Belgium, Tel: +32 2728 2597 For more information ebi.honeywell.com SL633-0514en May 2014 © 2014 Honeywell International Inc. TemaServer2 – TS2 INCREASED SECURITY, FLEXIBILITY AND PERFORMANCE The New Generation of Temaline Controller TemaServer TS2 The new generation of Temaline controllers provide increased security, flexibility, performance and are even easier to configure. The TS2 remains a fully autonomous controller and continues to offer a high level security solution that you can trust, as Temaline has always offered. Thanks to the peer-to-peer communication the TS2 offers the full availability of peripheral devices even in case of disconnection from the supervisory centre. The unique shared-load capability ensures 100% availability of your field devices in the case of failure of a controller. Higher performance • The TS2 memory allows you to manage up to 250k cards. The factory default setting is to manage 100k cards complete with personnel names, 100k transaction buffer and 10k event buffer. Number of cards Transaction buffer 100,000 100,000 Event buffer 10,000 • The memory is fully configurable enabling it to be used in a way that best meets the project needs: eg in a large facility it will be configured to accept the maximum number of cardholders. • The new TS2 supports up to 16 doors with a reader on each side of the door. • With on-board 100MB Ethernet connection the new TS2 is able to maximise the usage of the network capacity, making the firmware and data download faster. • All Temaline ‘TemaKey’ devices are supported by TS2. More secure Communication with the supervisory level can be set as IPSEC (Internet Protocol Security). This ensures the origin of data authentication, data integrity, data confidentiality (encryption) and replay protection – ensuring total security of the communications. The communication with field devices includes command authentication to ensure that commands sent to outputs are More flexible TS2 supports Access Control, T&A and Lift Management in one application allowing you to optimise the use and the distribution of your devices. coming from the right and certified source. It also encrypts the card numbers to avoid any ‘capturing’ from sniffer devices – making security system breaches from external devices virtually impossible. With the possibility to be configured in a redundant architecture, the TS2 can guarantee full availability of your security system 24/7. Easier to use Technical Features Different operator profiles enable the correct operability for the operator and a ‘user wizard’ makes field device commissioning very easy and minimises errors. An intuitive Web interface makes the TS2 available via any Web browser. This makes it easy to configure, download the latest firmware or carry out any maintenance activity. __ -·--- --- -'t"f• •.( -... .. ~ , c - c . - . . ta.' .. ~ ......... -P11; , _ ......11r, • -.., '- '"'..., _,.,. ,,._ ,.....,. • • ,..~ •ri •u• • ~ ~ _.., -·- ~ f-.a ..:u:;. =-- ,--- ,~ __ .u._ ..... Jea. ltNerSWCu• Rl\lltl't1,1 .......... TMY tti,y IU1t1,11 PNnlblWI ~plc.a':K,ftl~ ·~~·"*------- p-- T•"l*(ll'a-CIDPU r~,~ ---·- ... _ Bdf"JPl'ntftelll' F· - '""'=- Appk.adon l:.tbll ._....... ....._ ........ itZ--ni011t~lllN>l•tgt"(--HCt f 1ho, ...... JlfUl1Ct.$ T2l!IOI ........ ,.".,__ __ ... - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---~~-- · ~ Key Features • Management of up to 16 doors • WEB pages • Up to 250,000 cards memory • 10/100MB direct LAN/WAN connection • Based on Linux Operating System • IPSEC with 3DES encryption on LAN communication • Command authentication on LON devices • Built-in Barracuda Web server • Card number encryption • Microprocessor Freescale Coldfire MCF5471, 32bits with Linux O.S. • 128 MB of high performance DDR SRAM • 64MB of FLASH memory • Management of up to 16 doors with readers on both sides of the door • Management of up to 64 I/O • Autonomous clock/calendar with geographic time zone support and daylight saving time. Ten days of autonomy in case of power failure • Battery backup, with full functionality for 90 minutes in case of power failure and signalling of the battery-charge status • Low voltage power-supply (12V DC/AC) for safety during maintenance • Tamper protection of the unit to detect unauthorised opening • Watchdog protection for recovering in case of malfunctions Specifications Specification TemaServer TS2 Microprocessor 32bits - Freescale Coldfire MCF5471 Operative system LINUX Flash memory High reliability NOR Flash Spansion 64 Mbytes SDRAM memory High performance DDR 128 Mbytes Technical Real time clock Internal RTC; retention time 10 days using super capacitor Security screw 2 Torx screw Anti-tampering 1 internal switch (against opening) Battery recharge time 80% of capacity in 8 hours Battery autonomy 90 minutes (Battery 100% efficiency) Environmental Physical Electrical LONWORKS™ connection Unshielded twisted-pair cable in free topology (MIP FT3150) Supply Voltage 12V DC -20% / +20% Power Consumption 400mA (nominal), 600mA max. (during battery recharge time) Interface 10/100 BaseT standard unshielded cable on RJ45 - Auto-MDIX: automatically detects and corrects for straight or cross-over cables Protection Rating IP55 Dimensions W = 221mm H = 305mm D = 47mm Weight 2.4 Kg (including frame and battery) Colour Grey RAL7035 Case material ABS, rated UL 5VA, 3 mm thick Operating Temperature -10°C up to +49°C Storage Temperature -20°C up to +50°C Storage humidity Up to 90% not condensing Certification EN60950, EN50130-4, EN55022-B, EN55024, EN50133 Recognition class: 2, 3 Access class: B Environment Class: II RoHS / WEEE compliant device Directives 2001/95/EC, 2011/65/EU NOTE: Honeywell reserves the right, without notification, to make changes in product design or specifications. Find out more: http://www.temaline.honeywell.com Honeywell Security Group Via della Resistenza 53/59 20090 Buccinasco (MI) Italy www.honeywell.com TEMA-TS2-03-EN(0314)DS-E March 2014 © 2014 Honeywell International Inc. Temaline Wiegand Module Digital Wiegand Multi I/O management device The TK_S014 Wiegand module enables MAJOR BENEFITS KEY FEATURES Easy to install: The direct LON connection and embedded I/O simplifies installation and engineering and reduces the number of system devices. • Standard DIN/Omega RAIL 35 • TK_S014 supports Two “Wiegand 7 connectivity of any standard device which uses the industry standard wiegand protocol, including biometrics. Also enables step-by-step migration of current installations to save time and move to new Temaline access control technologies and benefits. Flexibility: Select the reader you prefer in terms of design or re-use existing devices for cost-saving purposes. Investment protection: As your Wire” connected card readers and the I/O associated with a single door. • Echelon “LON” Device • Tamper-proof housing • Internal I/O for door control • Supervised inputs • RoHS compliant, so envirnoment respectful network grows, the solution can scale and devices can be re-used. TK_S014 Honeywell Systems Group Via Tintoretto,15 21012 Cassano Magnago (VA) Italy Tel. +39 0331 704628 Fax. +39 0331 704495 www.honeywell.com LONWORKS ® is a trademark of the Echelon Corporation TEMA/TK_S014/02/EN/0107/DS/LD January 2007 ©2007 Honeywell International Inc. Temaline I/O Module Digital I/O management device The TK_C21P module provides 4 MAJOR BENEFITS KEY FEATURES Easy to install: The direct LON connection and embedded I/O simplifies installation and engineering and reduces the number of system devices. • Standard DIN / Omega RAIL 35 • TK_C21P supports 4 x Inputs & 4 x Supervised Inputs and 4 Open Collector (Drain) Outputs. The same digital I/O management devices can therefore be used for both access control and light intrusion detection purposes. The TK_C21P module offers the capability to collect the status of any different kind of digital sensor and to easily command external devices.A flexible device that allows a variety of customised applications. Free I/O management: Possible to share the I/O of an I/O Module between different modular readers (TemaKeys) or to use the I/O of an I/O Module for both gate management and minimal intrusion detection purposes. Outputs • Echelon “LON” Device • Tamper proof • Supervised inputs • RoHS compliant, so envirnoment respectful Distributed point management: reduces "home run" wiring and cable costs. Quicker response to field level. TK_C21P Honeywell Systems Group Via Tintoretto,15 21012 Cassano Magnago (VA) Italy Tel. +39 0331 704628 Fax. +39 0331 704495 www.honeywell.com LONWORKS ® is a trademark of the Echelon Corporation TEMA/TK_C21P/02/EN/0107/DS/LD January 2007 ©2007 Honeywell International Inc. Tema-Voyager™ Multi The new controller for higher security The Tema-Voyager Multi is a new controller within Temaline Directly IP connected, it supports both POE and POE+ family that offers the management of a limited number of offering also the ability to directly manage the door unlock. doors together with high security. Telecommunication companies, airports, banks, shop The Tema-Voyager Multi offers in a single device both a dealers are good examples where this device exploits its controller as well as the readers connection and the best advantages. I/O management. The reader connections can be Wiegand or RS485 via OSDP protocol when secure communication with reader is required. K E Y F E AT U R E S • Directly connected to EBI-Temaline supervisory level • Peer-to-Peer communication with other • Door management during the database download from the supervisory center Tema-Voyager Compact and Temaline devices ensures • Management of up to 250K cards complete autonomy even in case of failure at the • Simplified connection via POE & POE+ with possibility supervisory level • 10/100Mb and 1Gb encrypted LAN (AES, IPSEC) to manage the unlock of the doors using the optional Relay output board • LAN connectivity via: – Static IP, DHCP and DNS • Embedded 4 Input and 4 Open Collector Outputs plus • No limitation in number of Behaviour Models per • Optional Internal relay Board cardholder • Completely autonomous, DB onboard 8 fully configurable I/O for door management • Wall or DIN rail mounting • Tamper resistant (anti opening) FLEXIBLE FUNCTIONALITIES The Tema-Voyager Multi is available in different variations to The device also embeds 4 Inputs and 4 Outputs and 8 manage from a single side door up to 4 single side doors, in additional fully configurable I/O, up to you to decide if you all the possible configurations detailed in the below table. need them to work as Inputs or as Outputs. In addition is also available the model to only manage I/O. Tema-Voyager™ Multi The new controller for higher security Single-side door Double-side door 1 reader + 1 REX 2 readers Inputs Outputs Flexible I/O Tema-Voyager Multi-0 0 0 4 4 8 Tema-Voyager Multi-1 1 0 4 4 8 Tema-Voyager Multi-2 2 0 4 4 8 Tema-Voyager Multi-2 0 1 4 4 8 Tema-Voyager Multi-3 3 0 4 4 8 Tema-Voyager Multi-3 1 1 4 4 8 Tema-Voyager Multi-4 4 0 4 4 8 Tema-Voyager Multi-4 3 0 4 4 8 Tema-Voyager Multi-4 2 1 4 4 8 Tema-Voyager Multi-4 0 2 4 4 8 T H E A D VA N C E D F E AT U R E S Advanced Wiegand management • The Tema-Voyager Multi checks the power supply of the Wiegand connection to identify if there is a short or a cut • If a short or a cut is identified the Tema-Voyager Multi sends an alarm to the supervisory center • In addition also the tamper of the reader connected on the Wiegand is checked and an alarm sent to supervisory level Maximum benefits from POE and POE+ • The connection to POE and POE+ allows the Tema-Voyager Multi to directly supply up to 4 readers. • The Tema-Voyager Multi allows full management to un-lock of the doors without any additional Power Supply but simply using the optional relay output board. The number of locks managed depends of course from the power required. Advanced in Emergency management • The optional Emergency Relay Output Board allows the Tema-Voyager Multi to interrupt the power supply to doors in case an emergency alarm is raised (typically fire alarm) TEMALINE ARCHITECTURE As part of the overall Temaline solution, Tema-Voyager Multi is compatible with Honeywell’s Enterprise Buildings Integrator™ (EBI). Compatibility and Peer-to-Peer communication with the Tema-Voyager Compact and other Temaline devices (TS-AC01 and TS2) offers a security solution capable of managing: • Access Control • Time and Attendance • Muster • Intrusion • Lift security Tema-Voyager™ Multi The new controller for higher security S P E C I F I C AT I O N S Technical Microprocessor Freescale i.MX 6 solo 800 Mhz Memory RAM: 512Mbytes FLASH: Nor 128Mbytes Real Time clock Retention time: 48 hours (big capacitor) Security screw 4 Torx screws Construction Anti-Opening mechanical Tamper, Plastic housing Mounting specification Wall or DIN rail mounting Connectivity LAN connection via 10/100Mb and 1Gb POE, or POE+ Encrypted LAN (AES, IPSEC) Static IP DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration protocol), DNS (Domain Name System) Electrical Supply voltage 10-30VDC POE IEEE 802.3af-2003 POE+ IEEE 802.3at-2009 Power consumption 4,8 W Board only 10-30VDC: max load 36 W POE : max load 15.4W POE+ : max load 25.5W Current available for Readers and Locks (supported only with optional Relay and Emergency Relay Output Boards) 10-30VDC: max 2100mA @ 12Vcc POE : max 750mA @ 12Vcc POE+ : max 1500mA @ 12Vcc WARNING: please check the limits with the Tema-Voyager Multi Consumption Verifier Tool Interface LAN 10/100Mb, 1Gb encrypted LAN connection (Cable Cat 5/6) Wiegand 4 lines, alternative to the 4 RS485 lines RS485 4 lines (OSDP protocol), alternative to the 4 Wiegand lines Inputs 4 fixed: Supervised or Digital. Supervised inputs with four statuses: Normal, Alarm, Cut, and Short Digital inputs with two statuses: Open, Close Current: 0~10mA for each input Voltage: +14V maximum; 0V minimum Outputs 4 fixed From the main Board: Power Open Drain (Mosfet) 12V-50mA From the optional Relay Output board: dry contact NO/NC 24V-3A Inputs/Outputs 8 configurable (characteristics as those fixed) Mechanical Dimensions (W x H x D) 240*140*60mm Weight 550g Environmental Operating temperature -10°C to +55°C Storage temperature range -25°C to +70°C Storage humidity 95% without condensation IP Rating IP32 Regulatory Certifications CE CTick CFR 47 FCC Part 15 subpart B, 2014 UL 294-S319 (pending) EN 50133-1:1996/A1:2002 EN 50133-2-1:2000 EN 50133-7:1999 EN-55024:2010 EN 55022:2010 Class B EN 50130-4:2011 EN-50130-5:2011 (Environments - Access control) EN 60950-1:2006+A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011+A2:2013 Environmental Rohs/WEEE-compliant – directives 2002/95/EC 2011/65/EC Tema-Voyager™ Multi The new controller for higher security ORDERING Tema-Voyager Multi VMC-00WENN1 Tema-Voyager Multi-0, I/O management only, no wiegand/RS485 connections VMC-01WENN1 Tema-Voyager Multi-1, manages up to 1 single side door VMC-02WENN1 Tema-Voyager Multi-2, manages up to 2 single side door VMC-03WENN1 Tema-Voyager Multi-3, manages up to 3 single side door VMC-04WENN1 Tema-Voyager Multi-4, manages up to 4 single side door Accessories VMA-06 Tema-Voyager Multi Relay Output board: provides 4 Relay Output, dry contact NO/NC 24V-3A. Up to 3 can be added to a Multi device.(*) Tema-Voyager Multi Emergency Relay Output board, provides: VMA-07 • 4 Relay Output, dry contact NO/NC 24V-3A; • 1 Input, dry contact, for emergency alarm, with separate power supply. Up to 1 can be added to a Multi device.(*) Spares VMS-KIT Resistors and diodes kit. VMS-RUB Seal rubber kit, 5 upper, 5 lower. (*) A Tema-Voyager Multi controller can embed up to max 3 Output boards in total. So it supports up to 1 Emergency Relay Output board plus 2 Relay Output boards. Honeywell reserves the right, without notification, to make changes in product design or specifications. Tema-Voyager™ and Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator™ are trademarks of Honeywell International Inc.. MIFARE® is a trademark of NXP Semiconductors N.V. HID® is a trademark of HID Global. SAP® is a registered trademark of SAP AG in Germany and in several other countries. More information: Email: [email protected] Honeywell Security Group Via della Resistenza 53/59 20090 Buccinasco (MI) Italy www.temaline.honeywell.com/ www.honeywell.com TEMA-VOYMUL-04-EN(0615)DS-E June 2015 © 2015 Honeywell International Inc. General Purpose Cabinet SPECIFICATION DATA FEATURES • Half- and full-sized Cabinets available • Key-locked Door to prevent tampering • UL listed control unit enclosure meeting UL864 standards • Similar appearance for HVAC control, fire, security, and automation control panels • Doors can be installed to open from left or right • Knockouts for electrical, pneumatic, and raceway piping • Wall mounting or floor mounting with optional Free-Standing Mounting Legs • Optional Canopy Light • Optional Back Coverplate • Optional Tamper Switch RC39 GENERAL The Honeywell General Purpose Cabinet (“Cabinet”) is constructed from a separately ordered Rough-in Ring, Subpanel, and Door with a lock. Lighting and hardware accessories are available to complete a surfacemounted, a flush-mounted or a lighted, free-standing installation. The Cabinets are used in HVAC control, fire alarm, security, and automation control systems as convenience panels to group system components in an area easily accessible to the operator for adjustments. Copyright © 1991 Honeywell Inc. • All Rights Reserved 74-5134 GENERAL PURPOSE CABINET DESCRIPTION The Honeywell General Purpose Cabinet (“Cabinet”) is constructed from a separately ordered Rough-in Ring, Subpanel, and Door with a lock. Lighting and hardware accessories are available to complete a surfacemounted, a flush-mounted or a lighted, free-standing installation. The Cabinets are used in HVAC control, fire alarm, security, and automation control systems. One or more Cabinets can be mounted together to form a panel. For ease of piping and wiring, the usual limit is six Cabinets to a panel. SPECIFICATIONS Models: Half-sized Cabinet: ❑ Rough-in Ring: 14506635-001 ❑ Door with lock: 14506636-001 ❑ Subpanel: 14506747-001 Full-sized Cabinet: ❑ Rough-in Ring: 14506635-002 ❑ Door with lock: 14506636-002 ❑ Subpanel: 14506747-002 Material: Rough-in Ring and Door: 16-gage galvanized steel Subpanel: 0.050-in. aluminum Finish: Rough-in Ring: Black textured paint Door: Almond textured paint Mounting: General Purpose Cabinets on FreeStanding Mounting Legs FULL-SIZED CABINET HALF-SIZED CABINET HALF-SIZED CABINET HALF-SIZED CABINET FULL-SIZED CABINET FULL-SIZED CABINET HALF-SIZED CABINET 80 (2032) FULL-SIZED CABINET 81 (2057) HALF-SIZED CABINET FULL-SIZED CABINET C5337 Accessories: Back Coverplate: ❑ Half-sized: 15753207-004 ❑ Full-sized: 15753207-003 ❑ Canopy Light: 15753239-001 ❑ Free-Standing Mounting Legs: AK3997 (kit) ❑ Hardware to mount a second Cabinet on Free-Standing Mounting Legs: AK3999 (kit) ❑ Ground Strap, 12-in. (305-mm): 14502248-003 ❑ Replacement Lock and Key: 14505928-001 ❑ Tamper Switch: 14505159-001 Universal Trim Ring: See General Purpose Cabinet Installation Instructions 95-7438 ❑ Trim Ring Bag Assembly, four corner pieces and screws:14503745-001 ❑ Trim Ring Extrusion, eight feet (2438.4 mm) in length: 14503384-001 Home and Building Control Honeywell Inc. Honeywell Plaza P.O. Box 524 Minneapolis MN 55408-0524 Home and Building Control Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée 740 Ellesmere Road Scarborough Ontario Honeywell Latin American Division Miami Lakes Headquarters 14505 Commerce Way Suite 500 Miami Lakes FL 33016 Honeywell Europe S.A. 3 Avenue du Bourget B-1140 Brussels Belgium Approvals: Meets UL 864 Control Units for FireProtective Signaling Systems Dimensions in Inches (Millimeters): FULL-SIZED CABINET 37-1/4 (946) – OR – HALF-SIZED CABINET 18-5/8 (473) 9 (229) 24 (610) C5898 Honeywell Asia Pacific Inc. 30th Floor, Office Tower Convention Plaza 1 Harbour Road Wanchai Hong Kong Helping You Control Your World 74-5134 XX-XXXX Rev. 11-91 Printed in U.S.A. on Recycled Paper 2 AL600ULXB Off-line Switching Power Supply/Charger Rev. DSAL600ULXB_04222015 Overview AL600ULXB is a UL Recognized power supply/charger that converts a 115VAC 60Hz input into a single 12VDC or 24VDC non power-limited output. AL600ULXB Specifications Supervision: Input: • Input 115VAC, 60Hz, 3.5 amp. Output: • • • • 12VDC or 24VDC selectable output. 6 amp continuous supply current. Filtered and electronically regulated output. Short circuit and thermal overload protection. Battery Backup: • AC fail supervision (form “C” contacts). - Notification trigger is selectable for 30 seconds (factory set) or 6 hours. • Low battery supervision (form “C” contacts). • Battery presence supervision (form “C” contacts). Visual Indicators: • AC input and DC output LED indicators. • Built-in charger for sealed lead acid or gel type batteries. • Automatic switch over to stand-by battery when AC fails. • Maximum charge current 0.7 amp. Electrical: • Operating temperature: 0º C to 49º C ambient. • 36.85 or 73.70 BTU/Hr. • System AC input VA requirement: 402.5VA. Mechanical: • Product weight (approx.): 0.8 lbs. (0.36 kg). • Shipping weight (approx.): 0.95 lbs. (0.43 kg). Agency Approvals UL Recognized component for Access Control System Units (UL 294), Standard for Safety for Fire Protective Signaling Systems (UL 1481). Board Dimensions (L x W x H approximate): 4.5” x 7.11” x 2.01” (114.3mm x 180.59mm x 51.05mm) 0.25” (6.35mm) 0.17” (4.32mm) Ø0.156” (3.96mm) 6.7” (170.18mm) 3.7” (93.98mm) 4.5” (114.3mm) 7.11” (180.59mm) Altronix Corp. - 140 58th Street, Brooklyn, NY 11220 • 718-567-8181 • 888-258-7669 • altronix.com RDC24 Relay Module Rev. DSRDC24_01152014 Overview RDC24 is a DIN rail mountable relay which is designed for continuous duty. This rugged, reliable and dependable relay will handle any switching application. RDC24 Specifications Mechanical: Input Voltage: • 24VDC operation. • Current draw: 43mA. Contact Rating: • 10 amp/220VAC or 28VDC DPDT contacts. Electrical: • Operating temperature: -- 25º C to 55º C ambient. • DIN Rail mountable. • Dimensions (L x W x H approx.): 2.7” x 1.375” x 2.375” (68.58mm x 34.93mm x 60.32mm) • Product weight (approx.): 0.1 lbs. (0.05 kg). • Shipping weight (approx.): 0.15 lbs. (0.07 kg). Agency Approvals UL Recognized. European Conformity. cUL Recognized. Altronix Corp. - 140 58th Street, Brooklyn, NY 11220 • 718-567-8181 • 888-258-7669 • altronix.com 12 Volt 7.0 AH PS-1270 Features • Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) technology for superior performance • Valve regulated, spill proof construction allows safe operation in any position • Power/volume ratio yielding unrivaled energy density • Rugged impact resistant ABS case and cover (UL94-HB) • Approved for transport by air. D.O.T., I.A.T.A., F.A.A. and C.A.B. certified • U.L. recognized under file number MH 20845 Terminals (mm) • F1 - Quick disconnect tabs, 0.187” x 0.032”Mate with AMP. INC. FASTON “187” series OR • F2 - Quick disconnect tabs, 0.250” x 0.032” - Mate with AMP. INC FASTON “250” series Performance Specifications Nominal Voltage ........................................................................ 12 volts (6 cells) F1 Nominal Capacity F2 3.2 3.4 4.75 6.35 7.95 0.8 20-hr. (350mA to 10.50 volts) ........................................................ 7.00 AH 10-hr. (650mA to 10.50 volts) ....................................................... 6.50 AH 5-hr. (1.2A to 10.20 volts) ............................................................ 6.00 AH 1-hr. (4.5A to 9.00 volts) .............................................................. 4.50 AH 6.35 0.8 15-min. (14A to 9.00 volts) ................................................................. 3.50 AH Physical Dimensions: in (mm) Approximate Weight ........................................................... 4.80 lbs. (2.18 kg) Energy Density (20-hr. rate) ................................ 1.49 W-h/in3 (90.95 W-h/l) Specific Energy (20-hr. rate) .............................. 17.50 W-h/lb (38.58 W-h/kg) Internal Resistance (approx.) ...................................................... 23 milliohms W Max Discharge Current (7 Min.) ............................................... 21.0 amperes Max Short-Duration Discharge Current (10 Sec.) .................. 70.0 amperes Shelf Life (% of nominal capacity at 68°F (20°C)) 1 Month ...................................................................................................... 97% Sealed Rechargeable Battery HT H MODEL PS-1270 F1 ST B E R MU T TE RY BA 12 Volt 7.0 Amp. Hr. www.power-sonic.com Pb 6 Months .................................................................................................... 83% YC LED EC ® MH20845 3 Months ..................................................................................................... 91% NONSPILLABLE L Operating Temperature Range Charge .. ........................................................... -4°F (-20°C) to 122°F (50°C) Discharge ....................................................... -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C) L: 5.95 (151) W: 2.56 (65) H: 3.70 (94) HT: 3.86 (98) Case ...................................................................................................... ABS Plastic Tolerances are +/- 0.04 in. (+/- 1mm) and +/- 0.08 in. (+/- 2mm) for height dimensions. All data subject to change without notice. Power-Sonic Chargers ................................................ PSC-12800A, 12800A-C To ensure safe and efficient operation always refer to the latest edition of our Technical Manual, as published on our website. All data subject to change without notice. www.power-sonic.com PS-1270 12 Volt 7.0 AH ® Discharge Characteristics 14.0 100 Charging is not necessary unless 100% of capacity is required. 80 Charging before use is necessary to help recover full capacity. 5oC (41oF) 60 0 o 40oC (104oF) 40 0 2 4 6 20oC (68oF) 30 C o (86 F) 8 10 Charge may fail to restore full capacity. Do not let batteries reach this state. 12 14 16 18 o o Ambient Temperature 20 C (68 F) 13.0 Terminal Voltage (V) Capacity Retention Ratio (%) Shelf Life & Storage 12.0 11.0 10.0 3.5 9.0 Final Voltage 20 8.0 Standing Period (Months) 0.70 0.35 1.4 7.0 14 1.2 Discharge Time vs. Discharge Current 2.4 6 12 24 36 48 1 2 min 4 6 8 10 20 4 0 h Discharge Time 20 15 10 Discharge Time 5 Retention Capacity (%) h Life Characteristics in Stand-By Use Final Voltage 10.5V 2 10.2V 1 9.6V min 30 Ambient Temperature 20˚C (68˚F) 100 80 60 Float Charging Voltage 2.25 - 2.30 V/Cell 40 20 0 0 9.0V o 1 2 10 3 4 o 40 C (104 F) o o 20 C (68 F) o o 0 C (32 F) Years 8.1V 5 Life Characteristics in Cyclic Use 0.35 0.70 1.4 3.5 7.0 14 120 Discharge Current (A) Charging Cycle Applications: Limit initial current to 2.1A. Charge until battery voltage (under charge) reaches 14.4 to 14.7 volts at 68°F (20°C). Hold at 14.4 to 14.7 volts until current drops to under 70mA. Battery is fully charged under these conditions, and charger should be disconnected or switched to “float” voltage. “Float” or “Stand-By” Service: Hold battery across constant voltage source of 13.5 to 13.8 volts continuously. When held at this voltage, the battery will seek its own current level and maintain itself in a fully charged condition. Note: Due to the self-discharge characteristics of this type of battery, it is imperative that they be charged within 6 months of storage, otherwise permanent loss of capacity might occur as a result of sulfation. Chargers Retention Capacity (%) 100 80 60 Discharge Depth 100% Discharge Depth 50% Discharge Depth 30% 40 1. Discharge Current 0.2C (Final Voltage 1.7V/Cell) 2. Charge Current: 0.1C 3. Ambient Temperature: 20oC to 25oC (68oF to 77oF) 20 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 Number of Cycles Further Information Power-Sonic offers a wide range of chargers suitable for batteries up to 100AH. Please refer to the Charger Selection Guide in our specification sheets for “C-Series Switch Mode Chargers” and “Transformer Type A and F Series”. Please contact our Technical department for advice if you have difficulty in locating suitable models. Please refer to our website www.power-sonic.com for a complete range of useful downloads, such as product catalogs, material safety data sheets (MSDS), ISO certification, etc.. Contact Information DOMESTIC SALES Tel: +1-619-661-2020 Fax: +1-619-661-3650 [email protected] www.power-sonic.com CUSTOMER SERVICE Tel: +1-619-661-2030 Fax: +1-619-661-3648 [email protected] TECHNICAL SUPPORT Tel: +1-619-661-2020 Fax: +1-619-661-3648 [email protected] INTERNATIONAL SALES Tel: +1-650-364-5001 Fax: +1-650-366-3662 [email protected] CORPORATE OFFICE • 7550 Panasonic Way • San Diego, CA 92154 • USA • Tel: +1-619-661-2020 • Fax: +1-619-661-3650 © 2011. Power-Sonic Corporation. All rights reserved. All trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 0211 1M PHYSICAL ACCESS SOLUTIONS multiCLASS SE® Readers HIGHLY ADAPTABLE AND SECURE HIGH FREQUENCY ACCESS CONTROL SOLUTION Powerfully Secure – Provides layered security beyond the card media for added protection to identity data using SIOs. Adaptable – Interoperable with a growing range of technologies and form factors including mobile devices utilizing Seos™. Interoperable – Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP) for secure, bidirectional communication. Streamlined Migration – Simultaneous support for 125 kHz HID Prox®, AWID and EM4102 for seamless migration; field programmable for secure upgrades and extended lifecycle. HID Global’s iCLASS SE® platform goes beyond the traditional smart card model to offer a secure, standards-based and flexible platform that has become the new benchmark for highly adaptable, interoperable and secure access control solutions. multiCLASS SE readers include Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP), a new Security Industry Association (SIA) standard that together with Secure Channel Protocol (SCP) provides secure communications and central management. multiCLASS SE® readers simplify migration from legacy technologies with support 125 kHz for HID Prox, Indala, AWID and EM4102, and provide customers the assurance that their existing investments can be leveraged to enhance their system as business requirements change. The technologyindependent readers also support iCLASS® Seos™ and iCLASS SE credential platforms, as well as standard iCLASS, MIFARE and POWERFULLY SECURE: Multi-Layered Security – Ensures data authenticity and privacy through the multilayered security of HID’s SIO. EAL5+ Certified Secure Element Hardware – Provides tamper-proof protection of keys/cryptographic operations. SIO Data Binding – Inhibits data cloning by binding an object to a specific credential. Secured communications using OSDP with Secure Channel Protocol. HIGHLY ADAPTABLE: Mobile device support using card emulation - Enables HID access control. SIO Portability – Provides technology independence and portability to other smart card technologies. Upgradeable Hardware Connection – Allows all Wiegand-based communication readers to expand communication capabilities to OSDP, Hi-O and other bidirectional protocols. Field Programmable Readers – Provides secure upgrades for migration and extended lifecycle. hidglobal.com MIFARE DESFire EV1 with custom data models and other leading technologies. Additionally, multiCLASS SE readers support mobile devices utilizing Seos, enabling a new class of portable identity credentials that can be securely provisioned and safely embedded into both fixed and mobile devices. As part of HID Global’s iCLASS SE platform that is based on the Secure Identity Object™ (SIO®) data model and Trusted Identity Platform® (TIP™), the powerfully secure multiCLASS SE readers offer advanced features such as layered security beyond the card media and tamper-proof protection of keys/cryptographic operations using EAL5+ secure element hardware. Customization and management from a central location – Enables organization to make changes and manage all attached OSDP readers over RS485 wiring. Simultaneous support for 125kHz HID Prox, AWID and EM4102. Allows for support of future technologies. SUSTAINABILITY AND MANAGEMENT: Intelligent Power Management (IPM) – Reduces reader power consumption by as much as 75% compared to standard operating mode. Recycled Content – Contributes toward building LEED credits. INTEROPERABLE: SIO Media Mapping – Simplifies deployment of third-party objects to multiple types of credentials. Industry standard communications using OSDP. Custom programming support to read custom data models on MIFARE and MIFARE DESFire EV1 credentials. SPECIFICATIONS RP10 900P 900L Base Part Number iCLASS Seos: 1.2" (3 cm) iCLASS: 3.1" (8 cm) MIFARE Classic: 2.8" (7 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 1.2" (3 cm) Typical Read Range1 iCLASS: 1.6" (4 cm) MIFARE Classic: 1.2" (3 cm) HID Prox: 2.8" (7 cm) Indala Prox: 1.6" (4 cm) EM4102 Prox: 4.3" (11 cm) RP15 RP40 910P 920P 910L 920L 13.56 MHz Single Technology ID-1 Cards – SIO Model Data iCLASS Seos: 1.2" (3 cm) iCLASS Seos: 2.0" (5 cm) iCLASS: 3.1" (8 cm) iCLASS: 4.7" (12 cm) MIFARE Classic: 2.8" (7 cm) MIFARE Classic: 4.7" (12 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 1.2" (3 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 2.0" (5 cm) 13.56 MHz Single Technology Tags/Fobs – SIO Data Model iCLASS: 1.6" (4 cm) iCLASS: 2.4" (6 cm) MIFARE Classic: 1.2" (3 cm) MIFARE Classic: 2.0" (5 cm) 125 kHz Single Technology ID-1 Cards HID Prox: 2.8" (7 cm) HID Prox: 2.8" (7 cm) Indala Prox: 1.6" (4 cm) Indala Prox: 2.0" (5 cm) EM4102 Prox: 4.3" (11 cm) EM4102 Prox: 4.3" (11 cm) RPK40 921P 921L iCLASS Seos: 1.6" (4 cm) iCLASS: 4.7" (12 cm) MIFARE Classic: 4.3" (11 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 1.6" (4 cm) iCLASS: 2.8" (7 cm) MIFARE Classic: 1.6" (4 cm) HID Prox: 2.8" (7 cm) Indala Prox: 2.0" (5 cm) EM4102 Prox: 3.1" (8 cm) 125 KHz Single Technology Tags/Fobs Mounting HID Prox: 1.6" (4 cm) Indala Prox: 0.8" (2 cm) EM4102 Prox: 2.8" (7 cm) HID Prox: 2.0" (5 cm) Indala Prox: 0.8" (2 cm) EM4102 Prox: 2.8" (7 cm) Mini-Mullion Size; physically HID's smallest iCLASS readers and are ideally suited for mullion-mounted door installations, U.S. single-gang J-box (with mud ring) or any flat surface Mullion Size; physically HID's second smallest iCLASS readers and are ideally suited for mullion-mounted door installations, U.S. single-gang J-box (with mud ring) or any flat surface Color Keypad HID Prox: 1.6" (4 cm) Indala Prox: 1.2" (3 cm) EM4102 Prox: 2.4" (6 cm) Wall Switch Size; designed to mount and cover single gang switch boxes primarily used in the Americas and includes a slotted mounting plate for European and Asian back box spacing Black No 1.9" x 4.1" x 0.9" 4.8 cm x 10.3 cm x 2.3 cm Yes (4x3) 1.9" x 6.0" x 0.9" 4.8 cm x 15.3 cm x 2.3 cm 3.3" x 4.8" x 1.0" 8.4 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.4 cm 4.0oz (114g) 5.2oz (149g) 7.8oz (222g) 9.1oz (258g) 3.0oz (85g) 4.3oz (124g) 7.6oz (216g) 8.0oz (228g) 75 75 85 95 40 40 50 70 200 200 200 200 NSC3 Power Consumption Standard Power Mode (W @ 16VDC) 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.5 NSC Power Consumption w/ IPM (W @ 16VDC) 0.6 0.6 0.8 1.1 Dimensions Product Weight (Pigtail) Product Weight (Terminal Strip) Operating Voltage Range Current Draw - Standard Power Mode2 (mA) Current Draw - Intelligent Power Management (IPM) Mode2 (mA) Peak Current Draw Standard Power or IPM Mode2 (mA) Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Operating Humidity Environmental Rating Transmit Frequency -31º to 150º F (-35º to 65º C) -67º to 185º F (-55º to 85º C) 5% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing Indoor/Outdoor IP55; IP65 if installed with optional gasket (IP65GSKT) 13.56 MHz & 125 kHz Secure Identity Object™ (SIO®) on iCLASS Seos, iCLASS SE/SR, MIFARE DESFire EV1 and MIFARE Classic (On by Default) - standard iCLASS Access Control Application (order with Standard interpreter) -ISO14443A (MIFARE) CSN, ISO14443B CSN, ISO15693 CSN - MIFARE Classic and MIFARE DESFire EV1 custom data models - FeliCa™4 CSN, CEPAS4 CSN or CAN HID Prox4, AWID4, Indala, EM41024 Optional OSDP with SCP over RS4854 Wiegand/Clock-and-Data Interface 500ft (150m) (22AWG) - Use Shielded cable for best results 13.56 MHz Card Compatibility 125 kHz Card Compatibility Communications Panel Connection Pigtail or Terminal Strip UL294/cUL (US), FCC Certification (US), IC (Canada), CE (EU), C-tick (Australia, New Zealand), SRRC (China), MIC (Korea)4, NCC (Taiwan)4, iDA (Singapore)4, RoHS , FIPS-201 Transparent FASC-N Reader Certifications Cryto Processor Hardware Common Criteria Rating EAL5+ Patents Housing Material Manufactured with % of recycled content (Pigtail) Manufactured with % of recycled content (Terminal Strip) UL Ref Number Warranty US7180403, US7439862, US7124943, US5952935, US6058481, US6337619 UL94 Polycarbonate 10.5% 11.0% 10.5% 10.9% 10.5% 11.0% 11.0% 12.3% RP10E RP15E RP40E RPK40E Limited Lifetime 1 2 3 4 North America: +1 512 776 9000 Toll Free: 1 800 237 7769 Europe, Middle East, Africa: +44 1440 714 850 Asia Pacific: +852 3160 9800 Latin America: +52 55 5081 1650 3.3" x 4.8" x 1.1" 8.5 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.8 cm 5-16 VDC, Linear supply recommended 3 hid g l o b al.com HID Prox: 2.0" (5 cm) Indala Prox: 1.2" (3 cm) EM4102 Prox: 2.8" (7 cm) Read range listed is statistical mean rounded to nearest whole centimeter. HID Global testing occurs in open air. Some environmental conditions, including metallic mounting surface, can significantly degrade read range and performance; plastic or ferrite spacers are recommended to improve performance on metallic mounting surfaces. Measured in accordance with UL294 standards; See Installation Guide for Details. NSC = Normal Standby Current; See Installation Guide for Details. Not available on 9xxL part numbers. An ASSA ABLOY Group brand © 2016 HID Global Corporation. All rights reserved. HID, the HID logo, multiCLASS SE, iCLASS SE, iCLASS, Seos, Indala, HID Prox, Secure Identity Object, SIO, Tursted Identity Platform, TIP and iCLASS Elite are trademarks or registered trademarks of HID Global in the U.S. and/or other countries. All other trademarks, service marks, and product or service names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. 2016-05-18-hid-multiclass-se-readers-ds-en PLT-00303 ×Ííïðñ×Ííîð ÎÛÏËÛÍÌóÌÑóÛÈ×Ì Ð×Πر²»§©»´´Ž- λ¯«»-¬ó¬±óÛ¨·¬ øÎÌÛ÷ -»²-±®- ±ºº»® ¾¿-·½ ¿²¼ º«´´óº»¿¬«®»¼ ³±¼»´- ¬± -«·¬ »ª»®§ ¿½½»-- ½±²¬®±´ ¿°°´·½¿¬·±²ò ̸» ¯«·½µó·²-¬¿´´ -»²-±®- ¿®» »¨¬®»³»´§ º´»¨·¾´»ô °®±ª·¼» ¿ ¹»²»®±«- ¿³±«²¬ ±º ©·®·²¹ ®±±³ ¿²¼ ½±²¬¿·² ¾«·´¬ó·² ·²¬»®²¿´ •¬¿³°»® °®±±ºŒ -¸«¬¬»®- ¬± »²¿¾´» °®»½·-» ¬¿®¹»¬ ¿®»¿ ¼»¬»½¬·±²ò ÚÛßÌËÎÛÍ ×Ííïðæ ×Ííîðæ Ÿ ß¼¶«-¬¿¾´» ®»´¿§ ¬·³» øðòë ó êì -»½±²¼-÷ ×Ííîð ·²½´«¼»- ¬¸» -¿³» º»¿¬«®»- ¿- ×Ííïðô °´«-æ Ÿ Ó·½®±ó¾¿-»¼ -·¹²¿´ °®±½»--·²¹ Ÿ 绦± ͱ«²¼»® ©·¬¸ ª±´«³» ½±²¬®±´ Ÿ ß¼¶«-¬¿¾´» •¬¿³°»® °®±±ºŒ -¸«¬¬»®-‰ ¬± »²¿¾´» °®»½·-» ¬¿®¹»¬ ¿®»¿ ¼»¬»½¬·±² Ÿ ܱ±® ½±²¬¿½¬ ·²°«¬ Ÿ λ¿¼»®ñµ»§°¿¼ñµ»§-©·¬½¸ ·²°«¬ Ÿ Ì©± •Ú±®³ ÝŒ ±«¬°«¬- Ÿ λ³±¬» ¿®³·²¹ ¿²¼ -±«²¼»® ·²°«¬- Ÿ Í©·ª»´ ±°¬·½- Š ¿´´±© º±® ±ºº-»¬ ³±«²¬·²¹ Ÿ ݱª»® ¬¿³°»® Ÿ כּ²¬»¼ ¾´¿½µ ¾«¹ ¹«¿®¼ Ÿ ߪ¿·´¿¾´» ·² ©¸·¬» ±® ¾´¿½µ ÌÛÎÓ×ÒßÔ ÞÔÑÝÕ Ð×Î ÉßÔÔ ÔÛÜ øËÒÜÛÎ Ð×Î ÝÑÊÛÎ÷ ÌÛÎÓ×ÒßÔ ÞÔÑÝÕ Ü×Ð ÍÉ×ÌÝØ ÌßÓÐÛÎ ÍÉ×ÌÝØ Ð×Î Ü×Ð ÍÉ×ÌÝØ Ô Ô Í Í Ô Í ÎÑÌßÌ×ÑÒ ÔÑÝÕ×ÒÙ ÍÝÎÛÉ ÉßÔÔ ÍÑËÒÜÛÎ ÍÑËÒÜÛÎ ÊÑÔËÓÛ ÝÑÒÌÎÑÔ ÔÛÜ øËÒÜÛÎ Ð×Î ÝÑÊÛÎ÷ Ô Í ÎÑÌßÌ×ÑÒ ÔÑÝÕ×ÒÙ ÍÝÎÛÉ ×Ííïðñ×Ííîð ÎÛÏËÛÍÌóÌÑóÛÈ×Ì Ð×Î ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×ÝßÌ×ÑÒÍ ÎßÒÙÛ ëòëù îù ïëòèù èòìù Ÿ ο²¹»æ Ú®±³ ëòëù ¨ îù ø ïòêé³ ¨ ðòê³÷ «° ¬± ïëòèù ¨ èòìù øìòè ¨ îòë³÷ ¼»°»²¼·²¹ ±² ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸»·¹¸¬ ÓÑËÒÌ×ÒÙ ØÛ×ÙØÌ Ÿ Ó±«²¬·²¹ Ø»·¹¸¬æ éù ¬± ïëù øîòïí³ ¨ìòëï³÷ Ÿ Ü»¬»½¬¿¾´» É¿´µ כּæ ðòëùóïðùñ-»½ Ÿ Í·¹²¿´ Ю±½»--·²¹æ ÎÌÛ ¿²¼ Í»½«®·¬§ ³±¼»Ÿ Ì»³°»®¿¬«®» ݱ³°»²-¿¬·±²æ ß¼ª¿²½»¼ ¼«¿´ó-´±°» Ÿ ß´¿®³ λ´¿§æ Ì©± •Ú±®³ ÝŒ ±«¬°«¬Ÿ ײ°«¬ ʱ´¬¿¹»æ ïîóîì ª±´¬- ßÝ ±® ÜÝ Ÿ ͬ¿²¼¾§ Ý«®®»²¬æ íë³ß Ÿ ײ¼·½¿¬±®-æ Ù®»»² ø®»¿¼§÷ ÔÛÜ Ÿ Ñ°»®¿¬·²¹ Ì»³°»®¿¬«®»æ ïìf Ú ¬± ïîîf Ú øóïðf Ý ¬± ëðf Ý÷ Ÿ Ü·³»²-·±²-æ éþ Ô ¨ îþ Ø ¨ îþ Ü øïéòé½³ ¨ ë½³ ¨ ë½³÷ Ÿ ͱ«²¼»®æ ß¼¶«-¬¿¾´» ¬± êð ¼Þàïðù øíòðë³÷ö Ÿ ݱª»® Ì¿³°»® Í©·¬½¸æ ½±²¬¿½¬ ®¿¬·²¹ ïðð³ß íðÊÜÝö ö ×Ííîð ³±¼»´ ±²´§ ïë ÚÌ øìòëé Ó÷ ÓßÈò é ÚÌ øîòïí Ó÷ Ó×Òò ×Ííïðñ×Ííîð ÎÛÏËÛÍÌóÌÑóÛÈ×Ì Ð×Î ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×ÝßÌ×ÑÒÍ éòïìê øïèïòëð÷ ïòèëë øìéòïï÷ ïòéíç øììòïè÷ Ý´»¿®¿²½» º±® ¬¸» ¸»¿¼ ±º ¿ ýê п² Ø»¿¼ ͽ®»© òëèì øïìòèì÷ ß´´ ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸±´»º±® ýê п² Ø»¿¼ ͽ®»©- òïïè øíòðð÷ òîíê øêòðð÷ òðéç øîòðï÷ íòîèð øèíòíï÷ Ê·»© -¸±©·²¹ -»²-±® ³±«²¬·²¹ °´¿¬» ©·¬¸ º®±²¬ ½±ª»® ¿²¼ ÐÝÞ ®»³±ª»¼ É×ÎÛ ÝØßÒÒÛÔÍ òíêð øçòïì÷ ×Ííïðñ×Ííîð ÎÛÏËÛÍÌóÌÑóÛÈ×Ì Ð×Î ÑÎÜÛÎ×ÒÙ ×ÍíïðÉØ øðóðððóíêïóðï÷ Û²¬®§ Ô»ª»´ ÎÌÛ ó ɸ·¬» ×ÍíïðÞÔ øðóðððóíêïóðî÷ Û²¬®§ Ô»ª»´ ÎÌÛ ó Þ´¿½µ ×ÍíîðÉØ øðóðððóíêïóðí÷ Ú«´´§ Ú»¿¬«®»¼ ÎÌÛ ó ɸ·¬» ×ÍíîðÞÔ øðóðððóíêïóðì÷ Ú«´´§ Ú»¿¬«®»¼ ÎÌÛ ó Þ´¿½µ ÎÌÛêÐÕÉØ Í·¨ °¿½µ ±º ×ÍíïðÉØ ó ɸ·¬» ÎÌÛêÐÕÞÕ Í·¨ °¿½µ ±º ×ÍíïðÞÔ ó Þ´¿½µ ßÝÝÛÍÍÑÎ×ÛÍ ×ÍíïðÉØÌÐ øëóëíïóíçëóðï÷ Ì®·³ д¿¬» º±® ×Ííïð ¿²¼ ×Ííîð ó ɸ·¬» ×ÍíïðÞÔÌÐ øëóëíïóíçëóðî÷ Ì®·³ д¿¬» º±® ×Ííïð ¿²¼ ×Ííîð ó Þ´¿½µ ß«¬±³¿¬·±² ¿²¼ ݱ²¬®±´ ͱ´«¬·±²Ø±²»§©»´´ Í»½«®·¬§ ú ݱ³³«²·½¿¬·±²î ݱ®°±®¿¬» Ý»²¬»® Ü®ò Í«·¬» ïðð ÐòÑò Þ±¨ çðìð Ó»´ª·´´»ô ÒÇ ïïéìé ©©©ò¸±²»§©»´´ò½±³ Ôñ×ÍíïðíîðñÜ Ñ½¬±¾»® îððè w îððè ر²»§©»´´ ײ¬»®²¿¬·±²¿´ ײ½ò Intrusion Steel Door Contacts 1078/1076 Series Overview Standard Features The Interlogix 1078 Series Steel Door contacts are designed specifically for use in the steel doors commonly found in commercial building applications. The unique housing design features a rugged unibody construction with flexible ribbed sides for quick, secure installation without gluing. The magnet housing isolates the magnet from the surrounding steel for maximum gap distances, both make and break. Over seven models including: Wide Gap, SPDT, DPDT, and Biased for High Security applications make the 1078 Series the most widely used and comprehensive line available. • Fly leads and terminal options available • Designed specifically for use in steel doors • Special ribbed sides allow for easy installation • Rugged unibody construction for maximum durability and reliability • Terminal models available for easier installation • Regular, Wide Gap, SPDT, DPDT, and High Security models available • Rare Earth Magnet designed for steel door with top channel available On available models a terminal connection (T) makes installation easier. Simply strip the wire, insert it into the terminal block and tighten. The terminal accepts any wire size from 14 to 22 gauge, and has a unique one piece design for added strength. An optional Rare Earth Magnet is available. It is designed for use in metal entry/exit doors with a channel in the top of the door. The magnet eliminates the need to cut a mounting hole in the door channel. The flexible magnet housing can be compressed to accommodate a variety of channel widths for quick, easy installation. Adhesive is recommended. The contact contains a hermetically sealed magnetic reed switch. The reed shall be potted in the contact housing with a polyurethane based compound. Contact and magnet housing shall snap-lock into a 3/4" or 1" dia. hole. Housings shall be molded of flame retardant ABS plastic. Color of housings shall be off-white, gray or mahogany brown. The magnet shall be made of Alnico V. Rare Earth Magnet shall be made of neodymium iron boron. Snap-lock insulation bushing for tight fit and maximum gap in steel. Both contact and magnet plastic housings are constructed of one piece of thick-walled ABS plastic for maximum strength and durability. interlogix.com Steel Door Contacts 1078/1076 Series Ordering Information 1076CH-N 1076C-M 1076C-N 1076CW-M 1076CW-N 1076D-G 1076D-M 1076D-N 1076-G 1076H-N 1076-M 1076-N 1076W-M 1076W-N 1078C1-M 1078C-G 1078C-M 1078C-N 1078CT-M 1078CT-N 1078CTW-N 1078CW-G 1078CW-M 1078CW-N 1078-G 1078-M 1078-N 1078W-G 1078W-M 1078W-N 1078WN-3.3K R1078-M R1078-N Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Higher Security, Biased for Higher Security Applications, Single Pole-Double Throw, White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, SPDT, 3/8" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, SPDT, 3/8" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Wide Gap, SPDT, 3/4" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Wide Gap, SPDT, 3/4" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, DPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Double Pole-Double Throw, Gray Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, DPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Double Pole-Double Throw, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, DPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Double Pole-Double Throw, White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, SPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Gray Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, High Security, SPDT, Biased for Higher Security, 1/2" Gap, Single Pole-Double Throw, White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, SPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, SPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, SPDT, Wide Gap, 1" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, SPDT, Wide Gap, 1" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, White 1078C w/1929 Magnet, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Closed Loop, 3/8” Gap Size, Gray Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Closed Loop, 3/8" Gap Size, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Closed Loop, 3/8" Gap Size, White Recessed Steel Door Terminal Contact, 3/4" Diameter, 7/8" Gap Size (3/8" in Steel), Brown Recessed Steel Door Terminal Contact, 3/4" Diameter, 7/8" Gap Size (3/8" in Steel), White Recessed Steel Door Terminal Contact, 3/4" Diameter, Wide Gap, 2" Gap Size (3/4" in Steel), White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Closed Loop, Wide Gap, 3/4" Gap Size, Gray Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Closed Loop, Wide Gap, 3/4" Gap Size, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Closed Loop, Wide Gap, 3/4" Gap Size, White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, 1/2" Gap Size, Closed Loop, Gray Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, 1/2" Gap Size, Closed Loop, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, 1/2" Gap Size, Closed Loop, White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, Wide Gap, 1" Gap Size, Closed Loop, Gray Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, Wide Gap, 1" Gap Size, Closed Loop, Brown Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, Wide Gap, 1" Gap Size. Closed Loop, White Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, Wide Gap, 3.3K Ohm Resistor, 1" Gap Size. Closed Loop, White Mini-Max Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, 1/2" Gap Size, Brown Mini-Max Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, 1/2" Gap Size, White North America T 855-286-8889 Latin America T 561-998-6114 Specifications Form A: (R)1078, 1078W, 1078C, 1078CT, 1078CTW Voltage 100V AC/DC max. Current 0.5 A max. Power1.125 in. 7.5 W max. 1.563 in. (2.86cm) (3.97cm) Form C: 1076, 1076W, 1076D, 1076C(D), 1076CW, 1076CH Magnet 1.563 in. Voltage1.125 in. 30V1.00 AC/DC in. max. Part No. 1921 (2.86cm) (3.97cm) (included) Current 0.252.54cm A max. Power 3.0 W max. Magnet 1.125 in. (2.86cm) 1.125 in. (2.86cm) 1.00 in. 2.54cm Part No. 1921 (included) 1.563 in. (3.97cm) Dimensional Diagram 1.125 in. (2.86cm) Magnet Models: (R)1078, 1078W, 1.00 1076, in. 1076W, 1076DPart No. 1921 2.54cm 1.125 in. (2.86cm) (included) 1.563 in. (3.97cm) 1.125 in. (2.86cm) 1.125 in. (2.86cm) 1.00 in. 1.563 in. 2.54cm (3.97cm) 1.125 in. (2.86cm) 1.125 in. (2.86cm) Magnet Part No. 1921 (included) .375 in. (.962mm) 1.563 in. (3.97cm) .750 in. .375 in. (1.91cm) (.962mm) .875 in. Models: 1078C, 1076C, 1076CW, 1076CH .750 in. (2.22cm) (1.91cm) 1.125 in. (2.86cm) .875 in. (2.22cm) 1.563 in. (3.97cm) .875 in. (2.22cm) 1.625 in. (4.13cm) 1.563 in. (3.97cm) 1.56 in. (3.96cm) Models: 1078CT, 1076CTW 1.625 in. (4.13cm) 1.625 in. (4.13cm) .875 in. (2.22cm) 0.938 in. (2.36cm) 0.938 in. (2.36cm) in. Magnet Rare1.625 Earth (4.13cm) 0.938 in. (2.36cm) 0.89 in. (2.26cm) 0.89 in. (2.26cm) .750 in. .375 in. (1.91cm) (.962cm) 1.56 in. (3.96cm) .375 in..750 in. (1.91cm) (.962cm) .750 in. (1.91cm) 1.56 in. (3.96cm) 0.89 in. (2.26cm) Magnet Part No. 1921C (included) Magnet Part No. 1929 (included) Magnet Part No. 1929 (included) .375 in. (.962cm) .750 in. (1.91cm) 1.56 in. (3.96cm) Magnet Part No. 1929 (included) .375 in. (.962cm) .750 in. (1.91cm) 1.813 in. (4.60cm) (R) prefix indicates Rare Earth Magnet 0.89 in. by Protected (2.26cm) U.S. Patent 5,844,458. Magnet Part No. 1921C (included) .375 in. (.962mm) 1.813 in. (4.60cm) 0.938 in. (2.36cm) Magnet Part No. 1921C (included) .375 in. (.962mm) .750 in. (1.91cm) 1.125 in. (2.86cm) Magnet Part No. 1921C (included) 1.813 in. (4.60cm) 1.625 in. (4.13cm) 1.625 in. (4.13cm) Magnet 0.5 in. 0.625 in. Part No. 1929 1.27cm (1.59cm) (included) Legs may be cut 0.5for in.height 0.625 in. 1.27cm (1.59cm) adjustment Legs may be cut for height adjustment 0.5 in. 1.27cm 1.625 in. (4.13cm) 0.625 in. (1.59cm) Legs may be cut for height interlogix.com adjustment 0.5 in. without 0.625 notice. in. Specifications subject to change 1.27cm (1.59cm) 1.813 in. (4.60cm)© 2013 United Technologies Corporation. Legs may be 1.625 in. rights reserved. cutAllfor height (4.13cm) Interlogix is part of UTC Climate,adjustment Controls & Security, a unit of United Technologies Corporation. 306-3685 2013/11 (75103) DVM R600 Specification SPECIFICATION AND TECHNICAL DATA KEY FEATURES Scalable: Configurable for systems from tens to thousands of cameras, DVM’s distributed video architecture seamlessly integrates the video operations of numerous systems onto one virtual platform, allowing security operators to view and control all cameras, whether across a single facility or across the globe. Flexible: Supporting global standards for open integration of physical security products, DVM can be deployed into modern dedicated or existing IT infrastructure, enhancing interoperability, and is adaptable to customer requirements. HONEYWELL DIGITAL VIDEO MANAGERTM R600 Scalable: Configurable for systems from tens to thousands of cameras, Honeywell Digital Video ManagerTM’s (DVM) distributed video architecture integrates the video operations of numerous systems onto one virtual platform, allowing security operators to view and control all cameras, whether across a single facility or across the globe. Flexible: Supporting global standards for open integration of physical security products, DVM can be deployed into a wide range of modern dedicated or existing IT infrastructure, enhancing interoperability, and is generally more adaptable to customer requirements. Reliable: DVM’s advanced High Availability architecture provides optional system Redundancy from the Database and Camera Server all the way to the recording location helping to reduce susceptibility to hardware faults and enhancing both robustness and reliability. Smart: Reducing the burden on manual detection, DVM’s smart video analytics automatically detects, analyses and classifies behaviors of people and vehicles as they move through a scene. Tracking of pre- and post-event data helps to protect against critical footage being missed and significantly enhances investigations, evidence and outcomes. Integrated: Seamless connectivity with EBI allows the linking of surveillance with other Security systems for extraordinary situational awareness. An enterprise-wide view is achieved from a single workstation promoting operational efficiency. Intuitive: User-centric design principles ensure that DVM Clients are intuitive and flexible helping to promote operator productivity and effectiveness when responding to events. More choice: Support for open standards improves customer choice and DVM’s advanced Video.Net infrastructure enables integration to a wide range of video devices. Note: Some features in this specification are based on the use of Honeywell EBI in conjunction with DVM. Honeywell makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, except to the extent expressly set forth in a definitive agreement executed between each customer and Honeywell. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 2 HONEYWELL DIGITAL VIDEO MANAGERTM R600 OVERVIEW Shaped by Honeywell’s technology and integration expertise, Honeywell Digital Video ManagerTM Release 600 (DVM R600) is a scalable, digital closed-circuit television (CCTV) surveillance solution that helps increase operational efficiencies, reduce lifecycle costs and improve decision-making functionality. DVM addresses the challenges of today’s video surveillance, security and enterprise operations. Its architecture takes advantage of your enterprise’s network communications structure – eliminating the need for extensive dedicated video cables and providing enhanced camera portability and flexibility. DVM’s flexible architecture also allows you to maximize the use of your existing network infrastructure investment or re-use existing analogue CCTV infrastructure. This protects your existing CCTV investment while taking advantage of the latest digital video technologies. Your staff won’t have to spend valuable time searching through hours of unnecessary recordings looking for a particular incident; the video images are stored in the system and referenced in the DVM database, from where they can be quickly located and viewed using DVM’s advanced search capabilities or directly from the video timeline in the Console Client. In addition, DVM is tightly integrated with Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator™ (EBI), allowing data sharing across your security solution and enabling more intelligent recording to help you only capture the video you need, when you need it most. Honeywell’s DVM and EBI platform delivers more than the simple benefits of digital CCTV. In an environment where you are continuously seeking ways to optimize your resources, our powerful solutions can help enhance the productivity and effectiveness of your security and surveillance operations, reduce equipment and space needs, provide flexibility, and drive down installation and lifecycle costs. With DVM, your surveillance system is always available and always vigilant, helping to deliver the situational awareness required to more effectively track and manage events at your facility. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 3 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE DVM is built upon industry standard open networking, PC hardware, and software applications that take advantage of cost-effective, powerful components. Using commercial off-the-shelf hardware allows you to use the cameras, PC, storage, and networking hardware of your choice – there is no need to pay premiums for proprietary hardware. Unlike proprietary Digital Video Recorders (DVRs) and Network Video Recorders (NVR’s), DVM allows you to obtain system hardware and software upgrades independently which helps lower your support costs. Use of off-the-shelf components also promotes ease of DVM integration into your existing enterprise system support strategy, further simplifying support needs and reducing the cost of ownership. The basic architecture of DVM consists of a Database Server and a Camera Server that can be installed on the same machine. Additional Camera Servers, Backup Camera Servers and Analytics Servers can be added to the architecture to support larger numbers of cameras. Video Streaming Servers support video distribution to mobile devices, allowing security personnel to be more mobile and more effective in the field. Larger enterprises that are separated either geographically or administratively can link together multiple DVM systems to create an integrated, enterprise-wide surveillance system using DVM’s Distributed Video Architecture (DVA). DVA helps to support a central command and control architecture and provides the ability to share live and recorded video across different DVM systems while also allowing each system to be autonomous and independently managed. DVM can also integrate your legacy analogue CCTV equipment into a digital solution and take advantage of open TCP/IP network technologies to deliver software-based camera switching and control, as well as digital recording. In this way the enterprise network becomes a “virtual” matrix switcher. This advanced architecture makes it remarkably easy to add or relocate cameras within your building’s network without the need for extensive dedicated coaxial cables. New CCTV monitors simply require a network-connected PC with suitable software and new cameras simply require a network connection. In fact, virtually any PC with a network connection and adequate security levels can view and control DVM. Figure 1: DVM System Architecture DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 4 DVM’s advanced High Availability architecture makes it one of the most reliable digital surveillance systems on the market today. For most systems the failure of a DVR or NVR requires physical replacement with another unit, which adds hardware and labor lifecycle costs. The loss of the DVR or NVR unit also reduces productivity and increases risk as the cameras attached to the failed device are no longer available for viewing and recording. With Honeywell DVM, Database and Camera Servers are available in redundant configurations; hence a failure in the Preferred Server can be immediately addressed with the system reverting to the Backup Server. Disruption is thus minimized and recordings and live view can be maintained without the need for manual cable swapping or hardware replacement. DVM provides a flexible and cost-effective Redundancy solution for recording servers by providing the ability to configure pools of backup recording servers. In the event that a preferred Camera Server fails, the first available Backup Server in the pool assigned will assume control of the cameras allowing live view and recording to continue. There’s no need to have a 1-to-1 relationship between Preferred and Backup Servers and, since multiple concurrent server failures are statistically less likely to occur, a smaller number of Backup Servers is required to reduce the risk of video loss than would be the case when assigning a backup to every Preferred Server. High availability is further enhanced for mission-critical sites by providing the ability to configure cameras to stream and record video to multiple locations simultaneously, providing a redundant recording solution. This provides a high degree of fault-tolerance and allows continued use of the system even when a physical storage location has been destroyed by continued use of the secondary location. All video is digitally stored by DVM on standard IT storage media, reducing the space and maintenance often required in the past. Since DVM uses standard commercial server and desktop computing equipment, you can use hardware that meets your IT organization’s standards, thus promoting storage, server and client hardware replacement that is quick and cost effective. DVM’s cameras are connected directly to the network in most cases, so there is typically only a power cord and network connection to deal with when replacing the server hardware. Devices supporting Power-over-Ethernet further simplify upgrade and replacement. Improved resilience to network failures is provided by the edge storage, where DVM makes use of storage media inserted in the IP Camera or Video Encoder to store video. This video can be replayed in DVM or exported for evidence as required. The use of RAID-1 (disk mirroring) provides fault tolerance for the DVM Database Server software and database. Additionally, the use of a redundant pair of Database Servers means that failure of one of the Database Servers does not stop the DVM system. The DVM Camera Servers may also use RAID-5 (disk striping with parity) or RAID 1+0 (mirrored sets in a striped set), providing a fault-tolerant video storage solution whereby a disk drive failure does not result in loss of video data. INTEGRATION WITH ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (EBI) DVM functions as the video surveillance application of Honeywell’s Enterprise Buildings Integrator. It seamlessly integrates with virtually all other building automation subsystems including fire and life safety, access control, time and attendance, communications, IT sub systems, third party applications and more, enabling a more intuitive and easy to use security solution. Users of the integrated security platform benefit from a single login with a fully integrated security context. Security operators can perform system configuration, viewing, recording, archiving and retrieval of video recordings from a single EBI workstation, promoting increased operational efficiency, removing operational silos and reducing training costs. Intelligent automation, intuitive alarming, video sensor technology and advanced video analytics promote a predictive security solution, helping to mitigate risk. Recordings can be activated by platform alarms and accessible directly from the EBI alarm management screen through hotlinks to the recorded video, promoting a more intuitive security management system. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 5 This integration with EBI includes: x Full control, view and configuration of DVM systems from within EBI Stations. x Drag and drop cameras from EBI Station custom displays directly into the DVM Console client video workspace for rapid access to video footage. x Integrated facility segregation, whereby cameras can be assigned to the same areas as points. In this way, operators can only view and control cameras in the areas assigned to them. x Integrated operator-based security. x Integrated Station-based security. x Alarms and events occurring within EBI can be configured to automatically initiate recordings, and automatically switch Stations (as well as alarm monitors) to show a particular camera. x Enhanced alarm management utilizing EBI’s advanced alarm management tools, including multistage alarm handling. x Direct access is provided from within the EBI Alarm and Event summary displays to display any recordings initiated by an EBI alarm/event or motion detection, dramatically reducing the amount of time operators need to spend searching for recordings related to events. x View both live and recorded video from within EBI custom displays. HMIWeb Display Builder (the tool used to create custom displays) provides ActiveX controls which can be inserted into custom displays and popup displays to show live and recorded video, as well as pan-tiltzoom and recording controls. x All DVM system alarms/events appear within the EBI Alarm and Event summary displays. x System Reports: DVM provides a host of standard reports which are accessible from the EBI reporting server and cover system status, configuration and use. Integration with EBI allows DVM to respond to EBI alarms and events with automated recordings and video call-up, making the system less dependent on operator observations and promoting real-time decision making. Operators are less susceptible to information overload caused by monitoring too many cameras for too long; rather they are only presented with information related to an abnormal event or threat situation. There is no need to watch a video monitor wall, manually call up cameras, or search through dozens of tapes or hours of background recordings to find the desired information. The ability to view video as well as monitoring and controlling the facility promotes increased productivity and greatly improves situational awareness and abnormal event management—providing your operators with an advanced operating environment. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 6 FLEXIBLE USER INTERFACE OPTIONS ADVANCED, PROFESSIONAL USER INTERFACE The DVM Console Client provides a professional surveillance client designed to support the advanced needs of control room operators. DVM Console provides a powerful, yet flexible, user interface based on extensive usability studies focused on increasing operator productivity. The advanced features and intuitive interface provide agile navigation and contribute to improved situational awareness and reduced incident response times. The DVM Console client includes the following key features: DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 7 x Advanced multi-level tree: The tree provides a means of logically sorting cameras based on site layout. The tree structure is automatically built from the EBI Facility Model and displays cameras as well as multi-camera views that can be dragged and dropped to the video workspace for viewing. Cameras, Views or whole groups of cameras can be dragged to the workspace for display. The tree includes a built in search filter which dynamically filters the tree contents based on the characters typed into the filter field. Operators can also create their own logical groups of cameras to suit their specific security workflows. x Flexible video workspace: The video workspace is essentially configurable “on-the-fly” to support operator and situational needs. Cameras – or groups of cameras – can be dragged into the workspace displaying views from a single camera to 25 cameras. When there are more cameras than tiles, additional cameras can be cycled in pages. This provides the ability to easily browse through all cameras in the group. Camera controls – including PTZ, telemetry, record controls, pause and jump back options – are displayed as overlaid controls when the mouse pointer is hovered over the video image, thus providing a clean interface with minimal distractions and maximum use of the available space until controls are really needed. The workspace can be resized and supports a range of standard layouts that can be selected to meet operational requirements. x Timeline: The timeline provides operators with the ability to more easily locate recorded video from one or more cameras. Recordings are indicated on the timeline and the video play head can be dragged to desired locations for replay, and dragging the head results in scrubbing of video for fast searching. Multiple cameras can be linked together to allow time-synchronous video replay – often termed synchronized playback – to allow operators more insight into the finer details of security events. The timeline includes multiple controls supporting video manipulation such as fast forward and rewind, pause, play and various options to jump back defined periods of time for faster review of video. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 8 x Synchronous Video Playback: DVM Console’s timeline enables the video from a selection of cameras to be viewed and controlled as a synchronized group. This allows operators to get a full picture of an incident by viewing multiple angles simultaneously while replaying recordings of an event. x Recently Used Camera List: The recently used camera list provides an easy reference and recall of cameras recently displayed by the operator that are no longer included in the video workspace. The list can be exposed or hidden as required and provides an image of the scene for the camera aiding operator recall. Operators can easily select the camera and redisplay it in the workspace without needing to remember where to find the camera in the tree, thus promoting faster event response and investigation. x Efficient Video Export: The DVM Console Client provides the ability to export video directly from the video timeline. The export range for one or more cameras can be uniquely configured directly from the video timeline and then exported in a single operation. The simple and intuitive export workflow simplifies the operator’s task of finding and exporting video evidence and reduces operational overhead. Video export from the Console client also supports the ability to digitally sign the export and optional audit log in order to validate the authenticity of the video evidence. The DVM Console is fully integrated into Honeywell’s DVM and EBI security solution providing an integrated security model, as well as the ability to send video to EBI’s Alarm and Surveillance Monitors or drag cameras from EBI custom display pages into the video workspace. MOBILE CLIENTS DVM provides a mobile client solution utilizing a dedicated application on Apple’s iOS-based devices. The clients maintain the operational security context of the system and allow security personnel – or anybody with a need to view surveillance footage – access to both live and recorded video, control PTZ cameras and start or stop user recordings on the system. Due to the bandwidth impact of video streamed across wireless network, DVM also provides the ability to actively manage the video supplied by the Streaming Server to the clients by adjusting the stream quality to align with the available wireless network bandwidth and thus improve the user experience when viewing video on the mobile client. SINGLE, INFORMATION-RICH USER INTERFACE DVM also provides alternative client options to the DVM Console. This includes both direct access to the system from the EBI Station Client as well as an Internet Explorer client for more casual viewing. Integration to the EBI Station environment places DVM’s advanced functionality into a single, well known user interface for security operators, helping to promote increased personnel productivity and responsiveness. Operators can perform all viewing, recording, archiving and retrieval of DVM video from their EBI Station – they do not need to leave their Station to view a separate CCTV system, replace a tape in the video recorder, activate a recording or search for a video. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 9 Operators can view and move cameras while simultaneously monitoring and controlling doors, hallways and the facility’s air conditioning system. Integrated navigation displays, menus and toolbars are provided to allow operators to quickly navigate to the desired display, which may be EBI-specific, DVM-specific, or an integrated display containing a combination of building management data, security management data and live (or recorded) video. Operators can control individual camera pan-tilt-zoom functions – via mouse, joystick or CCTV keyboard – enter recording commands, view high-quality live images, and record and play stored video. And for ease of use, the Station uses Web-style navigation buttons, tab views and intuitive, VCR-style recording controls. When additional detail is required from live or recorded video, operators can also use DVM’s embedded image enhancement capabilities to digitally zoom into scenes or adjust video characteristics to obtain more detail needed for enhanced decision-making. INTERNET EXPLORER CLIENTS DVM allows any suitable PC (using the appropriate operating system) to be a DVM client, in a similar way to EBI Stations. In such cases, Microsoft Internet Explorer is used to host the DVM user interface. This provides the following major benefits: x Any PC that has a TCP/IP connection to DVM can have full view and control (subject to the user’s security level). Management, quality assurance, safety and other personnel can thus view cameras from their own PCs without the need for expensive CCTV monitors and cabling. x System administrators can configure and maintain DVM (including exporting, archiving, deleting and restoring recordings) without using an EBI Station. DVM is configured with login accounts for all users that require access to the system using these clients. Each user account is assigned a security level, a control level and accessible areas. This security ensures that users of these clients can only view and control cameras they are authorized to access (in a similar way to EBI’s operator-based and Station-based security). The DVM client software is automatically downloaded from the Database Server and installed during the first request to view the DVM system. This means that no software (other than Internet Explorer) needs to be pre-installed on the computer. Any computer connected to the site network can be licensed and used as a DVM client. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 10 ADVANCED, INTEGRATED SECURITY DVM delivers the type of advanced security features typically expected of high-end video surveillance and security management systems. DVM allows you to specify which operators can view which cameras, and even which operators have access to which recordings. This is achieved with no additional configuration because DVM integrates seamlessly with EBI’s security model. An operator, once assigned areas of viewing and control within the building, has immediate access to cameras within those areas. The operator’s security level and control level within EBI determines what degree of view and control they have within DVM, with all operator and DVM system actions logged and available as evidence. INTELLIGENT VIDEO STREAMING AND RECORDING DVM helps incident investigation by recording not only the video after an event trigger (post-event recording), but also what happened prior to the event (pre-event recording). This provides a complete picture of the entire event, significantly enhancing investigations and the availability of evidence. This feature is provided without the need for the expensive continuous background recording provided by many other systems. DVM provides multiple options for recording video: x Alarm/Event-activated Recordings: Integration with EBI enables activation of a recording when an alarm or event occurs. Your EBI system determines when recordings should be made on any camera, with video prior to the alarm or event also captured using the pre-record feature. x Video Analytics Recordings: Video is recorded when DVM detects motion or receives notification from the video analytics subsystem – either server-based or embedded in the IP Camera or Video Encoder – of an event of interest. Again, video prior to the event can also be stored with the recording using the pre-record feature. x Camera Tamper Recordings: Video is recorded when DVM detects potential tampering on a camera. Video prior to the event can also be stored with the recording using the pre-record feature – since the tamper event may result in unusable video, the pre-event record feature may be very useful in providing evidence of the actual tampering. x Intercom Activated Recordings: Video and bi-directional audio is recorded (either automatically or manually) when an intercom call is initiated within the DVM system. Video prior to the event can also be stored with the recording using the pre-record feature. x Device Input/Output Recordings: Video is recorded when an input device connected to an IP camera or video encoder is triggered or an output is activated on configured devices. Video prior to the event can also be stored with the recording using the pre-record feature. x Operator-initiated Recordings: These recordings are initiated by an operator during viewing of the camera. An operator, who has noticed an incident, simply clicks the record button to record the video. Video prior to the record button being pressed is also stored in the recording using the pre-record feature. Manual recordings can either run for a pre-determined length of time or can be terminated by the operator. x Scheduled Recordings: Recordings are scheduled on particular cameras at specified times. Each camera has its own schedule, which can be configured for any time in the future. Recurrent (repeated) scheduling is also provided on a daily, weekly and monthly basis. x Continuous Background Recordings: Video – and audio if applicable – can be continuously recorded on any camera at configurable frame rates without the need to enable complex schedules. This type of recording is essentially resilient to network communication errors between the Camera and Database Server. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 11 x PTZ-Activated Recordings: Recordings occur as soon as an operator takes control of a PTZ camera. This helps to ensure that recordings occur without the need for an operator to press the Record button in the heat of the moment when responding to a security incident. A combination of all these types of recordings is available on every camera in the system, with each one individually configured for maximum flexibility and simplicity. All recordings are stored on the hard drives of the Camera Servers or other network storage locations until they are either deleted or archived. The storage of recordings is managed automatically by DVM but can also be manually administered for any camera. DVM provides a great deal of flexibility in terms of the quality of recorded video. Using supported devices, it is possible to configure video stream profiles that can then be allocated to different recording types, live view for both static and mobile clients and for server-based video analysis. Various parameters can be uniquely configured for the streams including video codec, frame rate, resolution, compression and GOP. Utilizing the video stream profiles allows for the most efficient matching of video requirements to application thus helping to reduce processor loads, network bandwidth and storage requirements. ADVANCED VIDEO ANALYTICS SOLUTIONS Historically, video motion detection (VMD) was widely used as a trigger to record surveillance events of interest and help reduce operator workload and unnecessary video storage. As video surveillance technology has advanced, the requirements for intelligent video have moved beyond simple VMD. Honeywell DVM provides solutions for both VMD as well as integration to the advanced suite of analytics solutions provided by the Honeywell Intelligent Video Analytics product range. The DVM video content analysis options include: x Standard Video Motion Detection: Pixel rate-of-change algorithm, often ideal for well-lit indoor area use. Each frame is compared with the previous one and the amount of difference determines whether motion has occurred (based on the sensitivity setting). Standard VMD is included as a standard feature in the product. x Advanced (Premium) Video Motion Detection: Adaptive algorithm which can “learn” the scene and adapt to the environment. This allows the algorithm to ignore environmental changes such as rain, hail, wind, dust, trees swaying and gradual light changes. This algorithm is appropriate for both indoor and outdoor use. x Honeywell Intelligent Video Analytics: Provides automatic detection, analysis and classification of the behaviors of people and vehicles as they move through a scene. It significantly reduces false alarms by suppressing environmental triggers such as: rain, snow, shadows, reflections, flying birds and waving trees. DVM’s video analysis solutions provide the ability to exclude zones where false alarms – unnecessary security operator distractions – may be generated. Regions of interest can be configured to match the detection area and exclude potential sources of false alarms. Shapes can be drawn with up to 10 vertices, thus allowing for regions of interest to be drawn around the actual area where activity needs to be detected (car parks, fence lines, roadways, etc.). DVM’s video analytics features do not simply replicate the standard functionality available in many of today’s CCTV systems, they also include: x Continuous (24hrs a day, 7 days a week) or scheduled (run only during certain times) detection. x Automatically perform any or all of the following actions: o Raise an alarm (of configurable priority) in EBI o Activate a recording – with or without pre-event recording – to record for a fixed amount of time or until the motion has finished (no motion has been detected for a configurable amount of time) DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 12 o Automatically display the camera’s live video in a Station or dedicated alarm monitor x Individual tuning of each region of interest, to minimize false detections. x Simultaneous tuning and testing of the “regions of interest” by viewing the live video in tuning mode for some algorithms. Engineers can thus finely tune and test algorithms without any real detections occurring. x Support for some video streamer or camera-based motion detection algorithms. HONEYWELL INTELLIGENT VIDEO ANALYTICS Honeywell Intelligent Video Analytics consists of individual software suites tailored to suit different application and cost requirements. This unique, patented software tracks up to 20 targets in each camera view and reports on more than 35 actionable events and behaviors virtually in real time. The following solutions are available: x Active Alert® Base: Identifies and classifies the most common user-defined events and behaviors, and provides basic perimeter intrusion detection. All Active Alert ® solutions can track up to 20 objects per camera and the Base package identifies 14 different events. x Active Alert® Standard: All the benefits of Active Alert Base, plus automatic alarming on 28 different events, incidents and behaviors. x Active Alert® Premium: All the benefits of Active Alert Standard, plus additional analytics for high risk facilities and locations such as abandoned object, removed object and possible theft functionality covering 36 different events. x People Counter: Powerful traffic flow measurement with real-time or periodic reporting via dedicated application. x Smart Impressions®: Smart video solutions promote optimized operations by analyzing individual customer and vehicular activities and traffic patterns. CAMERA TAMPER DETECTION As surveillance systems grow, it can become harder to understand whether cameras are still functioning as initially intended or viewing the scenes for which they were configured. Changes in camera view may arise as a result of natural causes such as dirt build up over time or through malicious interference from people who would prefer that their actions are not recorded. DVM includes the ability to detect whether a camera has been tampered with under the following conditions: x Changed Field of View (FOV): It can be very hard for an operator monitoring many cameras to realize quickly – if at all – that a camera is no longer observing the scene originally intended. This could be because the camera was bumped or intentionally moved to avoid detection. Either way, the changed FOV algorithm will detect and alarm this change. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 13 x Camera Blurred: Camera vision may blur over time due to dust build up or through intentional defocus by someone wishing to avoid detection or hoping to degrade recorded evidence to avoid identification. The algorithm provides a means of detecting when the scene is blurred and thus assists in maintaining the integrity of the system though detection of malicious tampering or alerting to a service requirement. x Camera Blinded: This algorithm detects whether a camera has either been blinded by a bright light source or had the lens covered. Both scenarios may involve an attempt to avoid detection or identification from recorded video. DVM is now able to detect and alarm when this occurs. Camera Tamper Detection can be applied to cameras individually, as required. Each condition listed above can be enabled or disabled and tuned per camera so that it suits the environment and scene being monitored. Camera Tamper Detection helps maintain the integrity of the surveillance system and protects your investment in security. If the system is no longer able to monitor or record the correct scene, then its value is greatly reduced. EFFICIENT VIDEO COLLECTION, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL With DVM’s intelligent recording options, only video you need is recorded. This helps to optimize video archiving and storage usage by reducing the collection of redundant and irrelevant video recordings. Additionally, users can specify the quality of the recorded video. This could simply be the number of frames per second recorded for each camera and for each recording type per camera. For example, a particular camera can be configured as: 25 frames/sec for viewing, 10 frames/sec for operator-activated recordings and 15 frames/sec for video motion detection recordings. Recordings from cameras using MPEG-based encoding can be made using the full frame rate video or I-frames only (or 2nd or 3rd I-frame). However, for devices supporting multiple connections and high video data rates a dedicated “recording stream” can be initiated where all settings are configurable, including codec, frame rate, resolution and compression. This provides a highly customizable solution allowing you to balance your recording and live view needs with your investment in video storage and bandwidth. Recordings are displayed either in the dedicated Recordings display for IE and EBI Clients or in a timeline interface in the DVM Console Client. The Recordings display provides “quick search” capabilities by listing all the available recordings for the camera on the chosen day, as well as a wealth of information relating to the recordings. The DVM Console client provides even easier recording search capabilities via a timeline control covering all selected cameras in the video workspace with available recordings represented visually on the variable timeline and video scrubbing, allowing faster searches. Recordings (or sections of recordings) can be exported as Microsoft Windows Media files and replayed in Microsoft Windows Media Player (or equivalent). These files can then be stored on CD/DVD, emailed or used as evidence of an incident. Video can be exported as in either the uncompressed native format (using the Advanced Systems Format file format or .asf for short), where evidence requirements prohibit video transcoding, or the Windows Media Video (.wmv format) where transcoding is acceptable and smaller export files sizes are required. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 14 DVM supports Motion JPEG video for high quality video evidence, as well as other leading differential video encoding formats such as MPEG4 and H.264 which help reduce bandwidth and storage requirements while generally maintaining video quality. ADVANCED SEARCH CAPABILITIES With Digital Video Manger, users have convenient access to all their important video data, at virtually any time. DVM provides powerful search and retrieval capabilities that free operators from the frustrating task of fast-forwarding and rewinding video tapes to find a particular incident. Operators can search for recorded incidents based on criteria such as date/time, camera, recording type, the activating EBI point, alarm/event type and operator notes. They can then immediately view the retrieved recordings. These advanced search and retrieval capabilities are powered by a Microsoft SQL Server relational database to optimize speed and flexibility. Even archived recordings can be included in the search, allowing them to be easily located and replayed. Although an archived recording no longer resides on the Camera Server, its details do, including the name of the archived media. When an archived recording is selected for viewing, the system instructs the operator to load the appropriate archival media. STATE-OF-THE-ART VIDEO STORAGE DVM supports virtually any Windows compatible storage device, providing you with the flexibility needed to meet your storage requirements. A DVM system consists of two types of storage: online and offline. Online storage is used for video clips which must be readily available for review. Typically this type of storage uses internal or directly attached hard drives or network storage locations. DVM supports virtually all hard drive configurations supported by Microsoft Windows. For small systems (with low online storage requirements), internal drives with fault tolerant drive controllers may be used. For large systems (with large online storage requirements), high capacity, fault tolerant storage arrays may be used. Irrespective of the storage requirements, DVM is able to makes use of fault tolerant, RAID based storage solutions to provide high levels of system availability. Where multiple Camera Servers are used, these storage requirements can be split amongst Camera Servers, further reducing storage costs. DVM also provides a flexible means to configure storage behavior. Priority can be given to continue recording even when disk space reaches a pre-configured danger threshold. This is achieved by automatically deleting older clips that are closest to their deletion dates and thus freeing up disk space. Importantly, the system can be configured so that surveillance footage required as evidence for current events is not lost. Offline storage (archiving) is used for video clips that are not regularly required by operators, but which must be kept for a period of time. All relevant information about the archived recordings remains within the DVM database for use in searches. These recordings also appear in the list of recordings for the camera, shown in a different color to indicate that the recording has been archived and needs to be restored before viewing. Recordings can also be automatically archived at a pre-defined date/time after the recording has completed. This makes the archiving process less prone to errors. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 15 Because recordings are stored digitally, they do not suffer from the aging and deterioration problems historically associated with VCR tapes. In addition, because hard drives and most digital archiving media have significantly greater data density capabilities, the space required for the storage media has been significantly reduced and is expected to continue to do so as technology improves. INTEGRATION WITH ANALOG CCTV SYSTEMS DVM can be installed alongside an existing analog CCTV system. With this approach, DVM is primarily used as a digital video recording management system, providing live and recorded video to EBI Stations and Internet Explorer clients. The existing analog CCTV system is still used for dedicated viewing of cameras using the CCTV system monitors, keyboards and joysticks. The DVM system provides digital recording capabilities (including video motion detection and alarm/event activation), management of recordings, live and recorded view to EBI Stations and Internet Explorer clients, and integration of video into the EBI custom displays. The ability to use DVM with an existing CCTV system gives you access to DVM’s many benefits, while retaining the familiar components of the analog CCTV system. DIGITALLY SIGNED RECORDINGS AND AUDIT TRAIL (LOG) DVM provides for the ability to export recordings (or segments of recordings) into standard Windows Media format files. Every exported recording can be digitally signed to validate the authenticity and integrity of the origin of the recording by providing evidence that the recording has not been tampered with. The alternative to Digital Signatures is “Watermarking”, which is used by some digital video systems. Digital Signatures provide many inherent advantages over watermarking. A visible watermark may obscure part of an image, whilst an invisible watermark can potentially introduce visual artifacts. In either case, the original file is altered, which could reduce the evidentiary weight of the digital image. Digital Signatures, on the other hand, do not alter the original files, thereby offering an advantage over watermarking in some instances. DVM also provides a complete audit trail (log) of all operator actions and system events. This audit trail provides you with a record of all changes made to the DVM configuration, as well as when and who controlled cameras, viewed cameras, and initiated and viewed recordings. It also documents DVM’s condition at the time of the recording. As with the exported recordings, the exported audit logs are also digitally signed to validate their authenticity. The audit trail can be exported when exporting a recording, and then saved with the recording. When used in conjunction with site chain-of-custody processes and procedures, digital signatures and the audit trail can enhance the evidentiary weight of a recording in a legal proceeding. Please note: evidentiary rules vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and there is no guarantee that evidence derived from DVM will be admissible in any particular jurisdiction. Please ensure that you obtain legal guidance regarding the requirements for video evidence in your location. PRIVACY DVM provides the ability to protect the privacy of people whose actions are recorded by the system. Each camera can be set to allow playback and export of video only after authorization is received from a manager, thus preventing operators from reviewing or exporting recorded video without good reason or permission. SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Honeywell DVM includes a powerful Diagnostic Framework application that provides a unified interface for running tests, recording system activity, collecting diagnostic information, and viewing logs. It contains a set of pre-defined tests that are applicable to the DVM system and the current operating environment. The tests vary depending on whether the Diagnostic Framework is installed on a server or a client computer. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 16 The tests are comprehensive, and typically consist of a number of sub-tests. For example, a system health test includes sub-tests for versions of OS components, status of services, security configuration, and so on. The Diagnostic Framework contains a set of pre-defined recording profiles that define what system activity and parameters to record for particular types of problems. Diagnostic packages can be created for support purposes and typically include system logs, recordings, and other files that may help diagnose the issues experienced and assist in rapid fault-finding and resolution. OTHER POWERFUL FEATURES x Easy system administration via DVM’s integrated administration user interface. x Snapshot, whereby on the click of a button by the operator, DVM captures the current frame of video and saves it as a bitmap image. This is available when viewing both live video and recorded video. x CCTV Keyboard: DVM supports the UltraKey professional CCTV keyboard from Honeywell Video Systems. The keyboard provides an alternative client to a PC-based client and is often ideal for operators more familiar with traditional CCTV keyboards. x Flexible video workspace allowing the display of up to 25 cameras on a single monitor promoting greater situational awareness of site conditions by providing a broader overview of areas under surveillance. Cameras can also be cycled in individual viewports for more efficient use of video displays. x Sequencing in Views, whereby the presets of PTZ cameras as well as fixed cameras are cycled on a timed basis, within a single view or within the view port of a multiple camera view. x Alarm Monitors. If an alarm/event occurs in the EBI system, or video motion is detected, a camera or group of cameras can be automatically displayed on an alarm monitor. x Surveillance Monitors. An operator may switch cameras, sequence views and multi-camera views on dedicated monitors. x Combined Alarm and Surveillance Monitors. This provides the ability for monitors to be configured to act as both Alarm and Surveillance monitors. In this case, the monitor behaves as a Surveillance monitor until an alarm occurs, in which case it will show the alarm video. Once the alarm is acknowledged, the video previously shown (as a surveillance monitor) is displayed again. x Image Blocking: Prevents unauthorized operators from viewing live or recorded video when a specific class of operator takes control of a camera, thus helping to prevent potential collaboration between operators and suspects. x Cycling Alarm Monitors. The basic functionality of the Multi Monitor alarm queue is extended by providing support for a cycling alarm monitor, placed at the end of the alarm queue. This allows each Multi Monitor alarm queue to display a larger number of activated alarm camera views than there are physical Multi Monitor screens. The newest activated alarm camera view will enter an alarm queue at a position appropriate to its alarm priority and the time of the event. Existing activated alarm camera views reshuffle in the queue to accommodate the new view. In the event that all the available Multi Monitor screens are full, the oldest activated alarm camera views with the lowest priority are added to the cycling alarm monitor. x Video Loss Alarming. The coax connection to a streamer is often a common point of failure in a hybrid solution (system containing some or all analogue CCTV cameras). Loss of video poses a security risk in any surveillance system and may not be discovered until it is too late. DVM utilizes the video loss feature of Axis video servers to provide faster, more reliable user notification when such an event occurs, thus helping to maintain the integrity of the surveillance system. x Bi-directional Audio support: Provides a simple and inexpensive IP Intercom solution utilizing the existing network camera or video encoder infrastructure. Bi-directional Audio support does not obviate the need for professional 3rd party IP Intercom solutions. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 17 x Device Capability Discovery: Provides the ability to query connected IP Cameras and Video Encoders from supported device families and determine their capabilities, which can then be loaded into the system to allow immediate configuration and use. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 18 PRODUCT DATA SUMMARY DVM System Architecture & Capacities x Client/Server Architecture x Database Servers with full hot standby Redundancy option x Camera Servers with N:M Redundancy option DVM System Architecture x DVM Operator Console, EBI Stations and Internet Explorer clients x Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 or Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 (all 64 bit) x Scalable from single to distributed camera servers x Microsoft SQL 2014 Server database (64) x Single server (combined Database and Camera Servers) x Distributed Preferred and Redundant Camera Servers Solution Architecture Schemes x Redundant Database Servers x Distributed Database Servers x Mobile Video Streaming Servers x Distributed Video Content Analysis Servers x Up to 4000 cameras managed per Database Server – systems can be expanded by adding additional Database Servers x Up to 200 cameras per Camera Server (depending on hardware and system configuration, including video streaming parameters) System Capacities x Up to 255 concurrent Internet Explorer Clients x No software limit on number of DVM Console Clients* x No software limit on number of MultiMonitor Clients* x No software limit on number of Mobile Clients* Networking x Uses current industry-standard TCP/IP networking over Ethernet or wireless Ethernet x Client licensing limited by number of simultaneous connections * Note: Client capacities are not software-limited but hardware and practical limitations will apply. Limitations will be determined during solution design based on customer specification for system operation and hardware utilized. DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 19 DVM Clients x Microsoft Windows 8.1 and Windows 7 x Internet Explorer 9, 10 and 11 x Advanced Operator Control Room Interface with Timeline, multi-level Camera Tree, flexible Video Workspace and Synchronized Playback Operator Interface x Pre-configured camera configuration and viewing displays x ActiveX viewing controls for inclusion into EBI and HTML displays, with VB scripting ability x Scalable screen viewing resolution x Intuitive Web-style navigation buttons, tab views, PTZ controls and VCR style recording controls x Integrated operator security: single security context across Security System Operator Security (EBI Station) x Integrated control level security x Integrated area security x Events logged by operator ID in audit log x Six levels of access for Internet Explorer clients: Level 1, Level 2, Operator, Engineer, Supervisor, Manager Operator Security (Internet Explorer) x Up to 255 control levels for operator-initiated actions x Effective partitioning of facility into different areas x Events logged by operator ID in audit log Networking x Uses current industry-standard TCP/IP networking over Ethernet or wireless Ethernet x Client licensing limited by number of simultaneous connections Live View of Video Navigation Panel (camera menu) for selection of cameras x Enabled Camera Status Indication: x Disabled x Recording x Video Motion Detection/Video Analytics Running Camera Controls: x Start Record button DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 20 x Stop record button x Snapshot button x Preset Positions (combo box) x Add/Delete preset positions x Camera focus x Camera iris x Camera zoom x Camera pan x Camera tilt x Enable, disable camera x Mouse controlled pan-tilt-zoom x Joystick controlled pan-tilt-zoom x Initiate Intercom call x Current date and time x Amount of time remaining until recording is complete x Remaining operator reservation period Indicators: x Operator currently controlling camera x Recording in progress x Video Motion Detection / Video Analytics currently running x Motion / Video Analytics event currently being detected x Digital Zoom, Pan and Tilt Image Enhancement: x Brightness x Noise x Contrast and Sharpen adjustment Multi-Camera Views Pre-configured layouts supporting up to 25 cameras per screen Dedicated support for normal aspect ratio (4:3) and wide screen (16:9) monitors Configurable and saved with View number and name Cycle preset positions of pan-tilt-zoom cameras within view ports Cycle cameras within each view port Configurable cycle time Virtually unlimited number of cameras per view port Viewing Video from EBI Custom Displays Live view control x Embedded into displays DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 21 x Embedded into popup displays x Display scripting access x Pan-tilt-zoom-focus-iris-preset controls provided x Recording controls and snapshot button provided x Jump to recorded video x Send camera to Surveillance Monitor(s) x Embedded into displays x Embedded into popup displays Recording viewing control x Display scripting access x Play, stop, pause, rewind, fast forward, step forward, step backward, slider controls provided x Snapshot button x Switch cameras Display scripting for Video Controls x Switch recordings x Enable/disable PTZ buttons and borders x Control playback of recording x Digital Zoom, Pan and Tilt Image Enhancement x Brightness x Noise x Contrast and Sharpen adjustment Dedicated Video Display Monitors x Controlled by operators Surveillance Monitors x Numeric keypad shortcuts x Single view, multi-camera view, sequence views Alarm monitors x Automatically controlled by EBI Alarms/Events and Video Motion Detection Alarm Monitors x Single view x Cycling Alarm Monitors Combination Surveillance & Alarm Monitors x Acts as a Surveillance monitor until an alarm occurs, whereby alarm video is displayed x Once alarm is acknowledged, surveillance video is re-displayed DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 22 Audio and Input/Output Support Device Digital Input and Output Ports Supported on most devices – please see Compatibility Matrix for specific device support Recordings can be triggered by changes on monitored inputs or when switching outputs Input/Output status provided to operator Outputs can be triggered by video analytics alarms Required for Intercom application with bidirectional audio Inputs/Outputs can have multiple associated cameras and thus trigger multiple camera recordings Audio / Intercom Supported on all Axis devices supporting fullduplex bi-directional audio Calls trigger from field (via IP camera or video encoder input) or from operator station Calls can be recorded automatically, manually or have recording disabled for privacy reasons Intercom pop-up remains pinned to screen for duration of call Operator provided with Intercom call list in the DVM User Interface Video Recordings Recording profiles assigned to recording types. Each profile allows configuration of resolution, frame rate, GOV/GOP and compression Recording Types Operator-Activated Recordings EBI Alarm/EventActivated x Start/Stop with pre-configured duration x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration x Pre-configured duration per camera x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration x Record based on trigger from Input or Output from a network camera or encoder Device Input/OutputActivated x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration x Recording can be initiated on multiple cameras by the same input or output Scheduled Recording x Daily, weekly, monthly, yearly recurrence Video Motion Detection x Recordings triggered by Video Content Analysis DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 23 or Video Analytics Activated x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration x Detection may be enabled/disabled automatically via scheduling x Record when potential tamper events detected Camera Tamper Detection x Supports Camera Blur, Blind and Changed Field-of-View x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration x Operator or field-activated Intercom calls Intercom x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration x Recording automatically initialized when an operator moves a PTZ camera PTZ-Activated Recording x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration x Record continuously without any trigger Continuous Background Recording x Configurable per camera x Supports resilience to network failures between Database and Camera Servers Recording Metadata Date & time recording initiated Operator/Station ID (Operator Activated) Duration EBI Point Name (Alarm/Event Activation) Frame Rate Operator or Schedule Notes Resolution Automatic Archiving Date (If applicable) Compression Automatic Deletion Date (If applicable) Recording Privacy Manager approval required when accessing protected recordings for the purpose of replaying or exporting the recording Configurable individually per camera Archiving Recordings Recordings moved to an archive folder for archiving to long-term storage. Information about recording remains within the DVM database for searching Restore recording for viewing Automatic archiving of recordings based on recording end-time Archival configurable per camera Archive details can be manually set/altered Viewing Recordings DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 24 x Timeline control displaying recording availability – play directly from Timeline in the Video Workspace x Instant Playback: jump back 5 minutes, 1 minute or 30 seconds x Jump to next recording x Time-synchronized playback of 2 or more cameras via Timeline DVM Operator Console Client x Video replay in Workspace along with live view of other cameras x Play, stop, pause, fast forward, rewind, step forward, step backward, slider controls x Motion Search on Recordings x Video Export from Timeline: 1 or more cameras (up to all cameras in Workspace) x Video Export from Timeline: Configure identical or unique export duration for each camera x Table of all recordings for the camera for the chosen day x Video player with recording controls x Play, stop, pause, fast forward, rewind, step forward, step backward, slider controls DVM Internet Explorer and EBI Station Client x Snapshot button x Variable speed, fast forward and rewind x Direct view of recordings, initiated by an EBI alarm/event or motion detection, from within the EBI alarm and event summary displays x Link to popup a display with embedded video control replaying video at full recorded resolution Managing Storage Automatic deletion of recordings – configured per camera Deletion dates automatically or manually assigned Image Enhancement Digital Zoom, Pan and Tilt Brightness, Noise, Contrast and Sharpen adjustment Video Evidence Video Export x Full recording or segment of the recording DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 25 x Single or multiple camera export x Export selection directly from video timeline x Export in compressed format using Microsoft Windows Media Video (WMV) or native format using Advanced System Format (ASF) x Original recording remains unaltered by Export x Video player provided to select required segment. Play, stop, pause, fast forward, rewind, step forward, step backward, select start, select end, play selected segment controls provided. x Export system audit log with recording to allow correlation of events with video x Both exported recording and audit log can be digitally signed as proof of authentication and integrity* x Exported Honeywell DVM files containing a digital signature can be verified by using the Honeywell DVM Video Export Player application x Digital Signatures used to protect exported video and system audit logs x No video evidence is altered when digitally signing video Security of Evidence x Default Honeywell DVM Digital Certificate provided x Customer may provide their own Digital Certificate All operator and system actions are logged including: x Start/stop viewing camera or View x Enabling/disabling cameras x Adding/deleting/modifying camera, view Audit Trail (System Log) x Controlling camera (pan, tilt, zoom, focus, iris, presets) x Adding/deleting/modifying schedules x Start/stop of recordings and snapshots x Export recordings, audit logs x Modify Video Analytics or Video Motion Detection settings, tuning x System alarms * Note: Evidentiary rules vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and there is no guarantee that DVM recordings will be admissible in any particular jurisdiction. Please ensure that you obtain legal guidance regarding the requirements for video evidence in your location. Video Search Online and Archived recordings are included in searches DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 26 x Search on all cameras for a particular date range Simple Search Parameters x Today, yesterday, in the last week, in the last month, a particular date, on or before a particular date, between a range of dates x Camera x Recording Type x Operator or Station ID Advanced Search Parameters x Name, value or description of EBI Point x EBI Alarm/Event priority x EBI Area x Operator Notes Timeline Search x Search using video playhead directly from timeline control (DVM Console) System Reporting x Honeywell DVM Comprehensive Audit Audit Reports x Honeywell DVM System Activity x Honeywell DVM User Activity System configuration reports x Honeywell DVM Camera Configuration x Honeywell DVM Video Analytics Events Activity reports x Honeywell DVM Clip Summary x Honeywell DVM Storage Usage Point Status reports x Honeywell DVM Process Point Status Internationalization x Language packs available for Dutch, French, Italian, German, Russian, Spanish, Simplified Chinese x Translatable into virtually any local language x Database provides tables to convert each string of text in the User Interface x Stations and Clients may use different languages within one system DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 27 CCTV Keyboard x Honeywell Video Solutions UltraKey Lite and UltraKey Plus Professional CCTV keyboard x Ethernet-connected to the system x Uses Surveillance Monitors as Operator User Interface x Security provided by Operator sign-on PIN System Documentation Electronic Printed Overview & Planning Guide Yes Yes Installation & Upgrade Guide Yes Yes Operator’s Guide Yes Yes Configuration & Administration Guide Yes No Troubleshooting Guide Yes No Device Setup Guide Yes No Honeywell DVM Application Development Guide Yes No Supported Network Video Streaming Devices and Standards The supported camera range is continually being expanded and is shown in the latest DVM Compatibility Matrix – please refer to this document for detailed device qualification information. Video Standards x Motion JPEG Video Encoding Formats x MPEG4 x H.264 (MPEG4 Part 10 / AVC) Video Resolution and Frame Rate x Resolution and frame rate support dependent on device functionality. Refer to technical specifications of individual devices. Video Compression x 5 Levels, dependent on camera Open Video Standards Support x ONVIF IP/Network Cameras DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 28 x M-Series x P-Series Axis x Q-Series x 2xx-series network cameras (including most legacy devices) OnCam/GrandEye x Halocam series network cameras x equIP Series Network Cameras Honeywell x HDZ IP Dome Series (Network PTZ cameras) x ACUIX IP Dome Series (Network PTZ Cameras) Panasonic x iPro Series Network Cameras x Sarix series of Network Cameras Pelco x ExSite series of network cameras (utilizing IP conversion card TXB-N-xxx) x IPELA Generation 2 Network Cameras x IPELA Generation 3 Network Cameras Sony x IPELA Generation 4 Network Cameras x IPELA Generation 5 Network Cameras x IPELA Generation 6 Network Cameras Network Video Encoders/Streamers x M-Series x P-Series Axis x Q-Series x 2xxx-series network cameras (including most legacy devices) Honeywell x HVE Series network video encoder Supported Analog Video Streaming Devices and Standards Analogue Cameras All fixed and PTZ analogue CCTV cameras supported for video streaming purposes Analogue PTZ Protocols Axis x All PTZ cameras (protocols) supported by the AXIS Video Encoders DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 29 x Ademco RapidDome x Honeywell KD6i Digital Dome camera Honeywell x Honeywell KD6i Special Preset support x VCL (Video Controls Limited) Orbiter cameras x Pelco P Protocol Pelco x Pelco D Protocol Tyco x Sensormatic PRODUCT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS Please see the DVM R600 Compatibility Matrix for more complete system hardware specifications. Specification data for EBI Server and Client components are detailed in the EBI Spec & Tech document or the EBI Compatibility Matrix. Database Server Processor: Dual-Core Intel Xeon® 5130 2.0GHz or Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gbps higher Memory: Minimum 8GB RAM Virtualization: VMware and Microsoft Hyper-V Display Adapter: 1280 x 1024 or 1680 x 1050 with Hard disk: 73GB SATA 15,000rpm for Operating 24-bit/true color and 32MB Video memory System, SQL Server and DVM software. Separate 73 GB SATA 15,000rpm hard drive for the DVM database files and nightly backups Keyboard: 12 function keys Operating System: Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 or Server 2008 R2, Microsoft Windows 7 (64 bit) DVDROM Drive Browser: Internet Explorer 9, 10 and 11 Pointing Device: Mouse or touch screen interface Database: SQL Server 2014 Standard Notes: x AMD equivalent of Intel specification processor also supported x If the Database Server is used as a Client then the same minimum requirements for Video memory apply as shown for the Clients below x Network interface card: Gigabit Ethernet or higher recommended x Large and/or complex systems or systems with high recording activity require an additional hard drive for DVM transaction log files x DVM supports virtualization of Camera Servers using VMware ESX/ESXi 4.0 onwards and Microsoft 2008 Hyper-V DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 30 Camera Server and Video Analytics Server Processor: Dual-Core Intel Xeon® 5130 2.0GHz or Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gbps higher Memory: Minimum 4GB RAM Virtualization: VMware and Microsoft Hyper-V Display Adapter: 1280 x 1024 or 1680 x 1050 with Hard disk: 40GB SATA 7,200rpm for Operating 24-bit/true color and 32MB Video memory System and DVM software. Separate internal, external or network storage required for video recordings (volume based on system configuration) Keyboard: 12 function keys Operating System: Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 or Server 2008 R2, Microsoft Windows 7 (64 bit) DVDROM Drive Browser: Internet Explorer 9, 10 and 11 Pointing Device: Mouse or touch screen interface Notes: x AMD equivalent of Intel specification processor also supported x 2 x Dual-Core Intel® Xeon® 5140 (3.0GHz or higher) or AMD equivalent recommended for Analytics Servers running 16 or more camera channels of Honeywell Intelligent Video Analytics x Additional RAM required for Camera Servers managing cameras configured with pre-record feature x Network interface card: Gigabit Ethernet or higher recommended x Archiving storage devices required for archiving recordings x DVM supports virtualization of Camera Servers using VMware ESX/ESXi 4.0 onwards and Microsoft 2008 Hyper-V Mobile Video Streaming Server and Devices Processor: Dual-Core Intel Xeon® 5140 2.33GHz or Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gbps higher Operating System: Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Hard disk: R2 or Server 2008 R2, Microsoft Windows 7 (64 bit) Capacity: 40GB, single hard drive Software: Windows operating system, Honeywell DVM mobile Server software Memory: Minimum 4GB RAM, 8GB Recommended Video streams supported: from 20 to 90 based on hardware Mobile Device OS: Apple iOS8 Mobile devices: iPad Air and later iPad Mini Retina and later iPhone 5 and later DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 31 DVM Console Clients Processor: Intel Core i5-3570 3.4GHz or higher Keyboard: 12 function keys Memory: Minimum 2GB RAM DVDROM Drive Monitor(s): Minimum Super VGA monitor Pointing Device: Mouse, USB Joystick or touch supporting non-interlaced 1280 x 1024 or 1680 x screen interface 1050 pixel resolution Monitor Count: up to 4 per Client Workstation Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gbps Video Graphics Card: Any card able to provide a Operating System: Microsoft Windows 8.1 and Windows Experience Index subscore of 7.0 or Windows 7 (64 bit), Windows Server 2012 R2 and higher 2008 R2 Hard disk: 40GB SATA 7,200rpm for Operating System and DVM software. Notes: x Workstation level hardware recommended x AMD equivalent of Intel specification processor also supported x Network interface card: 100Mbps supported; Gigabit Ethernet or higher recommended DVM Internet Explorer Clients (Including Multi-Monitor and Station) Processor: Intel Xeon® E5-2620 2.0GHz or higher Keyboard: 12 function keys Memory: Minimum 2GB RAM DVDROM Drive Monitor Type: Minimum Super VGA monitor Pointing Device: Mouse, USB Joystick or touch supporting non-interlaced 1280 x 1024 or 1680 x screen interface 1050 pixel resolution Monitor Count: up to 4 per Client Workstation Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gb/s Video Graphics Card: Minimum 1280 x 1024 or Operating System: Microsoft Windows 8.1 and 1680 x 1050 pixel resolution support with 128MB Windows 7 (64 bit), Windows Server 2012 R2 and video RAM and 24-bit/true color 2008 R2 Hard disk: 40GB SATA 7,200rpm for Operating Browser: Internet Explorer 9, 10 and 11 System and DVM software. Notes: x Workstation level hardware recommended x AMD equivalent of Intel specification processor also supported x Network interface card: 100Mbps supported; Gigabit Ethernet or higher recommended Network 802.3 Ethernet, 802.3u Fast Ethernet, 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet LAN using standard cable types: DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 32 x Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) x Fiber Optic 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n Wireless Ethernet Note: Some features in this specification are based on the use of Honeywell EBI in conjunction with DVM DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data V1: August 2015 33 North America Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North, Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992 Ph: 1-800-345-6700 ext.420 • Asia Honeywell Southeast Asia, Honeywell Building, 17 Changi Business Park Central 1, Singapore 486073, Tel: 355 2828 Fax: 445 3055 0149 • Pacific Division Honeywell Pty Ltd., 2 Richardson Place, North Ryde NSW Australia 2113, Tel: 1300 138 081 Fax: 1300 138 082 • Europe Middle East and Africa Honeywell S.A., Hermes Plaza, Hermeslaan 1H, B-1831 Brussels, Belgium+32 2728 2597 Xeon® is a registered trademark of Intel, Inc. Windows Media®, Microsoft® Windows® and SQL Server® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. VMware® is a registered trademark of VMware, Inc. Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator, Honeywell Building Manager, Honeywell Security Manager, Honeywell Life Safety Manager, Honeywell Digital Video Manager, and SafeBrowse are trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. Copyright © 2015 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. www.honeywell.com Connected Buildings REACT FASTER TO MITIGATE RISKS Intuitive Intelligence Digital Video Manager Console Honeywell Digital Video Manager Console Empowering security operators to do more with less Honeywell Digital Video Manager Console is a feature rich surveillance client that empowers security operators to do more with less. Benefiting from an intuitive security-centric design, the DVM Console employs advanced user-experience design to simplify interactions, increase situational awareness and enable a more efficient approach to incident response and investigations. Fast Camera Access The array of fast camera access features promotes faster response, informed decision making and improved incident management. • Multi-level navigation tree to locate cameras faster • Built-in filter capability • Fast access to recently used cameras • System build facility hierarchy of cameras and DVM views to manage operator scope of responsibility • Operator-defined logical camera grouping • Group-camera select Flexible Layout Achieve extraordinary situational awareness with a flexible graphical user interface, customizable to suit individual security requirements. • Simultaneous viewing of live and recorded video • Locate cameras in the navigation tree from the workspace • Increase individual tiles and achieve a full screen view • Call-up multi-monitor keypad, change to full screen mode or clear the workspace • Direct access to recently used cameras extends contextual awareness and compliments the agile navigation experience Predictive Security • DVM’s video motion detection and advanced video content analysis automatically detects objects and events in the scene • Objects triggering events are easily investigation time. • Timeline with multi-camera summary display of recordings, allowing for faster review and navigation of surveillance footage • Motion searching, on a single or multiple cameras, identifies periods of time where motion has occurred, promoting reduced operator workload and investigation time • Synchronized view on some or all viewed cameras, enabling operators to monitor events as they unfold deeper contextual insight annotations • Honeywell’s Active Alert video analytics package can analyse real time video for multiple behaviours operator load and forensic investigation time • Seamlessly integrate with third-party video analytics via Video.net For more information about DVM R600 visit dvm.honeywell.com Honeywell Building Solutions 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992 Tel: 1.800.345.6770 ext.612 www.honeywell.com promoting savings in forensics and across multiple cameras providing • Multiple layouts to suit application • Full drag and drop capability with motion-sensitive searches and synchronized playback capability, video through the use of onscreen and events, helping to reduce customizable per operator Faster access to surveillance footage identified in both live and recorded • Display up to 25 cameras at once • Flexible workspace with overflow Easier Forensic Investigations SL754-0515en | 02/16 © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. • Efficient video export of 1 or more cameras for faster incident review • Zooming and scrubbing capability, promoting easier and faster review Connected Buildings Intuitive Intelligence The Power of Smart Surveillance Digital Video Manager R600 Honeywell Digital Video Manager Release 600 Smarter, Faster Security and Surveillance Simplified safety and security incident management, enhanced forensic investigation capability, mobility, and greater insight and control across your facility. Digital Video Manager (DVM) R600 is our most advanced and open video integration platform delivering greater flexibility in operation - on the go, by voice, or by touch. Multi-Sensory Operating Environment – Saving Time and Increasing Flexibility Mitigate Risk, Reduce Response Time With Smarter Surveillance Voice command, mobility, touch screen interface, video walls The intuitive security-centric Honeywell Digital Video and more, DVM R600 provides more options, and greater Manager Console enables security operators to do more flexibility, helping to save critical detection, analysis and with less. DVM R600 provides a more efficient approach to reaction time. New DVM mobile promotes productivity and incident response and investigations with synchronized video operational efficiency outside the control room with high export, promoting financial and time savings. Features such definition, intelligent streaming and video playback that as flexible workspace, instant and sychronized playback, adapts to network conditions. motion searching and integrated analytics continue to empower security operators to better manage threats and Flexibility and power to the operator reduce response time. • The ability to multi-task during critical situations and collaborate while managing incidents empowers security Faster configuration, flexible operation and reduced cost operators to do more with less • Easier configuration and flexible operation enables you to channel optimized functionality from virtually any device • Voice command directing cameras displayed and engaging in dialogue with your system for near real-time update of to the unique use patterns of your facility (tailoring tours, privacy zones, wash-wipe etc) system status, enabling a deeper and quicker understanding of your system • Save cost through more efficient use of hardware, supporting greater data throughput and more devices per • Optimized, easier to use workspace allows users to focus on video without distractions and with greater awareness of Camera Server, and promoting reduced initial hardware and future system maintenance costs system status and recording • Video sensor technology and latest video analytics promotes • Flexibility of video playback (tile or timeline) for greater a predictive security solution and helps mitigate risk operational flexibility Via Video Wall, DVM Console, tablet or smartphone...the largest to the smallest... leverage the power of DVM R600 2 Voice control for live monitoring and control of your facilities? Now you’re talking smart surveillance... Broader Choice with Tighter Connectivity Confidence and Compliance Helping you to continuously evolve and adapt to changing DVM R600 provides a migration path to a compliant and more security threats, DVM R600 allows rapid adoption of the secure IT environment, helping to mitigate risks and provided latest industry trends and innovations. Support for open added confidence in investment. integration of security products (ONVIF) and enhancements to Video.Net integration, promotes freedom of choice and Greater insight and resiliency • DVM R600 promotes higher availability and reliability with interoperability. enhanced system-wide server and recording, edge recording Enhanced interoperability, streamlined engineering and support for multicasting. • Accelerated product discovery promotes configuration time savings and reduces operational disruption • Intelligent back-up of camera servers supports high availability of recordings • Adopt advanced IP camera innovations with higher resolutions, edge analytics, edge recordings and multistreaming to help realize higher productivity, better asset utilization and improved security • Multi-layered, high density and high volume surveillance capability promotes ease of scalability and expandability for a smarter long-term investment • Promote capital savings through freedom of choice to a • Camera server recording paths can be optimized for a more balanced utilization of video storage and increased resiliency of the system • The DVM R600 Camera Server also self-monitors broader metrics including memory, power supply, disc failure and more, enabling greater insight into system health • Integrated alarm management helps to highlight potential issues before they impede performance, promoting wider range of devices increased resiliency and reliability • Realize the benefits of Wide Area and Distributed Surveillance, now possible with architecture innovations and new mobile client support Productivity gains from optimized user experience including voice control of cameras Extraordinary situational awareness on-the-go with mobile devices Operational benefits More efficient incident response and forensic investigations, promoting financial and time savings Integrate future surveillance technologies faster Help reduce cost with more devices per camera server 3 Honeywell Digital Video Manager Release 600 Smart, Integrated Surveillance Integrated technologies enable you to do more with less. While traditional, standalone security applications provide clear benefit to end users, the real power lies in managing the different functions – intrusion detection, time and attendance monitoring, access control and surveillance for example – as one integrated security solution and converging this with your building and life safety management systems. The Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator (EBI) platform enables facility-wide integration into a common operator interface. It helps remove operational silos, enable intelligent automation, intuitive alarming and operational efficiencies through operating as one unified, collaborative environment. The result? A connected ewnterprise that helps increase operational efficiency, provide strategic protection and reduce risk to property, people and assets across your entire enterprise. As an integral part of the EBI suite, DVM’s live and recorded video clips can be linked to alarm and events for extraordinary situational awareness, insight and control to assist in effectively mitigating risks to your people, property and assets. About Honeywell Honeywell Building Solutions (HBS) is a leading provider of intelligent security, building, energy and life-safety management solutions and services to thousands of facilities around the world. From design to installation, commissioning to maintenance support, HBS taps into both our global portfolio and our local expertise to deliver customized solutions that solve your business challenges – today and tomorrow. For more information about DVM R600 visit dvm.honeywell.com Honeywell Building Solutions 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992 Tel: 1.800.345.6770 ext.612 www.honeywell.com SL-53-2516 | 01/16 © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. Datasheet AXIS P3707-PE Network Camera Flexible, 360° multisensor camera AXIS P3707-PE Network Camera is an 8-megapixel multisensor fixed camera with four varifocal lenses that enable overview and detailed surveillance. With one IP address, one network cable, PoE support, IP66 and IP67 ratings, the four-camera-in-one unit provides a flexible, cost-effective solution for multidirectional surveillance in large indoor and outdoor areas, and at the intersection of hallways and roads. Each camera head can be moved along a circular track. The tilt angle and the field of view of each lens are adjustable, and each camera head can rotate to support Axis’ Corridor Format. The specially designed clear cover, with no sharp edges, ensures undistorted views in all directions. > 8 MP, 360° multisensor camera, one IP address > Flexible positioning of four varifocal camera heads > 1080p videos at 12.5/15 fps; 720p videos at 25/30 fps; quad view stream > Axis’ Zipstream technology AXIS P3707-PE Network Camera Camera Image sensor Lens Notification: email, HTTP, HTTPS and TCP Progressive scan RGB CMOS 4 x 1/2.8” Data streaming Event data Varifocal, 2.8–6 mm, F2.0 4x1080p capture mode: Horizontal field of view: 108°–54° Vertical field of view: 57°–30° 4xHDTV 720p capture mode: Horizontal field of view: 67°–36° Vertical field of view: 37°–20° Adjustable focus and zoom, fixed iris Built-in installation aids Pixel counter Minimum illumination Color: 0.3 lux, F2.0 Shutter time 720p: 1/28000 s to 2 s 1080p: 1/22500 s to 2 s Video Video compression 4 x 1920x1080 (1080p) to 160x90 Quad view 1920x1440 to 480x270 Frame rate 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz) with 720p capture mode 12.5/15 fps (50/60 Hz) with 1080p capture mode Video streaming Multiple, individually configurable streams in H.264 and Motion JPEG Axis' Zipstream technology in H.264 Controllable frame rate and bandwidth VBR/MBR H.264 Image settings Color, Brightness, Sharpness, Contrast, White balance, Exposure control, Exposure zone, Fine tuning of behavior at low light, Rotation: 0°, 90°, 180°, 270° including Corridor Format, Text and image overlay, Privacy mask, Local contrast Camera angle adjustment Pan ±90° Tilt 28°-92° Rotate ±90° Security Supported protocols One IP address for all channels Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSa encryption, IEEE 802.1Xa network access control, Digest authentication, User access log, Centralized Certificate Management IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSa, SSL/TLSa, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP, CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnPTM, SNMP v1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II), DNS, DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, SFTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP, DHCP, ARP, SOCKS, SSH System integration Application Open API for software integration, including VAPIX® Programming and AXIS Camera Application Platform; specifications at Interface www.axis.com AXIS Video Hosting System (AVHS) with One-Click Connection ONVIF Profile S, specification at www.onvif.org IP66-, IP67-, NEMA 4X- and IK09-rated Die-casted aluminum, polycarbonate dome Sustainability PVC free Memory 1 GB RAM, 256 MB Flash Power Power over Ethernet (PoE) IEEE 802.3af/802.3at Type 1 Class 2 Typical 4.8 W, max 5.5 W Connectors RJ45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX PoE Storage Support for microSD/microSDHC/microSDXC card Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage (NAS) For SD card and NAS recommendations see www.axis.com Operating conditions -30 °C to 60 °C (-22 °F to 140 °F) Humidity 10–100% RH (condensing) Storage conditions -40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 149 °F) Approvals EMC EN 55022 Class B, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A+B, ICES-003 Class B, VCCI Class B, RCM AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class B, KCC KN32 Class B, KN35, EN 50121-4, IEC 62236-4 Safety IEC/EN/UL 60950-1, IEC/EN/UL 60950-22 Environment IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-14, IEC 60068-2-27, IEC/EN 62262 IK09, IEC/EN 60529 IP66/IP67, NEMA 250 Type 4X Dimensions Diameter: ø 270 mm (10 5/8 in), Height: 91.5 mm (3 5/8 in) Weight 2.2 kg (4.9 lb) Included accessories RJ45 mounting tool, Installation Guide, Windows decoder 1-user license Optional accessories AXIS T8415 Wireless Installation Tool, AXIS T94M02D Pendant Kit including weather shield, AXIS T91 Mounting Accessories, AXIS T8120 15 W Midspan 1-port For more accessories, see www.axis.com Video management software AXIS Camera Companion, AXIS Camera Station, Video management software from Axis’ Application Development Partners available on www.axis.com/techsup/software Languages English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Simplified Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Traditional Chinese Warranty Axis 3-year warranty and AXIS Extended Warranty option, see www.axis.com/warranty H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Baseline, Main and High Profiles Motion JPEG Resolutions Network IP address General Casing Analytics AXIS Video Motion Detection 3, Active tampering alarm Support for AXIS Camera Application Platform enabling installation of third-party applications, see www.axis.com/acap a. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (www.openssl.org), and cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). Event triggers Analytics, Edge storage events Environmental responsibility: Event actions Overlay text, pre- and post-alarm video buffering, video recording to edge storage, SNMP trap File upload: FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS network share and email www.axis.com/environmental-responsibility ©2016 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice. 1531595/EN/M1.9/042016 www.axis.com Datasheet AXIS Q3708-PVE Network Camera 180º overview in challenging light conditions AXIS Q3708-PVE is a fixed dome with multiple sensors, providing an easy, reliable and cost-efficient one-camera installation. With WDR – Forensic Capture and excellent light sensitivity, it covers large areas even in challenging light conditions. Its three sensors together give a 180º panoramic view with smooth capture of movements at up to 30 fps in 3 × Quad HD or 20 fps in 3 × 5 MP resolution. The camera’s factory-focused lenses eliminate the need for manual focusing. It is effectively installed indoors or outdoors with a wide operating temperature range powered by standard PoE+. AXIS Q3708-PVE comes with a repaintable weather shield. > 180º panoramic overview > Three sensors, one IP address > Enhanced light sensitivity and WDR – Forensic Capture > 3 x Quad HD at 30 fps or up to 15 MP at 20 fps > Axis’ Zipstream technology AXIS Q3708-PVE Network Camera Camera Image sensor 3 x 1/1.8” progressive scan CMOS Lens 3 x lenses, fixed focus, 5.0 mm, F2.8 Combined horizontal angle of view: 180° Day and night Automatically removable infrared-cut filter Minimum illumination Color: 0.3 lux, F2.8 B/W: 0.06 lux, F2.8 Shutter time 1/71500 s to 1 s Camera angle adjustment Pan +/- 180° Tilt 18°–75° Video Video compression H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Baseline, Main and High Profiles Motion JPEG Resolutions 3 x (2560x1920 to 480x270) Frame rate 3 x Quad HD (2560x1440): Up to 25/30 fps with power line frequency 50/60 Hz 3 x 5 MP: Up to 16/20 fps with power line frequency 50/60 Hz Video streaming Multiple, individually configurable streams in H.264 and Motion JPEG Controllable frame rate and bandwidth VBR/CBR H.264 Axis' Zipstream technology in H.264 Image settings Network Security Supported protocols Compression, Color, Brightness, Sharpness, Contrast, White balance, Exposure control, Exposure zones, Fine tuning of behavior at low light, Text and image overlay, Privacy mask, Capture alignment WDR – forensic capture: Up to 110 dB depending on scene Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSa encryption, IEEE 802.1Xa network access control, Digest authentication, User access log, Centralized Certificate Management IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSa, SSL/TLSa, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP, CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnPTM, SNMP v1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II), DNS, DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, SFTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP, DHCP, ARP, SOCKS, SSH System integration Application Open API for software integration, including VAPIX® Programming and AXIS Camera Application Platform; specifications at Interface www.axis.com ONVIF Profile S, specification at www.onvif.org Analytics AXIS Video Motion Detection 3, Active tampering alarm Support for AXIS Camera Application Platform enabling installation of third-party applications, see www.axis.com/acap Event triggers Analytics, Edge storage events Event actions File upload: FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, network share and email Notification: email, HTTP, HTTPS, TCP and SNMP trap Video recording to edge storage Pre- and post-alarm video buffering Overlay text Built-in installation aids General Casing IP66- and NEMA 4X-rated, IK10 impact-resistant aluminum casing with transparent, polycarbonate cover and dehumidifying membrane Encapsulated electronics Captive screws (T30) Color: White NCS 1002-B For repainting instructions and impact on warranty contact your Axis partner. Memory 2.5 GB RAM, 512 MB Flash Power Power over Ethernet IEEE 802.3at Type 2 Class 4, max. 25.5 W, typical 18.3 W Connectors RJ45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T Storage Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage (NAS) Operating conditions -40 °C to 55 °C (-40 °F to 131 °F) Humidity 10–100% RH (condensing) Storage conditions -40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 149 °F) Approvals EN 55022 Class A, EN 50121-4, IEC62236-4, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A, ICES-003 Class A, VCCI Class A, RCM AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class A, KCC KN32 Class A, KN35, IEC/EN/UL 60950-1, IEC/EN/UL 60950-22, EN 50581, IEC/EN 60529 IP66, NEMA 250 Type 4X, IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-30, IEC 60068-2-78, IEC/EN 62262 IK10 Dimensions 205 x 205 x 172 mm (8.1 x 8.1 x 6.8 in) Weight 2.5 kg (5.5 lb) including weather shield Included accessories RJ45 Push-pull connector (IP66), Torx L-key T30, Weather shield, Installation Guide, Windows decoder 1-user license Optional accessories Axis Mounts AXIS PoE+ Midspans For more accessories, see www.axis.com Video management software AXIS Camera Companion, AXIS Camera Station, Video management software from Axis’ Application Development Partners available on www.axis.com/techsup/software Languages English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Simplified Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Traditional Chinese Warranty Axis 3-year warranty and AXIS Extended Warranty option, see www.axis.com/warranty a. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (www.openssl.org), and cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). Environmental responsibility: www.axis.com/environmental-responsibility Pixel counter ©2016 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice. 1525421/EN/M1.6/042016 www.axis.com Datasheet AXIS P3224-VE Mk II Network Camera Str eamlined and versatile, outdoor-ready HDTV 720p fixed dome AXIS P3224-VE Mk II is a streamlined, outdoor-ready fixed dome that provides HDTV 720p video. It features a varifocal lens and remote zoom and focus, which eliminates the need for hands-on fine tuning. Equipped with WDR – Forensic Capture to handle scenes with strong variations in light as well as Lightfinder technology for exceptional light sensitivity, this versatile camera provides outstanding video quality in both strong and poor light conditions. It supports Axis’ Zipstream technology that significantly reduces bandwidth and storage requirements. The vandal-resistant AXIS P3224-VE Mk II is IK10 rated. > HDTV 720p video quality > Outdoor ready and IK10 rated > Remote zoom and focus > Lightfinder and WDR – Forensic Capture > Axis’ Zipstream technology AXIS P3224-VE Mk II Network Camera Camera Image sensor Lens Progressive scan RGB CMOS 1/3” Varifocal, 2.8–10 mm, F1.6 Horizontal field of view: 90°–34° Vertical field of view: 48°–20° Remote focus and zoom, P-Iris control, IR corrected Day and night Automatically removable infrared-cut filter Minimum illumination HDTV 720p 25/30 fps with WDR - forensic capture and Lightfinder: Color: 0.18 lux, F1.6 B/W: 0.04 lux, F1.6 HDTV 720p 50/60 fps: Color: 0.36 lux, F1.6 B/W: 0.08 lux, F1.6 512 MB RAM, 256 MB Flash Power over Ethernet IEEE 802.3af/802.3at Type 1 Class 3, max 7.1 W, typical 4.6 W Connectors RJ45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX PoE Storage H.264 Baseline, Main and High Profile (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Motion JPEG 1280x960 to 160x90 Support for microSD/microSDHC/microSDXC card Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage (NAS) For SD card and NAS recommendations see www.axis.com Operating conditions -30 °C to 50 °C (-22 °F to 122 °F) Humidity 10 to 100% RH (condensing) With WDR: 25/30 fps with power line frequency 50/60 Hz Without WDR: 50/60 fps with power line frequency 50/60 Hz Storage conditions -40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 149 °F) Approvals EMC EN 55022 Class B, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 55024, EN 50121-4, IEC 62236-4, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A and B, ICES-003 Class B, VCCI Class B, RCM AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class B, KCC KN32 Class B, KN35 Safety IEC/EN/UL 60950-1, IEC/EN/UL 60950-22, IEC/EN 62471 Environment IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-14 IEC 60068-2-6 (vibration), IEC 60068-2-27 (shock), IEC 60068-2-30, IEC 60068-2-78, IEC/EN 60529 IP66, NEMA 250 Type 4X, IEC/EN 62262 IK10 Dimensions Height: 104 mm (4 1/16 in) ø 149 mm (5 7/8 in) Weight 800 g (1.8 lb) Included accessories Installation Guide, Windows decoder 1-user license, Mounting bracket, Cable gasket, Resistorx T20 L-key, Drill template, Connector guard, Weather shield Optional accessories AXIS ACI Conduit Bracket A AXIS ACI Conduit Adapters AXIS T94M01L Recessed Mount Kit AXIS T94T01D Pendant Kit including weather shield AXIS Mounts Smoked dome Video management software AXIS Companion, AXIS Camera Station, Video management software from Axis’ Application Development Partners available on www.axis.com/techsup/software Languages English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Simplified Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Traditional Chinese Warranty Axis 3-year warranty and AXIS Extended Warranty option, see www.axis.com/warranty Video streaming Multiple, individually configurable streams in H.264 and Motion JPEG Axis' Zipstream technology in H.264 Controllable frame rate and bandwidth, VBR/MBR H.264 Multi-view streaming 2 individually cropped out view areas Pan/Tilt/Zoom Image settings Digital PTZ Supported protocols Compression, Color, Brightness, Sharpness, Contrast, Local contrast, White balance, Exposure control (including automatic gain control), Exposure zones, Fine tuning of behavior at low light, WDR - forensic capture: up to 120 dB depending on scene, Text and image overlay, Mirroring of images, Privacy masks Rotation: 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°, including Corridor Format Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSa encryption, IEEE 802.1Xa network access control, Digest authentication, User access log, Centralized Certificate Management IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSa, SSL/TLSa, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP, CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnPTM, SNMP v1/v2c/v3(MIB-II), DNS, DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, SFTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP, DHCP, ARP, SOCKS, SSH System integration Application Open API for software integration, including VAPIX® Programming and AXIS Camera Application Platform; specifications at Interface www.axis.com AXIS Video Hosting System (AVHS) with One-Click Connection ONVIF® Profiles S and G, specifications at www.onvif.org Analytics IP66- and NEMA 4X-rated, IK10 impact-resistant casing with dehumidifying membrane Encapsulated electronics and captive screws Color: white NCS S 1002-B For repainting instructions of casing and impact on warranty, contact your Axis partner. Power Pan ±180°, tilt -5 to +75°, rotation ±95° Network Security General Casing PVC free Camera angle adjustment Frame rate Remote zoom, Remote focus, Pixel counter Memory 1/66500 s to 1 s Resolutions Event data Built-in installation aids Sustainability Shutter time Video Video compression Data streaming AXIS Video Motion Detection 3, Active tampering alarm Support for AXIS Camera Application Platform enabling installation of AXIS Cross Line Detection and third-party applications, see www.axis.com/acap Event triggers Analytics, Edge storage events Event actions File upload: FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, network share and email Notification: email, HTTP, HTTPS, TCP and SNMP trap Video recording to edge storage Pre- and post-alarm video buffering Send video clip Overlay text a. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (www.openssl.org), and cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). Environmental responsibility: www.axis.com/environmental-responsibility ©2016 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice. 1633651 /EN/M1.7/082016 www.axis.com DATASHEET AXIS P72 Video Encoder Series Full-featured, cost-effective video encoders with H.264 > Full frame rate > Simultaneous H.264 and Motion JPEG streams > Edge storage > High resolution quad-view > Two-way audio > Power over Ethernet AXIS P72 Video Encoder Series offers powerful, full-featured and efficient integration of analog cameras into an IP-based video surveillance system and is ideal for locations such as gas stations, convenience stores and small offices. AXIS P72 Series enables a cost-effective way to gain all the benefits of professional network video without discarding existing analog investments. The video encoders offer advanced network capabilities with great video performance and excellent audio quality. AXIS P72 Video Encoder Series comprises two 4-channel models: the standalone AXIS P7214 Video Encoder and AXIS P7224 Video Encoder Blade for use with an Axis video encoder chassis. AXIS P72 video encoders offer one H.264 and one Motion JPEG stream per channel at full frame rate in all resolutions up to D1 (720x576 50 Hz or 720x480 60 Hz). AXIS P72 Series offers two-way audio and intelligent video capabilities such as video motion detection, active tampering alarm and audio detection. AXIS P72 Series includes support for Power over Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af), which enables the encoders to receive power through the network cable. The encoders also provide pan, tilt and zoom support, enabling control of analog PTZ cameras. AXIS P7214 also has a memory card slot for edge storage. Dimensions - AXIS P7214 Video Encoder 1. Video inputs 2. Audio in 3. Audio out 4. Memory card 5. I/O 6. RS-485/RS-422 serial port 7. Power 8. Network connector Dimensions - AXIS P7224 Video Encoder Blade 1. Video inputs 2. Audio in 3. Audio out Accessories 1. AXIS T91A02 Din Rail Clip 86 mm (AXIS P7214 only) 2. AXIS P7701 Video Decoder 3. AXIS P8221 Network I/O Audio Module 4. AXIS T8310 Video Surveillance Control Board www.axis.com Technical Specifications - AXIS P7214 Video Encoder Video Video compression Resolutions Frame rate H.264 Baseline and Main Profiles (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Motion JPEG 720x576 to 176x120, 1536x1152 to 176x120 for quad view H.264: 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz) 15 fps in quad view in full resolution Motion JPEG: 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz) 15 fps in quad view in full resolution Video streaming One individually configured H.264 and one Motion JPEG stream per channel at full frame rate More streams if identical or limited in frame rate/resolution Controllable frame rate and bandwidth VBR/CBR H.264 Image settings Pan/Tilt/Zoom Compression, Color, Brightness, Contrast, Text and image overlay, Mirroring of images, Privacy mask, Aspect ratio correction, Enhanced deinterlace filter, Video termination, Antialiasing, Temporal noise filtering Rotation: 90°, 180°, 270° Wide range of analog PTZ cameras supporteda 100 presets/camera, Guard tour, PTZ control queue Supports Windows compatible joysticks Audio Audio streaming Two-way, full duplex and half duplex (2 mic/line inputs, 1 line output) Audio compression Audio input/output Network IP address In: AAC-LC 8 or 16 kHz 8–64 kbit/s G.711 µ-law PCM 8 kHz 64 kbit/s G.726 ADPCM 8 kHz 32 kbit/s or 24 kbit/s Out: G.711 µ-law PCM 8 kHz 64 kbit/s, µ-law PCM 16 kHz 128 kbit/s G.726 ADPCM 8 kHz 32 kbit/s or 24 kbit/s External microphone input or line input Line level output Audio streaming, record (AU) and play uploaded (WAV, AU) clips AU (G.711 µ-law 8-bit 8/16 kHz mono), WAV (PCM 16-bit 8/16 kHz mono) One IP address for four channels Security Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSb encryption, IEEE 802.1Xb network access control, Digest authentication, User access log Supported protocols IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSb, SSL/TLSb, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP, CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnP™, SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II), DNS, DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP, DHCP, ARP, SOCKS System integration Application Open API for software integration, including VAPIX®, Programming specifications at www.axis.com Interface ONVIF Profile S, specifications at www.onvif.org Intelligent video Video motion detection, Active tampering alarm, Audio detection Event triggers Intelligent video, External inputs, Video loss, Edge storage events Event actions File upload: FTP, HTTP, network share and email Notification: email, HTTP and TCP Video and audio recording to edge storage Pre- and post-alarm video buffering PTZ preset, Play audio clip, External output activation Data streaming Event data Built-in installation aids Pixel counter General Casing Standalone, metal casing, wall mount Memory 512 MB RAM, 128 MB Flash Power 8–20 V DC, max. 8 W; Power over Ethernet IEEE 802.3af/802.3at Type 1 Class 3 Connectors DC input terminal block 4x analog composite video BNC inputs RJ45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX PoE Terminal block for four configurable external inputs/outputs Terminal block for RS-485/RS-422 (full duplex) 2x 3.5 mm jacks for microphone or line input (mono) 3.5 mm jack for audio output (mono) Edge storage MicroSD/microSDHC/microSDXC slot supporting memory card up to 64 GB (card not included) Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage (NAS) Operating conditions 0 °C to 50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F) Humidity 20–80% RH (non-condensing) Approvals EN 55022 Class B, EN 55024, IEC/EN/UL 60950-1, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B, ICES-003 Class B, VCCI Class B, C-tick AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class B, KCC KN22 Class B, KN24 Weight 570 g (1.26 lb) Included accessories Installation Guide, Installation and Management Software CD, Windows decoder licenses, Power supply, Mounting and connector kits Video management software AXIS Camera Companion (included), AXIS Camera Station and video management software from Axis’ Application Development Partners (not included). For more information, see www.axis.com/products/video/software Warranty Axis 3-year warranty, see www.axis.com/warranty a. Drivers available for download at www.axis.com b. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/), and cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). ©2014 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice. Technical Specifications - AXIS P7224 Video Encoder Blade Video Video compression Resolutions Frame rate H.264 Baseline and Main Profiles (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Motion JPEG 720x576 to 176x120, 1536x1152 to 176x120 for quad view H.264: 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz) 15 fps in quad view in full resolution Motion JPEG: 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz) 15 fps in quad view in full resolution Video streaming One individually configured H.264 and one Motion JPEG stream per channel at full frame rate More streams if identical or limited in frame rate/resolution Controllable frame rate and bandwidth VBR/CBR H.264 Image settings Pan/Tilt/Zoom Compression, Color, Brightness, Contrast, Text and image overlay, Mirroring of images, Privacy mask, Aspect ratio correction, Enhanced deinterlace filter, Video termination, Antialiasing, Temporal noise filtering Rotation: 90°, 180°, 270° Wide range of analog PTZ cameras supporteda Support for one PTZ driver Multiple camera presets supported, Guard tour, PTZ control queue Supports Windows compatible joysticks System integration Application Open API for software integration, including VAPIX®, Programming specifications at www.axis.com Interface ONVIF Profile S, specifications at www.onvif.org Intelligent video Video motion detection, Active tampering alarm, Audio detection Event triggers Intelligent video, External inputs, Video loss, Edge storage events Event actions File upload: FTP, HTTP, network share and email Notification: email, HTTP and TCP Video and audio recording to edge storage Pre- and post-alarm video buffering PTZ preset, Play audio clip, External output activation Data streaming Event data Built-in installation aids Pixel counter General Casing Compatible with AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack and AXIS Q7920 Video Encoder Chassis Memory 512 MB RAM, 128 MB Flash Power 12 V DC, max. 6 W Connectors 4x analog composite video BNC inputs 1x Terminal block for four configurable external inputs/outputs (on back of rack) 1x Terminal block for RS-485/RS-422 (2–wire) 2x 3.5 mm jacks for microphone or line input (mono) 1x 3.5 mm jack for audio output (mono) Edge storage Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage (NAS) Operating conditions 0 °C to 45 °C (32 °F to 113 °F) Humidity 20–80% RH (non-condensing) Approvals EN 55022 Class B, EN 55024, EN 61000-3-2, IEC/EN/UL 60950-1, EN 61000-3-3, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B, ICES-003 Class B, VCCI Class B, C-tick AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class B, KCC KN22 Class A, KN24 EN 55022 Class B for AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack and AXIS Q7920 Video Encoder Chassis One IP address for four channels Weight 210 g (0.46 lb) Security Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSb encryption, IEEE 802.1Xb network access control, Digest authentication, User Included accessories Installation Guide, Installation and Management Software CD, Windows decoder licenses access log Supported protocols IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSb, SSL/TLSb, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP, CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnP™, SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II), DNS, DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP, DHCP, ARP, SOCKS Video management software AXIS Camera Companion (included), AXIS Camera Station and video management software from Axis’ Application Development Partners (not included). For more information, see www.axis.com/products/video/software Required hardware AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack or AXIS Q7920 Video Encoder Chassis Warranty Axis 3-year warranty, see www.axis.com/warranty Audio Audio streaming Two-way, full duplex and half duplex (2 mic/line inputs, 1 line output) Audio compression Audio input/output Network IP address In: AAC-LC 8 or 16 kHz 8–64 kbit/s G.711 µ-law PCM 8 kHz 64 kbit/s G.726 ADPCM 8 kHz 32 kbit/s or 24 kbit/s Out: G.711 µ-law PCM 8 kHz 64 kbit/s, µ-law PCM 16 kHz 128 kbit/s G.726 ADPCM 8 kHz 32 kbit/s or 24 kbit/s External microphone input or line input Line level output Audio streaming, record (AU) and play uploaded (WAV, AU) clips AU (G.711 µ-law 8-bit 8/16 kHz mono), WAV (PCM 16-bit 8/16 kHz mono) a. Drivers available for download at www.axis.com b. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/), and cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). More information is available at www.axis.com ©2014 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice. 51358/EN/M1.8/032014 www.axis.com DATASHEET AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack Full frame rate, high-density video encoder rack solution. > High density > 1U 19” industry standard rack > 3 expansion slots for video encoder blades > Built-in universal power supply > Compatible with all Axis Blades AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack is a high-density solution for seamless and professional installation of video encoders. AXIS 291 1U is designed for expanding applications and is ideal for airports, hotels and train stations – premises where analog cameras are already installed. AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack combines high reliability and functionality with quick, flexible and professional installation. The rack is designed to migrate from 4 to 18 analog cameras into high performance, IP-based, digital solutions, using only one Ethernet port. AXIS 291 1U is designed for applications that need to be able to expand, not only by adding more channels, but also by using different types of cameras. AXIS 291 1U is a 19” video encoder rack that holds up to 3 interchangeable and hot-swappable blades. Together with the video encoder blades, this rack provides MPEG4 and Motion JPEG video at 25/30 frames per second at up to 4CIF resolution on all channels simultaneously. AXIS 291 1U can also provide H.264, dependent on the blade version. The video encoder enables pan/tilt/zoom control over the network of all leading brands of analog video cameras on the market. 45991/EN/R1/1112 www.axis.com Technical specifications – AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack Operating conditions Approvals 291 1U Video encoder rack Expansion slots 3 slots for Axis video encoder blades Casing Metal casing for standalone or rack mounting Power 100 – 240 V AC, 1.9 A max 80 W (with 3x243Q) Connectors Ethernet 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T, RJ-45 (Gigabit Ethernet) 3 terminal blocks: 4 alarm inputs 4 outputs RS-485/422 half-duplex Weight Included accessories 0 ºC – 45 ºC (32 ºF – 113 ºF) Humidity 20 – 80% RH (non-condensing) EN 55022 Class B, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B, VCCI Class B, AS/NZ CISPR 22, ICES-003, ITE, UL, cUL, EN 60950-1, CB-certificate, KTL 3.7 kg (8.2 lbs) excluding blades Installation Guide, mounting kit, AC power cable More information is available at www.axis.com Compatible video encoder blades Blade No. of channels AXIS Q7406 6 AXIS Q7414 4 AXIS P7224 4 AXIS 243Q 4 AXIS 241Q 4 Video compression* Frames per second in max. resolution External inputs/outputs PTZ support Multiple streams at 30/25 in D1 per channel 8 configurable ● Multiple streams at 30/25 in D1 per channel 8 configurable ● Multiple streams at 30/25 in D1 (8 streams total) 4 configurable ● 30/25 in 4CIF per channel 4/4 ● 21/17 in 4CIF using 1 channel, 20/17 in CIF per channel using 4 channels 30/25 in 4CIF using 1 channel, 30/25 in CIF per channel using 4 channels 4/4 ● Motion JPEG 6/5 in 4CIF per channel 4/4 ● MPEG-4 21/17 in 4CIF, 30/25 in 2CIF Motion JPEG 30/25 in 4CIF 4/4 ● H.264 Motion JPEG H.264 Motion JPEG H.264 Motion JPEG MPEG-4 Motion JPEG MPEG-4 Motion JPEG AXIS 240Q 4 AXIS 241S 1 Dimensions Dimensions Front view Back view 31 mm (1.2”) 44 mm (1.8”) *H.264 is also known as MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC. In the table, MPEG-4 refers to MPEG-4 Part 2. 467 mm (18.4”) 134 mm (5.3”) 263 mm (10.4”) 483 mm (19.0”) ©2011 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice. Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC 1001 Labore Industrial Court. Suite B Vadnais Heights, Minnesota 55110 tel: 651-490-986B fax: 651-490-1636 RFP RESPONSE CLIENT: l\lICLEOD COUNTY PROJECT: COUNTYWIDE SECURITY /SURVE1LLANCE SYSTEM SUBl\lIITTED: OCTOBER 5, 2016 PREPARED BY: PHILIP HAATAJA, ACCT MGR www.nac-hvac com. 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical -Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Seivices CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC Tab 1 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical -Building Automation • Electrical • Plumbing • Sheet Metal • Preventative Maintenance -Service Repairs - Combustion Services CHP ~ ~<f:Q:t. . . , ~.,O.."'M, '<~ 'e:1~-G ~41~,s.;w~,,;,;&~ "'""""'1 T Mechanical & Electrical Services Combustion Heat & Power -·,:.~ 1001 Labore Industrial Court, Suite B Vadnais Heights, Minnesota 55110 ADivision of NAC tel: 651-490-9868 fax: 651-490-1636 October 5, 2016 Mcleod County 830 11th Street East, Suite 110 Glencoe, MN 55336 Mr. Scott Grivna Attn: Purchasing/Bldg. Maint. Supervisor Re: Countywide Security/Surveillance System Mr. Grivna Please see the attached response to your RFP for a new security/surveillance system. In the document you will find pricing, product information, design information, and other related details for a complete install using Avigilon access control and CCTV products. NAC chose to use this product because it was the best fit for how the RFP was written, and its ability to comply with the requirements of the project. Though our design may be more expensive than others, NAC included everything required to have a fully functional system that will meet the needs of the county for years to come. If you would like a valueengineered solution we can consider some of the ideas I point out later in this letter. As you know, NAC is a privately owned Minnesota business, headquartered in Vadnais Heights, MN. We have been in business for over 30 years and have over 400 employees. We have almost 100 field personnel dedicated to service, and are available 24/7 based on our customer's needs. In our technology department we have dozens of professionals who are dedicated to service, engineering, design, and management. With this depth of talent, NAC is uniquely positioned to provide comprehensive design advice at the beginning of a project, expert installation during the project itself, and long term service after completion. The total project proposal is $399,500.00 and includes software, hardware, equipment, labor, startup/commissioning, training, documentation, etc. The warranty included with the base proposal covers parts and labor for a period of one year. The warranty on all Avigilon equipment is three years, but can be extended to five (5) years for an additional charge. The Enterprise system included in the base proposal meets and exceeds the requirements of the RFP. Should it be too expensive a project for the county to do right now, NAC can offer some valueengineered options. Here are some ideas: 1. Omit supply of access control cards (RFP does not call for any) 2. Omit installation of request to exit motion detectors (RFP does not call for them) 3. Omit installation of door position switches (RFP does not call for them) 4. Omit installation of badging software in access control system (RFP does not call for it) 5. Omit new readers in locations where existing readers are located (Rf P does not call for new equipment throughout the system} 6. Omit redundant power supplies on VMS servers (RFP does not call for them) 7. Omit hot-swappable RAIO drives in the two NVR/VMS servers 8. Reuse the existing WinPak/NetAXS/NX-1000 access control system as-installed 9. Expanding storage capacity on NVR's to accommodate future IP camera installations 10. Change from Enterprise to Standard version software for Avigilon VMS system www.nac-hvcic.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal- Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services CHP £kn Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Elecbical Services A Division of NAC Once the installation is complete the County will be in the maintenance/operations phase of the project and will ultimately have to deal with maintaining the system in good working order. This can be done by your own staff, or by NAC, or by a combination of both. Some ideas to consider for ongoing maintenance are: 1. Add 4th and 5th year manufacturer supported warranty coverage on Avigilon CCTV equipment 2. Add 4th and 5th year manufacturer supported warranty coverage on Avigilon access control equipment 3. Add annual service plan for maintaining both security systems: a. Operational testing & service b. Software maintenance and service 4. ftc. We are eager to take the next step in being your partner of choice on this project. Thanks again for giving NAC an opportunity to continue being a service provider within the county. If you need further clarification of any of the design details please call me. Service Account Manager www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An A/firmative Action, Equal Ernployment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical· Plumblng - Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs. Combustion Services ~JA\~ Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Tab 2 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical - Plumbing -Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services BID BOND TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA Hartford, Connecticut 06183 SURETY: (Name, legal status and principal place <4 husiness) Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America One Tower Square - 2SHS Hartford, CT 06183-6014 CONTRACTOR: (Name, legal status and address) Northern Air Corporation d/h/a NJ\C Mechanical and Electrical Services l 00 I Labore Industrial Court, Suite 0 Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 OWNER: (Name. legal status and address) McLeod County 2391 I lennepin A venue N Glencoe, MN 55336 BOND AMOUNT: Five Percent of Amoun! Bid ---------------- (5% of Amount Bid) PROJECT: (Name, location or address, and Project number. Security/Surveillance System if any) The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the payment of which !he Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein. The conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in !he bid documents, or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, and the Contractor either (J) enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the tenns of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents, with a surely admitted in the jurisdiction of !he Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful pcrfonnance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof; or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amoun! specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the aggregate beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days. ff this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor's bid to a Contractor, the te1m Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the tenn Owner shall be deemed lo he Contractor. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions confonning to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statuto1y bond and not as a common law bond. The Company executing this bond vouches that this document conforms to American Institute of Architects Document A310, 2010 Edition Signed and sealed this 28th day of September, 2016. (Seal) KLEIN AGENCY, INC. 3570 No. Lexington Ave. Ste. 206 St. Paul, MN 55126 (651) 484-6461 The Company executing this bond vouches that this document confonns to American Institute of Architects DocumentA310, 2010 E~~n 2 INDIVIDUAL OR PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF COUNTY OF On this - - -- - - -- - day of - - - - - - - - - - - , before me persona11y appeared to me known to be the person - - -- - -- described in and who executed the forgoing he - - - - executed the same as free bond, and acknowledged that act and deed. _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ Notary Public CORPORATION ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATEOF ~ O T A COUNTYOF ~ c,297'-i Onthis dayof ~ , 2016 ,beforeme personally came Lynn Btshop to me known, President who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say; that he is the of Northern Air Corporation d/b/a NAC Mechanical and Electrical Services the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like order. SURETY ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF RAMSEY On this 28th day of September , 2016 , before me appeared John C. Klein to me personally known, who, being Travelers Casualty and Surety duly sworn, did say that he is the Attorney-in-Fact of Company of America of Hartford, CT that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporation seal of said corporation; that the said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors; and he did also acknowledge that he executed the said instrument as ct and deed of said Com any. ; the fr RITA M. CARLSON NOTARY PUBLIC· MINNESOTA My Commission &pi1es Jan. 31, 2020 Notary Public WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY JS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY ~ TRAVELERS J Allorney-In Fact No. Farmington Casually Company Fidelity and Guaranty lni<ur:mc:c Company 1''idelity and (;uaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. l'aul )!'ire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury lnsuran~·c Company Travelers Casualty and Surely Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Unilcd States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certilicatc No. 230679 QQ6 8 47 2 5 7 KNOW ALL MEN HY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casually Company, SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guanlia11 Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Ci,sualty and Surety Compauy of America, and 1:nitecl States Fidelity and Gu:·1ranty Company arc coiporations duly organized under 1he laws or the SLHle of Co1111ecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly org,mized under the Jaws of the .State of Iowa, and that ridcli1y and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under 1he h1ws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, rnnstitute and apJ)oint John C. Klein, Stephen M. Klc::in, Kristin M. Bakos, and Clint Rodningen, Jr. or 1he City of _ __:S::.t:.•...c :. ]..:>':IU :.::c.l_____________ • Stale 01,·______;.N .;. ;lc:.i1"1':: n.e=. =cso=ta=-------- - - - . 1licir (rue and lawfol Attomey(s)-in-J'act, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named ahove, co ~ign. execute, seal and acknowledge ,111y and all bonds, rccogni,.ances, conditional undertakings and 01hcr writings obligatory in 1hc nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in Lheir husiness of guaranteeing. the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing 1he performance of contracts ancl cxccutin~ or guara111ccing bonds and undcnakings required or pennilted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WIIElU~O}f , the Companies have caused !his in~Lrumenl to he signed and Iheir corpornte seals to be hereto affixed, 1his _____2_8_ l_h_ _ _ __ Jay of Junt: . 2016 . Farmington Casually Company 1-'idelity and (;uaranty Insurance Com11any Fidelity and (;uaranty Insurance linderwritcrs, lot. St. l'aul 1''ire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Com11any Travelers Casualty and Surely Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company By: Kober( L. Raney, Senior \/lee Presiden1 On this the 28th day of June 2016 , hcfore me per.~om,lly appe,1red Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himsel r to be the Senior Vice President ofFmmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty ln&urancc Undcrwri1ers, Inc:., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurunc;e Company, St. Paul Gumdi,111 Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Co1npany, Travelers Casu~lly and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surely Comp,my of America, and United Swtes Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and tlia1 he, a~ such, bdng authorized so to do, cxccu1cd the foregoing in~trumen! for lhe purposes therein co11tained by signing on belwlf of the corporations hy himself as a duly uu1hori1,ed officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto &ct my hand and official seal. fvly Conunission expires the 30th day of June, 2021. ' -Marie C. Tetreault, No1ary Pui,lic 58440·5-16 Printed in U.S.A. WARNING: THIS POWER OFATIORNEY IS INVALID W ITHOUT THE RED BORDER A C O RD® I CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE ~ DATE (MM/00/YYYY) 9/29/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED nc.PRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER• ... •ORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the c ertificate holder in lie u o f s uc h en dorse m ent(s}. ~~CT Traci Marauis PRODUCER Cobb Strecker Dunphy & Zimmermann 612-349-2469 r~_...t,u,i· 612-349-2490 150 South Fifth Street J~~k_ss· [email protected] Suite 2800 Minneapolis MN 55402 tNSURERfSl AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# rtg,,,,£"1)· I 19488 23396 1NsuR.e.R A ,Amerisure Insurance Company INSURED NORTAIRI 1NsuRER s ,Amerisure Mutual Insurance Comoanv Northern Air Corporation NAC Mechanical and Electrical Services 1001 Labore Industrial Court, Suite B Vadnais Heights MN 55110 INSURERC : INSURER D : INSURERE : INSURERF : CERTIFICATE NUMBER· 749708672 COVERAGES REVISION NUMBER· THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP TYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS POLICY NUMBER LTR !MMIDDNYYYI IMM/00/YYYYI INSD CPP2089069 8/28/2016 8/28/2017 A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $1 ,000,000 ioAMAfft T6 RENTED $1,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR PREMISE!. rEa occurrence\ wv:I -n ,X- I I I w ~on1ractua1Liab JL. ~,u1eQ1icl£ El:mn R GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY [Zj PROJECT OTHER: p L ; LOC CA20B8B76 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ~ MYMO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS - X UMBRELLA LIAB A M GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 PRODUCTS · COMP/OP AGG $2.000.000 $ 1e'i:";;~1•c:v r lNuLt LIM1 $1,000.000 BOOILV INJURY (Per pe,son) $ ccidenl1 /Per accident\ $ CU2089070 OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE 8/28/2016 8/28/2017 EACH OCCURRENCE $10,000,000 AGGREGATE $10,000,000 IX I RETENTION $0 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatoty In N HI II yes. describe under WC2089071 8/28/2016 8/28/2017 YIN G Leased/Rented Equipment X PER 1STATUTE 1 I OTH· ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT NIA $ Stop Gap: ND $1 ,000,000 E.L DISEASE · EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE · POLICY LIMIT $1.000.000 DESCRIPTION OF OPE.RA.TlON.S below A $10,000 $1,000,000 BOOILV INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTYDAMAGE $ AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS Coll: $2,000 EXCESS LIAB OEO 8128/2017 ~ """'""" Comp: $2.000 A 8/28/2016 MED EXP (Aoy one person) PERSONAL & ADV INJURY CPP2089069 8128/2016 8/28/2017 Limit: $300.000 Special Form Deductible: $2.500 Actual Cash Value DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS/ VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule. may be attached if more space is required) All Wurk Pet'fut'med Aclclitional ln~,ured only i f r~quir~d hy written contract ~1ith t'espect to General Liability, Automobil0. T.ic:1bilit.y ~nd Umbroll~/Exc~ss LL:ibility: McLeod County and others as required by written contract. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. McLeod County 830 E 11th St Glencoe MN 55336 © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD CVIGILOn fHE BESf EVIDENCE' 29 September 2016 To whom it may concern, Avigilon High Definition Video Management Solutions are distributed and installed exclusively by Avigilon Authorized Enterprise Solution Partners. These Authorized partners are required to be extremely well versed in video surveillance system design, data network infrastructure installation and support. In addition, Avigilon requires each Authorized Partner to maintain a service center to support each and every Customer site. These service centers MUST have a minimum of two (2) Avigilon Certified Technicians per location that have successfully completed & attained the minimum certification requirements of Avigilon University. They also must compete ongoing training to ensure competency on all new products. Avigilon Staff works exclusively with our Solution Partners to ensure that systems are properly designed to ensure end user satisfaction. NAC Mechanical and Electrical Services is an Avigilon Authorized Enterprise Certified Solution Partner. Avigilon chose NAC Mechanical and Electrical Services because of their knowledge base in networking and security management applications. NAC Mechanical and Electrical offers their customers unsurpassed knowledge & support for High Definition Video Management and access control solutions that work seamlessly with the security force management teams that monitor and secure customer facilities. They have successfully completed the certification requirements of Avigilon University and continue to exceed our expectations of support and knowledge. I am confident you will find their talent and competency to be unsurpassed by any other vendor. If there are any further questions, please do not hesitate to contact me directly at 612.723.9412 Respectfully, Jeff Halbert Regional Sales Manager, MN >iEAO OFFICE 4th Floor. 858 Beatty St. Vancouver. BC. Canada V68 IC1 MAtl Box 378. 11101. 1001 W. Bro;idway, Vancouver. BC. PH 604.629.5182 FAX C:arn:1cia V6H 4E~ <304 629 5183 SUPPORT 1.888 281.518) avigllon.com Mcleod County Security/Surveillance System Addendum A September 23rd, 2016 Adjustments to sections in the original RFP below are in red. 3.02 Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a security/surveillance system capable of providing the following : K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can support 250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events. All communication should be 128-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) encrypted. 3.03 Existing Infrastructure B. Wide Area Network 1. Glencoe a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb: i. Courthouse & Law Enforcement Center (main data center) ii. Health & Human Services iii. North Complex iv. Annex 2. Hutchinson a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb: i. HATS (secondary data center) • 10Gb Fiber connection and 100Mb failover connection to Courthouse ii. Extension Office iii. Solid Waste 5 BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ( UPDATED COUNTS AND ADDRESSES FROM MEETING) 5.01 The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any combination which buildings are selected for final approval based on budgetary constraints. 5.02 McLeod County Court House (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336) Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add Cameras Management Software for Access Management Software for Cameras 5.03 1 Software program McLeod County Court Administration (830 11 1" St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and A licable Hardware 5.04 32 new doors with access readers 10 new IP cameras 1 Software program 4 current doors with access readers McLeod County Law Enforcement (801 1oth St. E Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 6 current doors with access readers. 7 new doors with access readers No cameras in the Law Enforcement building are a part of this project 5.05 McLeod County North Complex (2391 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add 6 current doors with access readers and 6 new doors with access readers 6 current analog cameras and 3 new IP cameras 5.06 McLeod County Annex (2397 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add New Camera 5.07 Add 2 access readers 1 360 degree camera in main hallway McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed (2397 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add Cameras Add 2 access readers 2 camera outside coverinq both buildinqs "We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, it's negotiable based on cost. 5.08 McLeod County Health and Human Services (1805 Ford Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add new 5.09 14 current doors with access readers and 1 new door with access reader 2 current analog cameras and 5 new IP cameras McLeod County Solid Waste (1065 5th Ave SE Hutchinson, MN 55350) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Incorporate Current Analog and IP Cameras 18 current doors with access readers on Keri System. 4 Current Honeywell readers. Add 2 doors with access readers. 29 current cameras to integrate into new system 5.1 O McLeod County Fairgrounds (840 Century Ave SW Hutchinson, MN 55350) Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add Cameras 5.11 3 current doors with access readers on a Keri System. Add 6 doors with access readers. Add 3 cameras in Commercial Building and 1 in Dairy BuildinQ McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop (208 1st Ave S Brownton, MN 55312) Door Access Readers and 1 access readers for A plicable Hardware walk in door *We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but it's negotiable based on cost. 5. 12 McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop (19955 Fa Icon Ave Glencoe, MN 55336) 2 access readers for walk in doors on each end of building *We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but it's negotiable based on cost. Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Mcleod County Security/Surveillance System Addendum B September 29th, 2016 Adjustments are highlighted below in Red: IMPORTANT DATES: RFP Advertised Thursday, September 1st Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference Friday, September 16th Last Day for Questions Wednesday, September 21st Last Addendum lssucd: Friday, September 29th Proposal Due Date Wednesday, October 5th Present at Board Tuesday, October 18th Project Completion: Friday, January 27 \ 2017 1 SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1) paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF format for a total of three (3) complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveillance. Submittal shall be SEALED and 1 submitted by Friday, September 30 ", 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the following address: One original for time/date stamp, one(1)papercop~andone electronic copy with original. Mcleod County Attn: Scott Grivna 830 11th Street East Suite 10 Glencoe, MN 55336-2200 Proposal is to be signed only by persons aulhorized to enter into a contracl with McLeod County. 'S SIGNATURF Page4 CHP &b Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical &Electrical Services A Division of NAC Tab 3 www.11ac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, EQual Employment Opportunity Empioyer HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services CHP Deb Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC Scope of Work: NAC is proposing to install an integrated Avigilon access control and video surveillance system throughout the county to meet the needs of the RFP. Installation includes: 1. New Avigilon CCTV/VMS servers with Avigilon Enterprise VMS software installed in two locations for recording video footage from the existing analog cameras and new IP/POE cameras, includes licensing for all views 2. New Avigilon analog to digital encoders, mounting hardware, and cabling for integrating existing CCTV views into new Avigilon VMS server 3. New Avigilon IP/POE cameras per requirements 4. Avigilon access control server software provided for customer provided VM application 5. Integration/convergence programming with detailed floorplan maps showing position and status of all access control locations & cameras 6. New card readers, Request-to-Exit (REX) motion detectors, door position switches, and wiring for existing access control doors that are being converted to the new system 7. New card readers, Request-to-Exit (REX) motion detectors, door position switches, electric locking devices, and wiring for existing access control doors that are being converted to the new system 8. Demolition of existing access control wiring and devices 9. Project management, mobilization, equipment, labor, materials, etc. Locations involved in this project are: 1. Law Enforcement, Court Admin, Courthouse 2. North Complex 3. Annex 4. Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed 5. Health and Human Services 6. Solid Waste 7. fairgrounds 8. Brownton HWY Shop 9. Silver lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employmeni Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing - Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance. Service Repairs. Combustion Services ,..~4\.~ Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP Deb Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Technical advantages of proposed system: 1. The product compatibility list for the Avigilon Video Management System {VMS) has thousands of cameras on it from many manufacturers. This makes the VMS very versatile for future expansion 2. The Avigilon Enterprise VMS supports unlimited users and can be accessed via a deployed software client, webpage, and remote apps 3. The VMS server configuration is automatically backed up to other Enterprise servers within the system, two of which are included in this design 4. The access control system includes all of the software required to manage a huge population of users and includes issuance of photo ID's 5. The VMS's High Definition Stream Management system intelligently manages network bandwidth 6. The VMS supports camera resolutions up to and including 30 megapixel 7. The VMS supports low cost video analytics solutions for detecting traffic patterns, objects left behind, loitering, etc. 8. The VMS and access control software suites have free updates available directly from the manufacturer's website without recurring fees or expenses. 9. All Avigilon products include a three year manufacturer's warranty covering the product itself. In the case of the VMS servers the warranty is covered by Dell, and includes onsite Dell service for the three year term 10. The product warranty on all Avigilon products (not including labor) can be extended to five years for an additional fee 11. See the attached product datasheets for other market leading features www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Eqt..al Empl::lyment Opportunity Employar HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Seivice Repairs - Combustion Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC Tab4 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services Mcleod County Security/Surveillance System Request for Proposal August 30111 , 2016 McLeod County REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL FOR: County Security/Surveillance System Scope and Specifications of the Proposal SCOPE: McLeod County (referenced to as the COUNTY throughout this proposal) would like to implement a County-wide, pure TCP/TP·based surveillance camera system that is fully compatible with any existing analog cameras at all county sites. All solutions must address the needs of both new IP cameras and existing analog cameras to operate within the same system and consider IP replacements as analog cameras fail. Further, the proposed system must fully comply and integrate with the existing Cisco based network infrastructure and systems throughout the COUNTY. We currently have multiple sites with individual recording devices and would like to create a more centralized solution to only two locations; The Glencoe Court House and the Highway building in Hutchinson. The solution will need to address future growth for additional cameras. Additionally, the COUNTY would like to implement the management application software and hardware for an IP-based Access Control solution that provides integration and convergence with the above mentioned camera surveillance system. The Access Control System should have two primary component areas, door control hardware and the management application software that can run in a virtual environment. We would also like to implement a system that can scale as we combine the four separate systems we currently have into one. It would be a big advantage if the system could utilize Active Directory groups to manage access. Utilizing components of the current systems can be taken into consideration. McLeod County reserves the right to modify the Scope and Specifications as circumstances require, including but not limited to adding, changing, or deleting proposed locations. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED BY: NAC Mechanical & Electrical Services (Company Name) 1001 Labore Industrial Ct, Suite B (Address) Vadnais Heights, MN 55110 (State/Zip Code) Page 2 Philip Haataja (Typed Name of Person Submitting the Proposal) 651-490-1636 320-828-4609 (Fax ft) (Phone#) September 30, 2016 (Date of Proposal Submission) Page 3 IMPORTANT DATES: RFP Advertised Thursday, September Ist Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference Friday, September 16th Last Day for Questions Wednesday, September 21st Last Addendum Issued: Friday, September 23rd Proposal Due Date Friday, September 30th Present at Board Tuesday, October 18th Project Completion: Friday, January 27111 , 2017 SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1) paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF format for a total of three (3) complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveill ance. Submittal shall be SEALED and submitted by Friday, September 3ot11, 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the fo llowing address: One original for time/date stamp, one (1) paper copy, and one electronic copy with original. McLeod County Attn: Scott Grivna 830 11th Street East Suite 10 Glencoe, MN 55336-2200 Proposal is to be signed only by persons authorized to enter into a contract with McLeod County. ~ RESPONDENT'S SIGNATURE NAC Mechanical & Electrical Services COMPANY NAME Page4 Table of Contents Page 1 Submittal Requirements and Proposal Format.. ............................................. 6 2 Terms and Conditions .................................................................................. 12 3 Scope of Services .............................................. ... ........................... ............ 19 4 General Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................. 23 5 Base System Requirements .............................................................. ........... 32 6 Optional Security System Requirements .. .... ................................................ 34 7 Data Network Requirements ........................................................................ 35 8 County Responsibilities ................................................................................ 36 9 Summary RFP Costs ............................ ........................................... .. ......... .. 37 10 Bill of Material and Equipment Specifications ............................................... 38 11 Respondent Assumptions .................................. ............... ............ ....... ...... .. 39 12 Installation Methodology and Drawings ............................. ......................... ..40 13 Acceptance Testing .................... ... ... ............ ....... ... .................................. .... 41 14 Software Upgrades and LDAP Interface .... .. ... ...................................... ....... 42 15 Respondent and Subcontractor Qualifications, Support Capabilities, and References ... ..................... ............. .. ...... ..... .. ........................................... .... 43 16 Project and Maintenance Tearn ................ ......... .. ............................ .... ..... ... 48 17 Exceptions and Clarifications ..... ..................................... ....................... ...... 49 Pages 1 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROPOSAL FORMAT 1.01 Respondent agrees not to hold the Owner of the project responsible for simple typos, minor omissions, misspelling of words, or other specification inconsistencies, where reasonable persons, familiar with the type of work specified herein, would understand the scope as though such conditions did not exist. 1.02 Proposal Clarification Questions: After reviewing all proposals received in response to this RFP, the County may develop a list of clarification questions to be addressed by the Respondent. The County or its agent shall send these questions to the Respondent for clarification. The Respondent shall provide a response within three (3) working days following the inquiry. 1.03 Submittal Requirements: Proposals shall be submitted by tab number as instructed below. The Respondent agrees and shall comply with all provisions and specifications as stated in this RFP unless otherwise stated in the Exceptions section of this RFP. Any additional cost or factors to meet a specification or requirement must be noted in the Exceptions section. Failure to respond to these requirements may result in the proposal being considered non-responsive. A. Tab 1 - Minimum Criteria 1. Cover letter - with overall price, any special conditions, and signature 2. A brief profile of the firm, including the following: a. A brief history of the business b. Organizational structure of business 3. The overall qualifications of the business to provide the services requested B. Tab 2- Required Documents 1. Proposal Bond (original - with seal - in original Proposal) 2. Proof of required insurance 3. Certifications and/or letter from manufacturer(s) that the firm is an authorized installer and maintenance provider 4. Five-year maintenance support guarantee from manufacturer and Respondent 5. Addenda -Any addenda issued subsequent to the release of this solicitation must be signed and returned with the firm's proposal. Failure to return signed addenda may be cause for the proposal to be considered non-responsive. C. Tab 3- Executive Summary/Overview Page 6 1. Written summary of the understanding of the scope of work to be performed 2. Technical summary of the system proposed, including details about any "improvements" over and above the base request (for example, resiliency/redundancy, system management, database consolidation, or larger number of ports) D. Tab 4 - Main Body of Response (Sections 1-8) (With original only) E. Tab 5- Cost F. Tab 6 - Bill of Material, Equipment Specifications, and Drawings G. Tab 7 - Respondent Assumptions H. Tab 8 - Installation Methodology and Drawings I. Tab 9 - Acceptance Testing J. Tab 10 - Software Upgrades and Active Directory Interface K. Tab 11 - Respondent and Subcontractor Qualifications, Support Capabilities, and References L. Tab 12 - Project T earn and Maintenance T earn Resumes/Certifications M. Tab 13 - Exceptions and Clarifications N. Tab 14 - Exhibits 0. Tab 15 - Sales Documents and Brochures 1.04 Exceptions to the RFP: Respondents may find instances where they must take exception with certain requirements or specifications of the RFP. All exceptions shall be clearly identified in the Exceptions section, and written explanations shall include the scope of the exceptions, the ramifications of the exceptions for the COUNTY, and a description of the advantage to be gained or disadvantages to be incurred by the COUNTY as a result of these exceptions. 1.05 Alternate Proposals: Respondents who wish to submit an alternate premise-based proposal may do so. If more than one proposal is submitted, all must be complete and comply with the instructions set forth in this RFP. 1.06 Respondent Contact/Questions about the RFP: Page 7 A. Respondent communications shall be limited to contacts defined herein. Failure to comply with this provision may result in disqualification or evaluation penalty. B. It shall be the Respondent's responsibility to learn all aspects of the RFP requirements. Should any details necessary for a clear and comprehensive understanding be omitted or any error appear in the RFP documents, or should the Respondent note facts or conditions that in any way conflict with the letter or spirit of the RFP documents, it shall be the responsibility of the Respondent to obtain clarifications before submitting a proposal. C. Questions may be submitted up to Wednesday, September 21st. After that time, no further questions shall be accepted. Submit questions to: Scott Grivna at Scott. [email protected] .mn .us 1.07 Addenda: It is incumbent upon each Respondent to carefully examine all specifications, terms, and conditions contained herein. Any inquiries, suggestions, or requests concerning interpretation, clarification, or additional information shall be made in writing, through the recipient named above. The County shall not be responsible for any oral representation(s) given by any employee, representative, or others. The issuance of a written addendum is the only official method by which interpretation, clarification, or additional information can be given. No addenda shall be issued later than five (5) business days prior to the date for receipt of proposals, except an addendum postponing or withdrawing the request for proposals. Respondents must acknowledge receipt of addenda in their proposals. 1.08 Request for Proposal: It is the sole responsibility of the Respondent to ensure that they have received the entire Request for Proposal. 1.09 Proposal Bond: A Proposal Bond in the amount of 5% of the proposal price, payable to McLeod County, is required for this RFP. The Proposal Bond can be in the form of a bond or cashier's check. The bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota and with a rating of "A" or higher as listed in the A.M. Best & Company latest published rating guide. The bond or cashier's check shall not expire until the Contract is awarded and shall guarantee that (1 ) a Respondent shall not withdraw its proposal after the closing time and date of this RFP, or (2) the awarded Respondent shall promptly execute a Contract and deliver any specifications required by the County prior to start-up of the Contract. The bond or cashier's check shall be invoked by the County to ensure payment of the Respondent of damages incurred by withdrawal of a proposal, or failure to enter into a Contract after award. Proposal bonds, without interest, shall be returned upon Page 8 receipt of appropriate insurance documents and/or a Performance Bond, where/if applicable. No proposal shall be considered without a proper form of security. 1.10 Performance Bond: The successful Respondent shall furnish within ten (10) days of notification of award a Performance Bond in the amount of 100% of the proposed price, payable to McLeod County as security for the faithful performance of the Contract. The bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota with a rating of "A" or higher, as listed in the A.M. Best & Company latest published rating. An attorney in fact who signs a Performance Bond must file with the bond a certified copy of his/her power of attorney to assign said bond. The awarded Respondent, upon failure or refusal to furnish within ten (10) days of notification the required Performance Bond, shall pay to the County, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, an amount in cash equal to the Proposal Bond. 1.11 Payment Bond: The successful Respondent shall furnish within ten (10) days of notification of award a Payment Bond in the amount of 100% of the proposed price, payable to McLeod County as security for payment as required by statute of all persons supplying labor and material. The bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota with a rating of "A" or higher, as listed in the A.M. Best & Company latest published rating. An attorney in fact who signs a Payment Bond must file with the bond a certified copy of his/her power of attorney to assign said bond. The awarded Respondent, upon failure or refusal to furnish within ten (10) days of notification the required Payment Bond, shall pay to the County, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, an amount in cash equal to the Proposal Bond. 1.12 Descriptive Material: The County is not responsible for locating or securing any information that is not identified in the Respondent's proposal and reasonably available to the County. To ensure that sufficient information is available, Respondent must furnish as a part of the proposal all descriptive material necessary for the County to (1) determine whether the product offered meets the requirements of the RFP and (2) establish exactly what the Respondent proposes to furnish in terms of supplies, materials, and services. 1 .13 Diagrams: Diagrams shall be submitted with the RFP. The diagrams shall include the proposed system, any construction work needed, connections to the network, location of equipment, etc. 1.14 Subcontractors: If Respondent's organization will use subcontractors, they must be identified under the References tab of your response. Page9 1.15 Request for Additional Information: Prior to the final selection, Respondents may be required to submit additional information regarding the Respondent's qualifications and experience that the County may deem necessary to further evaluate the proposal's qualifications. 1.16 Proposal Award: The RFP consists of a base proposal configuration that shall be accepted or rejected in its entirety and proposal options that the County may accept or reject individually without regard to the listing order of the option, but only as the County determines is in its best interest. 1.17 Right to Accept/Reject: The County reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and waive any irregularities. The County also reserves the right to choose the proposal that is deemed in the best interest of the County based on any or all criteria, etc. In addition, the County reserves the right to negotiate any or all items and terms of proposal. 1. 18 After Hours Cost: Some work may have to be done after hours depending on the intrusion of that work to Mcleod County Employees or Constituents. These costs shall be included in the total price presented in the RFP response. 1.19 Denial of Reimbursement: The County shall not reimburse Respondents for any costs associated with the preparation and submittal of any proposal, or for any travel and/or per diem costs that are incurred. 1.20 Gratuity Prohibition: Respondents shall not offer any gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value to any official, employee, or agent of McLeod County for the purpose of influencing consideration of this proposal. 1.21 Right of Withdrawal: A proposal may not be withdrawn before the expiration ninety (90) days from the proposal due date. 1.22 Rights to Submitted Material: A. All proposals, responses, inquiries, or correspondence relating to or in reference to this RFP, and all reports, charts, and other documentation submitted by Respondents shall become the property of McLeod County when received. B. The County reserves the right to retain all proposals submitted and to use any ideas in a proposal regardless of whether that proposal is selected. Submission of a proposal indicates acceptance by the Respondent of the conditions contained in this Request for Proposal. 1.23 Selection Criteria: Proposals shall be evaluated based on, but not limited to, the following criteria: Page 10 A. Cost - The price included in the RFP response shall be the price evaluated. There SHALL NOT be an opportunity for a BEST AND FINAL OFFER. Respondent is encouraged to include their best prices in their initial response. Evaluation shall include upfront costs as well as long-term maintenance protection. B. Technology -Ability to meet the County's security configuration goals, hardware/door/network configuration, feature functionality, and system management. C. RespondenUManufacturer - Financial stability, references, installation methodology, project and maintenance teams experience and certifications, and long.term product support. D. Support- Number of trained technicians, remote and on-site response time guarantee, dispatch distance, remote monitoring maintenance capabilities, and adherence to maintenance requirements. 1.24 Selection Committee: Proposals may be evaluated by a Selection Committee. The Selection Committee may, at its option, request any or all Respondents to provide on-site demonstrations of the proposed system. 1 .25 Submittal of Qualifications: Respondents should submit experience and qualifications as described in the RFP. Additional information may be submitted as appropriate to further describe vendor and provide product capabilities. Page 11 2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS 2.01 Contract: Any award of a contract resulting from this RFP will be made only by written authorization from McLeod County upon approval by the McLeod County Board of Commissioners. The Sample Contract is included in the Exhibits section as 18.01. The contract between McLeod County and the Contractor shall consist of (1) the Request for Proposal (RFP) and any amendments thereto and (2) the proposal submitted by the Contractor in response to the RFP. In the event of a conflict in language between these two documents, the provisions and requirements set forth and/or referenced in the RFP shall govern. The County also reserves the right to clarify any contractual relationship in writing with the concurrence of the Contractor, and such written clarification shall govern in case of conflict with the applicable requirements stated in the RFP or the Contractor's proposal. In all other matters not affected by the written clarifications, if any, the RFP shall govern ... 2.02 Termination/Cancellation of Contract: McLeod County may cancel the contract at any time for breach of contractual obligation, convenience, or non-appropriation of funds by providing the Contractor with a written notice of such cancellation. Should the County exercise its right to cancel the contract for such reasons, the cancellation shall become effective on the date as specified in the notice of cancellation sent to the Contractor. 2.03 Compliance with Laws: In connection with the furnishing of supplies or performance of work under the contract, the Contractor agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal and State laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable, and further agrees to insert the foregoing provision in all subcontracts awarded hereunder. 2.04 Incurred Expenses: This RFP does not commit the County to award a contract, nor shall the County be responsible for any cost or expense that may be incurred by the Respondent in preparing and submitting the proposal called for in this RFP, or any cost or expense incurred by the Respondent prior to the execution of a contract agreement. 2.05 Indemnification: The Contractor agrees it shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the County, its officers, and its employees against any and all liability, loss, costs, damages, and expenses, including attorneys fees that the County, its officers, or its employees may hereafter sustain, incur, or be required to pay arising out of the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of the Contractor's officers or employees Page 12 2.06 Insurance A. The Contractor agrees, in order to protect itself and the County under the indemnity provision set forth above, to at all times during the term of this contract have and keep in force insurance policies that meet the following minimum requirements: $1,500,000 Each Occurrence $3,000,000 General Aggregate $3,000,000 Products and Completed Operations Aggregate The policy should be written on an occurrence basis, not a claims·made basis The Member will be included as Additional Insured An Excess or Umbrella Liability policy may be used in conjunction with primary coverage limits to meet the minimum limit requirements The Contractor agrees to name the County as an additional insured on said policy. B. An automobile liability insurance policy that meets the following minimum requirements: $1,500,000 on a Combined Single Limit Basis Auto coverage should include: Any Auto, including Hired and Non-owned The member will be included as Additional Insured Note: Auto coverage should be waived only when the contractor's work under the contract clearly does not involve the use of a vehicle on the Member's behalf. C. Workers Compensation insurance in the statutory amounts. 1. Bodily injury by Accident: $500,000 each accident 2. Bodily injury by Disease: $500,000 each employee 3. Bodily injury by Disease: $500,000 policy limit D. Professional liability should be required for individuals who perform professional or semi-professional services. Some examples of professionals who should obtain this type of coverage include, but are not limited to individuals who are medical service providers, architects, engineers, attorneys, and consultants. Minimum limits of liability should be: Page 13 1. $2,000,000 per Wrongful Act or Occurrence 2. $4,000,000 Annual Aggregate Level 1 E. Certificates of insurance showing the coverage listed above shall be provided to the County prior to the effective date of this contract, and the County shall be named as an additional insured under the liability policy required above. 2.07 Safety: Respondent shall take the necessary precautions and bear the sole responsibility for the safety of the methods employed in performing the work. The Respondent shall at all times comply with the regulations set forth by federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations concerning OSHA and all applicable state labor laws, regulations, and standards. The Respondent shall indemnify and hold harmless the County from and against all liabilities, suits, damages, costs, and expenses (including attorney's fees and court costs) that may be imposed on the County because of the Respondent's, Subcontractor's, or supplier's failure to comply with the regulations. 2.08 Ownership of Work Product(s): Any work product, including but not limited to software programs, documentation, memoranda, correspondence, and/or files generated by the Contractor in the course of this work for the County is the sole property of the County. All work products must be surrendered to the County at the completion of the Contract. The Contractor shall prepare and maintain all records required by the County to substantiate the amount and types of services rendered and for other purposes. The County shall inform the Contractor of the need for and nature of all such records. 2.09 Warranty of Integrated Security System: In a contract resulting from this RFP, Contractor shall warrant that during the warranty period, all hardware, equipment, and licensed software (including third-party software installed or recommended by Contractor or its subcontractors) of the integrated security system solution shall perform at a minimum in all material aspects within the specifications and functional requirements defined by the Scope of Service/Work of the RFP. The foregoing representations and warranties shall be in force as to each version or release of software, system, components, networks, and equipment. 2.10 Independent Contractor: Nothing contained in this agreement is intended or should be construed as creating the relationship of co-partners or joint ventures within the County. The Contractor shall remain an independent contractor, and all employees of the Contractor or its subcontractors shall remain the employees of the Contractor or subcontractor and shall not become the employees of the County. No tenure or any rights or benefits, including worker's compensation, unemployment insurance, medical care, sick leave, Page 14 vacation leave, severance pay, or other benefits available to County employees shall accrue to the Contractor or employees of the Contractor performing services under this agreement. 2.11 Nondiscrimination; All Contractors agree that during the life of the contract, the Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, marital status, disability, sexual orientation, age, religion, or status with regard to public assistance, and shall intend a similar provision in all subcontracts entered into for the performance thereof. All proposals shall be accompanied by a signed statement of this fact, with failure to sign reason for proposal rejection. 2.12 Default and Cancellation: A. If the Contractor fails to perform any of the provisions of this Request for Proposal or so fails to administer the work as to endanger the performance of the contract, this shall constitute default. Unless the Contractor's default is excused, the County may, upon written notice, immediately cancel this agreement in its entirety. B. Back orders, failure to meet delivery requirements, or failures to meet specifications in the contract authorizes the ordering entity to cancel the contract, or any portion of it, purchase elsewhere, and charge the full increase in cost and administrative handling to the defaulting Contractor. In the event of default, the County reserves the right to pursue any other remedy available by law. A Contractor may be removed from the Contractors list, suspended, or debarred from receiving a contract for failure to comply with terms and conditions of the contract or for failure to pay the County for the cost incurred on the defaulted contract. 2.13 Severability: Every section, provision, or part of this agreement is declared severable from every other section, provision, or part thereof, to the extent that if any section, provision, or part of this agreement shall be held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not invalidate any other section, provision, or part thereof. 2.14 Third-Party Products; Contractor agrees to assign or pass through to the County or otherwise make available for the benefit of County, any manufacturer's or supplier's warranties applicable to any third-party software, hardware, or equipment provided by Contractor or its subcontractors under a contract resulting from this RFP. 2.15 Title to Software: By submitting a proposal, the Respondent represents and warrants that it is the sole owner of the software or, if not the owner, that it has received all legally required authorizations from the owner to license the software, has the full Page 15 power to grant the rights required by this solicitation, and that neither the software nor its use in accordance with the contract shall violate or infringe upon any patent, copyright, trade secret, or any other property rights of another person or organization. 2.16 New Material: Unless otherwise provided for in this specification, the Respondent represents and warrants that the goods, materials, supplies, or components offered to the County under this RFP solicitation are new, not used or reconditioned. It represents that they are not of such age or so deteriorated as to impair their usefulness or safety and that the goods, materials, supplies, or components offered are current production models of the respective manufacturer. 2.17 Ownership of Intellectual Property: All copyright and patent rights to all papers, reports, forms, materials, creations, or inventions created or developed in the performance of this contract shall become the sole property of the County. Upon request, the Contractor shall promptly provide an acknowledgment or assignment in a tangible form satisfactory to the County to evidence the County's sole ownership of specifically identified intellectual property created or developed in the performance of the contract. This excludes ownership of proprietary software belonging to the vendor, except software developed specifically for the County for which the County pays. 2.18 Term of Software License: Unless otherwise stated in the solicitation, the software license(s) identified in the pricing schedule shall be purchased on a perpetual basis and shall continue in perpetuity. The County reserves the right to terminate the license at any time, although the mere expiration or termination of this · contract shall not be construed as intent to terminate the license. All acquired license( s) shall be for use at any computing facilities, on any equipment, by any number of users, and for any purposes for which it is procured. The County further reserves the right to transfer all rights under the license to another state agency to which some or all of its functions are transferred. 2.19 Return of Assets: Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, or upon termination of the Contract, the Contractor shall return all County·owned assets, including but not limited to stored data and information. 2.20 Excessive Downtime: Equipment or software furnished under the contract shall be capable of continuous operation. Should any part of the equipment or software become inoperable for a period of more than four (4) hours, the Contractor agrees to pro·rate maintenance charges to account for each full hour of inoperability beyond four (4) hours. The period of inoperability shall commence upon initial notification. In the event the equipment or software remains inoperable for more than three (3) consecutive calendar Page 16 days, the Contractor shall promptly replace the equipment or software at no charge upon request of the County. Such replacement shall be with new, or refurbished product(s) of comparable quality, and must be installed and operational within three (3) consecutive calendar days following the request for replacement. 2.21 Proposal Acceptance/Rejection: The County reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals received as a result of this RFP, or to negotiate separately with competing respondents, and to waive any informalities, defects, or irregularities in any proposal, or to accept the proposal or proposals that, in the judgment of the proper officials, are in the best interest of the County. 2.22 Firearms: No provider of services pursuant to this Contract, including but not limited to employees, agents, or subcontractors of the Contractor, shall carry or possess a firearm on County premises or while acting on behalf of McLeod County pursuant to the terms of this agreement. Violation of this provision shall be considered a substantial breach of the Agreement and is grounds for immediate suspension or termination of this contract. 2.23 Other Contract Terms: 1. Compliance with Laws/Standards 2. General: The Contractor shall abide by all Federal, State, and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations now in effect or hereinafter adopted pertaining to this Contract or to the facilities, programs, and staff for which the Contractor is responsible. 3. Licenses and Permits: The Contractor shall procure all licenses, permits, or other rights necessary for the fulfillment of its obligation under this Contract. The Contractor indemnifies, saves, and holds harmless the County and any agents, commissioners, officers, employees, or volunteer workers thereof from any and all claims, demands, actions, or causes of action of whatsoever nature or character arising out of, allegedly arising from, or related to the execution or performance of the services of the successful Respondent provided for herein. 4. Force Majeure: Neither party shall be held responsible for delay or failure to perform when such delay or failure is due to any of the following, unless the act or occurrence could have been foreseen and reasonable action could have been taken to prevent the delay or failure: fire, flood, epidemic, strikes, wars, acts of God, unusually severe weather, acts of public authorities, or delays or defaults caused by public carriers, provided the defaulting party gives notice as soon as possible to the other party of the inability to perform. Page 17 5. Inability to Perform: Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to maintain staff, facilities, and equipment to deliver the services to be purchased by the County. The Contractor shall immediately notify the County in writing whenever it is unable to provide the agreed upon quality and quantity of services or reasonably believes it is going to be unable to provide this level of service. Upon such notification, the County shall determine whether such inability requires a modification or cancellation of this Contract. B. In the event the County terminates the Contract for cause in whole or in part as provided above, the County may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as the County may deem appropriate, services similar to those so terminated, and the Contractor shall be liable to the County for any excess costs for such similar goods or services. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated under the provisions for this section. C. The rights and remedies of the County provided in this section shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. D. Payment Terms: Payment terms shall be event based and negotiated with the successful vendor prior to contract signing. The County shall issue no payment until they have verified the invoice. The County shall retain at least 10% of all authorized payments until acceptance of the work is authorized. E. Software Licensing Agreements: Within the RFP response, Contractor agrees to provide copies of software licensing agreements for all proposed software applications and operating systems. Page 18 3 SCOPE OF SERVICES 3.01 The COUNTY plans to procure a premise-based County-wide security system to replace the current four separate door access systems, as well as a surveillance system to replace a number of separate systems and anticipates that the entire system shall be completed by to January, 2017. 3.02 Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a security/surveillance system capable of providing the following: A. All cameras and door hardware must be fully compatible with the COUNTY's existing Cisco based network infrastructure. Purposed equipment must be new from the manufacturer and qualify for warranty and maintenance services. B. All new cameras shall be TCP/IP cameras that utilize PoE. (No Analog Cameras or converting to 1/P) Cameras and overall system must integrate fully with COUNTY's existing Cisco VLAN technology and Quality of Service requirements. Further, video streams between camera and the agreed upon network video storage solution must be able to be configured for both uni-cast and multi-cast transmission modes. C. All cameras shall be full-featured, vandal resistant, fixed dome, and wall mount TCP/IP cameras designed for indoor and outdoor applications. Outdoor cameras shall be sealed for outdoor use and provide IP66 protection against water, wind or dust. · D. All new cameras shall be high resolution, high sensitivity integral color cameras and should accommodate monitoring visibility day and night under parking light illumination conditions. IP cameras must offer Wide Dynamic Range and provide a mechanical cut filter for IR Sensitivity. Administrative user(s) must have the ability to adjust the color and brightness of each camera. Cameras must support 4CIF 01 resolution at 30fps. E. All new cameras shall be immune to shock and vibration and be vandal-resistant by being able to withstand the equivalent of 1201bs of force. F. Proposed video surveillance system shall be network video storage agnostic, and scalable to accommodate our requirements for retention and pertormance. G. Proposed video surveillance system must allow recorded video to be played back in the forward or reverse direction, frame by frame, and from beginning or end of the clip using standard VCR~like buttons. Solution must be able to record from 1-30 Page 19 FPS on a per camera basis. System must have the capability to record when motion occurs and suppress video recording at other times at the camera end, not the video storage. Must also have the ability to define zones where a recording trigger would not be enabled. System must also have the ability to define recording schedules through Internet browser only. H. Proposed video surveillance system must provide video authentication, checksums, and reporting to ensure videos are not altered in any way to ensure the chain of evidence. I. Proposed video surveillance system must provide simultaneous viewing of both live and recorded video through a web browser interface exclusively. Complete system must be able to be administered through a web browser including full control of any PTZ cameras. J. Proposed video surveillance system must be able to view up to 16 images on a single display with at least a resolution of 1024x768. Internet browser display must allow for viewing of different cameras from the network video storage simultaneously. K. Proposed video surveillance system must provide a comprehensive authentication system that allows user authentication against Microsoft Active Directory for simultaneous access to all the network video storage for Countywide cameras. Further, the system must also provide comprehensive role-based authorization for each user. Administrative user(s) must have the capability to create new users and define granular control over all system and camera functions. L. Proposed system must be expandable for future camera installations without forklift upgrades or visible topology changes to the end-user through the web interface. The system shall not require individual client licenses and the system shall not require any reoccurring license fees. M. Contractor shall provide property notices at each county site of installed video surveillance systems. N. The successful Contractor shall warrant all materials and equipment furnished under the contract are in good working order, free from defects and in conformance with system specifications. All installed equipment must conform to the manufacturer's official published specifications. 0. Contractor must provide pricing for three years warranty and support on the proposed project. Vendor technical support shall Page 20 be available for business hours support and Next Business Day Replacement. P. Contractor must detail what is included and define if provided by manufacturer or by Contractor in the standard warranty for each item proposed. Q. Contractor must provide warranty service availability beyond the initial three years for each item proposed. Specify annual cost and period of extension. R. Solution must support Motion based recording that can be configured to save disk space, change operators views and send alerts. S. Central Operations Manager must be able to access video from the network video storage, instantly. T. The video management solution must have the ability for the operator to trigger any camera that is not actively archiving video. This trigger shall be initiated from an http call to the system. U. Solution must provide the ability for multiple cameras to be updated at once using the Batch administration feature from the Operations Manager leveraging an Excel template. V. Video surveillance solution must entail internal Digital zoom capabilities that can focus in on any object instantly using the inbuilt zoom feature on non PTZ cameras. This feature must be able to be turned off if deemed necessary. W. Video Surveillance Operations Manager must provide full converged integration with Physical Access Control Manager X. Vendor must provide an IP-based Access Control Management solution that can provide door access and monitoring of any dry contact point. Y. The IP-based Physical Access Control System should have two primary components, door control hardware (gateways and modules) and an appliance based web management application. Z. The access control solution should support a thin client model. Clients from computers running a Windows operating system can contact the Physical Access Manager and download and install an application that allows interaction with the Physical Access Manager for administrative purposes. A. All users on the Physical Access Manager can be configured to use Microsoft Active Directory groups for authentication and door access. Page 21 B. The physical access manager should enable the creation of badge templates, badge printing, taking user photographs, and enrolling users into Physical Access Manager User database. C. No additional licensing or fees should be charged for the integration with the Video Surveillance Management Solution and the Physical Access Control System. D. HTTP/S URLs can be invoked as a result of any event or alarm by way of the Physical Access Manager. Event data can be inserted in the URL to integrate with any external application that accepts URL invocations, such as Cisco Digital Medial Signage solution. E. Access Manager Appliance and Video Management Solution should be qualified to run in a virtual environment. F. The Physical Access Control System must allow Physical Access Gateway images to be upgraded using the Physical Access Manager. G. The Physical Access Manager client should support a 1click client application which gives the administrator access to live and archive video from the Video Surveillance System. H. Motion Detection events in Video Surveillance System can also be recorded in the Physical Access Manager Events window. System also should allow the Physical Access Manager to trigger local door alarms or other annunciation devices attached to the Physical Access Control System when motion detection events occur in Video Surveillance System. I. The Physical Access Manager must have the ability to plot cameras and any controlled access point on a graphical map or floor plan. Physical Access Manager should integrate with Video Surveillance System and enable video to be pushed to the administrators and users of the Physical Access Control Solution based on Events. J. Administrators of the Physical Access Solution should have the ability to access live camera views from the system. K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can support 250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events. All communication should be 256- bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) FIPS 140-2 certified encrypted. 3.03 Existing Infrastructure A. The County's primary network infrastructure consists of a mix of cisco network switches. Page 22 1. We have 6 buildings in Glencoe 2. We have 3 buildings in Hutchinson B. Wide Area Network 1. Glencoe a. Single mode fiber between the Courthouse and the following three locations: i. Health & Human Services ii. North Complex iii. Annex b. State of Minnesota MN.IT Connection: The County shares a 1 gigabit fiber connection to MN.IT with Courts and the City of Glencoe PD, and State Department of Corrections. 2. Hutchinson a. The County has a 10 gigabit point to point connection between their HATS facility in Hutchinson: i. Extension Office ii. Solid Waste b. State of Minnesota MN.IT Connection: The County HATS facility has a backup 100 megabit connection to MN.IT in case of a fiber down issue between Glencoe and Hutchinson C.Cable 1. CAT 6 cable will be required for any new cable runs. D.UPS 1. Courthouse and LEC a. The County Courthouse and LEC MER locations are equipped with UPS system and backup generator power. b. All TER locations have existing APC UPS systems and utilize APC Network Manager Management system. 2. All other County facilities MER and TER are equipped with APC UPS systems and utilize APC Network Manager Management system. 4 GENERAL ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 4.01 Permission to Proceed A. The Contractor's first task shall be to submit a Statement of Work with an estimate of schedules and benchmarks. The document should identify in detail the exact tasks that the Page 23 County and Contractor must perform and/or be responsible for in order to accomplish the delivery and installation of the system. The Contractor shall project delivery date and installation period by function (cable, under-carpet wiring, switch, stations, etc.), which shall allow the Contractor to meet the required completion date. B. The Contractor shall provide the County with shop drawings of the proposed equipment placement for each location prior to the procurement of equipment or commencement of work. The Contractor shall make corrections and additions as necessary to the design documents. Equipment lists, data sheets, etc., shall be provided in MS Word, MS Excel, and MS Visio. C. The submittals must be received and approved by the County prior to the procurement of material or the commencement of work. Any procurement or work performed prior to this approval is at the Contractor's own risk. D. The project timeline shall not be altered due to lateness of submittals. The Contractor shall remain bound to deliver a timely, complete, and finished project as stipulated in their contract. E. The failure of the Contractor to provide submittals as required herein may result in the cancellation of the contract. F. Contractor must obtain the County's permission before proceeding with any work necessitating cutting into or through any part of a building structure. 4.02 Damage and Cleanup A. Existing floors, walls, ceilings, or any structural piece shall not be drilled or cut without prior approval of the County. The Contractor shall be held responsible for and make payment on any damage caused from the delivery and/or installation of its work. B. The Contractor shall keep the premises clean from debris and rubbish. After each workday, the Contractor shall remove any rubbish or waste from the working area. If the County is required to clean up, the cost shall be charged back to the Contractor. 4.03 Project Manager A. The Contractor shall appoint a Project Manager who shall be the main point of contact regarding the project for the County. The Project Manager is responsible for the following: 1. Ensuring the contract is completed successfully in a timely manner. Page 24 2. Guaranteeing the work and performance of all employees and subcontractors that have been hired by the Contractor. 3. Completing and submitting all required submittals and documentation. 4. Attending all project coordination and/or construction meetings as required by the County, plus chairing a weekly project status meeting throughout the duration of the project. 5. Maintaining the project status meeting minutes and distributing them to all participants within two days following the meeting. 6. Providing written status reports to the County Project Manager on a regular interval. 7. Informing the County of all unexpected conditions and problems that may result in delay or expense. The Contractor must report issues immediately upon discovery and must provide the County with the option(s) for resolving them. B. If the Contractor seeks to change the Project Manager during the course of the project, such change is subject to prior written approval from the County. C. The County reserves the right to request a new Project Manager during the course of the project if the Project Manager does not perform to the County's satisfaction. D. The Contractor shall re-verify closet locations with the County's Project Manager prior to installation. E. Prior to ordering, furnishing, or installing any equipment, the Contractor shall obtain the County's written approval of equipment, locations, layout, and installation. F. If other Contractors' work delays the Contractor, that information must immediately be communicated to the County's Project Manager and appropriate extra time may be allowed. Shipping delays are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 4.04 Cable Management System A. The Contractor shall use the County's cable management system where equipped to provide a neat and efficient means for routing and protecting fiber and copper cables and patch cords on telecommunication racks and enclosures. 4.05 Installation Requirements Page 25 A. The Contractor shall perform the upgrades, installation, configuration, training for the County's personnel, and support of the proposed systems. B. Contractor and/or its subcontractors are fully authorized/certified to supply, upgrade, install, configure, provide warranty service, and troubleshoot/support the proposed equipment. C. All installing personnel have completed certified manufacturer training, or the Contractor shall contract with manufacturer for installation of all proposed components. D. For any equipment items/systems accepted by the County and made part of the contract, the delivery, installation, configuration, testing, user training, and documentation must be included in the project schedule. E. The Contractor shall take responsibility for proper ordering, shipping charges and delivery of all component parts. This includes any components to be ordered from any third-party companies. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper storage of delivered equipment. F. The personnel listed in the Respondent's proposal shall be the personnel assigned to this project. If changes are required, the Contractor shall gain written approval from the County's Project Manager prior to assignment of substitutes. G. Manufacturer(s) or a certified training agency thereof must be offered to the County employees on products supplied. H. The Contractor has, with staff employees, previously configured and operated a system with components as quoted. I. Any technician(s) dispatched to install or fix a failed component shall have been factory trained and certified by the manufacturer of the proposed equipment. The Contractor is responsible for following industry standards and all manufacturer installation and maintenance practices. J. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to understand its IP addressing scheme and for implementing this scheme in the furnished devices. Currently, the County uses a mixture of static addressing and DHCP. The County shall work with the vendor to enable DHCP addressing for all new devices. K. The Contractor must install hardware in a secure manner. Screws shall be tightened to a torque just sufficient to secure equipment without deforming washers beyond their original diameter. Page 26 L. All rack-mount equipment shall be secured as recommended by the manufacturer with consideration to airflow, power, and patch cable connections. M. The Contractor shall be responsible for labeling all cables and equipment components installed as part of this project. In doing so, make the labeling of each component. .. 1. Unique, to prevent it from being confused with other similar components. 2. Legible and permanent enough to last the life of the component. Handwritten labels shall not be permitted. N. Velcro straps shall be installed snugly without deforming cable insulation. Straps shall be spaced at uneven intervals not to exceed 4-foot. No sharp burrs should remain where excess length of the cable tie has been cut. 0. The Contractor shall make the system properly operational and physically secure by mounting equipment and related accessories into walls, consoles, and racks as required. Manufacturer's guidelines for installation shall be followed. Discrepancies in installation procedure or inability to complete a given task due to a shortage of materials or malfunctioning equipment shall be reported to the County immediately upon discovery. P. Systems described in this document, once configured by the Contractor, shall be delivered to the customer installation location and installed by the Contractor without any additional cost or expense to the County, and the County shall not be deemed to have accepted any equipment until the date of acceptance. Q. The Contractor shall unpack equipment from shipping material and organize equipment into the kits from which it shall be used. This includes checking to ensure that all equipment is complete and fully functional. Empty boxes and packaging shall be neatly organized per the County's instructions and removed if requested. R. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of existing equipment not incorporated. That equipment shall be inventoried, boxed, and removed by Contractor and placed in a specified location as designated by the County. The boxes shall clearly show the inventoried contents. The County shall be responsible for disposal of equipment. S. The Contractor shall provide a weekly update to the County Project Manager on the project status. Page 27 T. Client quantities included in this RFP are estimates. The Contractor shall be required to perform station surveys to verify quantities. Any increases in components prior to acceptance shall be at pre-cutover costs, and deletions shall not be charged restocking fees. U. The Contractor shall supply one complete set of hardware and software documentation/manuals for all provided items at no additional cost. 4.06 Security A. When deploying any product, software, or application associated with this RFP, the Contractor shall harden the resulting system(s). Hardening includes the following actions: 1. Determining the purpose of the system and minimum software and hardware requirements 2. Documenting the minimum hardware, software, and services to be included on the system 3. Installing the minimum hardware, software, and services necessary to meet the requirements using a documented installation procedure 4. Installing necessary patches 5. Installing the most secure and up-to-date versions of applications 6. Configuring privilege and access controls by first denying all, then granting back the minimum necessary to each user 7. Configuring security settings as appropriate, enabling allowed activity and disallowing other activity 8. Enabling logging sufficient for the County staff to determine equipment faults or configuration problems in the equipment 9. Archiving the configuration and checksums in secure storage prior to system deployment 10. Testing the system to ensure a secure configuration 11. Using secure replication procedures for additional, identically configured systems, making configuration changes on a case-by-case basis 12. Changing all defau It passwords 13. Testing the resulting systems 4.07 Project Closeout and Acceptance A. Punch List - Work or materials found to be incomplete, of unsatisfactory quality, failing to meet the specifications in the RFP package and resulting contract, and/or unacceptable to the Page28 County shall be documented in a punch list by the County and provided to the Contractor to rectify. B. Punch List Approval - The punch list shall be considered complete only after having been signed by the County. C. Acceptance -Acceptance shall occur after all of the following conditions have been met: 1. All items/systems have been delivered, installed, configured, tested, and transitioned into service. 2. The system, including all ancillary devices, applications, and options made part of the contract, has had 30 consecutive days with 100 percent availability. 3. All of the work has been completed in accordance with the contract and RFP specifications (including testing procedures as outlined in the accepted response). 4. Training as specified is complete. 5. The system operates in conformance with manufacturer's published specifications. 6. The system is transitioned to service. 7. All of the documentation requirements have been met. 8. All outstanding punch list items have been completed. 9. The system post-cutover requirements have been completed. 1O. The Contractor has supplied test results needed to verify compliance with the specifications found in this RFP package. 11 . The Contractor has certified in writing to the County that the system is installed and operational in accordance with these specifications and is ready for use. 12. The County or the County's designated representative has inspected the installation and provided written approval. 13. Software refresh has been completed (to ensure all systems operate on the latest software). D. At this time, upon the County's written acceptance, operational control becomes the responsibility of the County. This constitutes Date of Acceptance. The warranty for the entire system and all components begins as of this date. 4.08 Service and Support A. Server and Software Maintenance - The Contractor shall provide all necessary server and software maintenance on a turnkey Page 29 basis during the first year warranty period and any subsequent maintenance term. The Respondent shall be responsible for operating system and database tuning, patches, hardware, and software diagnosis, recovery, and version upgrades as needed. Contractor shall work directly with the County on application modifications, diagnosis, recovery, customization, configuration, and how-to questions. Contractor shall manage backups of data, application, operating system, and database management system as required to provide for full recovery in the event of a disaster or hardware failure. The Contractor shall coordinate and work with the server hardware maintenance provider in the diagnosis and repair of the server hardware. Contractor shall perform restores and recovery without the County's assistance. B. Warranty Period and Maintenance - The Contractor, by entering into a contract with the County, warrants and represents that all materials, equipment, and services delivered to the County pursuant to the contract conforms to all of the specifications contained or referred herein. The Contractor further guarantees to replace all materials, equipment, software, or services that may be rejected by the County due to defective materials or workmanship for a minimum of one year following final acceptance of all systems. Failure or neglect of the County to require compliance with any term or condition of the contract specifications shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or condition. C. The following must be included in the warranty period and under maintenance contract: 1. Monday-Friday, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. call-out on minor alarms 2. Seven day per week 24-hour call-out coverage shall be provided for the items listed below. a. Critical alarms b. System outages 3. Three-hour on-site response time for critical alarms and system outages 4. Software upgrades 5. Patches 6. Corrective maintenance 7. All labor except for upgrades to major software releases 8. Materials 9. Next business day for non-critical components 10. Remote support Page30 11 . Telephone support to assist County Building personnel with technical and system management issues and questions 12. Database backups for business continuity 13. Off-site software storage 14. Work to completion 15. 24 hour x 7 days a week service center 16.24 hour x 7 days a week alarm monitoring and remote trouble resolution (Respondent must include all hardware and software required to support this application in base surveillance system cost.) D. Maintenance Guarantee - A signed letter from both the Respondent and manufacturer is required guaranteeing maintenance of the proposed system over its five (5) year life. Should the manufacturer discontinue this product or cease to do business, the Respondent guarantees to stock an adequate supply of components to maintain the system over its five (5) year life. Further, should the Respondent cease to do business, the manufacturer guarantees to provide components and services for this installation over its five (5) year life. Page 31 5 BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 5.01 The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any combination which buildings are selected for final approval based on budgetary constraints. 5.02 McLeod County Court House 5.03 Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 18 access readers. Add Cameras 8 new cameras Management Software for Access 1 Software program Management Software for Cameras 1 Software program McLeod County Court Administration Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 5.03 5.04 Replace 6 current access readers from Old Keri System McLeod County Law Enforcement Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 6 current doors with access readers. 8 new doors with access readers Incorporate Current Analog Cameras not part of the Jail Video System 6 current analog cameras McLeod County North Complex Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 6 current access readers and need 1 new Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add 5 current analog cameras and 3 new cameras Page 32 5.05 5.06 5.07 5.08 5.09 McLeod County Annex Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add 2 access readers Add New Camera 1 360 degree camera in main hallway McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed Add Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add 2 access readers Add Cameras 2 camera outside covering both buildings McLeod County Health and Human Services Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 14 current badge readers and 2 new doors Incorporate Current Analog Cameras and add new 4 current cameras and 1new outside and 360 camera upstairs Mcleod County Solid Waste Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 20 current access readers on Keri System. Add 2 readers. 4 Current Honeywell readers Incorporate Current Analog and IP Cameras 29 current cameras to integrate into new system McLeod County Fairgrounds Page 33 Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware Add 8 access readers Add Cameras Add 3 cameras in Commercial Building and 1 in Dairy Building 5.1 O McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop 1 access readers for walk in door Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 5.11 McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop 2 access readers for walk in doors on each end of building Door Access Readers and Applicable Hardware 6 OPTIONAL SECURITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 6.01 McLeod County Court House Scalable Video Storage Solution Included in base proposal 6.02 Current requirements to hold video for 30 days and over right Scalable to incorporate the contents of the LEC DVR, HHS DVR, and NC DVR McLeod County HATS Secondary Scalable Video Storage Solution Included in base proposal Current requirements to hold video for 30 days and over right Scalable to incorporate SW DVRs and New Fairground's cameras. Page 34 7 DATA NETWORK REQUIREMENTS 7.01 The Contractor shall have as a part of its implementation team someone completely capable of analyzing and implementing proper Quality of Service configurations necessary to support this surveillance system utilizing current and new customer provided Cisco network devices. This person shall be available throughout the implementation phase of the project to assist the project team with each building assessment, engineering and configuration recommendations for implementing the surveillance system across the County's existing LAN. 7.02 The Contractor must provide a complete network assessment and make recommendations on any configuration changes needed to support the proposed system. 7.03 The Contractor shall provide a report that identifies any errors, including any latency and jitter issues, and shalt provide recommended resolutions. 7.04 The Contractor shall provide detailed LAN configuration specification and best practices required to support all installed surveillance components. 7.05 Implementation A. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to understand its IP addressing scheme and for implementing this scheme to support all applications provided under the RFP. B. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to ensure the proper VLAN and QoS configurations are implemented to support all applications provided under this RFP. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for understanding the County's network device naming convention and shall implement device names on all new devices and all relocated devices. 7.06 When installation is complete, the Contractor shall furnish the County with two complete sets (in three-ring binders} and on soft copy in MS Office format of data network project documentation. Contractor shall provide documentation as follows: A. Logical diagrams showing all installed equipment. B. IP addresses assigned to all equipment shall be noted both on diagrams and on a separate table/spreadsheet. Page 35 8 COUNTY RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Patch Cord Connections - The County shall provide and complete all patch cord connections required in all (MER) and (TER) locations. 8.02 VMware environment to create servers on which to load the required management applications. Page 36 t-J~-:__:- Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Tab 5 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical. Building Automation - Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs· Combustion Services 9 SUMMARY RFP COSTS 9.01 Base McLeod County Court House McLeod County Court Administration McLeod Law Enforcement, CourtAdmin, Courthouse s 212,430.00 McLeod County North Complex $ 35,1230.00 McLeod County Annex s 8,330.00 McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed $ 9,510.00 McLeod County Health and Human Services s 34,360.00 McLeod County Solid Waste $ 49,200.00 McLeod County Fairgrounds s 38,580.00 McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop $ 4,700.00 McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop s 7,160.00 S 399,500.00 Total Project: 9.02 Option 1 McLeod County Court House Option 1 Included in proposal McLeod County HATS Option 1 Included in proposal Option Total Page 37 CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC Tab 6 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services ~J~~ CHP &b Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC Bill of Materials: This project includes the following hardware and software items: 11 Avigilon intelligent controllers with hardware chassis 49 Avigilon two-door controller boards for access control 4 Avigilon two-door access control hardware panels with integrated power supplies 1 Avigilon four-door access control hardware panels with integrated power supplies 1 Avigilon eight-door access control hardware panels with integrated power supplies 7 Avigilon sixteen-door access control hardware panels with integrated power supplies 116 Avigilon access badge/card readers (mix of mullion mounting styles) 167 Single pole door contacts, surface mount 116 Request-to-exit motion detectors, surface mount 13 Custom-built interface/control for existing ADA power door openers 11 Avigilon 4-channel encoders with mounting hardware 25 Avigilon IP/POE cameras with integrated IR illuminators and mounting hardware 2 Avigilon NVR's with 10TB storage drives 40 Avigilon Enterprise camera licenses (one IP camera per license, one encoder per license) 1 Avigilon LDAP integration license 128 Avigilon VM software for access control system 1 Avigilon access control badging license 300 HID access control credentials As Installation of electric lock hardware for above needed NOTE: This project will require the following IP addresses (quantities): 1. NVR's/VMS servers: two required 2. Access control VM: one required 3. Access control headends: 11 required www.nc1c-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Eaual Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical- Building Automation· Electrical - Plumbing • Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs· Combustion Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC Tab 7 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing· Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs· Combustion Services ~~~r- Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP f\:::b Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC The following assumptions were made regarding the project: 1. Most of the work can be done during normal business hours 2. Wiring installed in open warehouse areas will not be inside of conduit/raceway 3. Any asbestos in the work areas will be addressed/abated by the County 4. A quantity of three hundred (300) access control cards is sufficient for the County's needs 5. Cable run inside of drop ceilings does not need to be in conduit/raceway 6. County does not have a preference on cable or cable management manufacturer 7. County will provide adequate POE network ports as needed for the design 8. County does not require this project to be managed as a prevailing wage job where payroll reporting and documentation is required 9. The system design doesn't require more than five partition/functional building groups 10.The County will provide remote access to servers (at least for installation and testing) 11.County will provide suitable network rack space and cable management as needed for application www.nac-hvac.com. 24 HoJr ServiGe An Affirmative Aciion, Equal Empioyment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services ~J~~ Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Tab 8 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical • Building Automation • Electrical • Plumbing • Sheet Metal • Preventative Maintenance • Service Repairs • Combustion Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC Installation methodology and drawings This system will be installed using industry accepted standards and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Installation approval drawings will be provided by NAC once we are awarded the project and updated with as-built information once the project is complete. www.1ac-hvac.corr1, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Aciion, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services ~JA\~ Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Tab 9 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action . Equal Employment Opportunl!y Employer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs· Combustion Services CHP &b Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC Acceptance Testing Documentation supporting the manufacturer's recommended acceptance testing procedure will be provided with product submittals www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunily Employer HVAC Mechanical . Building Automation . Electrical • Plumbing • Sheet Metal . Preventative Maintenance • Service Repairs • Combustion Services ~!:'i\.~ Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power ADivision of NAC Tab 10 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs. Combustion Services ~-:!~C Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP &b Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Software updates for the Avigilon ACCS VMS and ACM access control software can be accessed for free directly from the manufacturer's website: http://avigi Ion. com/sup po rt-and-down Ioads/for-software/softwa re-updates-anddown loads/. The updates are typically applied by the end user, but NAC can provide this for an additional recurring annual fee. Updates made available by Avigilon are frequent, and typically done to address things that come the to the manufacturer's attention. Applying the update is not usually required to keep a system operational, but doing them at least twice per year is usually recommended. When a software update is applied to the server it will be automatically pushed out to the client locations so part of the process ends up being automated. LDAP Integration is included with the Avigilon Enterprise VMS. LDAP is included as an additional feature on the Avigilon access control solution. www.nac-hvac.r.om, 24 Hour Service An Affi-mative Action, Equal Employment Opportun;ty Empl::iyer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation -Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs -Combustion Services t-J.!i\.~ Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP fkD Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Tab 11 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action. Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal- Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services 15 RESPONDENT AND SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS, SUPPORT CAPABILITIES, AND REFERENCES 15.01 Information about the Respondent A. Company name B. Legal name (if different) C. Years in business D. Number of years selling systems similar to this Proposal E. Contact person F. Full mailing address G. Telephone number H. Fax number I. E-mail address J. Name and phone number of bonding company K. Number of full-time employees L. Number of technical/installation personnel (minimum of four dedicated to this project) M. Names and titles of personnel who would be providing the training for the equipment in this project (attach listing of experience with similar projects) N. Name of person who would be project manager for this project (attach listing of experience with similar projects) 0. Dunn and Bradstreet Number 1. Respondent- 130729189 2. Equipment Manufacturer - o7 9 4 214 2 o 15.02 Qualification and Requirements A. If more than one (1) company is involved in the installation, training, and/or support after installation, there must be a Prime Contractor. This Prime Contractor assumes responsibility for all other entities involved. Page 43 1. List Prime Contractor here: NAC Mechanical & Electrical Services B. The response shall include a statement from all involved Respondents agreeing that the configuration shall work as specified and that all Respondents shall work under the Prime Contractor to resolve any configuration or interoperability problems during the installation process at no additional cost to the County. Write statement below. The system will work as specified and all work will be done under the prime contractor to resolve any issues at no added cost to County .. signed 15.03 Experience and Existing Customers - How many similar systems has the Respondent sold/installed? 6 -A. In the area: - B. Statewide: 10- - c. Nationwide: N/A 15.04 Surveillance System -All prospective Respondents must provide a minimum of three installation and three maintenance references using the reference format provided below. The references must be in the State of Minnesota, similar in scope and size to the County's project and must demonstrate the following: A. At minimum, two of the three references must have the exact system you are proposing. B. References must demonstrate that the Respondent has extensive knowledge of all equipment proposed and has at least one (1) year of experience with the same system(s) in the same environment. Page 44 C. References will be contacted - please verify information before submitting. Use the format below for all references. All references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 1O to 15 minute call may be anticipated. Reference Format: ( #-1 of three) Organization Name Roseville School District Address Roseville, MN Type of Business _K _1_2_ E_d_u_c_t_i_ · o_n_ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ Contact Person -=-.=.=:..::...._=-:..::..=..::.... Sean Thao _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Telephone Number _;6:;._;5;._1_-.. .6.. ; . .3.. ; . .5_-_1. ;; . .6.;; . .6....:. ;; 0_ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ Contact Email Address Dates of Installation _ Description of System SEAN. [email protected] 2 o1 5- 2 o1 6 ___________ ...:...__...:..._____.;..__.;;.. Districtwide CCTV system Number of Networked Locations >12 - - - - - -- - - - - - Page 45 C. References will be contacted - please verify information before submitting. Use the format below for all references. All references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 1O to 15 minute call may be anticipated. Reference Format: ( # 2 of three) Organization Name Eden Prairie Center Address - -Eden - - Prairie, - - -- -MN- - - - - - -- - - - - Type of Business Shopping Center Contact Person Kim Barritt Telephone Number _9_5_2_-_5_2_s_-_2_1_0_0_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Contact Email Address kim. barri t [email protected] Dates of Installation _2_0_ 1_s_-_2_0_1_6_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ Description of System Enterprise CCTV Number of Networked Locations__1_ _ _ __ _ __ _ __ Page45 C. References will be contacted - please verify information before submitting. Use the format below for all references. All references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 10 to 15 minute call may be anticipated. Reference Format: ( # 3 of three ) Organization Name Address Brunswick Corporation Lebanon, MO Type of Business Manufacturing Contact Person Lee -Jeremy ----- - - - - - - -- - - - Telephone Number_2_1_8_-_3_8_5_- _6_4_0_6_ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ Contact Email Address Jeremy . [email protected] corn Dates of Installation -=-=-=--"'--=-=-=2 o14 - 2 o1 6 - - -- - - - - - - Description of System CCTV, Access, network, etc. Number of Networked Locations Dozens - -- - - - - - - - - D. Subcontractors/Partners 1 . The applicable terms and provisions of the contract documents shall bir:id every subcontractor. Further information about subcontractors may be requested prior to award. 2. Identify all subcontractors or partners used for any purposes. Failure to disclose subcontractors/partners may lead to disqualification. Include separate sheet(s) labeled "Subcontractors/Partners," if necessary. Business Name Years Experience Type of Work Percent of Project Midwest Lock & Safe , >20 years in business Lockwork & electrified door locking hardware 20-25% of project is lockwork Page45 E. References for Subcontractors/Partners - Include below three (3) references for EACH subcontractor. (Duplicate this page if needed for multiple subcontractors.) Again, preference shall be given to Respondents with references for implementations at organizations most similar to the client. Subcontractor References will be contacted - please verify information before submitting. Utilize the format below for all subcontractor references. All references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 10 to 15 minute call may be anticipated . Subcontractor Reference Format ( #1 of three) Organization Name 1) St. Johns University Address Collegeville, MN Type of Business Higher Education Contact Person Gary Jorgenson Telephone Number_32_0_-_3_6_3_-_3_3_0_3_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Contact Email Address Dates of Installation ---------------- ----------------- Description of System _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Number of Networked Locations_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Page 46 Subcontractor Reference Format (#2 of three) Organization Name_ G_e_n_e_r_a_l _ M_i_l_l_s_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Address Minneap olis. MN Type of Business Manufacturing/Food Contact Person Matt O'Sullivan Telephone Number (_7_6_3_>_2_9_3-_2_4_1_8_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Contact Email Address - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - 0 ates of Installation - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - Description of System ________________ Number of Networked Locations_ _ ___________ Page 46 Subcontractor Reference Format ( #3 of three) Organization Name Sherburne County Address Elk River, MN Type of Business County Government Contact Person - Bill - - Marks - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Telephone Number_7_6_3_-_2_6_5_-_3_1_2_8_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Contact Email Address Dates of Installation --------------- ---------------- Description of System _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Number of Networked Locations_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 15.05 Surveillance System Service after Installation A. How many service personnel trained in maintaining the proposed systems does Respondent employ in the County's area? Please indicate location closest to the County. 1. Trained Service Personnel: - - - 2. Location: - - - - - B. Provide the address of Respondent's service center(s) closest to the County: 1. Company _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2. Address - - - -- -- - - - -- - - - -- - - 3. Telephone Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ C. Who shall maintain parts inventory? At what location? 1. Company _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Page 46 2. Address ------------------- 3. Telephone Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 4. What critical component parts are kept in stock at this location? 15.06 Financial statements - Upon request, financial statements from the Respondent, Manufacturer, and subcontractor(s) inclusive of cash flow sheet, income sheet, balance sheet, and asset liability statement for the last three (3) years shall be provided. Page 47 t-JA\~ Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Tab 12 www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical· Plumbing - Sheet Metal- Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services ~JA\.~ CHP~ Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of NAC Service Operations: Service Operations Manager Service Operations Manager Phone:651-255-3549 Fax:651-490-1636 Email: [email protected] Service Technical Manager: Charlie Kistler VP Service Division Cell: 651-230-7729 Phone:651-490-9868 Fax:651-490-1636 Email: [email protected] lnvoicin1: Geri Galbrecht Email: [email protected] Phone: 651-255-3540 Fax:651-490-1636 Accounting: Email: [email protected] Brenda Sjerven Phooe:651-25S-3SS5 Fax: 651-490-1636 Service Contacts Account Manaeer: Philip Haataja Email: [email protected] Cell: 320-828-4609 Office: 651-490-9868 Fax: 651-490-1636 Service Dispatch: Service Coordinators Email: [email protected] Direct: 651-255-3528 Phone: 651-490-9868 Fax: 651-490-1636 Emergency: 24 Hours Phone: 651-490-9868 Folk>w prompts for erther same day or next business day service www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equa Emp1oyment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation - Electrical- Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs. Combustion Services '6-!:~~ Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Project Team: 1. NAC Organization a. NAC is an industrial technology business working in the low voltage industry under the Union Limited Energy Agreement. All NAC install technicians and apprentices have already, or are undertaking ongoing union trade education program at the local JATC 2. Account Manager a. Phil Haataja has worked in the security industry in Minnesota for over 10 years and is a degreed engineer 3. Project Manager a. Joe Demuth has worked in the security industry in Minnesota for over 15 years and is a union employee, general foreman classification. He is certified for many security management systems, is a licensed Power Limited Technician (PLT) 4. Project Engineer a. Dan Van Ampting has worked in the security industry in Minnesota for over 10 years and is a licensed PLT and is also CompTia A+ Certified 5. Field Technicians a. Brian Newcomb- Licensed Power Limited Technician, union employee journeyman classification b. Jon Emmerich - Licensed Power Limited Technician, union employee foreman classification www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service .A.n Affirmative Aciio11, equal Employment Qp~ortunity Employer HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical - Plumbing • Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Seivice Repairs· Combustion Services - This certificate acknowledges that Dan Van Ampting has successfully completed the Online: ACC Video Analytics Course Completed: Jan 15, 2016 ~&m?~~ John Haspel - Director, Global Product Training aVIGILOn'· '- This certificate acknowledges that Dan Van Amptina has successfully completed the Access Control ManaQer (ACM) Course Completed: May 02, 2016 o/&m?~~ John Haspel - Director, Global Product Training CVIGILOn"' -- This certificate acknowledges that Dan Van Amptino has successfully completed the Aviqilon Control Center™ Administrator Course Completed: Jan 07, 2016 to/&hn~~ John Haspel - Director, Global Product Training aVIGILOn'· This certificate acknowledges that Dan Van Ampting has successfully completed the Access Control Manager™ Basics Certification Jun21,2016 This d€'signation is valid for one year q&hn~~ John Haspel - Director, Global Product Training CVIGILOn'· CHP f\:::b Combustion Heat & Power Mechanical & Electrical Services A Division of N.AC Tab 15A www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services Avigilon™ Access Control Manager Virtual OVIGILOn Avigilon·· Access Control Manager Virtual is a physical access control system (PACS) that is VMwarel'l Ready for deployment in a virtual server environment, eliminating the need to maintain a separate, stand-alone server or dedicated network appliance. Access Control Manager Virtual is purpose-built for organizations that have migrated their IT infrastructure to a secure, private cloud environment, allowing them to maintain enterprise-grade physical security without the risk of storing sensitive informotion on a shared server hosted in a public cloud. Ivmware· l L r------- --~ ___ , - -~---~ --- ------, READ~ APPLICATION SOFTWARE L------------------------------------------------------ J INTEGRATED ACCESS CONTROL VIRTUAL APPLIANCE Avigilon" Access Control Manager Virtual is a web-based, access control virtual nppli,mce that leverages open architecture, integrates identity mnnagement and video surveillance to achieve the highest level of scalability with the lowest cost of ownership. PHYSICAL AND LOGICAL SECURITY CONVERGENCE Avigilon·· Access Control M,mager Virtual allows organizations to seamlessly integrate IT and physical security systems. such as Identity and Access Governance (IAG), Security Information and Event Management (SIEM), Physical Security Information Management (PSIM) and HR systems to correlate physical and logical security event information, monitor alarms and rapidly respond to unauthorized activities. BENEFITS Video and alarm integration with Avigilon" Control Center (ACC) Eliminate the cost of stand-nlone servers and software Increase the efficiency and use of computer room resources Highly scnlable design with decreased deployment time Reduce both capital and operational expenditures SUPPORT 1.888.281.5182 I sales<l.C.:,vigilon com I avigilon .com ACM Specifications SYSTEM RECOMMENDATIONS VMSystem VMware"' vSphere ESX 4.x, 5.x VMware'" vSphere ESXI 4 ,x, S x Processor 2, with 2 cores per processor Storage 500 GB minimum Memory 4GB Network 1 GB Ethernet Port Card Readers 16 • 2,048 Ma~. Slrnultaneous Oper•tors 50 Max. Identities 500,000 M"x Stored Events 150.000,000 SUPPORTED IT PLATFORMS Linux"' OpenLDAP~ VMware~ Reedy SOL Server Oracle RDBMS Firefox~ Google Chrome"" Apple Sijfarl'" Internet Explorer"' HID VertX EVO~ SUPPORTED ACCESS CONTROL SOLUTIONS HID Global Mercury Security ASSA ABLOY Alleglon Farpolnte Data" Easylobb-y" by HID LlfeSafe1Y Power SUPPORTED VIDEO INTEGRATION SOLUTIONS Avlgllon•· Control Center Exacq Technologies by Tyco Security Dedicated Micros ORDERING INFORMATION AC-APP-t6R-VM Access Control Virtual Appli~nce with 16 Readers AC-APP-32R-VM Access Control Virtual Appliance with 32 Reioders AC-APP-64R-VM Access Control Virtual Appliance with 64 Readers AC-APP-128R-VM Access Control Virtual Appliance with 128 Readers AC-APP.256R-VM Access Control Virtual Appliance wflh 256 Readers AC-APP-512R-VM Access Control Virtual Appliance with 512 Readers AC-APP-1024R-VM Access Control Virtual Appliance with 1024 Readers AC-APP-2048R-VM Acce~s Control Vfrtu111 Appliance with 2048 Re6ders ) ACM .)(,)li'I 'C1G Av1<1,lu1, ~l•'I.IU•dllu, .\I• llljhb ._,_.,,vt:d A•11c; ION.lh-=:.'\VIG,llONC;.i.;u,("I: !l\.'IC.LONCONTROl CfNTr:~ ••'lfl•,•l.lt:t:•,i.(l,(;1 ""'·~·•..... G:.m.1u·dt <.,;, !:,~vlubl.lv. /t'•l>tCVOo,·dll•0.,,1,:,(lt' 11o•u .,,.·.1c G1nt,11.1..:,upoull•O",On .:..:.:.AAO:.U'i,31(1\IP :o,nro,H'Y t.:"U'lll·P;l'lf)•l<.1(1~1),l"" lf.i(lq,...,,..$Qt(~O<I')•~ 111.:: F.,.11,,u:·:tt, c,.,1., '> • •11:1,1:>l\'1,:(l 1:.,.,h=:•"<'" •,• '",•:.ou,,,.:: 0dl11t ir•<. f' ,.,.F,» ,·,u Ii, 0<1;.11 "'t: l•o:t(Jt:·1 e1•11(:1,•)!11,,.. Mu.;,,., r,: ....d.sllo,, l:1tc11•cl (>.:.•~·~• 0'1CI ,1s. :09,~.,":: 1r.,91,c1r,•ct1 ;,1:,,1e,in.>•~~ 01 Jil;,:,r.<.,•l C.'C'lrr,n,·.,iio,n t •111,ii: .r. /'I tP!)•~',.'"'l l•,1(1.:1,n;a•k .,,, I.• 1,n ln,v.111r1<. Of'l.,.nl OAt> > .i •,.-1.1h~t:tt:tl t••VY •,;.,a. u :h: Vu..-..Lf\<V' F-;.111,.~1,: ,,r, •h 1<1<11.• "'' •t'~,;~10:•eo..i 1, ..t1c·:,.,,I(:; .,, ,..i.,i,,le 1.,, '/M,·,~·e 11•, k1~Qo; "''C' ve11Je•·•<1•ko; .,, 1t•c VM·ne• .' ::(l""~l.,11(1" O:,i,(', 1,1•;,•Ju:c " ' •·:\ '""''"""e<I 111>1P,•1\ "'<''f 110 mo tl•IIE>M,irl(S "1111\e11 ,('.,ro<-r.:1\·1~ tf;,..(I·~ 11,•t e1b11t."·t..t ·J' ~, •.,. ~~1ni.11.1I~ ,,,.,i :,, f,,uc•·,.JI., ~,; "~fl• t•.,,Jt:..,011. 1111ti~ ~hit J ,,,..,., 1~ l'O', di" n••"o:• 1>rc,w,·,:r~•·1~· ,r ~··t' ud;alt:(I 11;ade,n\;arll' A\/\~'1(1" t,·.,,s,~.,;;to;an ,>•M~C'i~ u ·n \,>•o.~l•~",; ;>;a;~·\h •~iJ'fl'I II\ 11·.E> v11•lP.(l l'lit,"lf(><. 01 Arn••,,.•··~ 1;11,.,., !ii,.,,,., •·•J ""i; w,,,.. t.4:1~·:tUtr, .itr,v-' Mercury Security OVIGILon·· Mercury Security Corporation is the global leader in the supply of OEM access control hardware. Built on an open platform, with over 2 million panels sold, Mercury has the largest installed base and greatest accumulated run time of any access hardware provider in the world. Headquartered in Long Beach, California, Mercury has been providing enhanced access control technology since 1992. II DOOR CONTROLLERS Avigilon" Access Control Manager distributes the policies and schedules for all identitir,s and hardware configurations to the following, Mercury Security controllers to ensure security is enforced at the door· even if upstrec1m network communications are interrupted. AC-MER-CONT-1DR (Mercury EP1501) Single door, Power-over-Ethernet controller that include'.:i the doorireader interface module all in one unit. The policies and schedules for all idtmtities. and for all hardware configurations. from the databases in a Access Control Manager appliance arc distributed into the controller so security is enforced at the door, even if the upstream network communications are intP-rruptP.d. Supports all standard reader technologies, including Wiegand, clock and data, magnetic stripe, keypods. LCD and l)iometrics. Can be expanded to run 16 additional doors. Platinum Elite ~ MERCURY AC-MER-CONT-2DR (Mercury EP1502) Two door controller that includes the two door/render interface module all in one unit. The policies and schedules for all identities. and for all hal'dwar~ configurations. from the database in a Access Control Manager appliance are distributed into the controller so security is P-nforced at the door. even if the upstream communications are interrupted. Supports all standard rP.r1dP.r tP.chnologies. including Wiegand. clock and data. mai;:inetic stripe, keypads, IITIEIIIC LCD and biometric'.:i. Can be expanded to run 62 additional doors. ME:RCURY AC·MER-CONT-64DR (Mercury EP2500) 64 door controller. Enhanced capabilities to retain large database configurations from any Ac.:cess Control Manager appli,rnce. The policies and schedules for all identities, and fo1 all hardware contigu1c1tions, from the database in a Access Control Manager appliance are distributed into ttic controller so security is enforced at the door, even if the upstream network communications are interrupted. Supports all standMd (Wiegm1c1 interfc'lcP.) rf!ader technologies. Requires AC-MER-CON-MR51E (single door, PoE interface) or AC-MER·CON-MR50 (single door, RS-485 interface) or AC-MER-CON-MR52 (dual door, RS-485 interfoce) door/reader interface modules at each door that runs from the AC-MER-CONT-64DR controller. Mercury Sec:urity Model AC-MER-CONT-1DR On-bonrd rP.ader support Can be expanded Yes AC-MER-CONT-2DR AC-MER-CONT-64DR 2 0 Yes Yes Number of doors that can be added 16 62 64 Includes card reader No No No Includes door intf!rface Yes Yes No Supports wide range of readers Yes Yes Yes Power over Ethernet (PoE) Yes No No Maximum identities (cardholders) 145,000 145,000 370,000 Event Buffer 50,000 50,000 50,000 DOOR INTERFACE MODULES AC-MER-CON-MR51E (Mercury MRS1E) A network connected, .<.ingle-door, PoE capable interface panel that provides an ideal integration solution when a II network connection to the door is desired. Two reader ports support separate in/out readers of all types and technologies, including Wiegand, clock and data, magnetic stripe. keypads, LCD and biometrics. Auto-addressable and directly managed by the Mercury intelligent controllers, the AC-MER-CON-MR51E is capc1ble of elaborate processes <'ind procedures without host intervention. AC-MER-CON-MRSO (Mercury MRSO) A low cost, high performance single card rt'!acler interface panel that is capable of all the 1/0 needed for controlling a single door. Each AC-MER-CON-MR50 will interface one card reader, two general purpose input monitor points and two control relays to provide access control and security monitoring through a Mercury EP intelligent controller AC-MER-CON-MR52 (Mercury MR52) A low cost. higl1 performance device that provides all the 1/0 needed for controlling two doors with auxiliary point control and monitoring . The AC-MER-CON-MR52 will interface 2 c;ird reader!';, 8 general purpose input monitor points and 6 control relays to a Mercury EP series intelligent controller. Mercury Security Model AC-MER-CON-MR51E AC-MER-CON-MRSO AC-MER-CON-MR52 On-board reader support 2 Includes card 1·eader No No No Supports wide range of readers Yes Yes Yes Upstream to controller PoE RS-485 RS-485 Works with AC-MERCONT1-1DR Yes Yes Yes Works with AC-MERCONT1-2DR Yes Yes Yes Works with AC·MERCONT1-64DR Yes Yes Yes INPUT / OUTPUT MODULES AC-MER-CON-MR161N (Mercury MR161N) Mercury's Access Platform AS-MER-CON-MR161N is., multi-device interfc1ce p;:inel for OEMs providing the ability to II monitor high concentrations of inputs together with a low requirement for output control. Bc1sed on the intelligent next-generation Mercury Access Foundation, the AS-MER-CON-MR161N is capable of supporting 16 general purpose input circuits which c;in be individually set for nor1T1c1lly-open or normally-closed operations and rnn be declmed supervised and non-supervised. Individually configurable parameters can be set for !:iensitivity ranges, timing pc11r.1meters and end-of-tine resistance values. AS-MER-CON-MR160UT (Mercury MR160UT) T11e Access Platform. AS-MER-CON-MR160UT is a muiti-devi<;e interface pa1,el for OEMs c'lnd provides the nbility to control high concentrfltions of outputs. It provides 16 general pu1pose outputs as Form C relay contacts. Based on the intelligent next-generation Mercury Access Foundi"ltion, tt,e AS-MER-CON-MR160UT provides individually confiqurable purrnneters to be set for timing and for fail-safe vs. fail secure modes. The MR16out can be configured to control outboard devices flnd can be activated by the condition of selected system devices locally or regionally without host intervention. Mercury Security Model AS-MER-CON-MR161N AS-MER-CON-MR160UT Monitor High Volume of Inputs Yes No Monitor High Volume of Outputs No Yes Supports 16 input circuits Yes No Supports 16 output circuits No Yes Configurable Parameters Yes Yes I.lo!.. ... ,:, ,, ... ,,, . ·,\ ~~4\.~ Mechanical & Electrical Services CHP ~ Combustion Heat & Power A Division of NAC Tab 15B www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical- Plumbing· Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services OVIGILOn Avigilon Control Center™ Software Nith HDSM™ Technology Avigilon Control Center (ACC) is an easy to use video management softwJre, and has optimized t,ow security professionals manage and inte1Jct with nigh definition video. As iJ distributed network platform with enterprise-class reliability. Avigilon Control Center is able to efficiently capture, manage and store higt1 definition surveillance video while intelligently munaging bandwidth and storage. Avigilon Control Center CQn be pre-installed and configured on an Avigilon High Definition Vicleo Applit1nce, Network Video Recorder (NVR) with the industry's l1igl1est NVR network tllroughput or work t1s stand-alone soitwore, to meet the needs of a wide variety of installations. Avigilon Control Center recorcls and manages botl1 video and .Judio from the Avigiion .. line of megapixel cameras (from 1 - 5 MP ancl 4 - 7K based un horizontal resulution). ACC can seamlessly integrate with conventional analog camerns. along with a broad range of t11ird party IP cameras and encoders, giving you the ability to build a hybrid system - providing you with a budget-conscious migration from analog to digital. ACC software's easy-to-use interface Dllows personnel to evaluate and responcl to events will1 minimal training. COLL/\BORATIVE INVES.TIGATIONS Aviqilon Control Center uses our patented HDSM · software technology to efficiently compress and preserve image quality while intelligently manaCJillCJ HD image tr,111s111issio11 throughout the Avigilon system - ~endinq only the requestecl portions of r.11pturecl im<1ges to opr.r1:1tor workstr1tions. This tr.c.hnology delivers exception11I image quality wt1ile providing immcrJiatr. savings in transmission txmdwidth allowing operators to use less powerful workstations and therelJy reducing cu~ls. Our HDSM tect1noiogy levernyes leading irm1ging, hardw<'Jre, data cornpres~iun arid inforrnatiun lecllnologies to mnximize perform:1nce of the Aviqilon systern ENTERPRISE SERVER MANAGEMENT INTELUGENT \HRTUAL MATRIX KEY FEATURES Easiest-to-use interface on the market Collaborative investigations RosiliC?nt enterpriso server managcmenl Centrnlized system administration intelligent virtual matrix Mulli-megapixel high dynamic range image display Data protection and storngo mnnagement Integrated graphic mapping for system layout HD recording arid playback timeline Bnndwidth manngement nnd ,emote viewing Bookmark and export HD surveillance footage Advanced video searct1 ) SUPPORT ·, 888 281 518:.1 I sc1les rt.ivigilon ~om : ,wig·ron.rnm Advanced Control Center Features Alarm Escalation • Allows the creation of completr. ~nd ·to-end workflows for the monitoring, assignment, and acknowledgement of alarms, \CC Mob/le • Provides pusl1 alarm notifications, access to live a11d recorded video, and integrated audio talkdown from Android and iOS mobile devices. POS Transaction Engine • link HD surveillance footage (viewed instantly) with transaction data to address compliance requirements and reduce shrinkage and theft. License Plate Recognition • Detects specific regional license plates as they appear in the camc,ra field of view to monitor vehicle traffic. Self-Learning Video Analytics , Configure custom video analytics bosed events as alarm and rule triggers. Acquisition Manager , En!>u1es tl1at all Avigilon cameras, regardless of resolution, are configured to collect exceptional HD and Ultra HD image quality over a wide range of lighting conditions. Simple Camera and Server Installation • Plug-and-play capabilities for NVRs and cameras that automatically identify themselves on the network, without manual configuration or searching - elimimiting complex network configuration. Detailed Management, Monitoring, and Reporting of System Status and Security • Detailed logs of storage, network, and overall system status to ensure the highest possible system uptime for critical applications. Seo/able Integration with Legacy Systems • Distrihuted architecture features a .NET-based API thi'lt can easily be integrated with other systems. such as access control and b1JilcJing management. ... .. System Architecture 1;) - I - I I - - - - -- -- -- - -- Camera Network - I - I - - - - - - - - - - - - -- I I llliro p~1ly -r,u:~q1.;tio11 --- ~ I I I I l•C( s,~,, I ViP.wing Netwo,k - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 ACM lf1l~~1·~1!if),I I -------------- 1 I [ J- ~J. .ACC Clic·f• I I I I • I - - - - - lillOIROI - - - - - 1 I CORE, STANDARD & ENTERPRISE To create a system most suited for your 5UNeillance needs, the Avigilon Control Center software is offered in tl1ree editions: Core, [email protected] ancl Enterprise. The Enterprise eclition includes more cidvanced features for o sophisticated solution, where.:is the Standard edition is used for more focused neecls or for those looking to transition to HD surveillance in <l cost-effective way. ACC Core is an entry-level version of our award-winning software that delivers advanced high definition surveillcince rnpabilities, ease of use. and superior image quality to smaller implementations. No matter what the size of your installation, you can customize a solution that is rigl1t for you. System Core Standard Number of cameras per server 24 48 300 Number of cameras per site 24 48 10 000 Number of client lkenses per server 2 5 Unlimited High Definition Stream Management (HDSM) Yes Yes Yes Device Support Core Standard Enterprise Automatic device discovery Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Rialto·· analytics appliances Yes Yes Yes HD Pro cameras No No Yes H4 HD cameras with self-learning video analytics Yes Yes Yes HD cameras with self·learning video analytics Yes Yes Yes HD Micro Dome, HD Multisensor. HD P11nornrnic, HD PTZ cameras Yes Yes Yes ONVIF cameras & encoders Ye~ Yes Yes Avigilon encoders Yes Yes Yes 100 Number of servers per site Tllird-party IP cameras & encoders Enterprise H.264 support Yes Yes Yes MPEG4 support Yes Yes Yes MJPEG support Yes Yes Yes JPEG2000 support Yes Yes Yes Client Core Standard Enterprise Powerful, easy-to-use client interlace Yes Yes Yes Self-learning video analytics overlny Yes Yes Yes Web browser client interfuce Yes Yes Yes Joystick support Yes Yes Yes ACC Mobile/ Gateway Yes Yes Yes Saved views No Yes Yes Maps No Yes Yes Web pnges No Yes Yes Windows user authentic.:1tion No No Yes Editable Site View Yes Yes Yes Intelligent Virtwil Mntrix No No Yes Collaborative investigations No No Yes Enterprise Recording, Searching and Playback Core Standard Hourly configurnble recording schedule Yes Yes Yes Intelligent motion search Yes Yes Yes Thumbnail search Yes Yes Yes Event search Yes Yes Yes Multi-camera export Yes Yes Yes Live export Yes Yes Yes POS trnnsaction se<1rch No Yes Yes Alarm search No No Yes License plate event search No No Yes For tile most cwrent list of integrations and add-ons supporrr.d by Avigilon Control Center software, please visit ovigilon.com Add-On Modules and Integrations Core Standard Enterprise Point of Sare TransJction Engine No Yes Yes Avlgi!on deve!oped and supported Integrations No Yes· Yes 3rd party system Integrations No Yes Yes Additional Features Core Standard Enterprise E-Mail event notification (mot.ion & system event) Yes Yes Yes Central station notifications No Yes Yes Digital input email trigger No Yes Yes Manual digital output trigger No Yes Yes Audio recording No Yes Yes Audio output No Yes Yes Rule triggers No 3 Unlimited 'CO•'llmScope iPcltch, RS2 Acc.css.lt. 005 Aamadeus? and DSX only Self-le<1rninq video analytics event configuration No Yes Yes Redundant recording No No Yes Failover connections No No Yes Alarm escalation No No Yes Scheduled and one-time video archive No No Yes License Plate Recognition No No Yes Detailed Product Features • R~cr.ivr.s ,ind translates transaction i11formatio11 from point-of-sale sources in multiplr. P.ncoding formats. Integration Options Records and manages video from thP. full rnngP. ot Avigilon high definition rnmeras . , Provides tile ability to link point-of-sale sources with video for the ability tu monitor and review sales transactions. • Rules can be used to generate events bosed on point-of-sc1le transaction exceptions . • Monitor video and alarms remotely via 11 mobile device. , Provides access to system video from a wide range of web browsers. , Supports the recording and management of a wide range of third· party vitleu a11d audio sources • Supports the control of digital input triggers and triggering digital outputs through an 1/0 t)oard • Rules can be used to genernte licens0. plntr. notificntions. • Live license plate rP.cognition is 11vailable throuqh an imaqe panel overlay. Recording • Streams live ancl recorded video up to 60 fram0.s pr.r sr.cond . • The Avigilon Application Programming lntr.rfl'lcr. (API) ennbles the simple integration of Avigilon video surveillance with thirc1-p,u1y applications. • The Alarms tub provides the ability to monitor live alarm events received by access systems integrated with the Avigilon software. Users are giver, the ilbility to assign, acknowledge and investig,:1tc alarm video. • The Armed Image Panels display live alarms as they are triggered within the video monitoring workspace. arid provide the i.lbility to acknowl~dgr. and invr.stigfltP. the live video. • lntr.gration alorms only nP.ed to be acknowleclqed in one system to be marked as acknowledged and processed in both. • Avigilon develops and mnintnins integrations to a variety of 3rd party r1pplications. The current list of ilvailable integrations is provided here: http ://avigllon.com/support-and-dow nloads/for-software/accintegratlon-and-plug -in-downloads/ • Avigilon offers an SOK for 3r<1 pmties to crer1te system integrations with the Avigilon Control Center ~oftw,irr. Some of the available integrntions are listed here: http:1/avig lion.com/support-anddownloads/for-software/system -lnteg ratlo n-features/ • Support prioritizing sfr0.11ming flt 30 fromes per second on 4K (8MP) cameras. • Streams live and recorded video from cameras up lo a resolution of 7K (30 MP) - 6720 x 4488. • Decompresse~ H.264 virlr.o through the client qraphics card to help leverage the client's totol processing powr.r. • No proprietary recording hardware, h,mJw,ue multiplexer or timedivision technology is required for running the Avlgilon system • Scalable to ,;;upport up to 100 se1vP.rs 1Jnd/or 10,000 cameras per site. • All recorded video and auclio is digit;illy signed using 256-bil encryption so video can be authr.ntirntr.cJ for evidentiary purposes. • Secure, command and control communication usinq SSL to protect against eavesdropping or tampering. • External systr.rn alarms c:nn be c:nn be pre-selected and configured tu be monitored and trigger event driven video operations, • Video and audio recording cnn be defined by a recording schedule <1ssigncd to each video source. • Rr.cording schedules are b3sed 011 event types that trigger video recording ovr.r a timP. period each clay per week. • VidP.o recording Gm also oc:c:ur manually by user triggered rec:ording. • Alarms and rules can l)e triggered by self-1earni11g video analytics based events. importance of eacl1 message is color coded. • Each recorded event includes a pr~-cvent and post-event recording option to provide context for a given situation. • A maintennnce loq and audit trnil of all systr.m ~rrors and evP.nts is accessible thrnugh the client 5oftware illld the Admin Tool. , Reference frame recording is an option whe11 no events are detected. • Motion detection is provided for each individuvl video source with adjustvble sensitivity, tt1resl1old vnd detection zones. • Monitor system health from 011e location The status of conneded Sites, servers and devices can be exported in PDF format. • System wide software updc1tes can be performed from any client with , Primary 1rnd secondary video streams from each H.264 video source me recorded 1rnd maintained for il set nmount of time before the prima1y stream is discarded as n means of increasing record time. , The maximum recorded video retention lime ca11 be set for each access to tt1e Site. • System configu1ntion dntn, including devic:e connection r1etflils, c:nn be backer1 up ,rnd rr.storf!rJ to new servers in the Site. Video and Audio Controls video source. , License plate recognition is performed within n spec:ific region of il Security cnmerr1's fi0.ld of view. Dr.tr.cted license pint~ d1Jta is stored with the vidP.o dvta. , Each system user can be granted specific live monitoring, investigative. system administration. and device access. , A Watch List event can be created and used to monitor for the , Child sites can be connected to a pMent site to create site families. appearance of specific license pl<1tes. , Pan, tilt, zoom (PTZ) controls tllrougll tt1e RS-485 interface of a video • All user, group, and permission settings for a cllild site can be source cc111 be used c111d configured by the Avigilon system. synchronized with cind controlled by a parent site. • A corporntc rnnking hiP.rnrc:hy cc1n bP. set up to nccurotf?ly reflect to a r1Jl0. event. • On-screen messages are displayed in one location and the il company's adminislrntive structure. • Ench system user can only access features that are subordinate to their rank within the system hierarchy. • Device access can be specific to cameras, encoders, maps, web pages and saved views. • Windows Ar.live Directory users can bP. irnportad and added to Avigilon Control Center Client groups. • Imported Windows users can use their Windows credentials to access the Avigilon system. • Permission groups Ciln b~ copir.d to diffr.rent sites and automatiCillly applied to usP.rs imported from the snme Active Directory. • Ability to securely encrypt camera control traffic (If supported by the camera). • Cha11ge camera authentication without disconnecting from a server. • The network settings for a video and audio source can be changed through tile Avigilon software. • Each camera's imsge quality and image rate can be cl1anged without affecting the settings of other cameras. , The system automatically displays an H .264 camera's secondary stream for live vif?wing when there is insufficif?nt bilndwidth to displily the primary stream. • A camera's exposure, iris. lR filter, backlight compensation. gain, priority, st1arpe11inq, saturation, focus, and white balance can be set through the Avigilon system. • The image dimensions of JPEG2000 camera video can be changed. • Camera irn<1ge con be rotated 90°, 180' or 270°. • Privacy zones can be added to a cc1mera·s field of view to block private areas in live and recorded video. • Mnnually triggered video recording can be set to stop after a mnximum recording duration System Administration Rr.corded video can be automiltically ilrct1ived on a schedule. • Automatic archive can be configured to span a specific time period. cameras, or age of video. , The system can be set to delete the oldest archived video when the • Audio Input. output, gr1ln and volume can be ch,mged. • Optional full-duplex two-way audio communication. • Audio sources can be linked to any video source that is connected to the system. System Display and Control disk is full to milk€:' room for new video recordings . , Archived video can be saved to a local folder, mapped network drive. nr.twork storoge men, USS or dirr.ct ilttachcd stornge. • Eniail notificotions are nvailablc to tell users 1md system adn1inistrc1tors when c1n event or system health error occurs Emails can be set to occur on a scl1edule. and rnn inclurJe camerfl snnpshots related to an event. • Notifications rnn be sent to a central monitoring station whenever a configured event occurs ~ • Joysticks to control video display and specific system functions. • Customizable k0.ybonrd commands. • 1 to 64 video streams cnn be displayed simultnncously on n single monitor. • Live and recorded video can be displayed in non-standnrd. customiznble layouts. , S<1ve views for reuse. , The system can be set to bias video display to a lower frame rate or The system maintains an information log whic:h Ciln be usP.d to trigger to a lower image resolution if the ciient network bondwidth or client rules or externvl notifications. processing power is insufficient to displny the full frnme rate and , When a rule is triggered. the system can be set to execute actions in rr.sponse. • Users cnn b~ set to r~cr.ivr1 customiz~d on screen messages related image resolution . • Information about the camera and scene can be displayed over live'! or recorded streaming video_ • The Video Analytics Activity overlay displays a color-coded bounding box around moving objects categorized as humans or vehicles. • Configure the ability to display analytics activity for individual cameras or for the system. Tlie ability to stream video and audio is limited only by the system hardware capabilities. • The appllcatlon window display ccin be shared with other users for collaborative investigations while viewi11g both live and recorded video. Avallable Languages • Arabic • Chinese (Simplified) • Chinese (Traditional) • Czech • Danish • Dutch • English • Finnish • French • German • Hebrew • Italian • Japanese • Norwegian • Korean , Polish • Live and recorded video and audio can be streamed simultaneously on the same monitor. • Portuguese (Brazil) • Portuguese (Portugal) • Russian • Slovak • Avigilon Virtual Matrix software can be used to provide remote control of multiple monitor displays, including video w11lls. that ca1, be controlled by remote users with the appropriate rights and permissions. • Spanish • Swedish • Avigilon Virtu.:il Matrix so~ware can display video, maps, and web pages from multiple Sites simultaneously. • The same live or recorded video stream can be viewed at different zoom levels and areas of interest. • Switch from live to recorded video on demand for an instant replay of recently recorded video. • Cycle through a series of opened views (guard tour) based on 11 specified interval. • All video sources connected to the system are displayed. • Drag and drop a vid~o source from a tree of video sources into a window for live or recorded video and audio monitoring . • Drag and drop a saved view from a tree of views into a window for ·, live or recorded video and audio monitoring. ; Configure how the tree of video sources. maps, web pages and vi€ws is displayed. • Armed image panel is one or more regions in o window for displaying video directly linked to triggered alarms and rules . • Alarms can be acknowledged directly from an armed image panel. • Digital outputs cnn be manually triggered from the video monitoring area. Maps • Create a map to represent the physical location of c11merns and other devices throughout the surveillance system. • Maps are created from images stored in JPEG. BMP. PNG. or GIF image formats . • Maps can cont.iin links to other maps and reference a subsection of a camera's field of view. • Drag and drop a video source from a map into a window for live or recorded video and audio monitoring , Cameras on a map are highlighted if the came1a is linked to an alarm that has been triggered. • A map within a map is highlighted if it contains a camera that is linked to an alarm ttlat llas been triggered. • Turkish System Requirements Avigilon Control Center Client Minimum Recommended Operating System Windows Vista, Windows 7 (32-bil or 64-h,t). Windows 8, Windows 8.1 or Windows 10 Windows 7 {64-bit) Processor Intel Dual Core 2.0 GHz Quad Core 2 .0 GHz System reQuirements for;:, machine that will 1nly b~ used as c1 rt-molt:.> monito, ing dlt:.>nl eitt1 a single mo11itor with a resolution of t:280 x 1024. Adc1ition,:ii monilor~ ~nd high~r ~~solutions may requlrt- addillonal proc~sslny ,esou rr.es. System RAM 2GB 2 GB Vicleo Carel PCI Express, Direct>< 10.0 compliant with 256 MB RAM PCI Express, DirectX 10.0 compliant with 256 MB RAM Network Interface 1Gbps lGbps Harcl Disk Space 500 MB 500MB Minimum Recommended Operating System Windows Vista 64-bit. Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1 or Windows 10 Windows Server 2008, or Windows 7. Processor Intel Quad Core Xeon 2.0 GHz Intel Quad Core Xeon 2.0 GHz System RAM 4GB DDR2 4 GB DDR2 Network Interface 1 Gbps Intel Pro/1000 or Broadcom NetXtreme II server adapters 1 Gbps Intel Pro/1000 or Broadcom NetXtreme II seJVer adapters Hard Drives SATA-11 7200 RPM Enterprise Class Hard Drives SATA-11 7200 RPM Enterprise Class Harcl Drives Minimum Recommended Operating System Windows Vista 32-bit or 64-bit, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1 or Windows 10 Windows Server 2008, or Windows 7 Processor Intel Quad Core Xeon 2.0 GHz Intel Quad Core Xeon 2 .0 GHz Avigilon Control Center Server · Server Configuration System rcQuirements for a HD NVR Server with c1 r~c.:urc.Jl11y t:opc:1<:ily or 32 MBis (256 Mbps) f'rom up to 128 cameras Tile spcc.ific;itinn!; h~lnw ,:1rP. intended for ,Jn HD NVR Server with only remote viewing. Avigilon Control Center Server . Workstation Configuration Syste111 requi,emellts for a HO NVR Worl<st;:,tion with a recording c;ipacity of l MB/, (80 Mbp,;) from up to 64 c<1mer,:15 and .rl~ aollily lo vl~w liVE::! and re<.:ordt::!d irnc,ye doto 1oco11y. rhis system should be oble to s11pport ll['l to two monitor~ witl1 ~, re~oh1tion of 1280 x 1024 eac:ll, System RAM 2 GB DDR2 4 GB DDR2 Network Interface 1 Gbps 1Gbps Video Card nVidia Quadro FX 570 dual DVI nVidia Quadro FX 570 dual DVI Hard Drives SATA-U 7200 RPM Hmd Drives SATA-11 /200 RPM Hard Drives Minimum Recommended Operating Systf:m Windows Vistn 64-bit. Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2012. Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows 7. Windows 8, Windows 8.1 o r Windows 10 Windows Server 2008. 01 Windows Processor Quad Core 2.0 GH2 Quad Core 2 .0 System RAM 4 GB DDR2 4 GB DDR2 Hard Disk Space 500 MB 500MB Avigilon Control Center Gateway Avly1lon Control Cr.ntC":'r G<1tr.wny cnn br. installed 011 the sa,n" comput.,, as Avl!,)11011 Control Center se,ve,. but for op1imol pr.rformnnc:r. rr.!;110!; it is recommended thut tt1e Gi>lr.wny be lri5tr>ll~d 5~pmntdy. Thr. Gateway can handle up to 36 concur1E:-ut video slre.:inis it inst;:,lled on o computer with th~ listr.c1 rr.ciuirr.mr.nt~. Avigilon Control Center Mobile Android version 4.x or 5 .x GH, iPad with iOS 7, 8 or 9 Aviqilon Control c ..m.,r MolJil" (ACC Mobil") is currently only ;:,v,1iloble tor the listed device iPhone with iOS 7, 8 or 9 plt1tforms. For ,,II other mobile devices. us.e lht::! Avigilon Cont,o, c~nlt:!1 W~h Cli~n l. iPod Touc.:h with iOS 7, 8 or 9 Avigilon Control Center Web Client Internet Explore.- version 9.0 or later Firefox version 15 or later Avlgolon Control Ct,nlt,r Wt,b Clit<nt can ho, access"d from the llst"tl w.,t., L>r ows..rs. Chrome version 20 or later Sc1fori version 9 .0 or later Windows Vista 64-blt Windows Server 2008 Avigilon Control Center LPR Plugin Avigilon Cor>trol Cente1 LPR Plugin is !-iupportr.d on thr. li5tr.d opor,:iting s.y5tem~. . ''°' \• ••,. l't,"'11- ,,,,., .. ' rt:• •n ... "",.,"'_.1'1\ ~-,,-" f r,nftt.• wP+s·1t·•u1n'::!:lC: \W .r...... Windows 7 ~-..,i.:r '"'" ~0t,C\:t4Hi".\.".,1,-t1,::.: 11".uG,.1.t.11,:ir,. , 1,\. 1.U•vJa.rA.\"l.t,i,(i.t:., c>.·.1 ... ,"' ...1,."J .,-. ....-..... , _ , .. _ .. _,,_ , , ,.;. , ,. ....... • ,.... ....... I '111 , ,•• •"''I;-,• .... ,,..._,,..,_ • 1,.°' • II•• r ,..,.., ,,,, 1•" iii'- ·I • •I'!. ~ /.,._'l.nt: f~"' ' " • •1 t4t !UArl .. 'tll\ ', tt.i.1, t •.-,,w, ••ff'l:,••""'t"' ... , ,, ~ .. •r,.1,:u..,,1, .. 1.,1, ,,...-,...1.,. ....., ,,.,. • 11, .. . t t "•·''-'"• ": :,,,,,11•vt9 •,h• •"' 1.i:i,, I 7 Avigilon™ Self-Learning Video Analytics OVIGILOn Avigilon Self-Learning Analytics extend the effectiveness of your security personnel by providing effective monitoring and enabling proactive, real-time response from your team. Built from the ground up to manage highdefinition video, Avigilon offers analytics embedded in Avigilon cameras up to 5K (16 MP) resolution. Through the use of advance pattern-based analytics and teach -by-example technology, Avigilon video analytics are designed to increase the productivity of security personnel whi le making monitoring more affordable and efficient. \ Advanced pattern-based analytics Avigilon advanced video pattern detection technology is able to accurately recognize t11c movements of people and vehicles while ignoring motion not relevant to ri scene. Embedded into cameras up to 5K (16 MP). the system's ribility to const;:intly lenrn reduces fcilse positives and helps ensure iJlerts ilre meaningful, which avoids wasted time and improves ~fficiencics. KEY FEATURES Pattern ·based object classificc1tion nnd trncking technology. Continuous1y·self-1earni11g analytics with no manual calibration required . Efficient installation and setup. Operator input teach-by-exampl€! technology. [email protected] in cameras for resolutions 1-16 MP Analytics appliances for any IP cameras or analog system. Real time on11lytic rule- based nlmm notificntinns. Teach-by-example technology Fully integrnted with Avigilon Coritrol Center for an end-to-end analytics ~OIUtic>n. Our tP.ach-by-example object classifier technology enables users to provide feedback about the l'lccuracy of alarm events generated by Avigilon devices. Rather than decreasing analytics sensitivity to reduce false alarms, the feedback trains the device, increasing the accuracy of the analytics used to determine whicl1 alarms arc real and wl1icl1 arc false to further improve a low false-positive alarm rate. Over time. the system le<1rns the scene and is nble to prioritize important events bnsed on user feeclbnck. This increases sensitivity to conditions that are of ,:oncern while reducing false alarms to keep the focus >n what matters. SUPPORT 1.888.781.5182 I s;:,les.i.oavigilon .com avigilon .co,n Powerful forensic video analytics accelerates forensic se11rch timP.~ using a fully unified ACC' client. Cost effective. No additional servers required . No additional licensing r~quir~d for annlytics nnd ru1es-b<1seo events. Key Features and Benefits Ease of installation and ongoing accuracy Point-and-shoot setup. Self-lP.arning vicl0.o analytics works out of the box with no m:inual calibration required . ielf-leaming analytics and teach-by-example technologies Teach-by-example technology lowers false-alarm rates and increases detection and confidence levels. Broad variety of devices Avigilon devices embedded with self-leiJrning video analytics include appliances and cnmercis wit11 resolutions from 1 MP to SK (16 MP). Pattern-based object classification and tracking technology Object classification and trocking using pattern-bnsP.d nnolytics algorithms ;ire tuned to recognize people and v ehicles, while ignoring nuisance motion. Operator input teach-by-example technology Teach-by-example technology em1bles users to provide feedback to the system about accuracy. which further enhances the pattern-based analytics database. Integrated with Avigilon Control Center (ACCJ Fully integrntcd with ACC client and ACC mobile so that users cc1n respond in real time even from mobile devices. Analytic cilarm notifications cnn be automc1tically sent to nny authorized client based on configured rules. Analytics appllances for IP cameras or analog system Add self-learning video analytics to IP or <1nalog surveillance camern with Avigilon uniJlytics upplionces. Idle scene mode Idle scene mode reduces bandwidth and storage. and is triggered by analytics specific objects rather U1c1n motion detection. Powerful forensics Forensic search capabilities of analytics events <lcr.elernt0. SP.arch times using n fully unified ACC client. Cost effective No aclditional servers required. No licensing required Fully emh0.clc1cd P.dge 1m11lytics with no 11dditiom1I rules-based licensing on earner as. The Avigilon Video Management Solution Avigilon Control Center (ACC) video management software provides the i3bility for analytics events and alarms to be viewed and searched through an intuitive user interface. Real time events and forensic capabilities detect ancl notify scene changes. missing objects and rules violations - all through an easy-to-use interface. Avigilon Control Center software gives you full control over event playback, enabling you to quickly retrieve evidence to speed up response times and investigations. RULES ANO ALARMS The Avigilon Control Center rules engine enables you to selectively apply analytics-based events as alarms and rule triggers, providing local or mobile users with immediate notifications for suspicious activities. INTELLIGENT SEARCH OF CLASSIFIED OBJECTS Avigilon Control Center software uses powerful analytics technology to intelligently senrch for specified events of classified objects to help you find the video you need quickly. 2 Avigilon Analytics Rules The following is a complete list of Avigilon self-learning video analytics features for object detection and classification for live or forensic events. fhe following images are for illustration purposes only. OBJECTS IN AREA The event is triggered when the specified number of persons or vehicles in the region of interest (ROI) is exceeded. Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI. OBJECT LOITERING The event is triggered when a person or vehicle stays within a specified ROI for the specified duration. Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI. OBJECTS CROSSING BEAM The event is triggered when the specified number of persons or vehicles cross the directional beam that is configured over the camera's field of view. The beam can be unidirectional or bidirectional. Directional arrows and line must be manually drawn. OBJECT APPEARS OR ENTERS AREA The event is triggered by each person or vehicle that enters the ROI. Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI. OBJECT NOT PRESENT IN AREA The event is triggered when there is no person or vehicle present in the ROI. Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI. OBJECTS ENTER AREA The event is triggered when the specified number of persons or vehicles have entered the ROI. Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI. 3 OBJECTS LEAVE AREA The event is triggered when the specified number of persons or vehicles have left the ROI. Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI. OBJECT STOPS IN AREA The event is triggered when a person or vehicle in a ROI stops moving for the specified threshold time. Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI. I DIRECTION VIOLATED I , /. I\jl ·~ t·I •..,.. ' I '· I / I .:i.l ' ..·:-,. ii I '\I Ll· ', '-."·· I;\ The event is triggered when a person or vehicle moves in the prohibited direction of travel. Directional arrows and line must be manually drawn. CAMERA TAMPERING The event is triggered when the scene unexpectedly changes . Affects whole scene. 4 Specifications ANALYTICS SOFTWARE REOUIREMENTS & CAPABILITIES ACC versio11 5 4 or hl~he• Setup with Avigilon Control Center Setupwl1h Avlgilon Rlolto .. D~vlc~s for Third-Porty Com~ras Avigilon View Real· Time Alerts and Events Configuration So,t up in ACC 5 4 or later Reoi-nme Alert$ ono Events Nollflcotlon ACC S client. other mulliple notilications possib,e based on rules engine configurotion Forerisic Search Capabilities Set uµ In ACC S A or lat"r Display of Vl<lr.o ACC Client for Fo,-ensic Searches ACC 5 client 1-3MP: bullet. dome and camera form factors SUPPORTED Avlg1lon H3A se,1es VIDEO ANALYTICS OEVICES Avi9ilon HO f'ro series 4K \8 MPJ, 4. SK (12 MP) .,nr1 SK (\6 MP) '-5 MP and 4K (8 MP): oullel. dome ond comero form foclors Avigllon H4 series Rialto ,4. A4 and R-Serl"s Av1Qilon View sottwore is reQuired Avlgllon Rialto seties S11pr,ortr.d rr.~oh1tion~: D1 720 and 1080p /1920 x 1080) resolutions at 30fps usin~ RTSP H.264 video streamiriy Analog ~rd p~,ty camera connection supports D1 resolution JI 30fps SK (16 MP) HD Pto 4944 X 3280 4.5K (12 MP) HD Pro 4608 X 2592 ·- ------------------, •4K (8 MP) Ultra HD and 4K (8 MP) HD Pro - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - . 3840 X 2160 5 MP 7.697 X ltJ44 3MP 7048 X 1536 2MP (1080p) 1920 X 10BO 1MP (720p) 128J X !20 I I I I I I I I I I • 'I, 1 I-'~ ' Avigilon HD Pro Cameras I 4K (8 MP). 4.5K (12 MP) and 5K (16 MP) If 5 ..,.," .... "J.11. ,uur1 •( ,·,.· ,. • \ ....._.1,, .. ,...., - f ;It I t\ ./ /\ .-!n I" J ,..._t411 'A ft. !I !I ,1'),,, . ... '-: '• . " "'"' • ' ,'&! ...,... .. ,.. ~ .h\-tl'IJ•t - ~ ~- - -- ' ~ ~ '(ll"IJ • ... ., ,., ...... 1"'1'"' .C.111 2016 Dt.•·.-1 4-Port H.264 Analog Video Encoder with Audio Support OVIGILOn Avigilon offers a broad range of high definition cameras - from 1 - 5 MP and 4 - 7K (based on horizontal resolution) - and me available in a variety of formats, including dome, panoramic and fixed. Whether it's a small storefront that requires a few cameras or a large complex system requiring complete coverage of numerous areas, you can trust that you're getting an exceptional solution for your security needs. VI Q'. w a sz w 0 w 0 > I.? 9<t z <t The innovative H.264 analog video encoder is just one way Avigilon can help provide the very best monitoring and protection. Avigilon am1log video encoders minimize bandwidth and storage requirements while capturing high- KEY FEATURES 4 video ch,mnels quality surveillance footage (in full resolution of up to 30 images per second per analog camera) for Max resolution 720 x 480 (NTSC) or 720 x 576 (PAL) greater coverage and enhanced overall protection . 30 images per second from each port H .264 and Motion JPEG compression ONVIF compliant API Using standard network equipment, the analog Motion adaptive 3D deinterlacing video encoder seamlessly integrates with Avigilon Control Center and NVRs to create a network-b;:ised Suppo1t for PTZ and dome cameras via RS-485 interface surveillance solution with unmatched performance, Up to 4 privacy zones available per channel ease of use, and ease of installation. Plus they also feature 3D motion-adaptive de-interlacing for sharper, more accurate video. 4 audio input channels 4 audio output channels External 1/0 terminals Power over Ethernet, 24 VAC or 12 VDC power input Automatically connects to Avigilon Control Center NVMS Rack mount kit allows 3 encoders in 1U of rack space SUPPORT 1.888.281.5182 I sc1l~stoavigilon.com I avigilon .com ENC-4P-H264 Specifications ENCODER NETWORK ~ Video Standard NTSC: PAL Video Format Composite Video 1.0 Vpp ,uith 75 Ohin sclec.tablc termination Video Input BNC connection Max Resolutlon (per channel) (H) x 4!l0 (V) NTSC; 720 (H) X 576 (V) PAL no Image Rate (per channelt 30 NTSC at mAx. resolution: 25 PAL lmsge Compression Method H 264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC); Motion JPEG Motion Detection Selectable sensitivity and threshold Privacy Zonc,s (per channel) UDto4 zones Audio Input Channels 4 Audio Output Channels. 4 Audio Compression Method G.711 PCM SkH, Audio Input/Output Linc jnput/output, 1/0 mini-fack (3 S mmt PTZControl RS-'185 i11\e1fa<:e PTZ Protocols American Dynamics Sensormatic, AXSYS, AXSYS DCU. Ernitec ERNA. Honeywell Diamond. Kalatel ASCII, l>elco D. Pelco P, TEB Lillne, V,con .,,tended. Vicon riorni•t. Vlu ..olec l"gacy. Vlueol"c MACRO External 110 Te1mlna1s 4 Alarrn 11,. 4 Alarni Out Network 1008ASE-TX Cabling Type CATS Connector RJ-45 API ONVIF complianc" version 1 02. 2 00, Profii" S (www.onvif.org) Security Password pro1ection. HTTPS encryption, digest .:1uthentication, WS authentication. user access log, 802.1x port bosed aulhenticotion Protocol 1Pv4, HTIP. HTTPS, SOAP, DNS, NTP, RTSP, RTCP, RTP. TCP.UDP. IGMP, ICMP. DHCP. Zeroconf, ARP Streaming Protocols RTP/UDP, RTPIUDP multicast. RTP/RTSP/TCP. RTP/RTSP/HTTP/TCP. RTP/RTSP/HTTPSfTCP. HTTP Dimensions (LxWxH) 140 n,n, Weight 06:> k\J (14 lbS) MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL Video Channels Power Source X 123 ,nm X 38 mm 15.5"" X 4 8"' X 1.5"') voe: 12v VAC: 24V PoE, IEEE802 3af Closs 3 com1111~nt ENVIRONMENTAL Power Consumption SW Power Connector 2-pln terminal block Operating Temperature 12 voe:: .1o•c: to 48'C (14"F to 11S'F); Storage Temperature -10 ·c to 70 ·c (14 'F to 15s 'F) Humidity 20 24 VAC or POE: -10"C to SO'C (14'F to 122'F) CERTIFICATIONS 80% Rclfltive humidily (non-conoensingJ CF Certifications/Directives UI. Safety UL r;o\lS0-1 CSA60950-1 IEC/F.N 60950-1 Electromagnetic Emissions FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B IC ICES-003 Class B EN 550:.12 Class B Electromagnetic Immunity EN 55024 cUI. ROHS WFFF RCM KC EAC EN 61000-&-3 EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000·3·3 EN 61000·6·1 KN 2:.1 KN 24 Outline Dimensions 1 - - •s..s; - - l l _ I_ _ _ _ 140 _ __ QVIGILOn 11 .51 -·- ~'!'!'? 0 0 [4.8] 123 0000 10 -~ 10 10 •O «:rvuif.m.rn·, 0I r _ I I 0 00 2 0 • • 0000. I ell 2"' 3 i:l "" ©JV:~ll!.©lfll . 01 0 0 0 2 • 0000 1 I> t I> H l • ·ilO ·~Vl©l!.©ll'II 01 0 00 2 3 • [X.X] INCHES X MM 0000 I C) 11!1) a ,::, • <ti ~ 0 ··) ~ ENC-BRK1U Ordering Information ENC-4P.H264 4-Port H .264 Video Encoder wi(h 4 Audio Inputs iOnd 4 Audio Oulputs ENC-BRKIU 1\J EIA (19"") Rack Mount~ble Brocket tor 3 ENC-4P,H264 :.i.:.;1:.1 -..:OIF, l•....•()1lc11 l:(:,·c,,,,,,,.:-in ~~·:',' ~·.~...'~I.',~,~,.:~I/I:·;:~.'.~:1'.-~·~••;,~. .,, 1·; :.c.•,1·~(; ; l'\11 · ::•·:<. ~ ~,;~,·,~n ~!:~ 1nl·; :;•~:I ·\VIC.:~·:;:·~ ~•·P. ,\\'IL:IL:.·,,-. or,:, ,·.1,(I :'\\/ c: : _,;.•, ':oNl'~<..:L t :Nreo .:,,~ :..:,c~n ~,~; ~• ,\·1!•.: ·:,,, ,_.~,.:,c, t1,o,, Otl•E': · p·oc,...~111.:, ..-es.,~ 1:1m~, ,"';·~:'.."•~ ',:.~•;.~• :~'. ;::, ~.:~' ~:~~·!:·~~~~~:~•, 11,.~,·1:',.',.·:,..',1~~1 ''.~I::~: ~:;,;'·'~:,1~·0,;1~~; ·~.'.,,11;~ ~-~~~~: ~:~:~1:t:•~·~~...~:·~~',1~4:~ .',!:.:,.~:1:1~·.~~.·~;:;1:1,r,1~,.':~'~'~·:~~I 1,:,1,e~: e,e1, ,Y,;-. ,e i a 1,.i:,em~1i.s oi~he · •E$J:~::.:•Y.? ~I:'!l;:·.•, ,;~~~'.':;u~·~ ..~~;~11~~·; I:~.~ .I~~.~~:~~~.: ' .1~::~. ,~~•:~~.:·: :,'I~:.:~:·:::Iii,;:·,•;:;:>::•· Jun~ 2016 Re\' ] CVIGILOn·· TRUSTED SECURITY SOLUTIONS H4 Fisheye Camera Line The new Avigilon:· H4 Fisheye camera line is designed to provide a complete high resolution 360-degree panoramic view of a scene with no blind spots. The H4 Fisheye camera line is a cost-effective. easy-to-install solution designed to provide clear image detail and broad coverage with fewer cameras. By providing quality imaging and situational awareness, the H4 Fisheye camera is an essential component of the complete Avigilon solution and a valuable addition to any existing surveillance solution. OVIGILOn .. OVIGILOn The H4 Fisheye has a sleek, low-profile design rnaking it KEY FEATURES suitable for installations where aesthetics are important and allowing it to fit in with a,chitectural features without 6.0 and 12.0 megapixel resolution models detracting from the surroundings. Its IK10-1ated, vandalproof r1nd IP66 weather protected housing is ideal for indoor c1nd outdoor envlro11ments such as retail stores, theatres, gas stations, manufacturing, healthcAre. commercial and educational facililies. Built on the H4 platform, the H4 Fist1eye is available in 360 degree field of view fish eye lens Patented High Definition Stream Management (HDSMt Technology Content adaptive IR technology provides effective illumination through the field of view, while maintaining excellent scene illumination 6 and 12 megapixel (MP) camera .-esolution~ . It delivers exceptional image quality !'?Ven in harsh P.nvironments and Integrated IR (Infrared) LEDs provide uniform illumination in the dark, even lighting conditions, ond keeps bandwidth and stornge to at O lux, up to a mAximum of 10 m (32.8 ft) away a minimum. Its content aduptive IR technology provides effective brightness while maintaining excellent scene Idle Scene Mode lowers bandwidth and storage usage if there are no illumination in dark environments. The H4 Fisheye also motion events detected in the scene allows users to zoom in. focus r1nd investigAte a region of interest (ROI) in live or recorded video while preserving full IP66 certification offers total dust ingress protection and protection situational awareness. against high-pressure water jets Harnessing t11e strength of Avigilon Control Center (ACC)" Avigilon LightCatcher technology provides exceptional image quality in software, High Definition Stream Management (HDSM)'. low light environments technology and idle scene mode technology, the H4 Fi5heye camera intellige11lly and efficiently ma11ages video dat11, lowering br1ndwidth and storage. The powerful clienl- Vandal resistant with IK10 impact rating ~ide de-warping coupled with virtur1f PTZ technology allow5 easy navigation throogh live or recorded video, enabling ONVIF Profile S Compliant security operators lo view and track an object of interest from point A to B. Specifications IMAGE PERFORMANCE Image Sensor IMAGE CONTROL NETWORK PERIPHERALS MECHANICAL 12.0 MP 1/2.3" progressive scan CMOS Ac live Plxels (H x V) 2000 Imaging Area (H x VJ 4.8mm x 4.8mm (0.189"" x 0.189") X 2000 2992 X 2992 4 .6mm x 4.6mm (o.1so· x 0.180") IR lllumlnatlon llf' to 10 m (32,8 ft) Minimum Illumination 0.13 lux(F2.2)in color modr.;O lux(F2.2) in monochrom" mode with IR 0.491ux(F22) in color mode; Olux(F2.2) In monochrome mode with IR Image Rate LENS 6.0MP 111.8'" progressive scan CMOS H.264 30fps 20 fps MJPEG 15 fps 10fps Dynamic Range 93clB 81<.lB Lens 1.45 mm, F/2.2 Horizontal Angle of View 1so· hemisphere Field of View 360' Image Compression Method H.264 {MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC). Motion JPEG Streaming Multi-stream H .264 and Motion JPEG Bandwidth Management HDSM: ILlle Scene Mode Motion Detection Pixel motion Electronic Shutter Control Automatic, Manual (117 lo 118000 sec) Iris Control Fixed Day/Night Contml Automatic:, Manual Flicker Control SO Hz, 60 Hz White Balance Automolic, Manual Backlight Compens<,tion Adjustnbl" Privacy Zones Up to 64 zones Network 100BASE-TX Cabling Type CAT5 Connector RJ-45 ONVIF ONVIF Profll" S rnmplfant Security Password protection. HTTPS encryption, digest authenticotioi>, WS authei,tication, us.,, ac:c:r.~s log, 802.1x port hi,sed authentication Protocol 1Pv4, HTTP, HTTPS, SOAP. ONS. NTP, RTSP, RTCP. RTP, TCP.UDP, IGMP, ICMP, OHCP, Zeroconf, ARP Streaming Protowls RTP/UOP, RTP/UDP multicast, RTP/RTSPITCP. RTP/RTSPIHTTP/TCP. RTPIFffSPIHTTPS/TCP. HTIP Device Management Protocols SNMP v2c. SNMP v3 Audio ln~uvOutput Line level 1/0 and internal microphone Audio Compression Method G.711 SkHZ External 1/0 Termin&ls Alarm In, Alarm Out Onboard Storage microSDHC/microSDXCIUHS-1 - minimum class 10 or better recommended Dimensions Camera 160 mm x 51 mm; 6,2" x 2,0'" (0sH) With bracket 162mm x 70mm; 6 38" x 2 .75" Weight WithNPT 160mm x 124mm; 6 31" x 4.89" Camera 0.826 kg; 1.77 lbs With bracket 0.94 kg; 2.07 lbs WlthNPT ELECTRICAL Aluminum Housing Vandal resistant. Surtace mount: or pendant mount with NPT adapter. Finish Powder coot. RAl 9003 Power Consumption 25.5Wmax Power Source VDC: 12 Vt-/ 10%, 2.12S W m,n., L P.S. per 1EC 60950-1 PoE: IEEE 802.3af Class 3 PoE1-: IEEE 802.3at Class 4 Power Connector ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Temperoture CERTIFICATIONS 1.138 kg; 2.5 lbs Body DC power input adapter -40 'C to 1-55 ·c (·40 "F to 131 "FJ with 12 V DC or PoE• power -20 ·c to •·55 H •f to 131 'f) with PoE power ·c IR llluminator Behavior IR llluminator power is reduced to 8 m (26.2 ft) when PoE is used . IR illuminator will not turn on if temperature is 45 (113 ·f) o• higher. Storoge Temperature .25·c to •50 °C (·13 °F to 122 'F) ·c Humidity 0 • 95% non-cond,,nslng Certlficatlons/Olrectives UL Safety UL 60950-1 Envlronmenti,I IK10 lmpaL1 Rating (camera housing only) ULICSA/IEC 60950-22 IEC 60529 IP66 Roting Electromagnetic Emissions FCC Part 15 Subpart B ClilsS B EN SS032 EN 61000·3·2 cUL Eleclromagnetic lmm1Jnity EN 55024 CE ROHS CSA60950-1 IC ICES-003 Class 8 WEEE RCM IEC 62471 IEC/EN 60950-1 EN 61000·6·3 EN 61000-3-3 EN 61000-6-1 I SUPPUl?I 1888 2815182 I ,ulest,.:iv,g,lon com · "v,yolo11, ""' 2 Outline Dimensions 0144 [5.67] 0160 [6.31] , ee ~ - 0 (} 3 x0 3.4 SLOT [0.141 INC:H~S MM With Mounting Bracket 0141 [5.56) 0162 (6.38] (INCLUDEO IN THE H4F·OO·IR PACKAGE) 0121 (4.77) 0 ~ j 70 r ~~=====;!>=='=::;;::,' \ (2.751 [email protected]@111l / ..... - s: 7 With NPT Adapter 12 x 0 4.3 SLOT [0.17) 0160 [6.31] 26 (1.03] - (H4F·OO·IR + H4F-MT·NPTA1) ~ 1.5" ~ 1.0" NPT EXTERNAL THREAD 0 124 [4.89] Ordering Information MP LIGHTCATCHER TECHNOLOGY LENS IR 6 .0L-H4F-D01-IR 6.0 ./ Fisheye ./ 12.0-H4F-D01-IR 12.0 Flsheye ./ ) H4F-MT-NPTA1 NPT adapter for the Fisheye Dome Camera CM-MT-WALL1 Pendent well mount compotible with H4F-MT-NPTA ....\'~ • ~ ,·.:,,,·I ', ·.::·." .'"~~I( ,:" ' . ~.I(:.::·,..'< II " ' '' !••!<" ' I' 1•• 111 ) ,, 1\1 , tlh ' " ' o 11• , , ,<10,ln• t )I T , 1 ,.1,,1,,1 ' I I I I o 11•,XI, ."I·.,',·,; Ill, o •.'~ : . ; :·\ ' :.'' .\:"· I ,l,il1• ~ l• • V"• J •(•, 1 (, ! ) " " l "• P")I • \ ,', I ::·;~:"):I ,1; I.·~ '~ . "Ill\ hi ( r, , ,,1 •1',1 r 1t1 •"'• oI :.1-:.-.r "'~.~.'''"··'·. r :~· .~: • ~· .' •'" :, 11 '• ',VI ,: , 1(1 ~ /W '/ I< ,11, I , " ' •\Ill I.: 11:.,, : :· ~ ..·:·.::I:\.'1• (,: ·~·: ·• '-~.:•.·,.\,~":."..\ \ .: :. ,", •' : ::·.. ;:.\I~.::. .··:,··11: ,1 ':._ ·.:.,·.' ''..:.. I I\ , ' <I, • , • ••,Ill •>11 o ~, I• Ito ' J I , I II', ' • I 1, ' ' .,,111 " " • ' I " , y I I • " " I o, ,•M, 1 , ( , ll'! "· ~ ' I' :, ' CVIGILOn~ TRUSTED SECLJRITY SOLUTIONS H4 SL Dome Camera with Lig htCatcher™ Technology Built on the Avigilon"' H4 platform, the H4 SL camera line combines exceptional image quality with an innovative and modular design that is easy to install at a cost-effective price. It harnesses 0L1r High Definition Stream Management (HDSM)"' technology to efficiently manage video data and uses idle scene mode technology to lower bandwidth and storage usage when there is no motion detected in the scene. The H4 SL camera line integrates with Avigilon Control Center (ACC)"' video management software and is ONVIF compliant for integration with a third-party VMS. r--:i • II ii Straight out of the box, the H4 SL camera is designed and packaged for simple ordering and quick and flexible installation. This camera line's u -- KEY FEATURES 1.3 and 2.0 mega pixel resolution models Patented High Ddinition Strec:1m Mc:1nc1gement (HDSM) Tecllnology discreet and moduli.~r design allows it to seamlessly fit in to its surroundings. Dome models come with 3-9 m111 F/1.4 lens with remote zoom and focus surface and in-ceiling mounts that can quickly and Content adaptive IR technoloqy provides effective illumination through the easily be alternated. The H4 SL camera's I K10- liP.ld ofvi0.w. whil0. mflinlnining exceptional scene illumination rated, vandal-resistant and IP66 dust and water- Wi- Fi camerci configuration support resistant housing make it ideal for monitoring a variety of indoor and outdoor environments. such Avigilon L1ghtCatct1er"" technology provides exceptional image quality in low light environments as hallways, public entrances and lobbies of banks, schools, retail outlets and hotels. Dual Exposure Wicle Dym1mir. Rr1nge lnteyratecl IR (Infrared) LEDs provide uniform illumination in the dark, even Al O liJX, up lo nlflXimUm of 15 m ('v50 ft) away Idle Scene Mode lowers bandwidth and storage us.ige if there are no motion events Lletected in the scene IK10 vandal resistant construction and IP66 compliant SUPPORT 1 888 281 5182 I ;c1les'«<1v191lor, com I ,.v,yilo11 com 1 Specifications 2.0MP 1.3 MP IMAGE PERFORMANCE Image Sens.or 112.a·· progrt,ssiw SCM CMOS Aspect Rotio 5:4 16:9 Active Pixels (H x V) 1280 x1024 1920 X 1080 Imaging Are,:, (H x V) 3.7 mm x 3 Omm; 0,14<;'' x 0118" 5 6 mm x 3.1 mm; 0 .22" x 0.122" IR lllumtnatlon 1S m (50 It) malt. dlstanc" at O lux (high power 850 nm LEDs) Minimum lllumin,:1tion LENS IMAGE CONTROL NETWORK PERIPHERALS 0,01 lu, (F/1.4) in color mud.,; 0 lux (F/1.4) i11 monod1tom" mod" with IR Image Rate 30 fps Dynamic Range 100 dB Resolution Scaling Down tu 384 x 216 Lens r-11,<1, 3-9 mm, motorized, V,Jtifocol (Aspect ratio) HFoV (5:4\ 26" Image Compression Method H.264 (MPEG·4 Patt 10;AVC). Motion JPEG GO"; (16:9) 39• - go• St,.,amlng M11lti-strc,arn H.264 and Motion JPEG Bandwidth Management HD5M: Idle Scene Mode MoUon Detection Pixel Electronic Shutter Control Automatic, Mat1l1al (1/6 to 1/8000 sec) Iris Contl'ol Automolic, ManuJI Day/Night Control Automatic, Mnnunl Flicker Control 50 l-1z. 60 Hz White Ba~c1nce Au1omr.itic:. M,1nunl Backliyht Cotnµensatlon ALljustoGI" Privacy Zones Up to 64 7ones Nelwork 100BASE,JX Cabling Type CAT5 Connector RJ-45 ONVIF ONVIF compliant witt1 version 1 02, 2.00, Profile S SeCUl'ity Password protection, H rTPS encryplion. di9est Quthenticotion. WS .:iuthenticolion. user access 109, 802 Ix port bosed out'1enticalion Protocols 1Pv4, HTTP, HTTPS, SOAP, DNS. NTP. RTSP, RTCP, RTP. TCP, UDP, IGMP. ICMP. DHCP, Zr,roconf. ARP S1reamln9 Proto<:ols RTP/UOP. RrPiUDP 11111ltic:1>st, RTP/RTSP/TCI'. RTP/RTSP;HTTP/TCP. RTP/RTSP/HT f PS/TC:1'. HTTP Device Management Protocols SNMP v2~. SNMP v3 \JSBPort USB lO Onboard S1orage mic.:roSDimic.:roSDHC/rnic.:roSDXC slol - mmimum dns!:i G; dii~S 10/UHS-1 or b~ll~, ,~c.:omm~nd~d MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL SURFACE MOUNT IN-CEILING MOUNT Dimensions (LXWXH) 147 mm x 147 mm x 119 mm: !:, ,$" X $,8" X 4,!" 174 mm x 174 rnm ,x 162 mm: 6,9" X 6,9" X 6.4" M,1x Cnillltg ThicknC":"~S n/n 32 mm (125") Weight 0.78 kg: 1.72 ll)S 0.77 l<g: 169 lbs Dome Bubble Po1ycJ1bonatc. clear Body Polycrirborinle Housing Vandal re-sistont Finish f".og coJI. cool grey :~1,0· pan. :io· - !)5" till, t180" azimuth CERTIFICATIONS NPT x 166 mm: t WALL MOUNT 269 mm x 153 mm x 214 mm: 10.6" X 6,0" X 8.4" 2.04 kg; 4.49 ll)S 0.77 l<g; 1.69 lbs Powder coat. cool grey Power Consumption 7Wn,.,~ Power Source PuE: IEEE802.3af Class 3 compliant RTC Bockuo Battery 3V m.:inganese lithium Storage Temperatu,e 153 mm x 153 mm 6.0"" 6,0" x 6 S" Poiycflrbor1"telfllumlnum Adjustment R,:,nge ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Ternpero1ure PENDANT MOUNT NPTADAPTER -30 ·c 10 •60 ·c 1-22 'F to 140 'Fl -10 "C to +70 ·c (14 ·F to 158 •r ·) Humidity O - !J5% non-c.:onUensinQ Certifications1Direct1ves UL Sn(<;.>ly UL 60950-1 cUL CE KC CSA 60950-1 WEEt RCM IEC/EN 60950-1 Environmental IK10 lmrac:t Rating UL/CSA/IEC 60950-22 IEC &0529 lP66 Rnliiig E1ectrom.:ignet1c =:mlsslor.:s. FCC D~rt 15 Subpart B Class 8 IC:ICES-Om Class B EN <;5022 C.lass B Electromagnetic (mmunity EN 5S024 SUPPORT 1888 281 5182 I saleseoav,g,lon com · av,g,ton com l<N :l2 KN35 EAC ROHS IEC 62471 EN c;1Q00-6-3 EN 61000·6-1 EN 61000·3"2 EN 61000-3-3 EN 5503;, EN 501'.l0,4 2 Outline Dimensions Surface Mount [2.sl (H4SL·DO·IR) 63 j4.Jj 119 [2.4] [s.sj 60 M7 [2.sJ 63 In-Ceiling Mount INCHES MM (H4SL·DO·IR + H4SL·MT·DCIL) [s.9] [6.91 /J)l49 174 [3.aj 2X 96 [6.9J [6.4] (,li174 162 2.6] 66 NPT Adapter (H4SL·DO·IR + H4SL·MT·NPTA) [6.5] 166 !s.ol [s.o] (1)153 !s.ol 153 ¢ 153 :-,l1PL't)Rr 1 ~HO / 81 S 18/ I ; ,, 1psroav jg,1<.J11,.,)lll ,lv•<:_11101 l<.111· 3 NPT Adapter and Pendant Wall Mount (H4Sl·DO·IR + H4Sl·MT·NPTA + CM·MT·WALL1) [10.6) 269 [8.8[ 223 :_2.sJ 64 I [4.7] 120 [s.21 132 Ordering Information MP WDR LIGHT CATCHER TECHNOLOGY LENS IR IP66 1.3C-H4SL·D01·1R 1.3 ./ ./ 3·9mm ./ ./ 2.0C·H4SL·D01·1R 2.0 ./ ./ 3 ·9mm ./ ./ H4SL-MT-DCIL1 In-ceiling mounting adapter for the H4 SL dome camera .\.i4Sl MT NPTA1 NPT ad;,pter for ""' H4 SL dome camera CM·MT-WALU Pendant wall mount 0 0 H4-AC-WIF11-NA USB Wl•Fi Ade~er for North America, La1i11 America (except Brazil), Taiwan H4·AC-WIF12-EU USB Wi·Fi Adapter for European Union HD Network Video Recorder Server OVIGILOn Avigilon's end-to-end surveillance solutions deliver image detail no other system can match. Avigilon"' Control Center software, featuring High Definition Stream Management (HDSM)'" technology combined with OLir broad range of mega pixel cameras (from 1 MP to 29 MP) provide unprecedented clarity-while effectively managing storage and bandwidth requirements. Our components are scalable and can work together in an end-to-end system, or can be customized to create your own powerful and cost-effective solution. The innovative HO network video recorder is just one way Avigilon can help provide the very best monitoring and protection. Our Network Video Recorders (NVRs) have Avigilon Control Center preloaded and configured for maximum performance and reliability, KEY FEATURES Preloaded and configured with Avigilon Control Center High Definition Network Video Management Software making them easy to integrate into any Avigilon surveillance system. NVR servers can record up to Records up to 32 M B/s of image data 32 MB/s of image data from up to 128 cnmerns. Supports up to 128 camera channels Supports up to 30 images per second per ci'Jmera channel RAID 5 hard drive configuration Up to 21 TB effective recording capacity (after RAID 5 applied) that is expandable using HD-NVR-EXP2 Hot-swappable hard drives and power supplies 2 gigabit Ethernet ports 2U rack mount chassis SUPPORT 1.888.281.5182 I soles~avigilon .c:om I avigilon.com HD•NVR Specifications SYSTEM MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ENVIRONMENTAL Control Center Edition Enterprise. Standarcl and Core compatible Recording Rate Upto 32 MB/s Camera Chann~ls Up to 128 Recording Image Rate Up to 30 images per second per channel, total of 3840 for 128 channels Local Viewing No Opereting System Microsoft"' Windows Embedded Slandard 7 Hard Disk Drive Configuration Hot-swappable, RAID 5 Rc,cordlng Storage Capacity Up to 21 TB c,ffectlvc, (ilftc,r RAID 5), expandable using HD-NVR-EXP2 Processor Intel'' Xeon» Processor E5-2407 Memory 12 GB RAM (3 x 4GB) Network Inter face 2 Gigal)it Ethernet RJ-45 ports (1000B.ise-T) Video Outputs 1VGA Ortir.alOrivc, 1 DVD-RW Form Factor 2U rack mount chassis Dime11sio11s (LxWxH) 611.1 mm x 434 mm x 86 8 mm: 24.06" x 11.09• x 3.42" Weight 28.2 kg (62.17 lbs) Power Input 100 to 240 VAC. 50160 Hz, auto•swltching Power Supply SinQle hot-swappable. dual-redundant optional wflh HD-NVR2-2ND-PS Power Consumptioh 495W Operc1ting Temperaturr:, 10• C to 35• C (SO' F to 95• F) Storage Temperature .40• C to 65' C (-40' F to 149' F) Humidity 20 80% Rdativ" 1,umirlity (non c:onrl.,nsing) Operating Vibration 0 .26G at S Hz to 350 Hz for 2 minu1es Stor;,gr. Vibration 1,87Grms "' 10 Hz to 500 Hz for 15 rninulc,, Operoting Shock 1 shock pulse of 31G for up to 2.6 ms Storage Sho~k 6 shock pul,es of 71G for up to 2 ms Operating Altitude -15 2 m to 3048 m (-50 ft to 10.000 ft) Stor.,ge Altiludo, -15.2 m lo t0,668 m (·SO rt Lo 35,000 rt) !EMOTE PC CLIENT Operating Syslem KEOUIREMENTS Processor Window Visla. Windows 7 (32-bil or 64-bll) or Windows~ Intel Duar Core 2.0 GHz (minimum); Quad Core 2.0 GHz {recommended) Memory 2 GS RA.M VldeoC,ird PCI EsprP.sS. DlrectX 10.0 compliant with 256 MB RAM Network Interface I Gbps Ha rd Disk Space 500 MB Rack moum kit (brackets, rails, and hardware) SUPPLIED ACCESSORIES Cable manogement orm Rock bezel USB keyboard USB mouse Power co1d CERTIFICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION ) Sofety EN 60950-1:2006 ·• A.11:2009 IEC 60950-1:2005 Ed2 EN 62311:2008 Electromagnetic Emissions EN 55022:2006 + A.1:2007 CISPR 22:2005 1 A1:2005 EN 61000-3-2:2006 IEC 61000-3-2:2005 (Class D) EN 61000-3-3:1995 + A1:2001 + A2:2005 IEC 61000-3-3:1994 • At:200t • A2:2005 Electromagnetic lmmunily EN 55024:1998 • Al:2001 • A2:2003 CISPR 24:1997 (rnodified)•A1:2001 • A2:2002 3.0TB-HD-NVR2 3 .0 TB storaQe, Network Video Recorder Server 5.0TB-HD-NVR2 5.0 TB sto,a!)e, Network Video Recorder Server 10.0TB-HD-NVR2 10.0 TB storago,. Network Video Ro,curdo,r So,rvo,r 15.0T0-HD-NVR2 15.0 TB storage, Network Video Recorder Server 21.0TB-HD-NVR2 21 O TB storage, Network Video Recorder Server HD-NVR2-2ND-PS s.,condary redundant powr:,r supply HD-NVR2-LPRPROC-24 LPR processor kit HD-NVR2-EXP2-CARD Expansion card for connr:,cting storegc expansion to an HD-NVR2 HD-NVR-EXP2-10TB 10 TB RAID 6 expansion. 2U rack mount HD-NVR-EXP2-20T8 20 TB RAID 6 expansion. 2U rack rnount HD-NVR-EXP2-30TB 30 TB RAID 6 o,xµansion, 2U rack mount ' Control Center licenses n,ost be purchased separately HD·NVR 201~ lfJ1S. .).-.,<a,lo" ~,c,o1:a1,o,, Jj'· • gh1: ·c:~1..\"l'I un C";<:,::c,,C11\":< ·1 ::,1:. ,1:a 111 ....,mn:, •o iccn:c ,: 91,3r :cr,v,,~n tC":\~::C". l:> :,n\• cu1:v,1nl11. ••dJ~'"•' du,nn :1.1(1C";ll'l:111t r,:11cnl n1 n1 ~er N::llt:Ct.ml 1>1nr,t:r.y i,9111~ n, A\11!,•nn L·o,.,0,.,11,,n ~ · ll\11('('n1.(':1•, AVIGIV,;,'i 110"..,\4 O<'l::I 11:t.l I ::cnN1r101\1 ~Tk(o\M U4NAt; ~MENi :1- '.J::itl.) n,c uu.:11 '$h:1c:c nno:o, ·cg1::v.:,:.:d l1noc-•h o( ,\111'?'d1>·• C;:,1>1>·...111>·1111 Cnnnon <1r, e."<:• JU.."d,cl on:: wo,IO..,!O<: t:'lh1•1 .:i.·oo~ :1 nt,11' ::s n,~,, :,,co 11c·.:,, ,-,11y tr. lll" ui111q1<::1c-11•<1 ,i,r :1:0• "\"g,\:('·t:111·.i,~>M<" (\ ~~•flot"!tWOMM'lt. <11tl»t"tH<1a\\ONO(I> NC'lito:k:.o~Mtotlh5 ~11fQ ""° Solution for McLeod County 11/16/2016 RICOH MP C4504 RICOH MP C4504 (NEW COLOR COPIER/PRINTER/SCANNER) • • • • • • • • • • • • 45 BLACK AND WHITE AND 45 COLOR PAGES PER MINUTE 2.0 GB RAM AND 320 GB HARD DRIVE, CPU: 1.75 GHZ INTEL ATOM PROCESSOR 10.1” SUPER VGA TOUCHSCREEN STANDARD ENVELOPE, HIGH-GLOSS COATED, AND LABEL PRINTING CAPABILITIES UP TO 300 G/M2 PAPER WEIGHT (160 LB. INDEX) 220 SHEET SINGLE-PASS DOCUMENT FEEDER STANDARD POSTSCRIPT OPTION INCLUDED 1,000 SHEET STAPLING/SORTING FINISHER INCLUDED 24 SECOND WARM UP TIME AND 4.0 SECOND FIRST COPY OUTPUT TIME COLOR NETWORK PRINTING, COLOR NETWORK SCANNING STANDARD 4 X 550 SHEET PAPER TRAYS STANDARD, PLUS 100 SHEET BYPASS TRAY DELIVERY & INSTALLATION INCLUDED. RETURN OF UP TO TWO MACHINES INCLUDED STATE OF MINNESOTA CONTRACT #84340, VENDOR # 203973 STATE OF MN CONTRACT # 84340 PURCHASE PRICE: $9,201.00 STATE OF MINNESOTA CONTRACT # 84340 SERVICE PLAN • • • All Service, Preventive Maintenance Calls, Parts, Labor, & Unlimited Toner 0-4 Hour Service GUARANTEE No Shipping Charges, No Handling Charges, No Fuel Surcharges RICOH MP C4504 SERVICE & SUPPLY COSTS BLACK AND WHITE PAGES BILLED AT COLOR PAGES BILLED AT $0.0105 PER PAGE $0.0625 PER PAGE (NO BASE AMOUNT, BILLED PER PAGE ONLY) (NO BASE AMOUNT, BILLED PER PAGE ONLY) *NO SHIPPING CHARGES ON SUPPLIES (TONER) *NO CHARGE FOR REFURBISHING MACHINE *PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE INCLUDED *NO FILING CHARGES *0-4 HOUR ON-SITE RESPONSE TIME GUARANTEE *NO CHARGE FOR EXTRA TONER USAGE *MORE LOCAL PARTS AND CERTIFIED TECHNICIANS THAN ANY VENDOR IN THE AREA Andrew Larson Senior Account Executive 612-798-1268 [email protected] City of Stewart RESOLUTION NO. 2016-122 RESOLUTION APPROVING A CONTRACT WITH THE MCLEOD COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT FOR POLICE COVERAGE WHEREAS; the McLeod County Sheriffs Department Contract is estimated for the following amounts: 1. 2017 $107,174.10 WHEREAS; this is a one year contract beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on December 31, 2017 BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Stewart, County of McLeod, Minnesota, approves a contract with the McLeod County Sheriffs Department for police coverage for the year of 2017 tft._!. ( l Adopted by the City Council of Stewart on __.__:J._.___day of ·,I) OL-' E...f'i\\Qe / Ja~Peirce, Mayor AT'~ST: l(<fXdkl J/(Jdo// Ronda Huls, City Clerk-Treasurer 1 .2016 $51.53 per hour for a yearly cost of $107,174.10. The City of Stewart will also provide through its Mayor, continuing input as to performance review of the deputy. INSURANCE: The County shall maintain municipal liability insurance in an amount equal to V. or greater than the maximum liability applicable to municipalities as set forth in Minnesota Statutes, Section 466.04, subd.1, as revised. The county agrees to add the City as an additional insured to the County's liability coverage. INDEMNIFICATION: The County agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the City, and its VI. officers, employees, and agents, harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorney fees, arising out of or resulting from the County's performance or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement; but only to the extend caused in whole or in part by the negligent acts, errors, or omissions of the County or anyone for whose acts the County may be liable. VII. This agreement is entered into and approved by the County of McLeod and the City of Stewart this _ _ _ _ _ day of _ _ _ _ _ _ __, 2016. Dated: _ ____..:/_;+/ ;.....: ; </-r,6_,_I'""' (,. _ _ _ __ s~ Mavor /;if/; Dated:- - - - ' --'--t I I ; .....,_"--+,""'--""" l -------Stewart City Clerk Dated: Dated: -------------- -------------- McLeod County Board Chair McLeod County Administrator AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE LAW ENFORCEMENT SERVICES I. PARTIES: The parties to this agreement are the County of Mcleod, a municipal corporation formed under the laws of the State of Minnesota, hereinafter referred to as "County" and the City of Stewart, a municipal corporation formed under the laws of the State of Minnesota, hereinafter referred to as "City". II. TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT: The terms of this agreement shall commence January 1, 2017 and shall end December 31, 2017. This agreement may be terminated by either party upon 60 days written notice addressed to the Mcleod County Sheriff or the Mayor of Stewart. Ill. DUTIES OF THE MCLEOD COUNTY SHERIFF: The Mcleod County Sheriff shall provide a deputy to work each week for a total of 40 hours doing police duties within the City of Stewart. The supervision of the deputy shall remain with the Mcleod County Sheriff, subject to consultation and review with the Mayor for the City of Stewart. The deputy may leave the city limits if his duties within the City of Stewart require him to do so, and the deputy shall be available on an as needed basis similar to the mutual aid agreements by which the City Police assist the Mcleod County Sheriff's Office or other law enforcement agencies. Mcleod County shall be responsible for hiring, training, insuring and providing pay and benefits for the deputy. The Sheriff shall bill the City of Stewart on a monthly basis indicating days and hours the deputy worked . The County shall be responsible for providing all equipment for the deputy. Clerical duties for the deputy will be provided by the Sheriff's record staff and reports will be provided to the City of Stewart. IV. DUTIES OF THE CITY OF STEWART: The City of Stewart will pay within 30 days of receipt any charge for services by the Mcleod County Sheriff's Office. The 2017 hourly rate shall be 'Jr It', .~ "' East Parking Lot I I I r, I I l Outdoor Arena Agribition .Bldg Show Arena I I I I I I L- Horse Barn I 12 Ft. Gate Entrance - - .- 1 I I I I I .J I ~ I -~ ]) J...-•i--.-..C~ ~ .,...._ G) ~,,_1,.,111£.. ;;i Midway :, 0. "'ii, Announcers Booth CJ :, ·,:r.:' ·1 Demo Pit C. - ~4: I I 00 I L __ ~ G;[J ' [~] I . Commercial I r I ·--:Er·- l 11 . ..· ... I l - n g;r L;"·"'JJ> J ..· · ..,... ,...·.·· :: .12 Ft. Gate Entrance t; ~~,, : ., ;<£-:•r(k~it~~~~i~i•,.,:;M~1i·J~;;•u·•~~tM;i;,.~.;c:f:.~;.~dfo;t~}\~k',;,;,N?~:; ~~ili~;~!i 4 0 <" ~ ·1 '(; /e_ ./ ~- r, , ...- ~ .) ~ Luedtke Contracting LLC 22418 200th St Hutchinson MN 55350 320-587-7664 320-583-3732 10-30-16 Estimate for Mcleod County Parks Tile Trench tile line project A Backfill with washed sand and place intakes by sidewalk $ 2,246.00 Trench tile line project B Backfill with washed sand and place intakes by sidewalk $11,727.00 Estimated Price: $ 13,973.00 Estimate is good for 30 days. This estimate is for completing the job/project as described above. It is based on our evaluation and does not include material price increases or additional labor and materials which may be required should unforeseen problems or adverse weather conditions arise after the work has started. You will be invoiced when the job is complete. Payment is due upon receipt of invoice unless otherwise specified. A finance charge of 1 1/,% per month (18% annual) will be charged on any balance not paid by the due date. AFTER BOTH PARTIES (the customer and Luedtke Contracting) SIGN BELOW, THIS ESTIMATE BECOMES A WRITIEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN MCLEOD COUNTY PARKS AND LUEDTKE CONTRACTING FOR PROVIDING THE SERVICES FOR THE JOB/PROJECT STATED ABOVE. McLeod County Parks David Luedtke Owner Hjerpe Contracting, Inc. Hutchinson, MN 55350-0517 PO BOX 517 16246 Hwy 15 S. Bid Proposal & Contract I \ Date 10/18/2016 Mcleod County Fairgrounds. Attn: Randy 840 Century Ave. SW Hutchinson, MN 55350 Phone# Proposal# ' \ 2222 E-mail Fax# 320-234-8305 320-234-7305 [email protected] Terms Qty Description Rate Total Tile courtyard on a unit price basis Furnish and install 4" SDR35 PVC Sewer pipe, half Perfwith sock and rock bedding per LF. Furnish and install 4" drop inlet per each Saw cut concrete per LF. Concrete patch per each Thank you for the opportunity to bid your work. Total Bid Price 9.00 75 .00 6.00 700.00 9.00 75.00 6.00 700.00 $790.00 Upon signing below, both parties agree to this bid proposal. Date: - - - - - Date: - - - - - Accepted By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Accepted By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Hjerpe Contracting, Inc. Hutchinson, MN 55350-0517 PO BOX 517 16246 Hwy 15 S. Bid Proposal & Contract Mcleod County Fairgrounds. Attn : Randy 840 Century Ave. SW Hutchinson, MN 55350 Phone# Date Proposal# 10/18/2016 2224 E-mail Fax# [email protected] 320-234-8305 320-234-7305 Terms Qty Description Rate Total Option #2: Furnish and install tile line coming from the west catch basin by the pavilion. Average depth no more than 3'. I 245 5 60 16 60 I Connect to existing catch basin per each Furnish and install 6" HOPE Perftile bedded in rock Furnish and install 6" drop inlets per each Bit Saw Cutting/LF Bituminous Patch 3" per Sy Concrete Saw Cutting/ LF Concrete Patch Thank you for the opportunity to bid your work. Total Bid Price 500.00 17.00 85.00 3.00 55.00 6.00 700.00 500.00 4, 165.00 425.00 180.00 880 .00 360.00 700.00 $7,210.00 Upon signing below, both parties agree to this bid proposal. Date: - - - - - Date: - - - - - Accepted By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Accepted By:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - Hjerpe Contracting, Inc. Hutchinson, MN 55350-0517 PO BOX 517 16246 Hwy 15 S. Bid Proposal & Contract Mcleod County Fairgrounds. Attn: Randy 840 Century Ave. SW Hutchinson, MN 55350 Phone# Date Proposal# I 0/18/2016 2223 Fax# E-mail [email protected] 320-234-8305 320-234-7305 Terms Description Qty Rate Total Option # 1: Furnish and install tile line coming from the east side of the horse barn and ending by the cafe. Average depth of 4 .5'. I Connect to existing catch basin per each Furnish and install 6" HDPE Perftile bedded in rock Furnish and install 6" drop inlets per each Bit Saw Cutting/LP Bituminous Patch 3" per Sy Concrete Saw Cutting/ LF Concrete Patch Thank you for the opportunity to bid your work. 485 5 104 29 30 I Total Bid Price 500.00 17.00 85 .00 3.00 55.00 6.00 700.00 500.00 8,245 .00 425 .00 312.00 1,595 .00 180.00 700.00 $11,957.00 Upon signing below, both parties agree to this bid proposal. Date: - - -- - Date: - - - - - Accepted By: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Accepted By:- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
advertisement
© 2021